Juniper MX960, mx960 3D Hardware Manual

MX960 Component Redundancy on page 12

MX960 Router Overview

The MX960 3D Universal Edge Router is an Ethernet-optimized edge router that provides both switching and carrier-class Ethernet routing. The MX960 router enables a wide range of business and residential applications and services, including high-speed transport and VPN services, next-generation broadband multiplay services, high-speed Internet and data center internetworking.

The MX960 chassis provides redundancy and resiliency. The hardware system is fully redundant, including power supplies, fan trays, Routing Engines, and Switch Control

Boards.

The MX960 router is 16 rack units (U) tall. Three routers can be stacked in a single floor-to-ceiling rack, for increased port density per unit of floor space. The router provides

14 slots that can be populated with 11 or 12 Dense Port Concentrators (DPCs) or Modular

Port Concentrators (MPCs), six Flexible PIC Concentrators (FPCs), and two Switch

Control Boards (SCBs) in nonredundant fabric configurations.

Fully populated, the MX960 router provides an aggregate switch fabric capacity of up to 10.56 Tbps, with line-rate throughput on 264 10-Gigabit Ethernet ports, 22 100-Gigabit

Ethernet and 44 10-Gigabit Ethernet ports and 66 40-Gigabit Ethernet ports.

Table 3 on page 3

lists the MX960 router capacity.

Table 3: MX960 Router Capacity

Description Capacity

System capacity

Switch fabric capacity per slot

MPCs and DPCs per chassis

Chassis per rack

10.56 Tbps half duplex

480 Gbps

11 or 12 (depending on protection scheme)

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Several types of DPCs are available. Each DPC includes either two or four Packet

Forwarding Engines. Each Packet Forwarding Engine enables a throughput of 10 Gbps.

Up to two PICs can be installed in each FPC. Fully populated, the MX960 supports up to

12 PICs.

Up to two Modular Interface Cards (MICs) can be installed in each MPC. Fully populated, the MX960 supports up to 24 MICs.

MPCs support fixed interfaces or up to two Modular Interface Cards (MICs) that can be installed in each MPC. Fully populated, the MX960 supports up to 22 MICs.

For a list of the supported DPCs, FPCs, MPCs, MICs, and PICs, see the MX Series Interface

Module Reference .

Three SCBs are available for the MX960 routers—the SCB, the SCBE, and the SCBE2.

Table 4 on page 4

lists the MX960 SCBs.

Table 4: SCB Comparison

Model Number Description Switch Fabric Capacity

SCBE2- MX-BB

SCBE-MX-BB

SCB-MX-BB

Enhanced MX Switch Control Board (SCBE2)

Enhanced Switch Control Board (SCBE)

Switch Control Board (SCB)

10.56 Tbps (half-duplex)

5.12Tbps

2.64 Tbps

The connections between interface cards and SCBs are organized in three groups:

• Switch fabric—Connects the interface cards and provides for packet transport between

DPCs, FPCs, and MPCs. Two SCBs provide one nonredundant fabric. Three SCBS are required for a redundant fabric configuration.

• Control Plane—Gigabit Ethernet links between the combined SCBs/Routing Engines and each DPC, FPC, or MPC. All board-to-board information is passed over Ethernet except for low-level status and commands.

• Management signals—Provide low-level status diagnostic support.

Documentation

•

•

MX960 Router Physical Specifications on page 121

•

•

•

•

MX960 Cooling System Description on page 23

•

CHAPTER 2

MX960 Release Notes

•

Outstanding Issues with the MX960 Router on page 5

•

Errata with the MX960 Router Documentation on page 7

Outstanding Issues with the MX960 Router

This topic lists outstanding hardware issues with the MX960 3D Universal Edge router.

For information about software issues, see the Junos OS Release Notes.

• Each MX960 high capacity AC power supply has an input mode switch, covered by a small metal plate. The input mode switch tells the system the number of feeds it should expect When the input mode switch is set to '0' (zero): expect one feed, an alarm will be generated if two are providing power. When the input mode swtich is set to '1' (one): expect two feeds, an alarm will be generated if less than two feeds are active. The default setting is 1.

In Junos OS Releases 10.1R2 and 10.2R1. there are scenarios in which both the supply and the system will generate a warning or alarm, and there is at least one scenario where the supply is OK and the system will still give a warning message. [PR530872]

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

The power supply has a PEM FAIL and OK LED; the failure LED will light up in this scenario:

• Supply is expecting two feeds (input mode switch = 1) but receiving only one active feed

The system will generate an alarm in the following scenarios:

• Supply is expecting two feeds (input mode switch = 1) but receiving only one active feed.

•

Supply is expecting one feed (input mode switch = 0) but receiving two active feeds

•

NOTE:

All supplies should have the same amount of feeds activated.

• The correct usage of the feed selector is required in order to get to the desired capacity of the supplies.

• Juniper Networks strongly recommends that you install Junos OS Release 8.2R2 or later before deploying the MX960 router into service.

• Junos OS Release 8.2R1 does not allow you to complete an install from the USB dongle. Use Junos OS Release 8.2R2 instead. [PR/98563]

• In Junos OS Release 8.2R1, a condition can exist where both fan trays are shut down by the system, but the system continues to operate. This can potentially result in serious overheating and damage to the DPCs. Use Junos OS Release 8.2R2 instead.

[PR/94692] [PR/289154]

• The XFP cages and optics on the MX960 router are industry standard parts which have limited tactile feedback for insertion of optics and fiber. You need to insert the optics and fiber firmly until the latch is securely in place. [PR/98055]

• Although the MX960 router can support any combination of 11 DPCs and the redundant third SCB, the power supply cannot support all 12 DPCs if an Enhanced Queuing DPC is inserted into any slot of a fully loaded chassis. The Enhanced Queuing DPCs exhibit the following behavior:

• When you insert an Enhanced Queuing DPC into slot 6 of a powered-on MX960 router, the DPC will not power on.

• When you insert a DPC into slot 6 of an MX960 router containing an Enhanced

Queuing DPC in any slot, the DPC will not power on.

• When you insert an Enhanced Queuing DPC into any slot of an MX960 router containing a DPC already powered on in slot 6 , the Enhanced Queuing DPC will not power on.

Chapter 2: MX960 Release Notes

These scenarios raise an FPC misconfiguration red alarm due to the DPC's high power consumption. To clear the alarm, perform one of the following actions:

• To temporarily take the DPC offline, use the request chassis fpc slot slot-number offline command from the CLI.

NOTE: The router does not preserve the state after a reboot.

• To take the DPC offline and preserve the state after a reboot, use the set chassis fpc slot-number power off command from configuration mode.

• Remove the powered-off DPC from the MX960 router.

Juniper Networks also recommends the following best practices:

• Use all other slots before using slot 6 .

• Remove any unused DPCs plugged into the MX960 chassis.

Documentation

•

Errata with the MX960 Router Documentation on page 7

Errata with the MX960 Router Documentation

This topic lists outstanding documentation issues:

• There are no outstanding documentation issues at this time.

Documentation

•

Outstanding Issues with the MX960 Router on page 5

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

CHAPTER 3

Chassis Components and Descriptions

•

MX960 Component Redundancy on page 12

•

•

MX960 Router Hardware and CLI Terminology Mapping on page 12

•

•

MX960 Alarm Relay Contacts on the Craft Interface on page 15

•

•

MX960 Alarm LEDs and Alarm Cutoff/Lamp Test Button on page 16

•

MX960 Component LEDs on the Craft Interface on page 17

•

MX960 Cable Manager Description on page 19

MX960 Chassis Description

The router chassis is a rigid sheet metal structure that houses all the other router components (see

Figure 1 on page 10

Figure 2 on page 11

, and

Figure 3 on page 11

). The chassis installs in many types of racks, including 800-mm deep (or larger) enclosed cabinets, standard 19-in. equipment racks, or telco open-frame racks. Two types of chassis are available for the MX960 router:

• The standard chassis measures 27.75 in. (70.49 cm) high, 17.37 in. (44.11 cm) wide

(excluding the mounting flanges and brackets), and 23.0 in. (58.42 cm) deep (from the front-mounting flanges to the rear of the chassis). The standard cable manager extends the depth to 28.0 in. (71.1 cm). Up to three routers can be installed in a 48-U rack if the rack can handle their combined weight, which can be greater than 1,050 lb

(476.3 kg).

NOTE: The chassis depth with the high-capacity AC power supply is 30.6" and the depth with high-capacity DC power supply is 32.8".

• The chassis with the extended cable manager installed measures 36.5 in. (92.7 cm) high, 17.37 in. (44.11 cm) wide, and approximately 29.00 in. (73.7 cm) deep (from the front-mounting flanges to the rear of the extended cable manager). Up to two routers with the extended cable manager can be installed in a 48-U rack if the rack can handle their combined weight, which can be greater than 748 lb (339.28 kg).

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Mounting hardware includes front-mounting flanges on the front of the chassis, and two center-mounting brackets attached to the center of the chassis.

Figure 1: Front View of a Fully Configured MX960 Router Chassis

Chapter 3: Chassis Components and Descriptions

Figure 2: Rear View of a Fully Configured AC-Powered MX960 Router

Chassis

Air exhaust

Input mode switch

AC Power supplies

Power supply ejectors

Grounding points ESD point

Figure 3: Rear View of a Fully Configured DC-Powered MX960 Router

Chassis

Air exhaust

Input mode switch

DC Power supplies

Power supply ejectors

Grounding points ESD point

Documentation

•

MX960 Router Physical Specifications on page 121

•

Installing the MX960 Mounting Hardware for a Four-Post Rack or Cabinet on page 195

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

•

MX960 Component Redundancy

A fully configured router is designed so that no single point of failure can cause the entire system to fail. Only a fully configured router provides complete redundancy. All other configurations provide partial redundancy. The following major hardware components are redundant:

• Host subsystem—The host subsystem consists of a Routing Engine and an SCB. The router can have one or two host subsystems. If two host subsystems are installed, one functions as the master and the other functions as the backup. If the master host subsystem (or either of its components) fails, the backup can take over as the master.

To operate, each host subsystem requires a Routing Engine installed directly into in an SCB.

• Power supplies—In the AC configuration with normal capacity AC power supplies, a minimum of three power supplies is required to supply power to a fully configured router. All AC power supplies share the load evenly. The addition of a fourth power supply provides full power redundancy. If one power supply fails in a redundant configuration, the three remaining power supplies provide full power. In the DC configuration and the AC configuration with high capacity power supplies, two power supplies are required to supply power to a fully configured router. One power supply supports approximately half of the components in the router, and the other power supply supports the remaining components. The addition of two power supplies provides full power redundancy. If one or two power supplies fail, the remaining power supplies can provide full power to the router.

• Cooling system—The cooling system has redundant components, which are controlled by the host subsystem. If one of the fans fails, the host subsystem increases the speed of the remaining fans to provide sufficient cooling for the router indefinitely.

Documentation

•

Displaying MX960 Router Components and Serial Numbers on page 507

•

•

Guidelines for Packing Hardware Components for Shipment on page 524

•

Returning a Hardware Component to Juniper Networks, Inc. on page 527

MX960 Router Hardware and CLI Terminology Mapping

The MX960 router supports the components in

Table 5 on page 13

Chapter 3: Chassis Components and Descriptions

Table 5: MX960 Router Hardware Components and CLI Terminology

Component Hardware Model Number CLI Name Description

Chassis MX960BASE-AC

MX960BASE-DC

MX960

“MX960 Router Physical

Specifications” on page 121

“MX960 Chassis Description” on page 9

Craft Interface Panel CRAFT-MX960-S Front Panel Display

“MX960 Craft Interface Overview” on page 15

Cooling System

Fan tray

Filter tray

FFANTRAY-MX960

FFILTER-MX960

FFILTER-MX960-HC

FLTR-KIT-MX960

Fan Tray

N/A

“MX960 Cooling System

Description” on page 23

Filter kit

Host Subsystem

Routing Engine

SCB

See

“Supported Routing Engines by Router” on page 40

MX960-SCB-S MX SCB

“MX960 Host Subsystem

Description” on page 27

“MX960 Routing Engine

Description” on page 29

“MX960 SCB Description” on page 107

Interface Modules

DPC

DPC or SCB blank panel DPC-SCB-BLANK

FPC MX-FPC2

MIC

N/A

MX FPC Type 2

MX FPC Type 3

“MX960 Flexible PIC Concentrator

Description” on page 62

MX-FPC3

See

“MICs Supported by MX Series Routers” on page 82

in the

MX Series Interface Module Reference .

“MX960 Modular Interface Card

Description” on page 82

MIC-BLANK N/A MIC blank panel

MPC See

“MPCs Supported by MX Series Routers” on page 92

in the

MX Series Interface Module Reference .

“MX960 Modular Port

Concentrator Description” on page 89

PIC

See

“DPCs Supported on MX240, MX480, and MX960 Routers” on page 56

in the MX Series Interface Module Reference .

“MX960 Dense Port Concentrator

Description” on page 53

See

“PICs Supported by MX240, MX480, and MX960 Routers” on page 68

in the MX Series Interface Module Reference .

“MX960 PIC Description” on page 66

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Table 5: MX960 Router Hardware Components and CLI Terminology

(continued)

Component Hardware Model Number CLI Name Description

Enhanced MX SCB

Transceiver

SCBE-MX960-S

See MX Series Interface

Module Reference .

Xcvr

“Installing an SFP or XFP

Transceiver into an MX960 DPC,

MPC, MIC, or PIC” on page 304

Power System

Power distribution module (PDM)

AC power supply

DC power supply

Power supply blank panel

Power Distribution Module

PWR-MX960-AC

PWR-MX960-4100-AC

PWR-MX960-DC

PWR-MX960-4100-DC

PWR-BLANK-MX960

“MX960 Power System Overview” on page 97

Power Distribution Module

“MX960 Power System Overview” on page 97

AC Power Entry Module

“MX960 AC Power Supply

Description” on page 98

AC 4.1kW Power Entry

Module

DC Power Entry Module

“MX960 DC Power Supply” on page 104

DC 4.1kW Power Entry

Module

N/A

“MX960 Power System Overview” on page 97

Documentation

•

MX960 DPC Port and Interface Numbering on page 59

•

•

MX960 MIC Port and Interface Numbering on page 86

•

MX960 PIC Port and Interface Numbering on page 66

• MX Series Router Interface Names

MX960 Rack-Mounting Hardware

The rack-mounting hardware for the MX960 router includes:

• The large mounting shelf for mounting in four-post racks, cabinets, and open-frame racks

• The small mounting shelf for front-mounting in a four-post rack or cabinet

Chapter 3: Chassis Components and Descriptions

• Front-mounting flanges on the front of the chassis for front-mounting in a four-post rack or cabinet

• Two center-mounting brackets attached to the center of the chassis for center-mounting in an open-frame rack. For an open-frame rack, center-mounting is preferable because of the more even distribution of weight.

Documentation

•

MX960 Midplane Description on page 28

•

•

Installing the MX960 Mounting Hardware for Center-Mounting in an Open-Frame Rack on page 199

•

Installing the MX960 Mounting Hardware for Front-Mounting in an Open-Frame Rack on page 197

•

Installing the MX960 Mounting Hardware for a Four-Post Rack or Cabinet on page 195

MX960 Craft Interface Overview

The craft interface allows you to view status and troubleshooting information at a glance and to perform many system control functions. It is hot-insertable and hot-removable.

The craft interface is located on the front of the router above the card cage and contains

LEDs for the router components, the alarm relay contacts, and alarm cutoff button. See

Figure 4 on page 15

Figure 4: Front Panel of the Craft Interface

NOTE: At least one SCB must be installed in the router for the craft interface to obtain power.

Documentation

•

MX960 Craft Interface Serial Number Label on page 511

•

MX960 Alarm Relay Contacts on the Craft Interface

The craft interface has two alarm relay contacts for connecting the router to external alarm devices (see

Figure 5 on page 16

). Whenever a system condition triggers either

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide the red or yellow alarm on the craft interface, the alarm relay contacts are also activated.

The alarm relay contacts are located on the upper right of the craft interface.

Figure 5: Alarm Relay Contacts

Documentation

•

Disconnecting the Alarm Relay Wires from the MX960 Craft Interface on page 307

•

Connecting the Alarm Relay Wires to the MX960 Craft Interface on page 255

MX960 Alarm LEDs and Alarm Cutoff/Lamp Test Button

Two large alarm LEDs are located at the upper right of the craft interface. The circular red LED lights to indicate a critical condition that can result in a system shutdown. The triangular yellow LED lights to indicate a less severe condition that requires monitoring or maintenance. Both LEDs can be lit simultaneously.

A condition that causes an LED to light also activates the corresponding alarm relay contact on the craft interface.

To deactivate red and yellow alarms, press the button labeled ACO/LT (for “alarm cutoff/lamp test”), which is located to the right of the alarm LEDs. Deactivating an alarm turns off both LEDs and deactivates the device attached to the corresponding alarm relay contact on the craft interface.

Table 6 on page 16

describes the alarm LEDs and alarm cutoff button in more detail.

Table 6: Alarm LEDs and Alarm Cutoff/Lamp Test Button

Shape Color State Description

Red

Yellow

–

On steadily Critical alarm LED—Indicates a critical condition that can cause the router to stop functioning. Possible causes include component removal, failure, or overheating.

On steadily Warning alarm LED—Indicates a serious but nonfatal error condition, such as a maintenance alert or a significant increase in component temperature.

– Alarm cutoff/lamp test button—Deactivates red and yellow alarms. Causes all LEDs on the craft interface to light (for testing) when pressed and held.

Chapter 3: Chassis Components and Descriptions

Documentation

•

MX960 Alarm Relay Contacts on the Craft Interface on page 15

•

•

MX960 Host Subsystem LEDs on the Craft Interface on page 17

MX960 Component LEDs on the Craft Interface

•

•

MX960 Power Supply LEDs on the Craft Interface on page 17

•

MX960 DPC and MPC LEDs on the Craft Interface on page 18

•

MX960 FPC LEDs on the Craft Interface on page 18

•

MX960 SCB LEDs on the Craft Interface on page 18

•

MX960 Fan LEDs on the Craft Interface on page 19

MX960 Host Subsystem LEDs on the Craft Interface

Each host subsystem has three LEDs, located in the middle of the craft interface, that indicate its status. The LEDs labeled RE0 show the status of the Routing Engine in slot

0 and the SCB in slot 0 . The LEDs labeled RE1 show the status of the Routing Engine and

SCB in slot 1 .

Table 7 on page 17

describes the functions of the host subsystem LEDs.

Table 7: Host Subsystem LEDs on the Craft Interface

Label Color State Description

MASTER

ONLINE

OFFLINE

Green

Red

–

On steadily Host is functioning as the master.

On steadily Host is online and is functioning normally.

On steadily Host is installed but the Routing Engine is offline.

Off Host is not installed.

MX960 Power Supply LEDs on the Craft Interface

Each power supply has two LEDs on the craft interface that indicate its status. The LEDs, labeled 0 through 3 , are located on the upper left of the craft interface next to the PEM label.

Table 8 on page 17

describes the functions of the power supply LEDs on the craft interface.

Table 8: Power Supply LEDs on the Craft Interface

Label Color State Description

PEM Green On steadily Power supply is functioning normally.

Red On steadily Power supply has failed or power input has failed.

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

MX960 DPC and MPC LEDs on the Craft Interface

Each DPC or MPC has LEDs on the craft interface that indicate its status. The LEDs, labeled 0 through 5 , 2/6 , and 7 through 11 , are located along the bottom of the craft interface. Slot 2/6 is for an additional DPC, FPC, MPC, or SCB.

Table 9 on page 18

describes the functions of the LEDs.

Table 9: DPC and MPC LEDs on the Craft Interface

Label Color State Description

OK Green

FAIL

–

Red

On steadily Card is functioning normally.

Blinking

Off

Card is transitioning online or offline.

The slot is not online.

On steadily Card has failed.

MX960 FPC LEDs on the Craft Interface

An FPC takes up two DPC slots when installed in an MX Series router. The LEDs, labeled

0 through 5 , 2/6 , and 7 through 11 , are located along the bottom of the craft interface.

Slot 2/6 is for an additional DPC, FPC, MPC, or SCB. The LED corresponds to the lowest

DPC slot number in which the FPC is installed.

Table 10 on page 18

describes the functions of the FPC LEDs.

Table 10: FPC LEDs on the Craft Interface

Label Color State Description

OK Green

–

On steadily FPC is functioning normally.

Blinking

Off

FPC is transitioning online or offline.

The slot is not online.

FAIL Red On steadily FPC has failed.

MX960 SCB LEDs on the Craft Interface

Each SCB has two LEDs on the craft interface that indicates its status. The SCB LEDs, labeled 0 , 1 , and 2/6 , are located along the bottom of the craft interface.

Table 11 on page 19

describes the functions of the SCB LEDs.

Chapter 3: Chassis Components and Descriptions

Table 11: SCB LEDs on the Craft Interface

Label Color State Description

OK Green

FAIL

–

Red

On steadily SCB: Fabric and control board functioning normally.

Blinking

Off

SCB is transitioning online or offline.

The slot is not online.

On steadily SCB has failed.

MX960 Fan LEDs on the Craft Interface

The fan LEDs are located on the top left of the craft interface.

Table 12 on page 19

describes the functions of the fan LEDs.

Table 12: Fan LEDs on the Craft Interface

Label Color State Description

FAN Green On steadily Fan is functioning normally.

Red On steadily Fan has failed.

Documentation

•

MX960 Alarm Relay Contacts on the Craft Interface on page 15

•

MX960 Cable Manager Description

The standard cable manager (see

Figure 6 on page 20 ) is a tray located below the

line-card cage, which has a row of fourteen dividers for securing the cables for each Dense

Port Concentrator (DPC), Modular Port Concentrator (MPC), Modular Interface Card

(MIC), or PIC.

You can use cable strips or other ties to gently secure the cables in the standard cable manager. To secure the cables in place, loop the tie through the cable anchor and secure the tie. You can pull the standard cable manager up and outward to lock it into the maintenance position. This allows you to access the lower fan tray and the air filter.

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Figure 6: Standard Cable Manager

Maintenance linkage

Release handles

The extended cable manager allows you to route cables away from the front of the DPCs,

MPCs, MICs, and PICs, and provides additional access (see

Figure 8 on page 21

and

Figure 7 on page 20

Figure 7: Extended Cable Manager

Chapter 3: Chassis Components and Descriptions

Figure 8: Extended Cable Manager Cover

Documentation

•

Replacing the MX960 Cable Manager on page 310

•

Verifying the Version of the MX960 Cable Manager on page 469

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

CHAPTER 4

Cooling System Components and

Descriptions

•

MX960 Cooling System Description on page 23

•

MX960 Fan LED on page 25

MX960 Cooling System Description

The cooling system consists of the following components:

• Upper front fan tray

• Lower front fan tray

• Front air filter

The cooling system components work together to keep all router components within the acceptable temperature range (see

Figure 9 on page 24 , Figure 10 on page 24

Figure 11 on page 24

, and

Figure 12 on page 24

). The router has two fan trays located in the front of the router that install horizontally above and below the card cage. Each normal-capacity fan tray contains six fans. High-capacity fan trays that contain twelve fans can be installed in the upper and lower fan tray slots. The fan trays are hot-insertable and hot-removable.

The MX960 requires high-capacity fan trays to satisfy cooling requirements for high-density DPCs and MPCs. When replacing normal-capacity fan trays with high-capacity fan trays, you must replace them in both the upper and lower fan trays.

Additionally, you must replace the front air filter.

NOTE: If you install high-capacity fan trays, you must also install high-capacity power supplies. Combinations of normal-capacity and high-capacity power supplies and fan trays are not supported.

There is a single air intake in the front of the router. Air is pushed up through the card cage and through the upper fan tray where it is exhausted out the upper rear of the system through the larger air exhaust shown in

Figure 9 on page 24

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

At the bottom rear of the chassis, there is an air intake for power supply cooling. Air flows over the power supplies and is exhausted out the rear of the chassis through the smaller air exhaust below the main exhaust.

Figure 9: Airflow Through the Chassis

The host subsystem monitors the temperature of the router components. When the router is operating normally, the fans function at lower than full speed. If a fan fails or the ambient temperature rises above a threshold, the speed of the remaining fans is automatically adjusted to keep the temperature within the acceptable range. If the ambient maximum temperature specification is exceeded and the system cannot be adequately cooled, the Routing Engine shuts down the system by disabling output power from each PEM.

Figure 10: Upper Fan Tray

Figure 11: Air Filter

Figure 12: Air Filter Tray

Figure 13: High-Capacity Fan Tray

Chapter 4: Cooling System Components and Descriptions

Figure 14: High-Capacity Filter Tray with Air Filter

Air filter

Air filter tray

Documentation

•

Troubleshooting the MX960 Cooling System on page 490

•

•

“MX960 Fan LEDs on the Craft Interface” on page 19

MX960 Fan LED

Each fan has an LED that displays its status. The fan LEDs are located on the top left of the craft interface. For more information, see

Documentation

•

MX960 Cooling System Description on page 23

•

Troubleshooting the MX960 Cooling System on page 490

•

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

CHAPTER 5

Host Subsystem Components and

Descriptions

•

MX960 Host Subsystem LEDs on page 28

•

•

MX960 Midplane Description on page 28

•

MX960 RE-S-1300 and RE-S-2000 Routing Engine LEDs on page 31

•

•

RE-S-1800 Routing Engine Description for MX Series on page 31

•

RE-S-1800 Routing Engine LEDs on page 33

•

RE-S-X6-64G Routing Engine Description on page 34

•

RE-S-X6-64G Routing Engine LEDs on page 36

•

Routing Engine Specifications on page 37

•

Supported Routing Engines by Router on page 40

MX960 Host Subsystem Description

The host subsystem provides the routing and system management functions of the router. You can install one or two host subsystems on the router. Each host subsystem functions as a unit; the Routing Engine must be installed directly into the Switch Control

Board.

NOTE: We recommend that you install two host subsystems for redundant protection. If you install only one host subsystem, we recommend that you install it in slot 0 .

Each host subsystem has three LEDs that display its status. The host subsystem LEDs are located in the middle of the craft interface.

Documentation

•

MX960 Host Subsystem LEDs on page 28

•

• Taking an MX960 Host Subsystem Offline

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

• Effect of Taking the MX960 Host Subsystem Offline

•

•

Subsystem LEDs on the Craft Interface” on page 17 .

MX960 Host Subsystem LEDs

Each host subsystem has three LEDs that display its status. The host subsystem LEDs are located in the middle of the craft interface. For more information, see

“MX960 Host

Documentation

•

•

• Taking an MX960 Host Subsystem Offline

MX960 Midplane Description

The midplane is located toward the rear of the chassis and forms the rear of the card cage (see

Figure 15 on page 29

). The line cards and SCBs install into the midplane from the front of the chassis, and the power supplies install into the midplane from the rear of the chassis. The cooling system components also connect to the midplane.

The midplane performs the following major functions:

• Data path—Data packets are transferred across the midplane between the line cards through the fabric ASICs on the SCBs.

• Power distribution—The router power supplies connect to the midplane, which distributes power to all the router components.

• Signal path—The midplane provides the signal path to the line cards, SCBs, Routing

Engines, and other system components for monitoring and control of the system.

Figure 15: Midplane

Chapter 5: Host Subsystem Components and Descriptions

Documentation

•

•

MX960 Dense Port Concentrator Description on page 53

•

•

MX960 Modular Port Concentrator Description on page 89

•

•

MX960 Flexible PIC Concentrator Description on page 62

•

•

Supported Routing Engines on page 30

MX960 Routing Engine Description

If the host system is redundant, the backup Routing Engine is hot-removable and hot-insertable, but the master Routing Engine is hot-pluggable. A Routing Engine that is not redundant is hot-pluggable.

•

•

Routing Engine Function on page 30

•

Routing Engine Slots on page 30

•

Routing Engine Interface Ports on page 30

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Supported Routing Engines

The MX960 router supports the following Routing Engines:

• RE-S-1300-2048 supported for Junos OS Release 8.2 and later.

• RE-S-2000-4096 supported for Junos OS Release 8.2 and later.

• RE-S-1800x2 supported for Junos OS Release 10.4 and later.

• RE-S-1800x4 supported for Junos OS Release 10.4 and later.

• RE-S-X6-64G supported for Junos OS Release 15.1F4, 16.1 and later.

• RE-S-X6-64G-LT

NOTE: The Routing Engine is equipped with limited encryption support only.

NOTE: If two Routing Engines are installed, they must both be the same hardware model.

Routing Engine Function

The Routing Engine runs the Junos OS. Software processes that run on the Routing Engine maintain the routing tables, manage the routing protocols used on the router, control the router interfaces, control some chassis components, and provide the interface for system management and user access to the router.

Routing Engine Slots

You can install one or two Routing Engines in the router. Each Routing Engine must be installed directly into an SCB. A USB port on the Routing Engine accepts a USB memory device that allows you to load Junos OS. The Routing Engines install into the front of the chassis in vertical slots directly into the SCBs labeled 0 and 1 . If two Routing Engines are installed, one functions as the master and the other acts as the backup. If the master

Routing Engine fails or is removed and the backup is configured appropriately, the backup takes over as the master.

On the MX960 router, a Routing Engine installed in SCB slot 2/6 receives no power and supplies no additional routing functions. If no SCB is installed in slot 2/6 , install a blank panel in the slot.

Routing Engine Interface Ports

Three ports, located on the right side of the routing engine, connect the Routing Engine to one or more external devices on which system administrators can issue Junos OS command-line interface (CLI) commands to manage the router.

The ports with the indicated labels function as follows:

Chapter 5: Host Subsystem Components and Descriptions

• AUX —Connects the Routing Engine to a laptop, modem, or other auxiliary device through a serial cable with an RJ-45 connector.

• CONSOLE —Connects the Routing Engine to a system console through a serial cable with an RJ-45 connector.

• ETHERNET or MGMT —Connects the Routing Engine through an Ethernet connection to a management LAN (or any other device that plugs into an Ethernet connection) for out-of-band management. The port uses an autosensing RJ-45 connector to support

10-Mbps or 100-Mbps connections. Two small LEDs on the right of the port indicate the connection in use: the LED flashes yellow or green for a 10-Mbps or 100-Mbps connection, and the LED is light green when traffic is passing through the port.

Documentation

•

RJ-45 Connector Pinouts for MX Series Routing Engine AUX and CONSOLE Ports on page 149

•

RJ-45 Connector Pinouts for an MX Series Routing Engine ETHERNET Port on page 148

•

MX960 RE-S-1300 and RE-S-2000 Routing Engine LEDs

Each Routing Engine has four LEDs that indicate its status. The LEDs, labeled MASTER ,

HDD , ONLINE , and FAIL , are located directly on the faceplate of the Routing Engine.

Table 13 on page 31

describes the functions of the Routing Engine LEDs.

Table 13: Routing Engine LEDs

Label Color State Description

MASTER Blue

Green

On steadily Routing Engine is the Master.

Blinking Indicates activity on the hard disk drive.

HDD

ONLINE Green

FAIL Red

Blinking Routing Engine is transitioning online.

On steadily Routing Engine is functioning normally.

On steadily Routing Engine has failed.

Documentation

•

•

RE-S-1800 Routing Engine Components on page 32

RE-S-1800 Routing Engine Description for MX Series

Figure 16 on page 32

shows the Routing Engine 1800.

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Figure 16: RE-S-1800 Front View

Auxiliary port

Ethernet port

SSD slot 1

SSD slot 2

Extractor clip

Console port

USB port

Reset button

Extractor clip

•

•

RE-S-1800 Routing Engine Boot Sequence on page 33

RE-S-1800 Routing Engine Components

Figure 17 on page 32

shows the RE-S-1800 Routing Engine.

Auxiliary port

Ethernet port

SSD slot 1

SSD slot 2

Extractor clip

Console port

USB port

Reset button

Extractor clip

Each Routing Engine consists of the following components:

• CPU—Runs Junos OS to maintain the router's routing tables and routing protocols..

• DRAM—Provides storage for the routing and forwarding tables and for other Routing

Engine processes.

• USB port—Provides a removable media interface through which you can install Junos

OS manually. Junos OS supports USB version 1.0.

• CompactFlash card—Provides primary storage for software images, configuration files, and microcode. The CompactFlash card is fixed and is inaccessible from outside the router.

• Solid-state Drive (SSD)—Provides secondary storage for log files, memory dumps, and rebooting the system if the CompactFlash card fails.

• Interface ports—The AUX , CONSOLE , and ETHERNET provide access to management devices. Each Routing Engine has one 10/100/1000-Mbps Ethernet port for connecting to a management network, and two asynchronous serial ports—one for connecting to a console and one for connecting to a modem or other auxiliary device.

• EEPROM—Stores the serial number of the Routing Engine.

Chapter 5: Host Subsystem Components and Descriptions

• RESET button—Reboots the Routing Engine when pressed.

• ONLINE/OFFLINE button—Takes the Routing Engine online or offline when pressed.

• Extractor clips—Used for inserting and extracting the Routing Engine.

• Captive screws—Secure the Routing Engine in place.

NOTE: For specific information about Routing Engine components (for example, the amount of DRAM), issue the show chassis routing-engine command.

RE-S-1800 Routing Engine Boot Sequence

The router is shipped with Junos OS preinstalled on the Routing Engine. There are three copies of software:

• One copy on the CompactFlash card in the Routing Engine.

• One copy on the hard disk in the Routing Engine.

• One copy on a USB flash drive that can be inserted into the slot on the Routing Engine faceplate.

The Routing Engine boots from the storage media in this order: the USB device (if present), then the CompactFlash card, then the Solid State Disk (SSD), then the LAN. Normally, the router boots from the copy of the software on the CompactFlash card.

Documentation

•

RJ-45 Connector Pinouts for MX Series Routing Engine AUX and CONSOLE Ports on page 149

•

RJ-45 Connector Pinouts for an MX Series Routing Engine ETHERNET Port on page 148

•

Supported Routing Engines by Router on page 40

•

RE-S-1800 Routing Engine LEDs

Each Routing Engine has four LEDs that indicate its status. The LEDs, labeled MASTER ,

STORAGE , ONLINE , and OK/FAIL , are located directly on the faceplate of the Routing

Engine.

Table 14 on page 33

describes the functions of the Routing Engine LEDs.

Table 14: Routing Engine LEDs

Label Color State Description

Blue On steadily Routing Engine is the Master.

MASTER

STORAGE Green Blinking Indicates activity on the SSD or Compact Flash.

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Table 14: Routing Engine LEDs

(continued)

Label Color State Description

ONLINE Green

OK/FAIL Red

Blinking Routing Engine is transitioning online.

On steadily Routing Engine is functioning normally.

On steadily Routing Engine has failed.

Documentation

• MX240 Routing Engine Description

• MX480 Routing Engine Description

•

RE-S-X6-64G Routing Engine Components on page 34

RE-S-X6-64G Routing Engine Description

Figure 18 on page 34

shows the Routing Engine.

Figure 18: RE-S-X6-64G Routing Engine Front View

1— Extractor clips

2— Auxiliary port ( AUX )

3— Console port ( CONSOLE )

4— Management port ( MGMT )

5— LEDs— ONLINE, OK/FAIL, and MASTER

6—

7—

ONLINE/OFFLINE button

SSD LEDs— DISK1 and DISK2

8— Ports— USB1 and USB2

9— RESET button

10— SSD card slot cover

•

•

RE-S-X6-64G Routing Engine Boot Sequence on page 35

RE-S-X6-64G Routing Engine Components

In routers with dual Routing Engines, both Routing Engines must be RE-S-X6-64G Routing

Engines.

Each RE-S-X6-64G Routing Engine (shown in

Figure 18 on page 34

) consists of the following components:

• CPU—Runs Junos OS to maintain the routing tables and routing protocols.

• EEPROM—Stores the serial number of the Routing Engine.

Chapter 5: Host Subsystem Components and Descriptions

• DRAM—Provides storage for the routing and forwarding tables and for other Routing

Engine processes.

• One 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface between the Routing Engine and Switch Control

Board.

• Two 50-GB slim solid-state drives— SSD1 (primary) and SSD2 (secondary)—Provide storage for software images, configuration files, microcode, log files, and memory dumps. The Routing Engine reboots from SSD2 when boot from primary SSD fails.

• Two USB ports ( USB1 and USB2 )—Provide a removable media interface through which you can install Junos OS manually. The Junos OS supports USB versions 3.0, 2.0, and

1.1.

• Interface ports—The AUX , CONSOLE , and MGMT provide access to management devices. Each Routing Engine has one 10/100/1000-Mbps Ethernet port for connecting to a management network, and two asynchronous serial ports—one for connecting to a console and one for connecting to a modem or other auxiliary device.

• RESET button—Reboots the Routing Engine when pressed.

• ONLINE/OFFLINE button—Brings the Routing Engine online or takes it offline when pressed.

NOTE: The ONLINE/OFFLINE button must be pressed for a minimum of 4 seconds for the power off or power on to occur.

• Extractor clips—Control the locking system that secures the Routing Engine.

•

LEDs— “RE-S-X6-64G Routing Engine LEDs” on page 36

describes the functions of these LEDs.

NOTE: For specific information about Routing Engine components (for example, the amount of DRAM), issue the show vmhost hardware command.

RE-S-X6-64G Routing Engine Boot Sequence

Booting in a RE-S-X6-64G Routing Engine follows this sequence—the USB device, SSD1,

SSD2, LAN. SSD1 is the primary boot device. The boot sequence is tried twice for SSD1 and SSD2.

Documentation

•

Routing Engine Specifications on page 37

•

Upgrading to the RE-S-X6-64G Routing Engine in a Redundant Host Subsystem on page 345

•

Upgrading to the RE-S-X6-64G Routing Engine in a Nonredundant Host Subsystem on page 351

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

RE-S-X6-64G Routing Engine LEDs

Each Routing Engine has five LEDs that indicate its status. The LEDs—labeled MASTER ,

DISK1 , DISK2 , ONLINE , and OK/FAIL —are located on the faceplate of the Routing Engine.

Table 15 on page 36

describes the functions of the Routing Engine LEDs.

Figure 19: RE-S-X6-64G Routing Engine LEDs

1— ONLINE LED

2— OK/FAIL LED

3— DISK1 LED

Table 15: RE-S-X6-64G Routing Engine LEDs

Label Color State

ONLINE Green Blinking slowly

DISK1

DISK2

OK/FAIL

MASTER

Green

Yellow

Blue

Blinking rapidly

Off

Blinking

Off

Blinking

Off

On steadily

4— DISK2 LED

5— ONLINE/OFFLINE button

6— MASTER LED

Description

Routing Engine is in the process of booting BIOS, and the host

OS.

Routing Engine is in the process of booting Junos OS.

Routing Engine is not online or not functioning normally.

Indicates presence of disk activity.

There is no disk activity.

Indicates presence of disk activity.

There is no disk activity.

Routing Engine is powering up.

Routing Engine is not powering up, which indicates failure.

This Routing Engine is the Master Routing Engine.

Documentation

• MX240 Routing Engine Description

• MX480 Routing Engine Description

Chapter 5: Host Subsystem Components and Descriptions

•

“Supported Routing Engines by

Routing Engine Specifications

Table 16 on page 37

lists the current specifications for Routing Engines supported on

M Series, MX Series, and T Series routers.

Table 17 on page 39

lists the specifications for end-of-life Routing Engines.

NOTE: For a list of the routing engines that are supported on the M Series,

MX Series, T Series, and PTX routers, see

Router” on page 40 .

NOTE: For information about PTX Series Routing Engine specifications, see

Routing Engines Supported on PTX Series Routers. For information about

Table 16: Routing Engine Specifications

Routing

Engine Processor Memory

Connection to PFEs

RE-400-768

RE-A-1000-2048 1.0-GHz

Pentium

RE-A-2000-4096 2.0-GHz

Pentium

RE-S-1300-2048 1.3-GHz

Pentium

RE-S-2000-4096 2.0-GHz

Pentium

RE-C1800

RE-C2600

400-MHz

Celeron

1.8-GHz

2.6-GHz

768 MB

2048 MB

4096 MB

2048 MB

4096 MB

8 GB

16 GB

Gigabit

Ethernet

Gigabit

Ethernet

Gigabit

Ethernet

Gigabit

Ethernet

Gigabit

Ethernet

Gigabit

Ethernet

Disk

Fast Ethernet 40 GB hard disk

40 GB hard disk

SSD

Media

First Junos OS

Support

1 GB

CompactFlash card

9.0

1 GB

CompactFlash card

8.1

1 GB

CompactFlash card

8.1

1 GB

CompactFlash card

8.2

1 GB

CompactFlash card

8.2

4 GB

CompactFlash card

T1600 router in a routing matrix: 9.6R2

Standalone T640 or

T1600 router:11.2

4 GB

CompactFlash card

TX Matrix Plus router: 9.6R2

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Table 16: Routing Engine Specifications

(continued)

Routing

Engine

RE-A-1800x2

RE-S-1800x2

RE-S-1800x4

RE-S-MX104

Processor

1800-MHz

1.8-GHz

RE-B-1800x1-4G 1.73-GHz

RE-MX2000-1800x4 1800-GHz

RE-S-1800X4-32G-S 1800 Ghz

REMX2K-1800-32G-S 1800 Ghz

RE-S-X6-64G 2 Ghz

REMX2K-X8-64G 2.3 Ghz

REMX2008-X8-64G 2.3 Ghz

Memory

4 GB

16 GB

32 GB

64 GB

Connection to PFEs

8 GB or 16 GB Gigabit

Ethernet

8 GB or 16 GB Gigabit

Ethernet

8GB or 16 GB Gigabit

Ethernet

Gigabit

Ethernet

Gigabit

Ethernet

Gigabit

Ethernet

Gigabit

Ethernet

Gigabit

Ethernet

Gigabit

Ethernet

Gigabit

Ethernet

Gigabit

Ethernet

Gigabit

Ethernet

Disk

32 GB SSD

–

64 GB SSD

Media

First Junos OS

Support

4 GB

CompactFlash card

10.4

4 GB

CompactFlash card

10.4

4 GB

CompactFlash card

8 GB NAND

Flash

10.4

13.2

4 GB

CompactFlash card

12.1R2, 11.4R4, and

12.2R1

32 GB SSD

Two 50-GB

SSDs

Two 50-GB

SSDs

Two 100-GB

SSDs

Two 50-GB

SSDs

4 GB Fixed

Internal

CompactFlash card

12.3R2

•

12.3R4

13.2R1

4 GB Fixed

Internal

CompactFlash card

4GB Fixed

Internal

CompactFlash card

•

12.3R4

13.2R1

15.1F4, 16.1

15.1F5-S1, 16.1R2, and

16.2R1

15.1F7

Chapter 5: Host Subsystem Components and Descriptions

NOTE: Use shielded CAT5e cable for connecting the AUX , CONSOLE , and

MGMT ports in RE-S-X6-64G, REMX2K-X8-64G, and REMX2008-X8-64G

Routing Engines.

Table 17: End-of-Life Routing Engine Specifications

Routing

Engine Processor Memory

RE-333-256 333-MHz

Pentium II

256 MB

RE-333-768 333-MHz

Pentium II

768 MB

RE-600-512 600-MHz

Pentium III

512 MB

Connection to PFEs Disk

Fast

Ethernet

Fast

Ethernet

Fast

Ethernet

Media

6.4 GB hard disk

80 MB

CompactFlash card

3.4

6.4 GB hard disk

80 MB

CompactFlash card

3.4

30 GB hard disk

256 MB

CompactFlash card

5.4

First Junos OS

Support EOL Details

PSN-2003-01-063

PSN-2004-07-019

RE-600-2048 600-MHz

Pentium III

2048 MB Fast

Ethernet

PSN-2008-02-018

RE-850-1536 850-MHz

Pentium III

1536 MB

RE-M40 200-MHz

Pentium

256 MB

RE-M40-333-768 333-MHz

Pentium II

768 MB

RE-M40-600-2048 600-MHz

Pentium III

2048 MB

RE-1600-2048 1.6-GHz

Pentium M

2048 MB

Fast

Ethernet

Fast

Ethernet

Fast

Ethernet

Fast

Ethernet

Gigabit

Ethernet

40 GB hard disk

1 GB

CompactFlash card

5.3

40 GB hard disk

1 GB

CompactFlash card

7.2

6.4 GB hard disk

80 MB

CompactFlash card

3.2

10 GB hard disk

80 MB

CompactFlash card

4.2

30 GB hard disk

128 MB

CompactFlash card

5.4

40 GB hard disk

1 GB

CompactFlash card

6.2

PSN-2011-04-226

FA-HW-0101-001

PSN-2003-01-063

PSN-2004-11-020

PSN-2008-02-019

NOTE: The memory in

Table 16 on page 37

indicates the amount of total memory. To determine the amount of available memory, issue the show chassis routing-engine CLI command.

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

On routers that accept two Routing Engines, you cannot mix Routing Engine types except for a brief period (one minute or so) during an upgrade or downgrade to two Routing

Engines of the same type.

Documentation

•

Supported Routing Engines by Router on page 40

Supported Routing Engines by Router

The following tables list the Routing Engines that each router supports, the first supported release for the Routing Engine in the specified router, the management Ethernet interface, and the internal Ethernet interfaces for each Routing Engine.

•

M7i Routing Engines on page 40

•

M10i Routing Engines on page 41

•

M40e Routing Engines on page 41

•

M120 Routing Engines on page 42

•

M320 Routing Engines on page 42

•

MX5, MX10, MX40, and MX80 Routing Engine on page 43

•

MX104 Routing Engines on page 43

•

MX240 Routing Engines on page 43

•

MX480 Routing Engines on page 44

•

MX960 Routing Engines on page 45

•

MX2008 Routing Engines on page 46

•

MX2010 Routing Engines on page 46

•

MX2020 Supported Routing Engines on page 47

•

PTX3000 Routing Engines on page 47

•

PTX5000 Routing Engines on page 48

•

T320 Routing Engines on page 48

•

T640 Routing Engines on page 48

•

T1600 Routing Engines on page 49

•

T4000 Routing Engines on page 50

•

TX Matrix Routing Engines on page 50

•

TX Matrix Plus Routing Engines on page 51

•

TX Matrix Plus (with 3D SIBs) Routing Engines on page 51

M7i Routing Engines

Table 18 on page 41

lists the Routing Engines supported by the M7i router. The M7i router supports 32-bit Junos OS only.

Chapter 5: Host Subsystem Components and Descriptions

Table 18: M7i Routing Engines

Model Number

Name in CLI

Output

RE-5.0

RE-400-768 (EOL details:

TSB16445 )

RE-850-1536 (EOL details:

TSB15553 )

RE-B-1800X1-4G

RE-850

RE-B-1800x1

First Supported 32-bit

Junos OS Release

Management

Ethernet Interface

Internal Ethernet

Interface

9.0

fxp0 fxp1

7.2

fxp0 fxp1

11.4R4

12.1R2

fxp0 em0

M10i Routing Engines

Table 19 on page 41

lists the Routing Engines supported by the M10i router. The M10i router supports 32-bit Junos OS only.

Table 19: M10i Routing Engines

Model Number

Name in CLI

Output

First Supported

32-bit Junos OS

Release

Management

Ethernet Interface

Internal Ethernet

Interface

RE-400-768 (EOL details:

TSB16445 )

RE-5.0

9.0

fxp0

RE-850-1536 (EOL details:

TSB15553 )

RE-850 7.2

fxp0 fxp1 fxp2 fxp1 fxp2

RE-B-1800X1-4G RE-B-1800x1 11.4R4

12.1R2

fxp0 em0

M40e Routing Engines

Table 20 on page 41

lists the Routing Engines supported by the M40e router.

Table 20: M40e Routing Engines

Model Number Name in CLI Output

First Supported

Junos OS Release

Management

Ethernet Interface

Internal Ethernet

Interface

RE-600-2048 (EOL details:

TSB14373 )

RE-3.0

or RE-3.0

(RE-600)

5.3

fxp0

RE-A-1000-2048 RE-A-1000 8.1

fxp0 fxp1 fxp2 fxp1 fxp2

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

M120 Routing Engines

Table 21 on page 42

lists the Routing Engines supported by the M120 router.

Table 21: M120 Routing Engines

Model Number

Name in CLI

Output

First Supported

32-bit Junos OS

Release

First

Supported

64-bit Junos

OS Release

Management

Ethernet

Interface

Internal Ethernet

Interface

RE-A-1000-2048 RE-A-1000 8.0R2

– fxp0

RE-A-2000-4096

RE-A-1800X2-8G

RE-A-1800X2-16G

RE-A-1800X4-16G

RE-A-2000

RE-A-1800x2

RE-A-1800x4

8.0R2

•

11.4R5

12.1R3

•

11.4R5

12.1R3

•

11.4R5

12.1R3

–

10.4

fxp0 fxp0 fxp0 fxp0 fxp1 fxp2 em0 em1 fxp1 fxp2 em0 bcm0 fxp1 fxp2

M320 Routing Engines

Table 22 on page 42

lists the Routing Engines supported by the M320 router.

Table 22: M320 Routing Engines

Model Number

Name in CLI

Output

First Supported

32-bit Junos OS

Release

First

Supported

64-bit Junos

OS Release

Management

Ethernet

Interface

Internal Ethernet

Interface

RE-1600-2048 (EOL details: TSB14374 )

RE-4.0

6.2

– fxp0 fxp1 fxp2

RE-A-2000-4096

RE-A-1800X2-8G

RE-A-2000

RE-A-1800x2

8.1

•

11.4R5

12.1R3

–

10.4

fxp0 fxp0 em0 bcm0 em0 bcm0

Chapter 5: Host Subsystem Components and Descriptions

Table 22: M320 Routing Engines

(continued)

Model Number

RE-A-1800X2-16G

Name in CLI

Output

RE-A-1800x2

First Supported

32-bit Junos OS

Release

•

11.4R5

12.1R3

First

Supported

64-bit Junos

OS Release

10.4

Management

Ethernet

Interface

Internal Ethernet

Interface fxp0 fxp0 em0 bcm0 em0 em1

RE-A-1800X4-8G RE-A-1800X4 •

•

11.4R5

12.1R3

12.2

MX5, MX10, MX40, and MX80 Routing Engine

Table 23 on page 43

lists the Routing Engines supported by the MX5, MX10, MX40, and

MX80 routers.

Table 23: MX5, MX10, MX40, and MX80 Routing Engine

Model

Number

Name in CLI

Output

First Supported

32-bit Junos OS

Release

First Supported

64-bit Junos OS

Release

Management

Ethernet

Interface Internal Ethernet Interface

Built-in Routing

Engine

Routing Engine

RE-MX80

12.3

fxp0 em0 em1

NOTE: em1 is used to communicate with the

MS-MIC when it is inserted.

MX104 Routing Engines

Table 24 on page 43

lists the Routing Engines supported by MX104 routers.

Table 24: MX104 Routing Engines

Model

Number

Name in CLI

Output

First Supported

32-bit Junos OS

Release

First Supported

64-bit Junos OS

Release

Management

Ethernet

Interface

Internal Ethernet

Interface

RE-S-MX104 Routing Engine 13.2

– fxp0 fxp1 fxp2

MX240 Routing Engines

Table 25 on page 44

lists the Routing Engines supported by MX240 routers.

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Table 25: MX240 Supported Routing Engines

Model Number

Name in CLI

Output

First Supported

32-bit Junos OS

Release

First

Supported

64-bit Junos

OS Release

RE-S-1300-2048 (EOL details: TSB16556

RE-S-1300 9.0

–

RE-S-2000-4096 (EOL details: TSB16735

RE-S-1800X2-8G (EOL details: TSB16556

RE-S-1800x2-16G (EOL details: TSB16556

RE-S-1800X4-8G

RE-S-1800X4-16G

RE-S-1800X4-32G-S

RE-S-X6-64G

RE-S-2000

RE-S-1800x2

RE-S-1800X4

RE-S-1800x4

RE-S-1800X4

RE-S-2X00x6

9.0

•

11.4R5

12.1R3

•

11.4R5

12.1R3

•

11.4R5

12.1R3

•

11.4R5

12.1R3

•

12.3R4

13.2R1

–

10.4

•

12.3R4

13.2R1

15.1F4

16.1R1

Management

Ethernet

Interface

Internal

Ethernet

Interface fxp0 fxp0 fxp1 fxp2 fxp1 fxp2 fxp0 fxp0 fxp0 fxp0 fxp0 fxp0 em0 em1 em0 em1 em0 em1 em0 em1 em0, em1 ixlv0, igb0

MX480 Routing Engines

Table 26 on page 44

lists the Routing Engines supported by MX480 routers.

Table 26: MX480 Supported Routing Engines

Model Number

Name in CLI

Output

First Supported

32-bit Junos OS

Release

First Supported

64-bit Junos OS

Release

Management

Ethernet

Interface

Internal Ethernet

Interface

RE-S-1300-2048

(EOL details:

TSB16556

RE-S-1300

RE-S-2000-4096

(EOL details:

TSB16735

RE-S-2000

8.4

–

– fxp0 fxp0 fxp1 fxp2 fxp1 fxp2

Chapter 5: Host Subsystem Components and Descriptions

Table 26: MX480 Supported Routing Engines

(continued)

Model Number

Name in CLI

Output

First Supported

32-bit Junos OS

Release

First Supported

64-bit Junos OS

Release

Management

Ethernet

Interface

RE-S-1800X2-8G

(EOL details:

TSB16556

RE-S-1800x2

RE-S-1800X2-16G

(EOL details:

TSB16556

RE-S-1800x2

RE-S-1800X4-8G RE-S-1800X4

RE-S-1800X4-16G RE-S-1800x4

RE-S-1800X4-32G-S RE-S-1800X4

•

11.4R5

12.1R3

•

11.4R5

12.1R3

•

11.4R5

12.1R3

•

11.4R5

12.1R3

•

12.3R4

13.2R1

10.4

•

12.3R4

13.2R1

fxp0 fxp0 fxp0 fxp0 fxp0

RE-S-X6-64G RE-S-2X00x6 – 15.1F4

16.1R1

fxp0

MX960 Routing Engines

Table 27 on page 45

lists the Routing Engines supported by MX960 routers.

Table 27: MX960 Supported Routing Engines

Model Number

Name in CLI

Output

First Supported

32-bit Junos OS

Release

First

Supported

64-bit Junos

OS Release

Management

Ethernet

Interface

Internal

Ethernet

Interface

RE-S-1300-2048 (EOL details: TSB16556

RE-S-1300 8.2

– fxp0

RE-S-2000-4096 (EOL details: TSB16735

RE-S-1800X2-8G (EOL details: TSB16556

RE-S-1800X2-16G (EOL details: TSB16556

RE-S-2000

RE-S-1800x2

8.2

•

11.4R5

12.1R3

•

11.4R5

12.1R3

–

10.4

fxp0 fxp0 fxp0 em0 em1 em0 em1 fxp1 fxp2 fxp1 fxp2

Internal Ethernet

Interface em0 em1 em0 em1 em0 em1 em0 em1 em0 em1 ixlv0, igb0

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Table 27: MX960 Supported Routing Engines

(continued)

Model Number

Name in CLI

Output

First Supported

32-bit Junos OS

Release

First

Supported

64-bit Junos

OS Release

RE-S-1800X4-8G RE-S-1800x4 •

•

11.4R5

12.1R3

10.4

RE-S-1800X4-16G

RE-S-1800X4-32G-S

RE-S-X6-64G

RE-S-1800x4

RE-S-2X00x6

•

11.4R5

12.1R3

•

12.3R4

13.2R1

–

10.4

•

12.3R4

13.2R1

Management

Ethernet

Interface

Internal

Ethernet

Interface fxp0 fxp0 em0 em1 em0 em1 fxp0 fxp0 em0 em1 ixlv0, igb0 15.1F4

16.1R1

MX2008 Routing Engines

Table 28 on page 46

lists the Routing Engines supported by MX2008 routers.

Table 28: MX2008 Supported Routing Engines

Model Number

Name in CLI

Output

First Supported 64-bit Junos

OS Release

Management

Ethernet

Interface

Internal

Ethernet

Interface

REMX2008-X8-64G RE-MX2008-X8-64G 15.1F7

fxp0 ixlv0 ixlv1

MX2010 Routing Engines

Table 29 on page 46

lists the Routing Engines supported by MX2010 routers.

Table 29: MX2010 Supported Routing Engines

Model Number

Name in CLI

Output

First Supported 64-bit Junos

OS Release

Management

Ethernet

Interface

Internal

Ethernet

Interface

RE-MX2000-1800X4 RE-S-1800x4 12.3R2

fxp0

REMX2K-1800-32G-S RE-S-1800x4 •

•

12.3R4

13.2R1

fxp0 em0 em1 em0 em1

Chapter 5: Host Subsystem Components and Descriptions

Table 29: MX2010 Supported Routing Engines

(continued)

Model Number

Name in CLI

Output

First Supported 64-bit Junos

OS Release

Management

Ethernet

Interface

REMX2K-X8-64G RE-S-2X00x8 •

•

15.1F5-S1

16.1R2

16.2R1

fxp0

Internal

Ethernet

Interface ixlv0 ixlv1

MX2020 Supported Routing Engines

Table 30 on page 47

lists the Routing Engines supported by MX2020 routers.

Table 30: MX2020 Supported Routing Engines

Model Number

Name in CLI

Output

First Supported 64-bit Junos

OS Release

Management

Ethernet

Interface

Internal

Ethernet

Interface

RE-MX2000-1800X4 RE-S-1800x4 12.3R2

fxp0 em0 em1

REMX2K-1800-32G-S RE-S-1800x4 •

•

12.3R4

13.2R1

fxp0

REMX2K-X8-64G RE-S-2X00x8 •

•

15.1F5-S1

16.1R2

16.2R1

fxp0 em0 em1 ixlv0 ixlv1

PTX3000 Routing Engines

Table 31 on page 47

lists the Routing Engines supported on the PTX3000.

RCB-PTX-X6-32G

NOTE: The PTX3000 supports 64-bit Junos OS only.

Table 31: PTX3000 Routing Engines

Model Number Name in CLI Output

First Supported

Junos OS Release

RE-DUO-C2600-16G RE-DUO-2600 13.2R2

RE-PTX-2X00x6 16.1R4

Management

Ethernet Interface em0

Internal Ethernet

Interface em0 ixgbe0 ixgbe1 ixlv0 ixlv1

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

PTX5000 Routing Engines

Table 32 on page 48

lists the Routing Engines supported on the PTX5000.

NOTE: The PTX5000 supports 64-bit Junos OS only.

Table 32: PTX5000 Routing Engines

Model Number

Name in CLI

Output

RE-DUO-C2600-16G RE-DUO-2600

RE-PTX-X8-64G RE-PTX-2X00x8

First Supported Junos OS

Release

12.1X48

12.3

13.2

NOTE: The PTX5000 does not support Junos OS Releases 12.1,

12.2, or 13.1.

15.1F4

16.1R1

Management

Ethernet

Interface em0 em0

Internal Ethernet

Interface ixgbe0 ixgbe1 ixlv0 ixlv1 em1

T320 Routing Engines

Table 33 on page 48

lists the Routing Engines supported by the T320 router.

Table 33: T320 Routing Engines

Model Number Name in CLI Output

First Supported

32-bit Junos OS

Release

Management

Ethernet Interface

Internal Ethernet

Interface

RE-600-2048 (EOL details:

TSB14373 )

RE-3.0

or RE-3.0

(RE-600)

5.3

fxp0

RE-1600-2048 (EOL details:

TSB14374

RE-4.0

6.2

fxp0 fxp1 fxp2 fxp1 fxp2

RE-A-2000-4096 RE-A-2000 8.1

fxp0 fxp1 fxp2

T640 Routing Engines

Table 34 on page 49

lists the Routing Engines supported by the T640 router.

Chapter 5: Host Subsystem Components and Descriptions

Table 34: T640 Routing Engines

Model Number

Name in CLI

Output

First Supported 32-bit

Junos OS Release

First Supported 64-bit

Junos OS Release

Management

Ethernet

Interface

Internal

Ethernet

Interface

RE-600-2048 (EOL details: TSB14373 )

RE-3.0

(RE-600)

RE-1600-2048 (EOL details: TSB14374

RE-4.0

5.3

6.2

–

– fxp0 fxp0 fxp1 fxp2

RE-A-2000-4096 RE-A-2000 8.1

– fxp0 fxp1 fxp2 em0 bcm0

RE-DUO-C1800-8G RE-DUO-1800 32-bit Junos OS on a standalone T640 router:

11.2

32-bit Junos OS on a

T640 router in a routing matrix: 11.4R9

64-bit Junos OS on a standalone T640 router:

11.3

em0

64-bit Junos OS on a

T640 router in a routing matrix: 11.4R9

RE-DUO-C1800-16G RE-DUO-1800 32-bit Junos OS on a standalone T640 router:

11.4R2

64-bit Junos OS on a standalone T640 router:

11.4R2

em0

32-bit Junos OS on a

T640 router in a routing matrix: 11.4R9

64-bit Junos OS on a

T640 router in a routing matrix: 11.4R9

bcm0 em1 bcm0 em1

T1600 Routing Engines

Table 35 on page 49

lists the Routing Engines supported by the T1600 router.

NOTE: (Two RE-DUO-C1800-8G or two RE-DUO-C1800-16G are required to connect to a Routing Matrix)

Table 35: T1600 Routing Engines

Model Number

Name in CLI

Output

First Supported 32-bit

Junos OS Release

8.5

RE-600-2048 (EOL details: TSB14373 )

RE-3.0

(RE-600)

RE-1600-2048 (EOL details: TSB14374

RE-4.0

(RE-1600)

8.5

First Supported

64-bit Junos OS

Release

–

Management

Ethernet

Interface

Internal

Ethernet

Interface fxp0 fxp1 fxp2 fxp0 fxp1 fxp2

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Table 35: T1600 Routing Engines

(continued)

Model Number

RE-A-2000-4096

Name in CLI

Output

RE-A-2000

First Supported 32-bit

Junos OS Release

8.5

First Supported

64-bit Junos OS

Release

–

RE-DUO-C1800-8G RE-TXP-LCC or

RE-DUO-1800

32-bit Junos OS on a T1600 router in a routing matrix: 9.6

NOTE: Junos OS Releases

9.6 through 10.4 support

RE-DUO-C1800-8G only during upgrade to a line-card chassis (LCC) in a routing matrix.

32-bit Junos OS on a standalone T1600 router: 11.1

64-bit Junos OS on a

T1600 router in a routing matrix: 9.6

64-bit Junos OS on a standalone T1600 router: 11.1

em0

RE-DUO-C1800-16G RE-DUO-1800 32-bit Junos OS on a standalone T1600 router:

11.4R2

32-bit Junos OS on a T1600 router in a routing matrix:

11.4R2

64-bit Junos OS on a standalone T1600 router: 11.4R2

64-bit Junos OS on a

T1600 router in a routing matrix: 11.4R2

em0

Management

Ethernet

Interface

Internal

Ethernet

Interface fxp0 em0 bcm0 bcm0 em1 bcm0 em1

T4000 Routing Engines

Table 36 on page 50

lists the Routing Engines supported by the T4000 router.

NOTE: The T4000 router supports 64-bit Junos OS only.

Table 36: T4000 Routing Engines

Model Number

Name in CLI

Output

RE-DUO-C1800-8G RE-DUO-1800

RE-DUO-C1800-16G RE-DUO-1800

First Supported 64-bit Junos OS

Release

Management

Ethernet

Interface

Standalone T4000 router: 12.1

T4000 router in a routing matrix: 13.1

em0

Standalone T4000 router: 12.1R2

T4000 router in a routing matrix: 13.1

em0

Internal Ethernet

Interface bcm0 em1 bcm0 em1

TX Matrix Routing Engines

Table 37 on page 51

lists the Routing Engines supported by the TX Matrix router.

Chapter 5: Host Subsystem Components and Descriptions

Table 37: TX Matrix Routing Engines

Model Number

RE-600-2048 (EOL details: TSB14373 )

RE-1600-2048 (EOL details: TSB14374

RE-A-2000-4096

RE-DUO-C1800-8G

RE-DUO-C1800-16G

Name in CLI

Output

RE-3.0

or RE-3.0

(RE-600)

RE-A-2000

RE-DUO-1800

First

Supported

32-bit Junos

OS Release

7.0

RE-4.0 (RE-1600) 7.0

8.5

11.4R9

First

Supported

64-bit Junos

OS Release

–

11.4R9

Management

Ethernet

Interface

Internal

Ethernet

Interface fxp0 fxp0 fxp1 fxp2 fxp1 fxp2 fxp0 em0 em0 em0 bcm0 bcm0 em1 bcm0 em1

TX Matrix Plus Routing Engines

Table 38 on page 51

lists the Routing Engines supported by the TX Matrix Plus router.

Table 38: TX Matrix Plus Routing Engines

Model Number

Name in CLI

Output

First Supported

32-bit Junos OS

Release

First Supported

64-bit Junos OS

Release

Management

Ethernet

Interface

Internal

Ethernet

Interface

RE-DUO-C2600-16G RE-TXP-SFC or

RE-DUO-2600

32-bit Junos OS: 9.6

64-bit Junos OS: 11.4

em0 ixgbe0 ixgbe1

TX Matrix Plus (with 3D SIBs) Routing Engines

Table 39 on page 51

lists the Routing Engines supported by the TX Matrix Plus router with 3D SIBs.

Table 39: Routing Engines on TX Matrix Plus with 3D SIBs

Model Number

Name in CLI

Output

First Supported

32-bit Junos OS

Release

First Supported

64-bit Junos OS

Release

Management

Ethernet

Interface

Internal

Ethernet

Interface

RE-DUO-C2600-16G RE-TXP-SFC or

RE-DUO-2600

64-bit Junos OS: 11.4

em0 ixgbe0 ixgbe1

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Documentation

•

Routing Engine Specifications on page 37

• Understanding Internal Ethernet Interfaces

• Understanding Management Ethernet Interfaces

CHAPTER 6

Line Card Components and Descriptions

•

Interface Modules—DPCs on page 53

•

Interface Modules—FPCs and PICs on page 62

•

Interface Modules—MPCs and MICs on page 69

Interface Modules—DPCs

•

MX960 Dense Port Concentrator Description on page 53

•

MX960 Dense Port Concentrator LEDs on page 56

•

DPCs Supported on MX240, MX480, and MX960 Routers on page 56

•

MX960 DPC Port and Interface Numbering on page 59

MX960 Dense Port Concentrator Description

A Dense Port Concentrator (DPC) is optimized for Ethernet density.

Figure 20 on page 54

shows two examples of DPCs. For a list of the DPCs supported, see the MX Series Interface

Module Reference .

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Figure 20: Typical DPCs Supported by the Router

DPC 40x1GE DPC 4x10GE

OK/FAIL

2/0 2/5

OK/FAIL

0/0

TUNNEL

LINK

1/0 1/5

3/0 3/5

1/0

TUNNEL

LINK

2/0

TUNNEL

LINK

3/0

TUNNEL

LINK

The DPC assembly combines packet forwarding and Ethernet interfaces on a single board, with either two or four 10-Gbps Packet Forwarding Engines. Each Packet Forwarding

Engine consists of one I-chip for Layer 3 processing and one Layer 2 network processor.

The DPCs interface with the power supplies and Switch Control Boards (CBs).

The router has 11 dedicated DPC slots. DPCs install vertically in the front of the router

(see

Figure 21 on page 55 ). The dedicated DPC slots are numbered

0 though 5 , and 7 though 11 , left to right. An additional multifunction slot labeled 2/6 supports either an

SCB or a DPC. A DPC can be installed in any slot that supports DPCs. You can install any combination of DPC types in the router.

If a slot is not occupied by a DPC, a DPC blank panel must be installed to shield the empty slot and to allow cooling air to circulate properly through the router.

DPCs are hot-removable and hot-insertable. When you install a DPC in an operating router, the Routing Engine downloads the DPC software, the DPC runs its diagnostics, and the Packet Forwarding Engines housed on the DPC are enabled. Forwarding on other

DPCs continues uninterrupted during this process.

Chapter 6: Line Card Components and Descriptions

Figure 21: DPCs Installed Vertically in the MX960 Router

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

PEM 0 1 2 3

OK FAIL

ONLINE

FAN

OK FAIL

ONLINE

RE0

OK FAIL

MASTER

ONLINE

OFFLINE

RE1

OK FAIL

ONLINE

FAIL

2 6

ONLINE

FAIL

ONLINE

ACO/LT

YELLOW ALARM

RED ALARM

FAIL

NC C NO

OK FAIL

C NO

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

FAIL

ONLINE

DPC

OK/FAIL

2/0 2/5

1/0 1/5

3/0 3/5

DPC Components

Each DPC consists of the following components:

• DPC cover, which functions as a ground plane and a stiffener.

• Fabric interfaces.

• Two Gigabit Ethernet interfaces that allow control information, route information, and statistics to be sent between the Routing Engine and the CPU on the DPCs.

• Two interfaces from the SCBs that enable the DPCs to be powered on and controlled.

• Physical DPC connectors.

• Two or four Packet Forwarding Engines.

• Midplane connectors and power circuitry.

• Processor subsystem, which includes a 1.2-GHz CPU, system controller, and 1 GB of

SDRAM.

• Online button—Takes the DPC online or offline when pressed.

• LEDs on the DPC faceplate. For more information about LEDs on the DPC faceplate, see the MX Series Interface Module Reference .

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Two LEDs, located on the craft interface above the DPC, display the status of the DPC and are labeled OK and FAIL .

Documentation

•

MX960 Dense Port Concentrator LEDs on page 56

•

MX960 Field-Replaceable Units on page 263

•

“MX960 DPC and MPC LEDs on the Craft Interface” on page 18

MX960 Dense Port Concentrator LEDs

Two LEDs, located on the craft interface above the DPC, display the status of the DPC and are labeled OK and FAIL . For more information about the DPC LEDs on the craft interface, see

Each DPC also has LEDs located on the faceplate. For more information about LEDs on the DPC faceplate, see the “LEDs” section for each DPC in the MX Series Interface Module

Reference .

Documentation

•

MX960 Dense Port Concentrator Description on page 53

•

•

“DPCs Supported on MX240, MX480, and

DPCs Supported on MX240, MX480, and MX960 Routers

NOTE: These DPCs have all been announced as End of Life (EOL). The End of Support (EOS) milestone dates for each model are published at http://www.juniper.net/support/eol/mseries_hw.html

Table 40 on page 56

lists the DPCs supported by the MX240, MX480, and MX960 routers.

Table 40: DPCs Supported in MX240, MX480, and MX960 Routers

DPC Name

DPC Model

Number Ports

Maximum

Throughput per DPC

First Junos

OS Release

Gigabit Ethernet

Gigabit Ethernet DPC with SFP 40 Gbps 8.2

Gigabit Ethernet Enhanced DPC with SFP

DPC-R-40GE-SFP

EOL (see

PSN-2009-06-400 )

DPCE-R-40GE-SFP

EOL (see

PSN-TSB16810 )

40 40 Gbps 8.4

Chapter 6: Line Card Components and Descriptions

Table 40: DPCs Supported in MX240, MX480, and MX960 Routers

(continued)

DPC Name

DPC Model

Number Ports

Maximum

Throughput per DPC

First Junos

OS Release

40 Gbps 8.4

Gigabit Ethernet Enhanced Ethernet Services DPC with SFP DPCE-X-40GE-SFP 40

EOL (see

PSN-TSB16810 )

Gigabit Ethernet Enhanced Queuing Ethernet Services DPC with SFP

DPCE-X-Q-40GE-SFP 40

EOL (see

PSN-2013-02-851 )

Gigabit Ethernet Enhanced Queuing IP Services DPCs with

SFP

DPCE-R-Q-20GE-SFP 20

EOL (see

PSN-2013-02-851 )

Gigabit Ethernet Enhanced Queuing IP Services DPCs with

SFP

DPCE-R-Q-40GE-SFP 40

EOL (see

PSN-2011-07-314 )

10-Gigabit Ethernet DPC with XFP DPC-R-4XGE-XFP

EOL (see

PSN-2009-06-400 )

10-Gigabit Ethernet

10-Gigabit Ethernet Enhanced DPCs with XFP

DPCE-R-2XGE-XFP

EOL (see

PSN-2011-02-314 )

DPCE-R-4XGE-XFP

EOL (see

PSN-TSB16810 )

10-Gigabit Ethernet Enhanced Ethernet Services DPC with

XFP

DPCE-X-4XGE-XFP

EOL (see

PSN-TSB16810 )

10-Gigabit Ethernet Enhanced Queuing Ethernet Services

DPC with XFP

DPCE-X-Q-4XGE-XFP 4

EOL (see

PSN-2013-02-851 )

10-Gigabit Ethernet Enhanced Queuing IP Services DPC with XFP

DPCE-R-Q-4XGE-XFP 4

EOL (see

PSN-2011-02-314 )

40 Gbps

20 Gbps

40 Gbps

20 Gbps

40 Gbps

8.5

9.1

8.5

8.2

9.1

8.4

8.5

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Table 40: DPCs Supported in MX240, MX480, and MX960 Routers

(continued)

DPC Name

DPC Model

Number Ports

Maximum

Throughput per DPC

First Junos

OS Release

Mulit-Rate Ethernet

Multi-Rate Ethernet Enhanced DPC with SFP and XFP DPCE-R-20GE-2XGE 22

EOL (see

PSN-TSB16810 )

Multi-Rate Ethernet Enhanced Ethernet Services DPC with

SFP and XFP

DPCE-X-20GE-2XGE 22

EOL (see

PSN-2011-02-314 )

Multi-Rate Ethernet Enhanced Queuing IP Services DPC with SFP and XFP

DPCE-R-Q-20GE-2XGE 22

EOL (see

PSN-TSB16810 )

Tri-Rate Ethernet

Tri-Rate Enhanced DPC

Tri-Rate Enhanced Ethernet Services DPC

DPCE-R-40GE-TX

EOL (see

PSN-2013-02-851 )

DPCE-X-40GE-TX

EOL (see

PSN-2011-07-315.

)

Services

Multiservices DPC MS-DPC

EOL (see

PSN-TSB16812 )

40 Gbps

2 (Not supported)

–

9.2

9.3

9.1

9.3

Documentation

• MX Series DPC Overview

• Protocols and Applications Supported by DPCs and Enhanced DPCs (DPC and DPCE-R)

• Protocols and Applications Supported by Enhanced Ethernet Services DPCs (DPCE-X)

• Protocols and Applications Supported by Enhanced Queuing IP Services DPCs

(DPCE-R-Q)

• Protocols and Applications Supported by Enhanced Queuing Ethernet Services DPCs

(DPCE-X-Q)

• Protocols and Applications Supported by the Multiservices DPC (MS-DPC)

Chapter 6: Line Card Components and Descriptions

MX960 DPC Port and Interface Numbering

Each port on a DPC corresponds to a unique interface name in the CLI.

In the syntax of an interface name, a hyphen ( ) separates the media type from the DPC number (represented as an FPC in the CLI). The DPC slot number corresponds to the first number in the interface. The second number in the interface corresponds to the logical

PIC number. The last number in the interface matches the port number on the DPC.

Slashes ( / ) separate the DPC number from the logical PIC number and port number.

type fpc / pic / port

• type —Media type, which identifies the network device. For example:

• ge—Gigabit Ethernet interface

• so—SONET/SDH interface

• xe—10-Gigabit Ethernet interface

For a complete list of media types, see Interface Naming Overview .

• fpc —Slot in which the DPC is installed. On the MX960 router, the DPCs are represented in the CLI as FPC 0 through FPC 11 .

• pic —Logical PIC on the DPC. The number of logical PICs varies depending on the type of DPC. For example, a:

• 20-port Gigabit Ethernet DPC has two logical PICs, numbered 0 through 1.

• 40-port Gigabit Ethernet DPC has four logical PICs, numbered 0 through 3.

• 2-port 10-Gigabit Ethernet DPC has two logical PICs, numbered 0 through 1.

• 4-port 10-Gigabit Ethernet DPC has four logical PICs, numbered 0 through 3.

For more information on specific DPCs, see

MX960 Routers” on page 56

in the MX Series Interface Module Reference .

• port —Port number.

The MX960 router supports up to twelve DPCs that install vertically and are numbered 0 through 11 from left to right.

Figure 22 on page 60

shows a 40-port Gigabit Ethernet DPC with SFP installed in slot 3 on the MX960 router.

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

60 ge-3/1/0 ge-3/1/1 ge-3/1/2 ge-3/1/3 ge-3/1/4 ge-3/1/5 ge-3/1/6 ge-3/1/7 ge-3/1/8 ge-3/1/9 ge-3/0/0 ge-3/0/1 ge-3/0/2 ge-3/0/3 ge-3/0/4 ge-3/0/5 ge-3/0/6 ge-3/0/7 ge-3/0/8 ge-3/0/9

Figure 22: MX960 DPC Interface Port Mapping

MIC-3D-40GE-TX ge-3/3/0 ge-3/3/1 ge-3/3/2 ge-3/3/3 ge-3/3/4 ge-3/3/5 ge-3/3/6 ge-3/3/7 ge-3/3/8 ge-3/3/9 ge-3/2/0 ge-3/2/1 ge-3/2/2 ge-3/2/3 ge-3/2/4 ge-3/2/5 ge-3/2/6 ge-3/2/7 ge-3/2/8 ge-3/2/9

0 1 2 3

4 5 0 1 2 6 7 8 9 10 11

The DPC contains four logical PICs, numbered PIC 0 through PIC 3 in the CLI. Each logical

PIC contains 10 ports numbered 0 through 9 .

The show chassis hardware command output displays a 40-port Gigabit Ethernet DPC with SFP ( DPCE-R-40GE-SFP ) installed in DPC slot 3 . The DPC is shown as FPC 3 and the DPC’s four logical PICs — 10x 1GE(LAN) — are shown as PIC 0 through PIC 3 .

user@host> show chassis hardware

...

FPC 3 REV 07 750-018122 KB8222 DPCE 40x 1GE R

CPU REV 06 710-013713 KA9010 DPC PMB

PIC 0 BUILTIN BUILTIN 10x 1GE(LAN)

Xcvr 0 REV 01 740-011782 PCH2NU4 SFP-SX

Xcvr 1 REV 01 740-011782 PCH2P4R SFP-SX

Xcvr 2 REV 01 740-011782 PCH2NYL SFP-SX

Xcvr 3 REV 01 740-011782 PCH2UW6 SFP-SX

Xcvr 4 REV 01 740-011782 PCH2P4N SFP-SX

Xcvr 5 REV 01 740-011782 PCH2UME SFP-SX

Xcvr 6 REV 01 740-011613 PCE1H5P SFP-SX

Xcvr 7 REV 01 740-011782 PCH2UFG SFP-SX

Xcvr 8 REV 02 740-011613 AM0947SEYU2 SFP-SX

Xcvr 9 REV 02 740-011613 AM0947SEYTQ SFP-SX

PIC 1 BUILTIN BUILTIN 10x 1GE(LAN)

Xcvr 0 REV 01 740-011782 PCH2UYF SFP-SX

Chapter 6: Line Card Components and Descriptions

Xcvr 1 REV 01 740-011782 PCH2P4L SFP-SX

Xcvr 2 REV 01 740-011782 PCH2UCL SFP-SX

Xcvr 3 REV 01 740-011782 PCH2P4X SFP-SX

Xcvr 4 REV 01 740-011782 PCH2P1E SFP-SX

Xcvr 5 REV 01 740-011782 PCH2UD2 SFP-SX

Xcvr 6 REV 01 740-011782 PCH2PLC SFP-SX

Xcvr 7 REV 01 740-011782 PCH2UDJ SFP-SX

Xcvr 8 REV 02 740-011613 AM0947SEX7S SFP-SX

PIC 2 BUILTIN BUILTIN 10x 1GE(LAN)

Xcvr 0 REV 01 740-011782 PCH2NV7 SFP-SX

Xcvr 1 REV 01 740-011782 PCH2P6Q SFP-SX

Xcvr 2 REV 01 740-011782 PCH2NUG SFP-SX

Xcvr 3 REV 01 740-011782 PCH2P10 SFP-SX

Xcvr 9 REV 02 740-011613 AM0947SEXBT SFP-SX

PIC 3 BUILTIN BUILTIN 10x 1GE(LAN)

Xcvr 0 REV 01 740-011782 PCH2PL4 SFP-SX

Xcvr 1 REV 01 740-011782 PCH2P1K SFP-SX

Xcvr 2 REV 01 740-011782 PCH2PLM SFP-SX

Xcvr 3 REV 01 740-011782 PCH2UFF SFP-SX

Xcvr 8 REV 02 740-011613 AM1003SFV5S SFP-SX

Xcvr 9 REV 02 740-011613 AM0947SEXBX SFP-SX

...

The show interfaces terse command output displays the Gigabit Ethernet interfaces that correspond to the 40 ports located on the DPC.

user@host> show interfaces terse ge-3*

Interface Admin Link Proto Local Remote ge-3/0/0 up up ge-3/0/1 up down ge-3/0/2 up up ge-3/0/3 up up ge-3/0/4 up up ge-3/0/5 up up ge-3/0/6 up up ge-3/0/7 up up ge-3/0/8 up up ge-3/0/9 up up ge-3/1/0 up down ge-3/1/1 up down ge-3/1/2 up down ge-3/1/3 up down ge-3/1/4 up up ge-3/1/5 up up ge-3/1/6 up up ge-3/1/7 up up ge-3/1/8 up up ge-3/1/9 up down ge-3/2/0 up down ge-3/2/1 up down ge-3/2/2 up down ge-3/2/3 up down ge-3/2/4 up down ge-3/2/5 up down ge-3/2/6 up down ge-3/2/7 up down ge-3/2/8 up down ge-3/2/9 up down ge-3/3/0 up down

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide ge-3/3/1 up down ge-3/3/2 up down ge-3/3/3 up down ge-3/3/4 up down ge-3/3/5 up down ge-3/3/6 up down ge-3/3/7 up down ge-3/3/8 up down ge-3/3/9 up down

Documentation

•

MX960 Router Hardware and CLI Terminology Mapping on page 12

Interface Modules—FPCs and PICs

•

MX960 Flexible PIC Concentrator Description on page 62

•

MX960 Flexible PIC Concentrator (FPC) LEDs on page 65

•

FPCs Supported by MX240, MX480, and MX960 Routers on page 65

•

MX960 PIC LEDs on page 66

•

•

MX960 PIC Port and Interface Numbering on page 66

•

PICs Supported by MX240, MX480, and MX960 Routers on page 68

MX960 Flexible PIC Concentrator Description

A Flexible PIC Concentrator (FPC) occupies two Dense Port Concentrator (DPC) slots on an MX Series router. The MX960 router has 11 dedicated DPC slots and one multifunction slot that supports either a DPC, FPC, or Switch Control Board (SCB). The dedicated DPC slots are numbered 0 though 5 , and 7 though 11 , left to right. The multifunction slot is labeled 2/6 . Up to six FPCs can be installed vertically in any two slots that support FPCs (see

Figure 23 on page 63

). The interface corresponds to the lowest numbered DPC slot for which the FPC is installed.

Chapter 6: Line Card Components and Descriptions

Figure 23: FPC Installed in the MX960 Router Chassis

FAIL

ONLINE

FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

PEM 0 1 2 3

OK FAIL

ONLINE

FAN

OK FAIL

ONLINE

MASTER

ONLINE

RE0

OK FAIL

OFFLINE

RE1

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

2 6

ONLINE

ALAR M

ACO/LT

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

NC C NO

FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

Figure 24 on page 64

shows the typical FPCs supported on the MX960 router.

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Figure 24: Typical FPCs Supported on the MX960 Router

MX-FPC2 FPC3

If a slot is not occupied by a DPC, an FPC, or an SCB, a blank panel must be installed to shield the empty slot and to allow cooling air to circulate properly through the router.

Each FPC supports up to two PICs. On an FPC2, one Packet Forwarding Engine receives incoming packets from the PICs installed on the FPC and forwards them through the switch planes to the appropriate destination port. On an FPC3, two Packet Forwarding

Engines receive incoming packets from the PICs installed on the FPC and forward them through the switch planes to the appropriate destination port. The FPCs interface with the power supplies and SCBs.

FPCs are hot-removable and hot-insertable, as described in

“MX960 Component

Redundancy” on page 12 . When you install an FPC into a functioning router, the Routing

Engine downloads the FPC software, the FPC runs its diagnostics, and the PICs, housed on the FPC, are enabled. Forwarding continues uninterrupted during this process. When you remove or install an FPC, packet forwarding between other DPCs or FPCs is not affected.

FPC Components

Each FPC consists of the following components:

• FPC card carrier, which includes two PIC slots

• Up to two Packet Forwarding Engines, each consisting of one I-chip for Layer 3 processing and one Layer 2 network processor

• Midplane connectors and power circuitry

• Processor subsystem (PMB), which includes a 1.2-GHz CPU, system controller, 1 GB of

SDRAM, and two Gigabit Ethernet interfaces

Chapter 6: Line Card Components and Descriptions

• Two LEDs, located on the craft interface above the FPC, that display the status of the

FPC and are labeled OK and FAIL

• FPC online/offline button, located on the craft interface above the FPC

Documentation

•

MX960 Flexible PIC Concentrator (FPC) LEDs on page 65

• MX960 FPC Terminology

•

•

•

“MX960 FPC LEDs on the Craft Interface” on page 18

MX960 Flexible PIC Concentrator (FPC) LEDs

Two LEDs, located on the craft interface above the FPC, that display the status of the

FPC and are labeled OK and FAIL . For more information about the FPC LEDs located on the craft interface, see

Documentation

• MX960 FPC Terminology

•

•

•

PICs Supported by MX240, MX480, and MX960 Routers on page 68

FPCs Supported by MX240, MX480, and MX960 Routers

An FPC occupies two slots when installed in an MX240, MX480, or MX960 router. The maximum number of supported FPCs varies per router:

• MX960 router—6 FPCs

• MX480 router—3 FPCs

• MX240 router—1 FPC

Table 41 on page 65

lists FPCs supported by MX Series routers.

Table 41: FPCs Supported by MX Series Routers

FPC Type FPC Name FPC Model Number

Maximum

Number of PICs

Supported

Maximum

Throughput per FPC

(Full-duplex)

First Junos OS

Release

FPC3

FPC2

MX-FPC3

MX-FPC2

20 Gbps

10 Gbps

9.4

9.5

Documentation

• MX Series FPC and PIC Overview

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

•

• High Availability Features

MX960 PIC Description

PICs provide the physical connection to various network media types, receiving incoming packets from the network and transmitting outgoing packets to the network. During this process, each PIC performs framing and line-speed signaling for its media type. Before transmitting outgoing data packets, the PICs encapsulate the packets received from the

FPCs. Each PIC is equipped with an ASIC that performs control functions specific to the media type of that PIC.

PICs are hot-removable and hot-insertable. Up to two PICs can be installed in the slots in each FPC. Up to six FPCs can be installed in an MX960 router. PICs used in an FPC2 have captive screws at their upper and lower corners. PICs used in a Type 3 FPC have an upper ejector handle and a lower captive screw.

Documentation

•

PICs Supported by MX240, MX480, and MX960 Routers on page 68

•

MX960 PIC LEDs on page 66

•

•

•

•

PICs Supported by MX240, MX480, and MX960 Routers on page 68

MX960 PIC LEDs

Each PIC has LEDs located on the faceplate. For more information about LEDs on the

PIC faceplate, see the “LEDs” section for each PIC in the MX Series Interface Module

Reference .

Documentation

•

•

•

•

“PICs Supported by MX240, MX480, and

MX960 PIC Port and Interface Numbering

Each port on a PIC corresponds to a unique interface name in the CLI.

In the syntax of an interface name, a hyphen ( ) separates the media type from the FPC slot number (represented as an FPC in the CLI). The FPC slot number corresponds to the first number in the interface. The second number in the interface corresponds to the PIC number. The last number in the interface matches the port number on the PIC. Slashes

( / ) separate the FPC number from the PIC number and port number:

Chapter 6: Line Card Components and Descriptions type fpc / pic / port

• type —Media type, which identifies the network device. For example:

• ge—Gigabit Ethernet interface

• so—SONET/SDH interface

• xe—10-Gigabit Ethernet interface

For a complete list of media types, see Interface Naming Overview .

• fpc —Lowest slot number in which the FPC is installed. On the MX960 router, the FPCs occupy two slots and are represented in the CLI as FPC 0 through FPC 10 .

• pic —PIC number, 0 or 1 depending on the FPC slot.

For more information on specific PICs, see

MX960 Routers” on page 68

in the MX Series Interface Module Reference .

• port —Port number.

The MX960 supports up to six FPCs that install vertically and are numbered from left to right. Each FPC accepts up to two PICs.

Figure 25 on page 67

shows a Channelized OC12/STM4 Enhanced IQ (IQE) PIC with SFP installed in PIC slot 0 of an FPC installed in slot 3 and slot 4 .

Figure 25: MX960 PIC Interface Port Mapping

0 1 2 3

4 5 0 1 2 6 7 8 9 10 11

The show chassis hardware command output displays a Channelized OC12/STM4

Enhanced IQ (IQE) PIC ( 4x CHOC12 IQE SONET ) installed in an MX FPC Type 2 .

user@host> show chassis hardware

...

FPC 3 REV 01 710-024386 JW9571 MX FPC Type 2

CPU REV 03 710-022351 KE2986 DPC PMB

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

PIC 0 REV 00 750-022630 DS1284 4x CHOC12 IQE SONET

Xcvr 0 REV 01 740-011782 PB821SG SFP-SX

Xcvr 1 REV 01 740-011782 PB829Q6 SFP-SX

Xcvr 2 REV 01 740-011613 P9F15NQ SFP-SX

Xcvr 3 REV 01 740-011782 P7N036X SFP-SX...

The show interfaces terse command output displays the channelized SONET OC12 interfaces ( coc12 ), that correspond to the four ports located on the PIC.

user@host> show interfaces terse coc12*

Interface Admin Link Proto Local Remote coc12-3/0/0 up up coc12-3/0/1 up up coc12-3/0/2 up up coc12-3/0/3 up up

Documentation

•

MX960 Router Hardware and CLI Terminology Mapping on page 12

PICs Supported by MX240, MX480, and MX960 Routers

Table 42 on page 68

lists the PICs supported by MX240, MX480, and MX960 routers.

Table 42: PICs Supported by MX240, MX480, and MX960 Routers

PIC Name PIC Model Number Ports Type First Junos OS Release

Channelized IQ PICs

Channelized OC12/STM4 Enhanced

IQ (IQE) PIC with SFP

PB-4CHOC12-STM4-IQE-SFP

Channelized OC48/STM16 Enhanced

IQ (IQE) PIC with SFP

PB-1CHOC48-STM16-IQE

9.5

SONET/SDH PICs

SONET/SDH OC3/STM1 (Multi-Rate)

PIC with SFP

PB-4OC3-1OC12-SON2-SFP

SONET/SDH OC12/STM4

(Multi-Rate) PIC with SFP

PB-4OC3-4OC12-SON-SFP

SONET/SDH OC48/STM16 Enhanced

IQ (IQE) PIC with SFP

PC-4OC48-STM16-IQE-SFP

SONET/SDH OC48/STM16

(Multi-Rate) PIC with SFP

PB-1OC48-SON-B-SFP

SONET/SDH OC48/STM16 PIC with

SFP

PC-4OC48-SON-SFP

SONET/SDH OC192c/STM64 PIC PC-1OC192-SON-VSR

9.5

10.4R2

9.5

9.4

Chapter 6: Line Card Components and Descriptions

Table 42: PICs Supported by MX240, MX480, and MX960 Routers

(continued)

PIC Name PIC Model Number Ports Type First Junos OS Release

SONET/SDH OC192c/STM64 PIC with

XFP

PC-1OC192-SON-XFP 1 3 9.4

Documentation

• MX Series FPC and PIC Overview

•

FPCs Supported by MX240, MX480, and MX960 Routers on page 65

• High Availability Features

Interface Modules—MPCs and MICs

•

MX960 Application Services Modular Line Card Description on page 69

•

MX960 Application Services Modular Storage Card Description on page 72

•

MX960 Application Services Modular Processing Card Description on page 73

•

MX960 AS MSC LEDs on page 74

•

MX960 AS MXC LEDs on page 75

•

MIC/MPC Compatibility on page 75

•

MX960 Modular Interface Card Description on page 82

•

MX960 Modular Interface Card (MIC) LEDs on page 82

•

MX960 MIC Port and Interface Numbering on page 86

•

•

MX960 Modular Port Concentrator Description on page 89

•

MX960 Modular Port Concentrator LEDs on page 92

•

MPCs Supported by MX Series Routers on page 92

MX960 Application Services Modular Line Card Description

The Application Services Modular Line Card (AS MLC) is an X86-based card for MX960,

MX480, and MX240 routers to deliver integrated application service solutions. The first application that network operators can take advantage of is the Junos Content Encore system, a high-throughput, solid state storage platform for media rich content delivery.

Additionally, the AS MLC can serve as the platform for Juniper Networks JunosV App

Engine, powering a host of network applications directly embedded into your MX Series

3D Universal Edge Routers.

The AS MLC is modular and decouples CPU and storage in individual field-upgradeable units. The AS MLCs are designed to enable application throughput up to 50 Gbps and a storage capacity of 400 gigabytes (GB) of NAND Flash.

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Figure 26: Application Services Modular Line Card (AS MLC)

MX960 AS MLC Function

The AS MLC provides modular processing and modular storage. Installed on the AS MLC, the Junos Content Encore system operates as a caching application, in either HTTP reverse proxy mode or HTTP transparent proxy mode, to manage client requests for content and the distribution of the content to clients from origin servers. In the future, the AS MLC will run other Juniper Networks router services and applications, and serve as a virtualized platform for third-party applications. The AS MLC provides Ethernet switching and high-speed fabric interface to MX routers. Graceful Routing Engine switchover is also supported on the AS MLC.

Integrated with application forwarding on MX Series routers, the AS MLC provides increased service flexibility with reduced power and space requirements for the network infrastructure.

The AS MLC Modular Carrier Card (AS MCC), the carrier card of the AS MLC, fits vertically in the front of the MX960 router (see

Figure 27 on page 71 ).

Chapter 6: Line Card Components and Descriptions

Figure 27: AS MLC Installed in the MX960 Router Chassis

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

PEM 0 1 2 3

OK FAIL

ONLINE

FAN

OK FAIL

ONLINE

RE0

OK FAIL

MASTER

ONLINE

OFFLINE

RE1

OK FAIL

ONLINE

FAIL

2 6

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

ACO/LT

YELLOWALARM

REDALARM

FAIL

NC C NO

OK FAIL

C NO

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

AS MLC Components

Each AS MLC consists of the following components:

• AS MLC Modular Carrier Card (AS MCC), which fits vertically in front of the MX960 router, includes two slots for the Application Services Modular Storage Card (AS MSC) and Application Services Modular Processing Card (AS MXC)

• AS MXC with 64 GB RAM for processing

• AS MSC with 400 GB NAND Flash capacity for modular storage

NOTE: The AS MCC, AS MXC, and AS MSC are hot-removable and hot-insertable.

• Switch fabric interfaces to the chassis

• XM ASIC chip, which owns and manages the packet data memory built from external

DDR3 memory chips, the fabric queuing system, a portion of the WAN queuing system, and the host queuing system

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

• LU ASIC chip, which performs all functions relating to header processing including input processing, route lookup, classification, filtering, policing, accounting, encapsulation, and statistics

• Midplane connectors and power circuitry

• Processor Mezzanine Board (PMB), which that contains the host processor and supporting peripherals

• LED on the AS MCC, which displays the status of the AS MLC

MX960 SCB, Power Supply, and Cooling System Requirements for AS MLC

Each MX960 router requires specific SCB, power supply, and cooling system models to run the AS MLC.

• SCB—Enhanced MX Switch Control Board (SCBE-MX). See

“MX960 SCBE Description” on page 110

for details.

• Power supply:

• 4100W AC power supply—Model PWR-MX960-AC

• 4100W DC power supply—Model PWR-MX960-DC

• Power requirement for AS MLC:

• AS MCC—191W

• AS MXC—259W

• AS MSC—50W

• Cooling system—Required fan and fan tray models:

• Fans:

• For AC power supply: PWR-FAN-MX960-AC-HC-U

• For DC power supply: PWR-FAN-MX960-DC-HC-U

• Fan tray—FFANTRAY-MX960-HC

Documentation

•

•

•

Figure 28 on page 73 ) serves as the second tier caching storage for

MX960 Application Services Modular Storage Card Description

Application Services Modular Storage Card (AS MSC) is a NAND Flash-based card that is inserted into the upper slot of the Application Services Modular Line Card (AS MLC).

The AS MSC (see

platforms such as the Junos Content Encore system. This card is equivalent to a PIC or

Chapter 6: Line Card Components and Descriptions a Modular Interface Card (MIC) and provides a maximum of 3.6 Gbps read and 2 Gbps of write memory.

The AS MSC has the following features:

• 400 GB NAND Flash memory

• Up to 10 years of write memory

• Multilevel cell (MLC) NAND memory support

• Best-in-class NAND controller for maximum performance and reliability

AS MSCs are hot-removable and hot-insertable. One AS MSC can be installed in the top slot of each AS MLC. Each AS MSC has these components:

• SATA-3 controller—An eight-ports, 6 Gbps SAS/SATA controller.

• NAND Flash controller— NAND Flash and NAND Flash controller are used in an AS

MSC.

• Control plane—Inter-integrated circuit control plane that allows Peripheral Component

Interconnect Express (PCIe) control.

• LEDs—Two LEDs display the status of the AS MSC and storage.

• Online/offline button—To power on or power off the AS MSC.

Figure 28: Application Services Modular Storage Card

Documentation

•

MX960 AS MSC LEDs on page 74

•

MX960 AS MXC LEDs on page 75

MX960 Application Services Modular Processing Card Description

The Application Services Modular Processing Card (AS MXC) is a pluggable X86-based card that can be inserted into the lower slot of the Application Services Modular Line

Card (AS MLC). The AS MXC serves as the processing card for the Junos Content Encore system and contains the two X86, Intel 8-core processors with interface ability greater than 80 Gbps. The AS MXC (see

Figure 29 on page 74

) is equivalent to a PIC or MIC

(Modular Interface Card).

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

AS MXCs are hot-removable and hot-insertable. One MXC can be installed in the lower slot of each AS MLC. Each MXC has these components:

• Two 8-core Intel processors—Contains eight execution cores with Ring Interconnect architecture. Each core supports two threads, up to 16 threads per socket.

• 64 GB DRAM—On DIMM sockets.

• LEDs—Two LEDs on the faceplate display the CPU and application status.

Figure 29: Application Services Modular Processing Card (AS MXC)

Documentation

•

•

MX960 Application Services Modular Storage Card Description on page 72

MX960 AS MSC LEDs

Two LEDs ( CPU and AP ) indicate the status of the AS MSC and are located on the AS

MSC.

Table 43 on page 74

describes the functions of the AS MSC LEDs.

Table 43: AS MSC LEDs

Label Color State Description

CPU Green

Red

–

On steadily AS MSC operates normally.

On steadily AS MSC has an error or has failed.

Off AS MSC is offline.

AP Green

Red

–

On steadily AS MSC storage operation is normal.

On steadily AS MSC storage operation has an error.

Off AS MSC storage operation is not activated.

Chapter 6: Line Card Components and Descriptions

Documentation

•

•

MX960 Application Services Modular Processing Card Description on page 73

MX960 AS MXC LEDs

Two LEDs ( CPU and AP ) indicate the status of the AS MXC and are located on the AS

MXC.

Table 44 on page 75

describes the functions of the AS MXC LEDs.

Table 44: AS MXC LEDs

Label Color State Description

CPU

Green

Red

–

Green

Red

On steadily AS MXC operates normally.

On steadily AS MXC has an error or has failed.

Off AS MXC is offline.

On steadily AS MXC applications operation is normal.

On steadily AS MXC applications operation has an error.

– Off AS MXC applications are not activated.

Documentation

•

•

Table 49 on page 81 , and Table 50 on page 81

MIC/MPC Compatibility

Table 45 on page 75 ,

Table 46 on page 77 ,

Table 47 on page 79

Table 48 on page 81

provide a compatibility matrix for the

MICs currently supported by MPC1, MPC2, MPC3, MPC6, MPC8, and MPC9 on MX240,

MX480, MX960, MX2010, and MX2020 routers. The table lists the first Junos OS release in which the MPC supports the MIC. For example, Junos OS Release 10.2 is the first release in which the MX-MPC1-3D supports the Gigabit Ethernet MIC with SFP. An en dash indicates that the MIC is not supported.

Table 45: MIC/MPC1 Compatibility

MIC Name MPC1 MPC1E MPC1 Q MPC1E Q

MIC-3D-8OC3-2OC12-ATM

( ATM MIC with SFP )

— — 12.1

12.1R4

MIC-3D-20GE-SFP

( Gigabit Ethernet MIC with SFP )

10.2

11.2R4

10.2

11.2R4

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Table 45: MIC/MPC1 Compatibility

(continued)

MIC Name MPC1

MIC-3D-20GE-SFP-E

( Gigabit Ethernet MIC with SFP (E) )

13.2R2

MPC1E

13.2R2

MPC1 Q

13.2R2

MIC-3D-2XGE-XFP

( 10-Gigabit Ethernet MICs with XFP )

MIC-3D-4XGE-XFP

( 10-Gigabit Ethernet MICs with XFP )

MIC-3D-40GE-TX

( Tri-Rate MIC )

10.2

—

10.2

11.2R4

—

11.2R4

10.2

—

10.2

MIC-3D-4OC3OC12-1OC48, MIC-3D-8OC3OC12-4OC48 11.2

( SONET/SDH OC3/STM1 (Multi-Rate) MICs with SFP )

MIC-3D-4COC3-1COC12-CE

( Channelized OC3/STM1 (Multi-Rate) Circuit Emulation

MIC with SFP )

—

11.2R4

—

11.2

12.2

MIC-3D-1OC192-XFP

( SONET/SDH OC192/STM64 MIC with XFP )

12.2

MIC-3D-4CHOC3-2CHOC12, MIC-3D-8CHOC3-4CHOC12 —

MIC-4COC3-2COC12-G, MIC-8COC3-4COC12-G

( Channelized SONET/SDH OC3/STM1 (Multi-Rate) MICs with SFP )

12.2

—

12.2

11.4

MIC-3D-16CHE1-T1-CE

( Channelized E1/T1 Circuit Emulation MIC )

MIC-3D-8DS3-E3, MIC-3D-8CHDS3-E3-B

( DS3/E3 MIC )

NOTE: You cannot run Channelized DS3

(MIC-3D-8CHDS3-E3) on non-Q MPCs. Channelized DS3 is supported only on Q and EQ-based MPCs.

11.4

MS-MIC-16G

( Multiservices MIC )

13.2

NOTE: Support for

Non-Channelized

MIC only.

NOTE: Support for

Non-Channelized

MIC only.

12.3

11.4

13.2

MPC1E Q

13.2R2

11.2R4

—

11.2R4

12.2

11.4

12.3

11.4

13.2

Chapter 6: Line Card Components and Descriptions

Table 46: MIC/MPC2 Compatibility

MIC Name MPC2

MIC-3D-8OC3-2OC12-ATM

( ATM MIC with SFP )

—

MPC2E

—

MIC-3D-20GE-SFP

( Gigabit Ethernet MIC with

SFP )

10.1

MIC-3D-20GE-SFP-E

( Gigabit Ethernet MIC with

SFP (E) )

13.2R2

MIC-3D-2XGE-XFP

( 10-Gigabit Ethernet MIC with

XFP )

10.2

MIC-3D-4XGE-XFP

( 10-Gigabit Ethernet MICs with XFP )

10.1

MIC-3D-40GE-TX

( Tri-Rate MIC )

10.2

MIC-3D-4OC3OC12-1OC48,

MIC-3D-8OC3OC12-4OC48

( SONET/SDH OC3/STM1

(Multi-Rate) MICs with SFP )

11.4

11.2R4

13.2R2

11.2R4

11.4

MPC2E

14.1R4,

14.2R3

with Junos

Continuity

12.1

15.1

14.1R4,

14.2R3

with Junos

Continuity

10.1

15.1

12.1R4

11.2R4

12.1

10.1

12.1R4

11.2R4

14.1R4,

14.2R3

with Junos

Continuity

13.2R2

15.1

13.2R2

14.1R4,

14.2R3

with Junos

Continuity

10.2

15.1

11.2R4

13.2R2

10.2

11.2R4

10.1

11.2R4

14.1R4,

14.2R3

with Junos

Continuity

10.1

15.1

14.1R4,

14.2R3

with Junos

Continuity

10.2

15.1

14.1R4,

14.2R3

with Junos

Continuity

11.4

15.1

11.2R4

11.4

10.2

11.4

11.2R4

11.4

MPC2

MPC2E

MPC2

MPC2E

NG Q

—

12.2

13.2R2

12.2

14.1R4,

14.2R3

with Junos

Continuity

15.1

14.1R4,

14.2R3

with Junos

Continuity

15.1

12.2

14.1R4,

14.2R3

with Junos

Continuity

15.1

14.1R4,

14.2R3

with Junos

Continuity

15.1

12.2

14.1R4,

14.2R3

with Junos

Continuity

15.1

14.1R4,

14.2R3

with Junos

Continuity

15.1

14.1R4,

14.2R3

with Junos

Continuity

15.1

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Table 46: MIC/MPC2 Compatibility

(continued)

MIC Name MPC2

MIC-3D-4COC3-1COC12-CE

( Channelized OC3/STM1

(Multi-Rate) Circuit

Emulation MIC with SFP )

—

MPC2E

—

MPC2E

—

MIC-3D-1OC192-XFP

( SONET/SDH OC192/STM64

MIC with XFP )

12.2

MIC-3D-4CHOC3-2CHOC12,

MIC-3D-8CHOC3-4CHOC12

—

MIC-4COC3-2COC12-G,

MIC-8COC3-4COC12-G

( Channelized SONET/SDH

OC3/STM1 (Multi-Rate) MICs with SFP )

12.2

—

14.1R4,

14.2R3

with Junos

Continuity

12.2

15.1

15.1 with flexible queuing option

11.4

MIC-3D-16CHE1-T1-CE

( Channelized E1/T1 Circuit

Emulation MIC )

MIC-3D-8DS3-E3,

MIC-3D-8CHDS3-E3-B

( DS3/E3 MIC )

NOTE: You cannot run

Channelized DS3

(MIC-3D-8CHDS3-E3) on non-Q MPCs. Channelized

DS3 is supported only on Q and EQ-based MPCs.

11.4

13.2

NOTE: Support for

Non-Channelized

MIC only.

NOTE: Support for

Non-Channelized

MIC only.

15.1 with flexible queuing option

11.4

12.3

14.1R4,

14.2R3

with Junos

Continuity

11.4

15.1

MS-MIC-16G

( Multiservices MIC )

NOTE: Only one

MS-MIC-16G can be installed into any MPC.

13.2

14.1R4,

14.2R3

with Junos

Continuity

13.2

15.1

MPC2

MPC2E

MPC2

MPC2E

NG Q

12.2

11.4

12.2

11.4

12.2

11.4

12.2

—

14.1R4,

14.2R3

with Junos

Continuity

15.1

14.1R4,

14.2R3

with Junos

Continuity

15.1

14.1R4,

14.2R3

with Junos

Continuity

12.3

11.4

13.2

12.3

11.4

13.2

12.3

11.4

13.2

—

12.2

13.2

14.1R4,

14.2R3

with Junos

Continuity

15.1

14.1R4,

14.2R3

with Junos

Continuity

15.1

14.1R4,

14.2R3

with Junos

Continuity

15.1

Chapter 6: Line Card Components and Descriptions

Table 47: MIC/MPC3 Compatibility

MIC Name MPC3E

MIC-3D-8OC3-2OC12-ATM

( ATM MIC with SFP )

—

MIC-3D-20GE-SFP

( Gigabit Ethernet MIC with

SFP )

12.1

MIC-3D-20GE-SFP-E

( Gigabit Ethernet MIC with SFP

(E) )

13.2R2

MIC3-3D-1X100GE-CFP

( 100-Gigabit Ethernet MIC with CFP )

12.1

MIC-3D-2XGE-XFP

( 10-Gigabit Ethernet MICs with

XFP )

12.2

MIC-3D-4XGE-XFP

( 10-Gigabit Ethernet MICs with

XFP )

—

MIC3-3D-10XGE-SFPP

( 10-Gigabit Ethernet MIC with

SFP+ (10 Ports) )

12.3

MIC3-3D-2X40GE-QSFPP

( 40-Gigabit Ethernet MIC with

QSFP+ )

12.2

MIC3-3D-1X100GE-CXP

( 100-Gigabit Ethernet MIC with CXP )

MIC3-100G-DWDM

( 100-Gigabit DWDM OTN MIC with CFP2-ACO )

15.1F5

15.1F6

17.1R1

MPC3E NG

14.1R4, 14.2R3 with Junos

Continuity

15.1

14.1R4, 14.2R3 with Junos

Continuity

15.1

14.1R4, 14.2R3 with Junos

Continuity

15.1

14.1R4, 14.2R3 with Junos

Continuity

15.1

14.1R4, 14.2R3 with Junos

Continuity

15.1

14.1R4, 14.2R3 with Junos

Continuity

15.1

14.1R4, 14.2 R3 and Junos

Continuity

15.1

14.1R4, 14.2R3 with Junos

Continuity

15.1

14.1R4, 14.2R3 with Junos

Continuity

15.1

15.1F5

15.1F6

17.1R1

MPC3E NG Q

14.1R4, 14.2R3 with Junos

Continuity

15.1

14.1R4, 14.2R3 with Junos

Continuity

15.1

14.1R4, 14.2R3 with Junos

Continuity

15.1

14.1R4, 14.2R3 with Junos

Continuity

15.1

14.1R4, 14.2R3 with Junos

Continuity

15.1

14.1R4, 14.2R3 with Junos

Continuity

15.1

14.1R4, 14.2R3 with Junos

Continuity

15.1

14.1R4, 14.2R3 with Junos

Continuity

15.1

14.1R4, 14.2R3 with Junos

Continuity

15.1

15.1F5

15.1F6

17.1R1

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Table 47: MIC/MPC3 Compatibility

(continued)

MIC Name MPC3E MPC3E NG

MIC-3D-4OC3OC12-1OC48

MIC-3D-8OC3OC12-4OC48

( SONET/SDH OC3/STM1

(Multi-Rate) MICs with SFP )

13.3

MIC-3D-1OC192-XFP

( SONET/SDH OC192/STM64

MIC with XFP )

13.3

MIC-3D-4COC3-1COC12-CE

( Channelized OC3/STM1

(Multi-Rate) Circuit Emulation

MIC with SFP )

—

MS-MIC-16G

( Multiservices MIC )

NOTE: On MPC3E, the installation of the

Multiservices MIC

(MS-MIC-16G) with

MIC3-3D-2X40GE-QSFPP,

MIC3-3D-10XGE-SFPP, or

MIC3-3D-1X100GE-CFP does not meet the NEBS criteria.

NOTE: Only one MS-MIC-16G can be installed into any MPC.

13.2R2

MIC-3D-40GE-TX

Tri-Rate MIC

—

14.1R4, 14.2R3 with Junos

Continuity

15.1

14.1R4, 14.2R3 with Junos

Continuity

15.1

—

14.1R4, 14.2R3 with Junos

Continuity

15.1

14.1R4, 14.2R3 with Junos

Continuity

15.1

14.1R4, 14.2R3 with Junos

Continuity

15.1

MIC-3D-4OC3OC12-1OC48,

MIC-3D-8OC3OC12-4OC48

SONET/SDH OC3/STM1

(Multi-Rate) MICs with SFP

12.1

MIC-3D-4CHOC3-2CHOC12,

MIC-3D-8CHOC3-4CHOC12

MIC-4COC3-2COC12-G,

MIC-8COC3-4COC12-G

Channelized SONET/SDH

OC3/STM1 (Multi-Rate) MICs with SFP

12.1

15.1 with flexible queuing option

MPC3E NG Q

14.1R4, 14.2R3 with Junos

Continuity

15.1

14.1R4, 14.2R3 with Junos

Continuity

15.1

14.1R4, 14.2R3 with Junos

Continuity

15.1

14.1R4, 14.2R3 with Junos

Continuity

15.1

14.1R4, 14.2R3 with Junos

Continuity

15.1

14.1R4, 14.2R3 with Junos

Continuity

15.1

14.1R4, 14.2R3 with Junos

Continuity

15.1

Chapter 6: Line Card Components and Descriptions

Table 47: MIC/MPC3 Compatibility

(continued)

MIC Name MPC3E MPC3E NG

MIC-3D-8DS3-E3,

MIC-3D-8CHDS3-E3-B

DS3/E3 MIC

NOTE: You cannot run

Channelized DS3

(MIC-3D-8CHDS3-E3) on non-Q MPCs. Channelized

DS3 is supported only on Q and EQ-based MPCs.

12.1

14.1R4, 14.2R3 with Junos

Continuity

15.1

Table 48: MIC/MPC6 Compatibility

MIC Name

MIC6-10G

10-Gigabit Ethernet MIC with SFP+ (24 Ports)

MIC6-10G-OTN

10-Gigabit Ethernet OTN MIC with SFP+ (24 Ports)

MIC6-100G-CXP

100-Gigabit Ethernet MIC with CXP (4 Ports)

MIC6-100G-CFP2

100-Gigabit Ethernet MIC with CFP2

Table 49: MIC/MPC8 Compatibility

MIC Name

MIC-MRATE

MIC MRATE

Table 50: MIC/MPC9 Compatibility

MIC Name

MIC-MRATE

MIC MRATE

MPC8E

•

15.1F5 with Junos Continuity

16.1R1 and later

MPC9E

•

15.1F5 with Junos Continuity

16.1R1 and later

MPC3E NG Q

14.1R4, 14.2R3 with Junos

Continuity

15.1

MPC6E

13.3R2

13.3R3

13.3R2

13.3R3

Documentation

•

• Junos Continuity Software User Guide (Junos OS Release 14.1R4 and Later Releases)

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

MX960 Modular Interface Card Description

Modular Interface Cards (MICs) install into Modular Port Concentrators (MPCs) and provide the physical connections to various network media types. MICs allow different physical interfaces to be supported on a single line card. You can install MICs of different media types on the same MPC as long as the MPC supports those MICs.

MICs receive incoming packets from the network and transmit outgoing packets to the network. During this process, each MIC performs framing and high-speed signaling for its media type. Before transmitting outgoing data packets through the MIC interfaces, the MPCs encapsulate the packets received.

MICs are hot-removable and hot-insertable. You can install up to two MICs in the slots in each MPC.

Documentation

•

MX960 Modular Interface Card (MIC) LEDs on page 82

•

•

•

•

MX960 Modular Interface Card (MIC) LEDs

Each MIC has LEDs located on the faceplate. For more information about LEDs on the

MIC faceplate, see the “LEDs” section for each MIC in the MX Series Interface Module

Reference .

Documentation

•

MX960 Modular Interface Card Description on page 82

•

•

•

•

MIC/MPC Compatibility on page 75

MICs Supported by MX Series Routers

The following tables list the first supported Junos OS release for the MX Series.

•

Table 51 on page 83

lists the first supported Junos OS release for MICs on MX240,

MX480, MX960, MX2008, MX2010, and MX2020 routers.

•

Table 52 on page 85

lists the first supported Junos OS release for MICs on MX5, MX10,

MX40, MX80, and MX104 routers.

Chapter 6: Line Card Components and Descriptions

Table 51: MICs Supported by MX240, MX480, MX960, MX2008, MX2010, and MX2020 Routers

MIC Name MIC Model Number Ports

MX240,

MX480, and

MX960

Routers

MX2008

Routers

MX2010

Routers

MX2020

Routers

ATM

ATM MIC with SFP

DS3/E3

DS3/E3 MIC

MIC-3D-8OC3-2OC12-ATM 8

12.1

11.4

15.1F7

12.3

MIC-3D-8DS3-E3,

MIC-3D-8CHDS3-E3-B

Circuit Emulation

Channelized E1/T1 Circuit

Emulation MIC

Gigabit Ethernet

Gigabit Ethernet MIC with SFP

(E)

10-Gigabit Ethernet

10-Gigabit Ethernet MICs with

XFP

10-Gigabit Ethernet MICs with

XFP

10-Gigabit Ethernet MIC with

SFP+ (10 Ports)

10-Gigabit Ethernet MIC with

SFP+ (24 Ports)

10-Gigabit Ethernet OTN MIC with SFP+ (24 Ports)

40-Gigabit Ethernet

40-Gigabit Ethernet MIC with

QSFP+

100-Gigabit Ethernet

100-Gigabit Ethernet MIC with

CFP

MIC-3D-16CHE1-T1-CE

MIC-3D-20GE-SFP

MIC-3D-20GE-SFP-E

MIC-3D-2XGE-XFP

MIC-3D-4XGE-XFP

MIC3-3D-10XGE-SFPP

MIC6-10G

MIC6-10G-OTN

MIC3-3D-2X40GE-QSFPP

MIC3-3D-1X100GE-CFP

12.3

10.1

13.3

10.2

10.1

12.3

12.2

12.1

15.1F7

–

12.3

13.3

12.3

13.3

13.3R2

13.3R3

12.3

–

12.3

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Table 51: MICs Supported by MX240, MX480, MX960, MX2008, MX2010, and MX2020

Routers

(continued)

MIC Name MIC Model Number Ports

MX240,

MX480, and

MX960

Routers

MX2008

Routers

MX2010

Routers

MX2020

Routers

MIC3-3D-1X100GE-CXP 1 12.2

15.1F7

12.3

100-Gigabit Ethernet MIC with

CXP

100-Gigabit Ethernet MIC with

CXP (4 Ports)

100-Gigabit Ethernet MIC with

CFP2

MIC6-100G-CXP

MIC6-100G-CFP2

15.1F7

13.3R2

13.3R3

100-Gigabit DWDM OTN

100-Gigabit DWDM OTN MIC with CFP2-ACO

MIC3-100G-DWDM 1 15.1F5

15.1F6

17.1R1

15.1F7

15.1F5

15.1F6

17.1R1

15.1F5

15.1F6

17.1R1

Multi-Rate

SONET/SDH OC3/STM1

(Multi-Rate) MICs with SFP

MIC-3D-4OC3OC12-1OC48

SONET/SDH OC3/STM1

(Multi-Rate) MICs with SFP

Channelized SONET/SDH

OC3/STM1 (Multi-Rate) MICs with SFP

Channelized SONET/SDH

OC3/STM1 (Multi-Rate) MICs with SFP

Channelized OC3/STM1

(Multi-Rate) Circuit Emulation

MIC with SFP

MIC-3D-8OC3OC12-4OC48

MIC-3D-4CHOC3-2CHOC12

MIC-3D-8CHOC3-4CHOC12

MIC-3D-4COC3-1COC12-CE

MIC MRATE (12-Port Multi-Rate

MIC with QSFP+)

MIC-MRATE

11.2

11.4

12.2

15.1F7

12.3

• 15.1F5

with

Junos

Continuity

• 16.1R1

and later

•

15.1F5

with

Junos

Continuity

16.1R1

and later

Tri-Rate

Tri-Rate MIC

Services

MIC-3D-40GE-TX 40 10.2

15.1F7

12.3

Chapter 6: Line Card Components and Descriptions

Table 51: MICs Supported by MX240, MX480, MX960, MX2008, MX2010, and MX2020

Routers

(continued)

MIC Name MIC Model Number Ports

MX240,

MX480, and

MX960

Routers

MX2008

Routers

MX2010

Routers

MX2020

Routers

Multiservices MIC MS-MIC-16G 0 13.2

15.1F7

13.2

SONET/SDH

SONET/SDH OC192/STM64 MIC with XFP

MIC-3D-1OC192-XFP 1 12.2

15.1F7

12.3

Table 52: MICs Supported by MX5, MX10, MX40, MX80, and MX104 Routers

MIC Name MIC Model Number Ports MX5 MX10 MX40 MX80

ATM

ATM MIC with SFP

DS3/E3

DS3/E3 MIC

MIC-3D-8OC3-2OC12-ATM 12.1

11.4

12.1

11.4

12.1

11.4

MIC-3D-8DS3-E3,

MIC-3D-8CHDS3-E3-B

8 12.1

8 11.4

Circuit Emulation

Channelized E1/T1 Circuit

Emulation MIC

Channelized E1/T1 Circuit

Emulation MIC (H)

Gigabit Ethernet

Gigabit Ethernet MIC with SFP

(E)

Gigabit Ethernet MIC with SFP

(EH)

10-Gigabit Ethernet

10-Gigabit Ethernet MICs with

XFP

Multi-Rate

SONET/SDH OC3/STM1

(Multi-Rate) MICs with SFP

MIC-3D-16CHE1-T1-CE

MIC-3D-16CHE1-T1-CE-H

MIC-3D-20GE-SFP

MIC-3D-20GE-SFP-E

MIC-3D-20GE-SFP-EH

MIC-3D-2XGE-XFP

MIC-3D-4OC3OC12-1OC48

16 13.2R2

13.2R2

16 –

20 11.2R4

20 13.2R2

11.2R4

10.2

13.2R2

20 –

2 11.2R4

4 11.2R4

–

11.2R4

10.2

11.2R4

11.2

MX104

13.3

13.2R2

13.3

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Table 52: MICs Supported by MX5, MX10, MX40, MX80, and MX104 Routers

(continued)

MIC Name MIC Model Number Ports MX5 MX10 MX40 MX80 MX104

MIC-3D-8OC3OC12-4OC48 8 11.2R4

11.2R4

11.2

13.3

SONET/SDH OC3/STM1

(Multi-Rate) MICs with SFP

Channelized SONET/SDH

OC3/STM1 (Multi-Rate) MICs with SFP

Channelized SONET/SDH

OC3/STM1 (Multi-Rate) MICs with SFP

Channelized OC3/STM1

(Multi-Rate) Circuit Emulation

MIC with SFP

MIC-3D-4CHOC3-2CHOC12

MIC-3D-8CHOC3-4CHOC12

MIC-3D-4COC3-1COC12-CE

4 11.4

8 11.4

4 12.2

11.4

12.2

11.4

12.2

11.4

12.2

13.3

13.2R2

MIC-4COC3-1COC12-CE-H 13.2R2

Channelized OC3/STM1

(Multi-Rate) Circuit Emulation

MIC with SFP (H)

Tri-Rate

Tri-Rate MIC

Services

Multiservices MIC

MIC-3D-40GE-TX

MS-MIC-16G

40 –

0 13.2

Rear slot only.

11.2R4

10.2

13.2

Rear slot only.

13.2

Rear slot only.

13.2R2

13.2

Rear slot only.

Supported on the modular

MX80 and fixed

MX80-48T

13.3R2

SONET/SDH

SONET/SDH OC192/STM64 MIC with XFP

MIC-3D-1OC192-XFP 1 12.2

12.2

13.3

Documentation

• MX Series MIC Overview

•

MX960 MIC Port and Interface Numbering

Each port on a MIC corresponds to a unique interface name in the CLI.

Chapter 6: Line Card Components and Descriptions

NOTE: Fixed configuration MPCs, that is, MPCs with built-in MICs follow the port numbering of DPCs.

In the syntax of an interface name, a hyphen ( ) separates the media type from the MPC number (represented as an FPC in the CLI). The MPC slot number corresponds to the first number in the interface. The second number in the interface corresponds to the logical PIC number. The last number in the interface matches the port number on the

MIC. Slashes ( / ) separate the MPC number from the logical PIC number and port number: type fpc / pic / port

• type —Media type, which identifies the network device. For example:

• ge—Gigabit Ethernet interface

• so—SONET/SDH interface

• xe—10-Gigabit Ethernet interface

For a complete list of media types, see Interface Naming Overview .

• fpc —Slot in which the MPC is installed. On the MX960 router, the MPCs are represented in the CLI as FPC 0 through FPC 11 .

• pic —Logical PIC on the MIC, numbered 0 or 1 when installed in MIC slot 0 and 2 or 3 when installed in MIC slot 1. The number of logical PICs varies depending on the type of MIC. For example, a:

• 20-port Gigabit Ethernet MIC has two logical PICs, numbered 0 and 1 when installed in MIC slot 0, or 2 and 3 when installed in MIC slot 1.

• 4-port 10-Gigabit Ethernet MIC has two logical PICs numbered 0 and 1 when installed in MIC slot 0, or 2 and 3 when installed in MIC slot 1.

• 100-Gigabit Ethernet MIC with CFP has one logical PIC numbered 0 when installed in MIC slot 0 or 2 when installed in MIC slot 1.

For more information on specific MICs, see

“MICs Supported by MX Series Routers” on page 82

in the MX Series Interface Module Reference .

• port —Port number.

NOTE: The MIC number is not included in the interface name.

The MX960 supports up to twelve MPCs that install vertically and are numbered from left to right. Each MPC accepts up to two MICs.

Figure 30 on page 88

shows an example of a 20-port Gigabit Ethernet MIC with SFP installed in MIC slot 0 of an MPC in slot 3 .

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

NOTE: The 20-port Gigabit Ethernet MIC with SFP-E has a different port numbering. See Gigabit Ethernet MIC with SFP (E)

Figure 30: Port Mapping for the 20-Port Gigabit Ethernet MIC with SFP

Installed in the MX960

0 1 2 3

4 5 0 1 2 6 7 8 9 10 11

The MIC contains two logical PICs, numbered PIC 0 through PIC 1 in the CLI. Each logical

PIC contains 10 ports numbered 0 through 9 .

The show chassis hardware command output displays a 20-port Gigabit Ethernet MIC with SFP — 3D 20x 1GE(LAN) SFP — installed in MIC slot 0 of an MPC ( MPC Type 2 3D

EQ ) in slot 3 . The MPC is shown as FPC 3 and the MIC’s two logical PICs — 10x 1GE(LAN)

SFP — are shown as PIC 0 and PIC 1 .

user@host> show chassis hardware

...

FPC 3 REV 28 750-031090 YH8181 MPC Type 2 3D EQ

CPU REV 06 711-030884 YH9437 MPC PMB 2G

MIC 0 REV 22 750-028392 YD0439 3D 20x 1GE(LAN) SFP

PIC 0 BUILTIN BUILTIN 10x 1GE(LAN) SFP

Xcvr 0 REV 01 740-011613 PCE14D5 SFP-SX

Xcvr 1 REV 01 740-011782 P9C280T SFP-SX

Xcvr 2 REV 01 740-011782 P9C2512 SFP-SX

Chapter 6: Line Card Components and Descriptions

Xcvr 3 REV 02 740-011613 AM0951SFF3Z SFP-SX

Xcvr 4 REV 02 740-011613 AM0951SFF33 SFP-SX

Xcvr 5 REV 02 740-011613 AM0951SFF3Y SFP-SX

Xcvr 6 REV 02 740-011613 AM0951SFF4B SFP-SX

Xcvr 7 REV 01 740-011613 E08H01273 SFP-SX

Xcvr 8 REV 02 740-011613 AM0951SFFWK SFP-SX

PIC 1 BUILTIN BUILTIN 10x 1GE(LAN) SFP

Xcvr 0 REV 01 740-011613 E08H00516 SFP-SX

Xcvr 1 REV 01 740-011613 E08G03648 SFP-SX

Xcvr 2 REV 01 740-011613 E08H00514 SFP-SX

...

The show interfaces terse command output displays the Gigabit Ethernet interfaces that correspond to the 20 ports located on the MIC.

user@host> show interfaces terse ge-3*

Interface Admin Link Proto Local Remote ge-3/0/0 up down ge-3/0/1 up down ge-3/0/2 up down ge-3/0/3 up up ge-3/0/4 up up ge-3/0/5 up up ge-3/0/6 up up ge-3/0/7 up up ge-3/0/8 up up ge-3/0/9 up down ge-3/1/0 up up ge-3/1/1 up up ge-3/1/2 up up ge-3/1/3 up down ge-3/1/4 up down ge-3/1/5 up down ge-3/1/6 up down ge-3/1/7 up down ge-3/1/8 up down ge-3/1/9 up down

Documentation

•

MX960 Router Hardware and CLI Terminology Mapping on page 12

MX960 Modular Port Concentrator Description

Modular Port Concentrators (MPCs) provide packet forwarding services. The MPCs are inserted into a slot in a router. Modular Interface Cards (MICs) provide the physical interfaces and install into the MPCs. You can install up to two MICs of different media types on the same MPC as long as the MPC supports those MICs.

A specialized fixed configuration MPC provides higher port density over MICs and combines packet forwarding and Ethernet interfaces onto a single line card. The fixed configuration

MPC is inserted into a slot in a router and contains no slots for MICs.

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide the MPCs encapsulate the packets received. Each MPC is equipped with up to four Junos

Trio chipsets, which perform control functions tailored to the MPC’s media type. The

MPCs interface with the power supplies and Switch Control Boards (SCBs). You must install redundant SCBs to support full line rate.

The MX960 router supports up to 12 MPCs. You must install a high-capacity fan tray to use an MPC. For power requirements, see

“Calculating Power Requirements for MX960

Routers” on page 161 .

The router has 11 dedicated line-card slots for DPCs, MPCs, or FPCs. MPCs install vertically in the front of the router. The dedicated slots are numbered 0 though 5 , and 7 though 11 , left to right. An additional multifunction slot labeled 2/6 supports either an SCB, a DPC, an FPC, or an MPC. An MPC can be installed in any slot that supports MPCs. You can install any combination of MPC types in the router.

When a slot is not occupied by an MPC or other line card, you must insert a blank DPC panel to fill the empty slot and ensure proper cooling of the system.

MPCs are hot-removable and hot-insertable. When you install an MPC in an operating router, the Routing Engine downloads the MPC software, the MPC runs its diagnostics, and the Packet Forwarding Engines housed on the MPC are enabled. Forwarding on other

MPCs continues uninterrupted during this process.

Figure 31 on page 90

shows a typical MPC supported on the MX960 router.

Figure 32 on page 91

shows an MPC installed vertically in the MX960 router. For more information about MPCs, see the MX Series Ethernet Services Routers Line Card Guide .

Figure 31: Typical MPC Supported on the MX960 Router

MPC (empty)

Chapter 6: Line Card Components and Descriptions

Figure 32: MPC Installed Vertically in the MX960 Router

FAIL

ONLINE

FAIL

ONLINE

FAIL

ONLINE

PEM 0 1 2 3

FAIL OK

FAIL

ONLINE

FAN

FAIL

ONLINE

RE0

FAIL

MASTER

ONLINE

OFFLINE

RE1

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

2 6

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

ACO/LT

YELLOW ALARM

RED ALARM

OK FAIL

NC C NO NC

C NO

FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

MPC

MPC Components

Each MPC consists of the following components:

• MPC card carrier, which includes two MIC slots (excludes the fixed configuration MPC).

• Fabric interfaces.

• Two Gigabit Ethernet interfaces that allow control information, route information, and statistics to be sent between the Routing Engine and the CPU on the MPCs.

• Two interfaces from the SCBs that enable the MPCs to be powered on and controlled.

• Physical MPC connectors.

• Up to four Junos Trio chipsets, which perform control functions tailored to the MPC’s media type.

• Midplane connectors and power circuitry.

• Processor subsystem, which includes a 1.5-GHz CPU, system controller, and 1 GB of

SDRAM.

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

• Online button which takes the MPC online or offline when pressed.

• OK/Fail LED on the MPC faceplate. For more information about LEDs on the MPC faceplate, see the MX Series Interface Module Reference .

Two LEDs, located on the craft interface above the MPC, display the status of the line cards and are labeled OK and FAIL .

Documentation

•

MPCs Supported by MX Series Routers on page 92

•

MX960 Modular Port Concentrator LEDs on page 92

•

MX960 Field-Replaceable Units on page 263

•

•

•

“MX960 DPC and MPC LEDs on the Craft Interface” on page 18

MX960 Modular Port Concentrator LEDs

Two LEDs, located on the craft interface above the MPC, display the status of the line cards and are labeled OK and FAIL . For more information about the line card LEDs on the craft interface, see

Each MPC also has LEDs located on the faceplate. For more information about LEDs on the MPC faceplate, see the “LEDs” section for each MPC in the MX Series Interface Module

Reference .

Documentation

•

MX960 Modular Port Concentrator Description on page 89

•

•

•

MIC/MPC Compatibility on page 75

MPCs Supported by MX Series Routers

Table 53 on page 92

lists the MPCs and their first supported Junos OS release on MX240,

MX480, MX960, MX2008, MX2010, and MX2020 routers.

Table 53: MPCs Supported by MX240, MX480, MX960, MX2008, MX2010, and MX2020 Routers

MPC Name

MPC Model

Number

First Junos OS

Release on

MX240,

MX480, and

MX960 Routers

First Junos OS

Release on

MX2008

Routers

First Junos OS

Release on

MX2010

Routers

First Junos OS

Release on

MX2020

Routers

Fixed Configuration MPCs

16x10GE MPC MPC-3D-

16XGE-SFP

10.0R2

15.1F7

12.3

Chapter 6: Line Card Components and Descriptions

Table 53: MPCs Supported by MX240, MX480, MX960, MX2008, MX2010, and MX2020

Routers

(continued)

MPC Name

MPC Model

Number

First Junos OS

Release on

MX240,

MX480, and

MX960 Routers

First Junos OS

Release on

MX2008

Routers

First Junos OS

Release on

MX2010

Routers

First Junos OS

Release on

MX2020

Routers

Multiservices MPC

32x10GE MPC4E

13.2R4

12.3R2

15.1F7

15.1

12.3R2

15.1

12.3R2

2x100GE + 8x10GE

MPC4E

6x40GE + 24x10GE

MPC5E

MS-MPC

MPC4E-3D-

32XGE-SFPP

MPC4E-3D-

2CGE-8XGE

MPC5E-40G10G

12.3R2

13.3R2

15.1F7

12.3R2

13.3R2

12.3R2

13.3R2

6x40GE + 24x10GE

MPC5EQ

2x100GE + 4x10GE

MPC5E

2x100GE + 4x10GE

MPC5EQ

MPC7E (Multi-Rate)

MPC7E 10G

MPC5EQ-40G10G

MPC5E-100G10G

MPC5EQ-100G10G 13.3R3

MPC7E-MRATE

MPC7E-10G

13.3R2

13.3R3

• 15.1F4 with

Junos

Continuity

• 16.1R1 and later

•

15.1F5 with

Junos

Continuity

16.1R1 and later

15.1F7

13.3R2

13.3R3

• 15.1F4 with

Junos

Continuity

• 16.1R1 and later

•

15.1F5 with

Junos

Continuity

16.1R1 and later

13.3R2

13.3R3

• 15.1F4 with

Junos

Continuity

• 16.1R1 and later

•

15.1F5 with

Junos

Continuity

16.1R1 and later

MPCs

MPC1

MPC1E

MPC1 Q

MPC1E Q

MPC2

MX-MPC1-3D

MX-MPC1E-3D

MX-MPC1-3D-Q

MX-MPC1E-3D-Q

MX-MPC2-3D

10.2

11.2R4

10.2

11.2R4

10.1

15.1F7

12.3

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Table 53: MPCs Supported by MX240, MX480, MX960, MX2008, MX2010, and MX2020

Routers

(continued)

MPC Name

MPC Model

Number

First Junos OS

Release on

MX240,

MX480, and

MX960 Routers

First Junos OS

Release on

MX2008

Routers

First Junos OS

Release on

MX2010

Routers

First Junos OS

Release on

MX2020

Routers

MPC2E

MPC2 Q

MPC2E Q

MPC2 EQ

MX-MPC2E-3D

MX-MPC2-3D-Q

MX-MPC2E-3D-Q

MX-MPC2-3D-EQ

11.2R4

10.1

11.2R4

10.1

15.1F7

12.3

MPC2E EQ

MPC2E P

MPC2E NG

MPC2E NG Q

MPC3E

MPC3E NG

MPC3E NG Q

MPC6E

MPC8E

MX-MPC2E-3D-EQ 11.2R4

MX-MPC2E-3D-P 12.2

MX-MPC2E-3D-NG 14.1R4, 14.2R3

and Junos

Continuity

15.1

MX-MPC2E-3D-NG-Q 14.1R4, 14.2R3

and Junos

Continuity

15.1

MX-MPC3E-3D 12.1

MX-MPC3E-3D-NG 14.1R4, 14.2R3

and Junos

Continuity

15.1

MX-MPC3E-3D-NG-Q 14.1R4, 14.2R3

and Junos

Continuity

15.1

MX2K-MPC6E

MX2K-MPC8E

–

15.1F7

12.3

14.1R4, 14.2R3

and Junos

Continuity

15.1

14.1R4, 14.2R3

and Junos

Continuity

15.1

12.3

14.1R4, 14.2R3

and Junos

Continuity

15.1

14.1R4, 14.2R3

and Junos

Continuity

15.1

13.3R2

• 15.1F5 with

Junos

Continuity

• 16.1R1 and later

12.3

14.1R4, 14.2R3 and

Junos Continuity

15.1

14.1R4, 14.2R3 and

Junos Continuity

15.1

12.3

14.1R4, 14.2R3 and

Junos Continuity

15.1

14.1R4, 14.2R3 and

Junos Continuity

15.1

13.3R2

• 15.1F5 with

Junos

Continuity

• 16.1R1 and later

Chapter 6: Line Card Components and Descriptions

Table 53: MPCs Supported by MX240, MX480, MX960, MX2008, MX2010, and MX2020

Routers

(continued)

MPC Name

MPC Model

Number

First Junos OS

Release on

MX240,

MX480, and

MX960 Routers

First Junos OS

Release on

MX2008

Routers

First Junos OS

Release on

MX2010

Routers

First Junos OS

Release on

MX2020

Routers

MPC9E MX2K-MPC9E – 15.1F7

•

15.1F5 with

Junos

Continuity

16.1R1 and later

•

15.1F5 with

Junos

Continuity

16.1R1 and later

Documentation

• MX Series MPC Overview

•

• MX Series MIC Overview

•

• Junos Continuity Software Overview

• Pathfinder: Hardware Supported by Junos Continuity Software

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

CHAPTER 7

Power System Components and

Descriptions

•

•

MX960 AC Power Supply LEDs on page 103

•

•

MX960 DC Power Supply LEDs on page 105

•

MX960 Power System Overview

The MX960 router uses either AC or DC power supplies. The MX960 router is configurable with three or four normal-capacity AC power supplies, up to four high-capacity DC power supplies, and up to four high-capacity AC power supplies. The power supplies connect to the midplane, which distributes the different output voltages produced by the power supplies to the router components, depending on their voltage requirements.

CAUTION: The router cannot be powered from AC and DC power supplies simultaneously. The first type of power supply detected by the router when initially powered on determines the type of power supply allowed by the router. All installed power supplies of the other type are disabled by the router.

If you install a power supply of the other type while the router is operating, the router disables the power supply and generates an alarm.

All power supplies are hot-removable and hot-insertable. Each power supply is cooled by its own internal cooling system.

Unlike systems with previous MX960 AC supplies, the systems with MX Series high-capacity power supplies are zoned. No current sharing between power supplies is needed with the upgraded system because the redundancy changes from 3+1 per system to 1+1 per zone. For MX960 AC configurations, two zones are present. Two adjacent power supplies need to be installed in the chassis with two feeds attached.

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

NOTE: Two AC power cables are required when installing the high-capacity

AC power supplies.

NOTE: Routers configured with DC power supplies are shipped with a blank panel installed over the power distribution modules. Routers configured with

AC power supplies have no blank panel.

NOTE: When upgrading to enhanced power supplies, always upgrade power supplies in adjacent slots.

Documentation

•

•

•

“AC Power Cord Specifications for the

MX960 AC Power Supply Description

The MX960 requires special power supplies that are not interchangeable with the MX240,

MX480, or the MX2000 series routers. Two types of AC power supplies can be used: normal-capacity or high-capacity. Each AC power supply has a corresponding AC appliance inlet located in the MX960 chassis directly above the power supply. Additionally, high-capacity AC power supplies have an AC appliance inlet on the power supply itself.

Each inlet requires a dedicated AC power feed and a dedicated 15 A (250 VAC) circuit breaker. One power cord per feed is required. See

MX960 Router” on page 165

for more details.

Normal-capacity and high-capacity AC power supply configurations are zoned meaning that certain components in the MX960 chassis are powered by specific power supplies.

Normal-capacity AC power supply configurations have one overall zone that provides power to all components in the MX960 chassis. High-capacity AC power supply configurations have two zones that provide power to specific components in the MX960 chassis.

Figure 33 on page 99

and

Figure 34 on page 99

illustrate normal-capacity and high-capacity AC power supplies for the MX960.

Chapter 7: Power System Components and Descriptions

Figure 33: MX960 Normal-Capacity AC Power Supply

Figure 34: MX960 with High-Capacity AC Power Supplies Installed

Air exhaust

Input mode switch

AC Power supplies

Power supply ejectors

Grounding points ESD point

The minimum number of power supplies must be present in the router at all times. Refer to

Table 54 on page 99

Table 54: Minimum Number of Power Supplies Required for the MX960

Router Model Configuration

MX960 High-capacity AC

Minimum Required Number of Power

Supplies

One per zone x two zones = 2 power supplies

Model Number

PWR-MX960-4100-AC

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Table 54: Minimum Number of Power Supplies Required for the MX960

(continued)

MX960 Normal-capacity AC 2 PWR-MX960-AC

•

Normal-Capacity AC Power Supplies on page 100

•

High-Capacity AC Power Supplies on page 100

•

Understanding Input Mode Switch (DIP Switch) Settings on page 101

Normal-Capacity AC Power Supplies

The MX960 can be powered by three normal-capacity AC power supplies (non-redundant configuration) or four normal-capacity AC power supplies (redundant configuration). In a non-redundant configuration, the three AC power supplies share power almost equally within a fully-populated MX960 system. In a redundant configuration there is full power redundancy meaning if one power supply fails or is removed, the remaining power supplies instantly assume the entire electrical load without interruption and provide full power for the maximum configuration for as long as the router is operational.

NOTE: Each normal-capacity power supply must be connected to a dedicated

AC power feed and a dedicated customer site circuit breaker. Juniper recommends that you use a 15 A (250 VAC) minimum, or as required by local code.

High-Capacity AC Power Supplies

The MX960 can also be powered by two high-capacity AC power supplies. The high-capacity power supplies must be installed in adjacent slots in the chassis. They can operate in one-feed mode or two-feed mode. The maximum inrush current for a high-capacity AC power supply is 38A per feed at 264VAC.

In one-feed mode, the power supplies output power at a reduced capacity (1700W). In two-feed mode, the power supplies provide power at full capacity (4100W). To operate the MX960 at full capacity, you must use two-feed mode. High-capacity power supplies require one power cord per feed. Therefore, to operate the MX960 at full capacity, you will need two power cords.

Each high-capacity AC power supply accepts two AC feeds in two unique AC receptacles located on each power supply.

When using the high-capacity AC power supplies in one-feed mode, plug one end of the power cord into the corresponding AC receptacle directly above the power supply in the chassis and the other end into a DC outlet. When using the high-capacity power supply in two-feed mode, you need two power cords. Plug one power cord into the AC receptacle on the chassis and then plug the other end into a DC outlet. Next, plug the second power cord into the AC receptacle on the AC power supply and plug the other end into a DC outlet.

In high-capacity AC power supply configurations, there are two zones that provide power to specific components in the MX system. No current sharing between power supplies

Chapter 7: Power System Components and Descriptions is needed with the high-capacity system because the redundancy changes from 3+1 per system to 1+1 per zone.

lists the components that receive power for each zone in a high-capacity AC power supply configuration.

Table 55: Zoning for High-Capacity Power Supplies in an MX960

Chassis Power Configuration Zone Power Supply (PEM) Components Receiving Power

MX960 AC high-capacity power supplies

Zone 0

Zone 1

PEM 0 or 2

PEM 1 or 3

•

Lower fan tray

DPC/MPC slots 6 through 11

SCB slots 1 through 2

•

Upper fan tray

DPC/MPC slots 0 through 5

SCB slot 0

Understanding Input Mode Switch (DIP Switch) Settings

Each PSM has two input mode switches (DIP switches) on the faceplate. The DIP switches provide critical information to the power management subsystem to help generate alarms in case of a feed failure or a wrong connection. Each PSM has an LED per feed indicating whether the feed is active and whether the feed is properly connected. You must set the

DIP switch on each high-capacity AC power supply according to how many feeds are connected. When one feed is connected, the system is running in reduced capacity mode.

When two feeds are connected the system is running in full-capacity mode. Use these

DIP switch settings:

• Position-0 indicates one AC feed is present

• Position-1 indicates two AC feeds are present

Refer to

Figure 35 on page 101

Figure 35: Setting the Input Mode Switch (DIP Switch)

101

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Use the show chassis power command to verify that the DIP switch settings on the high-capacity AC power supplies are set to the correct position. Here are examples of the command output:

Example 1: Proper setting of the DIP switch user@host> show chassis power

PEM 0:

State: Online

AC input: OK (2 feed expected, 2 feed connected)

Capacity: 4100 W (maximum 4100 W)

DC output: 855 W (zone 0, 15 A at 57 V, 20% of capacity)

PEM 1:

State: Online

AC input: OK (1 feed expected, 1 feed connected)

Capacity: 1700 W (maximum 4100 W)

DC output: 969 W (zone 1, 17 A at 57 V, 57% of capacity)

In Example 1, PEM 0 is running at full capacity (4100 W) with two AC feeds expected and two AC feeds connected. This indicates that the DIP switch is properly set to Position 1 since two AC feeds are connected. The example also shows that PEM 1 is running at reduced capacity (1700W) with one AC feed expected and one AC feed connected. This indicates that the DIP switch is correctly set to Position 0 since one feed is present.

Example 2 shows the show chassis power command output when the DIP switch is set improperly:

Example 2: Improper Setting of the DIP Switch user@host> show chassis power

PEM 0:

State: Online

AC input: OK (2 feed expected, 2 feed connected)

Capacity: 4100 W (maximum 4100 W)

DC output: 0 W (zone 0, 0 A at 56 V, 0% of capacity)

PEM 1:

State: Present

AC input: Check (2 feed expected, 1 feed connected)

Capacity: 1700 W (maximum 4100 W)

The PEM 0 status indicates the system is Online , the AC Input is OK , is running at full capacity (4100 W) with two AC feeds expected and two AC feeds connected. But notice the status for PEM 1 . The State is Present and the AC input is Check (2 feed expected, 1 feed connected) . This indicates there is a mismatch between the DIP switch setting and the number of feeds connected. Therefore, the power supply is running at reduced capacity

(1700 W). If PEM 1 should be running at full-capacity, verify that there are two feeds connected to the power supplies and the DIP switch is set to position 1.

Documentation

•

Electrical Specifications for the MX960 AC Power Supply on page 151

•

Chapter 7: Power System Components and Descriptions

•

Calculating Power Requirements for MX960 Routers on page 161

•

AC Power Circuit Breaker Requirements for the MX960 Router on page 165

•

•

AC Power Cord Specifications for the MX960 Router on page 165

• Site Electrical Wiring Guidelines for MX Series Routers

•

Connecting Power to an AC-Powered MX960 Router with Normal-Capacity Power

Connecting Power to an AC-Powered MX960 Router with High-Capacity Power Supplies on page 229

•

•

MX960 Power Supply LEDs on the Craft Interface on page 17

MX960 AC Power Supply LEDs

Each AC power supply faceplate contains three LEDs that indicate the status of the power supply (see

Table 56 on page 103 ). The power supply status is also reflected in

two LEDs on the craft interface In addition, a power supply failure triggers the red alarm

LED on the craft interface.

Table 56: AC Power Supply LEDs

Label Color State Description

AC OK Green

DC OK Green

Off

AC power applied to power supply is not within the normal operating range.

AC power applied to power supply is within the normal operating range.

DC power outputs generated by the power supply are not within the normal operating ranges.

PS FAIL Red

Off

DC power outputs generated by the power supply are within the normal operating ranges.

Power supply is functioning normally.

Power supply is not functioning normally. Check AC OK and DC OK LEDs for more information.

Documentation

•

•

•

Figure 36 on page 104 ), located at the lower rear of the chassis in slots

103

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

MX960 DC Power Supply

In the DC power configuration, the router contains either two or four DC power supplies

(see

PEM0 through PEM3 (left to right). You can upgrade your DC power system from two to four power supplies. The DC power supplies in slots PEM0 and PEM2 provide power to the lower fan tray, DPC slots 6 through 11 , and SCB slots 1 and 2 . The DC power supplies in slots PEM1 and PEM3 provide power to the upper fan tray, DPC slots 0 through 5 , and

SCB slot 0 .

Four power supplies provide full redundancy. If a DC power supply fails, its redundant power supply takes over without interruption.

For existing power supplies, each DC power supply has a single DC input (–48 VDC and return). For high-capacity power supplies, each DC power supply has two DC inputs (–48

VDC and return).

The minimum number of power supplies must be present in the router at all times. See

Table 57 on page 104

for the minimum required number of power supplies.

Table 57: Minimum Required Number of DC Power Supplies

Router Model Configuration

MX960 High-capacity DC

Minimum Required Number of Power

Supplies

One per zone x two zones = 2 power supplies

Model Number

PWR-MX960-4100-DC

MX960 Normal-capacity DC 2 PWR-MX960-DC

Figure 36: DC Power Supply

Chapter 7: Power System Components and Descriptions

Figure 37: High-Capacity DC Power Supply

Each high-capacity DC power supply supports two DC feeds. You must set the input mode switch according to the number of DC feeds available for the power entry module(PEM). The input mode switch positions 0 and 1 indicate the following:

• Position 0 —Indicates that only one DC feed is provided.

• Position 1 —Indicates that two DC feeds are provided.

Documentation

•

MX960 DC Power Supply LEDs on page 105

•

Calculating Power Requirements for MX960 Routers on page 161

•

•

DC Power Circuit Breaker Requirements for the MX960 Router on page 183

•

DC Power Source Cabling for the MX960 Router on page 183

•

DC Power Cable Specifications for the MX960 Router on page 185

• Site Electrical Wiring Guidelines for MX Series Routers

MX960 DC Power Supply LEDs

Each DC power supply faceplate contains three LEDs that indicate the status of the power supply (see

Table 58 on page 106 ). The power supply status is also reflected in

two LEDs on the craft interface. In addition, a power supply failure triggers the red alarm

LED on the craft interface.

105

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Table 58: DC Power Supply LEDs

Label Color State Description

PWR OK Green Off

BREAKER

Green

Off

Power supply is not functioning normally. Check the INPUT OK LED for more information.

Power supply is functioning normally.

DC power supply circuit breaker is turned off.

INPUT OK Green

Yellow

Off

DC power supply circuit breaker is turned on.

DC input to the PEM is not present.

DC input is present and is connected in correct polarity.

DC input is present, but connected in reverse polarity.

Documentation

•

MX960 Power Supply LEDs on the Craft Interface on page 17

•

•

•

Electrical Specifications for the MX960 DC Power Supply on page 169

•

CHAPTER 8

Switch Fabric Components and

Descriptions

•

MX960 Switch Control Board LEDs on page 109

•

•

MX960 SCBE Description on page 110

•

MX960 SCBE LEDs on page 112

•

SCBE2-MX Description on page 113

•

SCBE2-MX LEDs on page 117

MX960 SCB Description

The SCB provides the following functions:

• Powers on and powers off DPCs, FPCs, and MPCs

• Controls clocking, system resets, and booting

• Monitors and controls system functions, including fan speed, board power status, PDM status and control, and the craft interface

• Provides interconnections to all the DPCs, FPCs, and MPCs within the chassis through the switch fabrics integrated into the SCB

The Routing Engine installs directly into a slot on the SCB (see

Figure 38 on page 108 ).

107

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Figure 38: SCB

SCB Slots

You can install up to three. The SCBs install vertically into the front of the chassis in the slots labeled 0 , 1 , and 2/6 . If any slots are empty, you must install a blank panel.

SCB Redundancy

SCBs installed in slots 0 and 1 provide nonredundant fabric connections. An SCB installed in slot 2/6 , in conjunction with SCBs in slots 0 and 1 , provides redundant fabrics, but the

Routing Engine installed on it receives no power and provides no additional routing functions. If no SCB is installed in slot 2/6 , you must install a blank panel in the slot (see

Table 59 on page 108 ).

Table 59: SCB Slot Mapping and Functionality

Functionality Slot 0 Slot 1 Slot 2/6

SCB – Full fabric

Full fabric and redundant Routing Engine SCB

Routing Engine

Redundant fabric and Routing Engine

SCB

Routing Engine

SCB

Routing Engine

SCB

Routing Engine

SCB

Routing Engine

–

SCB

Chapter 8: Switch Fabric Components and Descriptions

SCB Components

Each SCB consists of the following components:

• Chassis management Ethernet switch

• I2C bus logic, used for low-level communication with each component

• Component redundancy circuitry

• Control Board/Routing Engine mastership mechanism

• Gigabit Ethernet switch that is connected to the embedded CPU complex on all components

• Switch fabric—Provides the switching functions for the DPCs, FPCs, and MPCs

• Control field-programmable gate array (FPGA)—Provides the Peripheral Component

Interconnect (PCI) interface to the Routing Engine

• 1000Base-T Ethernet controller—Provides a 1-Gbps Ethernet link between the Routing

Engines

• Ethernet switch—Provides 1-Gbps link speeds between the Routing Engine and the

DPCs, FPCs, and MPCs

• Circuits for chassis management and control

• Power circuits for the Routing Engine and SCB

• LEDs—Provide status

Documentation

•

•

MX960 Switch Control Board LEDs on page 109

•

•

“MX960 SCB LEDs on the Craft Interface” on page 18

MX960 Switch Control Board LEDs

Three LEDs on the SCB indicate the status of the SCB. The LEDs, labeled FABRIC ACTIVE ,

FABRIC ONLY , and OK/FAIL , are located directly on the SCB.

Table 60 on page 109

describes the functions of the SCB LEDs.

Table 60: SCB-MX LEDs

Label Color State Description

Green On steadily Fabric is in active mode.

FABRIC

ACTIVE

FABRIC

ONLY

Green

–

On steadily SCB-MX operates in fabric-only mode.

Off SCB-MX operates in fabric/control board mode.

109

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Table 60: SCB-MX LEDs

(continued)

Label Color State Description

OK/FAIL Green

Red

–

On steadily SCB-MX is online.

On steadily SCB-MX has failed.

Off SCB-MX is offline.

Each SCB also has two LEDs on the craft interface that indicate its status. The SCB LEDs, labeled 0 and 1 , are located along the bottom of the craft interface. For more information about the SCB LEDs on the craft interface, see

Documentation

•

•

•

MX960 SCBE Description

The MX SCBE serves the carrier Ethernet services router and carrier Ethernet transport markets that require higher-capacity traffic support demanding greater interface density

(slot and capacity scale), as well as improved services. The upgraded SCB is supported on MX960, MX480, and MX240 routers. Some key attributes of the MX SCBE are:

• 160 Gbps/slot bandwidth with redundant fabric support, and improved fabric performance by using the next-generation fabric (XF) chip

• A central clocking module and a centralized clocking architecture that supports clock cleanup and distribution. The Stratum 3 clock module performs clock monitoring, filtering, and holdover in a centralized chassis location

• Full performance with fabric redundancy for higher capacity line cards such as 16x10GE and MPC3

The Routing Engine installs directly into a slot on the MX SCBE (see

Figure 39 on page 111 ).

Figure 39: MX SCBE

SCBE-MX

Chapter 8: Switch Fabric Components and Descriptions

MX SCBE Slots

You can install up to three MX SCBEs. The MX SCBEs install vertically into the front of the chassis in the slots labeled 0 , 1 , and 2 . If any slots are empty, you must install a blank panel.

MX SCBE Redundancy

If three MX SCBEs are installed, the third MX SCBE functions as the backup.

MX SCBE Components

Each MX SCBE consists of the following components:

• I2C bus logic, used for low-level communication with each component

• Component redundancy circuitry

• Control Board/Routing Engine mastership mechanism

• Gigabit Ethernet switch that is connected to the embedded CPU complex on all components

• External clock interface—Allows BITS or GPS clock source input to the centralized timing circuit, or allows centralized timing to be output to BITS or GPS

111

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

• Switch fabric—Provides the switching functions for the DPCs, FPCs, and MPCs

• Control field-programmable gate array (FPGA)—Provides the Peripheral Component

Interconnect (PCI) interface to the Routing Engine

• 1000Base-T Ethernet controller—Provides a 1-Gbps Ethernet link between the Routing

Engines

• Circuits for chassis management and control

• Power circuits for the Routing Engine and SCBE

• LEDs—Provide status of the SCBE and clocking interface

Documentation

•

MX960 SCBE LEDs on page 112

•

•

Upgrading an MX960 SCB to SCBE on page 413

MX960 SCBE LEDs

The FABRIC ACTIVE , FABRIC ONLY , and OK/FAIL LEDs indicate the status of the MX

SCBE. The BITS , GPS , and UTI LEDs, located next to the EXT CLK port, indicate the status of the respective clocking interface.

Table 61 on page 112

describes the functions of the

MX SCBE LEDs.

Table 61: MX SCBE LEDs

Label Color State Description

Green On steadily Fabric is in active mode.

FABRIC

ACTIVE

FABRIC

ONLY

Green On steadily MX SCBE operates in fabric-only mode.

OK/FAIL

–

Green

Red

–

Red

–

Off MX SCBE operates in fabric/control board mode.

On steadily MX SCBE is online.

On steadily MX SCBE has failed.

Off MX SCBE is offline.

On steadily GPS clocking interface has failed.

Off GPS clocking interface is offline.

NOTE: The LEDs BITS , GPS , and UTI are not currently supported.

Chapter 8: Switch Fabric Components and Descriptions

Table 61: MX SCBE LEDs

(continued)

Label Color State Description

BITS Green

GPS

Red

–

Green

On steadily Building-integrated timing supply (BITS) clocking interface is active.

On steadily BITS clocking interface has failed.

Off BITS clocking interface is offline.

On steadily Global positioning system (GPS) clocking interface is active.

UTI

Red

–

Green

Red

–

On steadily GPS clocking interface has failed.

Off GPS clocking interface is offline.

On steadily Universal Timing Interface (UTI) clocking interface is active.

On steadily UTI clocking interface has failed.

Off UTI clocking interface is offline.

Documentation

•

MX960 SCBE Description on page 110

•

Upgrading an MX960 SCB to SCBE on page 413

•

SCBE2-MX Description

The SCBE2-MX features the third-generation fabric on the MX960, MX480, and MX240 routers. It uses the XF2 ASIC fabric chip, providing support for higher interface density

(slot and capacity scale) as well as improved services. The SCBE2-MX was released with

Junos release 13.3R1.

The SCBE2-MX is installed vertically in the MX960 chassis and horizontally in the MX480 and MX240 chassis. The routing engine is installed directly into a slot on the SCBE2-MX

(see

Figure 40 on page 114

113

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Figure 40: SCBE2-MX

114

Software release

Requirements

SCBE2-MX Features

•

Junos OS Release 13.3 R1 and later

Name in CLI: SCBE2

For proper cooling, you must install MX-series high-capacity fan trays in the MX chassis.

Additionally, for the MX960, you must install a high-capacity filter tray.

• Provides improved fabric performance for high-capacity line cards using the third generation fabric XF2 chip.

•

Provides bandwidth of up to 340 Gbps per slot with redundant fabric support and 480 Gbps per slot without redundant fabric support.

Provides a central clocking module and a centralized clocking architecture that supports clock cleanup and distribution. The Stratum 3 clock module performs clock monitoring, filtering, and holdover at a centralized chassis location.

•

Supports dynamic multicast replication.

Supports GRES.

Supports MPC line cards. Does not support DPCs.

Allows you to configure the system such that one SCBE2-MX supports a GPS interface, and the other SCBE2-MX supports a BITS interface.

•

Provides support for cross-coupling of clock input. This requires an enhanced midplane:

MX960—CHAS-BP3-MX960-S

MX480—CHAS-BP3-MX480-S

MX240—CHAS-BP3-MX240-S

Chapter 8: Switch Fabric Components and Descriptions

SCBE2-MX Components • Two 10-Gigabit Ethernet SFP+ ports. SFP+ port 0 can be used to connect an external device as a Router Reflector. SFP+ port 1 is unused.

Control Board and Routing Engine (CB-RE) mastership mechanism.

•

• External clock interface—Allows BITS or GPS clock source input to the centralized timing circuit, or allows centralized timing to be output to BITS or GPS.

Switch fabric—Provides switching functions for MPCs.

•

1000Base-T Ethernet controller—Provides a 1-Gbps Ethernet link between the Routing Engines.

Power circuits for the Routing Engine and the SCBE2-MX.

LEDs—Provide status of the SCBE2-MX and the clocking interface.

SCBE2-MX Slots For the MX960:

•

You can install up to three SCBE2-MX’s in the MX960 router chassis.

SCBE2-MX’s are installed vertically into the front of the MX960 chassis in the slots labeled 0 ,

1 , and 2 . If any slots are empty, you must install a blank panel.

The two SCBE2-MX’s residing in slot 6 and slot 7 of the MX960 chassis provide both control and switch fabric features, while the third SCBE2-MX residing in slot 8 of the chassis (hybrid slot) will only do fabric functions.

For the MX480 and MX240 routers:

• You can install either one or two SCBE2-MX’s in the MX480 and MX240 router chassis.

SCBE2-MX’s are installed horizontally into the front of the MX480 and MX240 chassis in the slots labeled 0 and 1. If any slots are empty, you must install a blank panel.

SCBE2-MX Fabric

Planes and Redundancy

For the MX960:

• Each SCBE2-MX provides two switch fabric planes for packet forwarding among the MPCs in the MX960.

•

The MX960 chassis may contain up to three SCBE2-MX's Therefore, six fabric planes are available.

Three SCBE2-MX’s are required for 2 + 1 redundancy.

•

In redundant fabric mode, four fabric planes from the first two SCBE2-MX’s will be in Active mode, and two fabric planes from the third SCBE2-MX will be in Spare mode.

In an increased fabric bandwidth mode, all six fabric planes will be in Active mode.

For the MX240 and MX480 routers:

• Each SCBE2-MX provides four switch fabric planes for packet forwarding among the MPCs in the MX480 and MX240 chassis.

• The MX480 and MX240 routers contain a maximum of two SCBE2-MX’s. Therefore, eight logical planes are available.

Two SCBE2-MX’s are required for 1 + 1 redundancy.

•

• In redundant fabric mode, four fabric planes from the first SCBE2-MX will be in Active mode, and four fabric planes from the second SCBE2-MX will be in Spare mode.

In an increased fabric bandwidth mode, all eight fabric planes will be in Active mode.

•

• Each fabric ASIC is configured in virtual plane mode, where two virtual planes exist on one fabric ASIC.

Weight and Dimensions

•

Weight: 9.6 lb (4.4 kg) (with Routing Engine installed)

Width: 17 in (43.2 cm)

Depth: 22 in (55.9 cm)

Height: 1.25 in (3.2 cm) height.

115

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Maximum Power

Requirements

LEDs

SCBE2-MX (applies to MX240, MX480, and MX960)

185 W at 55° C

160 W at 40° C

155 W at 25° C

•

FABRIC ACTIVE , FABRIC ONLY , and OK/FAIL LEDs indicate the status of the SCBE2-MX.

The BITS , GPS , and UTI LEDs, located next to the EXT CLK port, indicate the status of the respective clocking interface.

The LINK LED located next to the two Ethernet ports, indicate the status of the respective SFP+ interface.

For more information about the SCBE2-MX LEDs, see

“SCBE2-MX LEDs” on page 117

SCBE2 Interoperability with Existing Hardware

SCBE2 Operating Mode MX240/480/960

Mixed Mode Allowed

(DPC+MPC in a chassis)

DPC/MS-DPC

MS-MPC

MPC1/MPC2

MPC3

16x10G MPC

MPC4

Enhanced IP/Enhanced

Ethernet Mode Only

Routing Engines

MPC2-NG/MPC3-NG

MPC5

MPC6

MPC7 (480G)

MPC8 (960 Gbps)/MPC9 (1.6Tbps)

RE-S-1300(EOLed)

RE-S-2000 (EOLed)

RE-S-1800

RE-S-X6-64G

Yes

No yes yes yes yes

Supported

Yes

Documentation

• MX-Series Switch Control Board (SBC) Overview

•

SCBE2-MX LEDs on page 117

Chapter 8: Switch Fabric Components and Descriptions

SCBE2-MX LEDs

FABRIC ACTIVE , FABRIC ONLY , and OK/FAIL LEDs indicate the status of the SCBE2-MX.

The BITS , GPS , and UTI LEDs, located next to the EXT CLK port, indicate the status of the respective clocking interface. The LINK LED located next to the two Ethernet ports, indicate the status of the respective SFP+ interface.

Table 62 on page 117

describes the functions of the SCBE2-MX LEDs.

Table 62: SCBE2-MX LEDs

Label Color State Description

Green On steadily Fabric is in active mode.

FABRIC

ACTIVE

FABRIC

ONLY

OK/FAIL

Green

–

Green

Red

–

On steadily SCBE2-MX operates in fabric-only mode.

Off SCBE2-MX operates in fabric or control-board mode.

On steadily SCBE2-MX is online.

On steadily SCBE2-MX has failed.

Off SCBE2-MX is offline.

BITS Green

GPS

UTI

LINK

Red

–

Green

Red

–

Green

Red

–

Green

–

On steadily Building-integrated timing supply (BITS) clocking interface is active.

On steadily BITS clocking interface has failed.

Off BITS clocking interface is offline.

On steadily Global positioning system (GPS) clocking interface is active.

On steadily GPS clocking interface has failed.

Off GPS clocking interface is offline.

On steadily Universal Timing Interface (UTI) clocking interface is active.

On steadily UTI clocking interface has failed.

Off UTI clocking interface is offline.

On steadily Port is enabled and link is established.

Off Port is disabled or no link is established.

117

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Documentation

•

SCBE2-MX Description on page 113

• MX-Series Switch Control Board (SBC) Overview

PART 2

Site Planning, Preparation, and

Specifications

•

Preparation Overview on page 121

•

Transceiver and Cable Specifications on page 133

•

Pinout Specifications on page 145

•

AC Power Requirements, Specifications, and Guidelines on page 151

•

DC Power Requirements, Specifications, and Guidelines on page 169

119

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

CHAPTER 9

Preparation Overview

•

MX960 Router Physical Specifications on page 121

•

MX960 Router Environmental Specifications on page 124

•

•

Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance for the MX960

•

Router on page 128

•

MX960 Cabinet Size and Clearance Requirements on page 130

•

MX960 Router Physical Specifications

Table 63 on page 121

summarizes the physical specifications for the router chassis.

Table 63: Physical Specifications

Description Weight Width Depth Height

Standard chassis dimensions

Standard chassis with midplane, two fan trays, air filter, and standard cable manager: 150 lb

(68.04 kg)

17.37 in. (44.11 cm)

(excluding the mounting flanges or brackets)

Standard chassis with maximum configuration: 350 lb

(158.76 kg)

Standard chassis with components removed: 150 lb

(68.04 kg)

23.0 in. (58.42 cm)

(from front-mounting flange to chassis rear)

27.75 in. (70.49 cm)

Total depth (including standard cable manager)

27.75 in. (70.49 cm)

121

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Table 63: Physical Specifications

(continued)

Description Weight Width Depth Height

Router with extended cable manager installed

Chassis with midplane, two fan trays, air filter, and extended cable manager: 174 lb

(78.93 kg)

Chassis with extended cable manager and maximum configuration: 374 lb

(169.64 kg)

17.37 in. (44.11 cm)

(excluding the mounting flanges or brackets)

Chassis with components removed: 174 lb

(78.93 kg)

23.0 in. (58.42 cm)

(from front-mounting flange to chassis rear)

36.5 in. (92.7 cm) high

Total depth (including extended cable manager) approximately

29.00 in. (73.7 cm)

Router with high-capacity power supplies installed

Standard chassis with midplane, two fan trays, air filter, and standard cable manager: 195 lb

(88.45 kg)

17.37 in. (44.11 cm)

(excluding the mounting flanges or brackets)

Standard chassis with maximum configuration: 395 lb

(179.17 kg)

Standard chassis with components removed: 195 lb

(88.45 kg)

Router with high-capacity power supplies installed.

Depth with high-capacity AC power supply is

30.65" (77.9 cm); depth with high-capacity DC power supply is

32.85" (83.4 cm).

27.75 in. (70.49 cm)

Craft interface

DPC

8.5 in (21.6 cm)

22 in (55.9 cm)

6.25 in (15.9 cm)

1.25 in (3.2 cm)

FPC

PIC

MPC weight (fixed configuration)

MPC (without MICs)

1.5 lb (0.68 kg)

FPC2: 15 lb (6.8 kg)

FPC3: 14 lb (6.5 kg)

17 in (43.2 cm)

Maximum up to 14.5 lb

(6.6 kg)

17 in (43.2 cm)

Blank panel in DPC slot: 9 lb

17 in (43.2 cm)

2 lb (0.9 kg)

18.35 lb (8.3 kg)

7.75 in (28.3 cm)

17 in (43.2 cm)

14 lb (6.4 kg) 17 in (43.2 cm)

22 in (55.9 cm)

11.125 in (19.7 cm)

22 in (55.9 cm)

2.5 in (6.4 cm)

4.125 in (10.5 cm)

1.25 in (3.2 cm)

Chapter 9: Preparation Overview

Table 63: Physical Specifications

(continued)

Description Weight Width

MIC

AC power supply

High-capacity AC power supply

DC power supply

Maximum up to 1.2 lb

(0.54 kg)

6.25 in (15.9 cm)

5 lb (2.3 kg) each

11.9 lb (5.4 kg) each

14.5 in (36.8 cm)

3.8 lb (1.7 kg) 14.5 in (36.8 cm)

14.5 in (36.8 cm) High-capacity DC power supply

Air filter

SCB

SCBE

SCBE2

15.8 lb (7.2 kg)

1 lb (0.5 kg)

9.6 lb (4.4 kg) (with

Routing Engine installed)

9.6 lb (4.4 kg) (with

Routing Engine installed)

9.6 lb (4.4 kg) (with

Routing Engine installed)

Routing Engine

(RE-S-1800)

Routing Engine

(RE-S-X6-64G)

Upper fan tray

Lower fan tray

2.4 lb (1.1 kg)

2.69 lb (1.18 kg)

13 lb (5.9 kg)

High-capacity fan tray

Standard cable manager

13 lb (5.9 kg)

4.1 lb (1.9 kg

Extended cable manager 39 lb (2.3 kg)

16.7 in (42.4 cm)

17 in (43.2 cm)

11 in (27.9 cm)

10.7 in (27.18 cm)

16.9 in (43 cm)

18.9 in (43 cm)

24.5 in (62.2 cm)

Documentation

•

•

Tools and Parts Required to Maintain the MX960 Router on page 445

Depth

6.8 in (17.3 cm)

Height

1.25 in (3.2 cm)

4 in (10.2 cm)

6.85 in (12.92 cm)

1.75 in (4.4 cm)

4 in (10.2 cm)

9.05 in (22.99 cm)

1.75 in (4.4 cm)

19.7 in (50 cm)

22 in (55.9 cm)

0.43 in (1.1 cm)

1.25 in (3.2 cm)

22 in (55.9 cm)

1.25 in (3.2 cm)

7.75 in (19.7 cm)

7.47 in (18.97 cm)

20.6 in (3.6 cm)

20.6 in (52.3 cm)

5.5 in (14 cm)

30 in (78 cm)

1.25 in (3.2 cm)

1.19 in (3.02 cm)

1.4 in (3.6 cm)

6.7 in (17 cm)

24.25 in (61.6 cm)

123

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

MX960 Router Environmental Specifications

Table 64 on page 124

specifies the environmental specifications required for normal router operation. In addition, the site should be as dust-free as possible.

Table 64: Router Environmental Specifications

Description Value

Altitude

Relative humidity

Temperature

Seismic

No performance degradation to 10,000 ft (4038 m)

Normal operation ensured in relative humidity range of 5% to 90%, noncondensing

Normal operation ensured in temperature range of 32°F (0°C) to

104°F (40°C)

Nonoperating storage temperature in shipping container:

–40°F (–40°C) to 158°F (70°C)

Designed to meet Telcordia Technologies Zone 4 earthquake requirements

Maximum thermal output AC power: 27,007 BTU/hour (7920 W)

DC power: 18,987 BTU/hour (5568 W)

NOTE: Install the router only in restricted areas, such as dedicated equipment rooms and equipment closets, in accordance with Articles 110-16, 110-17, and

110-18 of the National Electrical Code, ANSI/NFPA 70.

Documentation

•

• Definition of Safety Warning Levels

MX960 Site Preparation Checklist

The checklist in

Table 65 on page 124

summarizes the tasks you must perform when preparing a site for router installation.

Table 65: MX960 Site Preparation Checklist

Item or Task For More Information Performed By Date

Verify that environmental factors such as temperature and humidity do not exceed router tolerances.

“MX960 Router Environmental

Specifications” on page 124

Chapter 9: Preparation Overview

Table 65: MX960 Site Preparation Checklist

(continued)

Item or Task For More Information

Select the type of rack or cabinet.

“MX960 Cabinet Size and Clearance

Requirements” on page 130

“MX960 Rack Requirements” on page 125

Plan rack or cabinet location, including required space clearances.

“MX960 Cabinet Size and Clearance

Requirements” on page 130

“MX960 Rack Requirements” on page 125 ,

“Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance for the

MX960 Router” on page 128

If a rack is used, secure rack to floor and building structure.

“MX960 Rack Requirements” on page 125

Acquire cables and connectors.

Performed By

Locate sites for connection of system grounding.

Measure distance between external power sources and router installation site.

“MX960 Router Grounding

Specifications” on page 145

Calculate the optical power budget and optical power margin.

“Calculating Power Budget and

Power Margin for Fiber-Optic Cables” on page 140

Date

Documentation

•

Installing an MX960 Router Overview on page 203

•

Rack Size and Strength on page 126

MX960 Rack Requirements

The router can be installed in many types of racks, including four-post (telco) racks and open-frame racks. An example of an open-frame rack appears in

Figure 41 on page 126 .

125

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Figure 41: Typical Open-Frame Rack

•

•

Spacing of Mounting Bracket Holes on page 127

•

Connection to the Building Structure on page 128

Rack Size and Strength

The size, strength, and location of the rack must accommodate the router's weight and external dimensions. The location of the rack must allow for the clearance requirements specified in

“Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance for the

MX960 Router” on page 128 .

The chassis is 17.37 in. (44.11 cm) wide. The router is designed for installation in a standard

19-in. rack, as defined in Cabinets, Racks, Panels, and Associated Equipment (document number EIA-310-D) published by the Electronic Components Industry Association (ECIA)

( http://www.ecianow.org

). The spacing of the holes between the left and right front-mounting flanges and center-mounting brackets is 19 in. (48.3 cm) apart. However, the inner edge of the rack rails must allow sufficient space for the width of the chassis.

With the use of adapters or approved wing devices to narrow the opening between the rails, the router can fit into a 600-mm-wide rack, as defined in the four-part Equipment

Chapter 9: Preparation Overview

Engineering (EE); European telecommunications standard for equipment practice

(document numbers ETS 300 119-1 through 119-4) published by the European

Telecommunications Standards Institute ( http://www.etsi.org

The weight, height, and depth of the router depends on the type of cable manager installed.

With the standard cable manager installed, use these guidelines:

• The rack must have sufficient vertical usable space to accomodate the height of the router: 27.75 in. (70.49 cm) high (approximately 16 U.),. You can stack three MX960 routers with the standard cable manager in a rack that has at least 48 U (89.3 in. or

2.24 m).

NOTE: A U is the standard rack unit defined in Cabinets, Racks, Panels, and

Associated Equipment (document number EIA-310-D) published by the

Electronic Components Industry Association (ECIA)

( http://www.ecianow.org

• The location of the rack must provide sufficient space to accomodate the depth of the router. The chassis is 23.0 in. (58.42 cm) deep, but The standard cable manager extends the depth to 28.0 in. (71.1 cm).

• The rack must be strong enough to support the weight of the fully configured router, up to 350 lb (158.76 kg). If you stack three fully configured routers, it must be capable of supporting up to 1,050 lb (476.3 kg).

With the extended cable manager installed, use these guidelines:

• The rack must have sufficient vertical usable space to accomodate the additional height of the extended cable manager: 36.5 in. (92.7 cm) high (approximately 21 U).

You can stack two MX960 routers in a rack that has at least 48 U (89.3 in. or 2.24 m).

• The rack must be able to accomodate the additional depth of the extended cable manager. The chassis with the extended cable manager installed is29.00 in. (73.7 cm) deep.

• The rack must be strong enough to support up to 374 lb (169.64 kg). If you stack two fully configured routers, it must be capable of supporting up to 748 lb (339.28 kg).

Spacing of Mounting Bracket Holes

The holes within each set are spaced at 1 U (1.75 in. or 4.5 cm). The router can be mounted in any rack that provides holes spaced at those distances.

The router can be mounted in any rack that provides holes or hole patterns spaced at 1U

(1.75 in.) increments. The mounting brackets and front-mount flanges used to attach the chassis to a rack are designed to fasten to holes spaced at those distances.

127

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Connection to the Building Structure

Always secure the rack to the structure of the building. If your geographical area is subject to earthquakes, bolt the rack to the floor. For maximum stability, also secure the rack to ceiling brackets.

Documentation

•

Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance for the MX960 Router on page 128

•

MX960 Cabinet Size and Clearance Requirements on page 130

•

•

Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance for the MX960 Router

When planning the installation site, you need to allow sufficient clearance around the rack (see

Figure 43 on page 129 ):

• For the cooling system to function properly, the airflow around the chassis must be unrestricted.

• For service personnel to remove and install hardware components, there must be adequate space at the front and back of the router. At least 24 in. (61 cm) is required both in front of and behind the router. NEBS GR-63 recommends that you allow at least 30 in. (76.2 cm) behind the router.

Airflow must always be from front to back with respect to the rack. The device must not interfere with the cooling of other systems in the rack. Fillers must be used as appropriate in the rack to ensure there is no recirculation of heated exhaust air back to the front of the rack. Care must also be taken around cables to ensure that no leakage of air in situations where recirculation may result.

• Additional clearance is required to accommodate the height and depth of the chassis with the extended cable manager:

• 36.5 in. (92.7 cm) high

• 29.00 in. (73.7 cm) deep approximately

• Additional clearance is also required to accommodate the depth of the MX960 high-capacity power supplies; they extend beyond the chassis as shown in

Table 66 on page 128

Table 66: Clearance Requirements for High-Capacity Power Supplies

Power Supply Additional depth requirement

MX960 high-capacity AC power supply

MX960 high-capacity DC power supply

2.85” (7.24 cm)

5.05” (12.83 cm)

Chapter 9: Preparation Overview

Figure 42: Chassis Dimensions and Clearance Requirements for the

MX960 Router with the Normal-Capacity Power Supplies

Total depth with extended cable manager

29.0”

(73.7 cm)

30" (76.2 cm) clearance recommended

27.8”

(70.6 cm)

23.0"

(58.4 cm)

Total depth with standard cable manager

30" (76.2 cm) clearance recommended for maintenance

Front of chassis

19.2"

(48.7 cm)

17.4"

(44.2 cm)

Rear of chassis

Standard cable manager

Extended cable manager

Front-mounting flange

Figure 43: Chassis Dimensions and Clearance Requirements for the

MX960 Router with the Standard Cable Manager and High-Capacity DC

Power Supplies

24" (61 cm) clearance required

34.8"

(88.4 cm)

24.5"

(62.2 cm)

39.3" (100 cm) clearance recommended

Front of chassis

19.2"

(48.7 cm)

17.4"

(44.2 cm)

Rear of chassis

Standard cable manager

Extended cable manager

Front-mounting flange

Documentation

•

•

MX960 Cabinet Size and Clearance Requirements on page 130

•

•

Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance for the MX960 Router on page 128

129

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

MX960 Cabinet Size and Clearance Requirements

The minimum size cabinet that can accommodate the router is 600 mm wide and

800 mm deep. A cabinet larger than the minimum requirement provides better airflow and reduces the chance of overheating. To accommodate a single router, the cabinet must be at least 16 U high. If you provide adequate cooling air and airflow clearance in a cabinet that has at least 48 U (89.3 in. or 224 mm) of usable vertical space, you can stack three routers with the standard cable manger installed, or two routers with the extended cable manager installed.

The minimum front and rear clearance requirements depend on the mounting configuration you choose. The minimum total clearance inside the cabinet is 39.4 in or

1000 mm. between the inside of the front door and the inside of the rear door.

Documentation

•

•

•

•

Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance for the MX960 Router on page 128

MX960 Cabinet Airflow Requirements

Before you install the router in a cabinet, you must ensure that ventilation through the cabinet is sufficient to prevent overheating. Consider the following requirements to when planning for chassis cooling:

• Ensure that the cool air supply you provide through the cabinet can adequately dissipate the thermal output of the router.

• Ensure that the cabinet allows the chassis hot exhaust air to exit from the cabinet without recirculating into the router. An open cabinet (without a top or doors) that employs hot air exhaust extraction from the top allows the best airflow through the chassis. If the cabinet contains a top or doors, perforations in these elements assist with removing the hot air exhaust. For an illustration of chassis airflow, see

Figure 44 on page 131 .

• Install the router as close as possible to the front of the cabinet so that the cable manager just clears the inside of the front door. This maximizes the clearance in the rear of the cabinet for critical airflow.

• Route and dress all cables to minimize the blockage of airflow to and from the chassis.

Figure 44: Airflow Through the Chassis

Chapter 9: Preparation Overview

Documentation

•

•

MX960 Cabinet Size and Clearance Requirements on page 130

•

•

Network Cable and Transceiver Overview for ACX Series and M Series

131

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

CHAPTER 10

Transceiver and Cable Specifications

•

Routers on page 133

•

Supported Network Interface Standards by Transceiver for ACX Series, MX Series, M

Series, and T Series Routers on page 134

•

Understanding Fiber-Optic Cable Signal Loss, Attenuation, and Dispersion on page 139

•

Calculating Power Budget and Power Margin for Fiber-Optic Cables on page 140

•

Routing Engine Interface Cable and Wire Specifications for MX Series Routers on page 142

Network Cable and Transceiver Overview for ACX Series and M Series Routers

Juniper Networks devices support a variety of fixed and pluggable transceivers and network cable, including multimode and single-mode fiber-optic cable. For a list of transceivers supported on these platforms, see The Hardware Compatibility Tool .

For transceiver and cable specifications, see:

• Ethernet 10BASE-T Copper Interface Specifications

• Fast Ethernet 100BASE-T Copper Interface Specifications

• Gigabit Ethernet 1000BASE-T Copper Interface Specifications

• Fast Ethernet 100BASE-FX Optical Interface Specifications

• Fast Ethernet and Gigabit Ethernet Bidirectional SFP Optical Interface Specifications

• Gigabit Ethernet 1000BASE Optical Interface Specifications

• 10-Gigabit Ethernet 10GBASE Optical Interface Specifications

• 40-Gigabit Ethernet 40GBASE-R Optical Interface Specifications

• 100-Gigabit Ethernet 100GBASE-R Optical Interface Specifications

• SONET/SDH OC3/STM1 Optical Interface Specifications

• SONET/SDH OC12/STM4 Optical Interface Specifications

• SONET/SDH OC48/STM16 Optical Interface Specifications

• SONET/SDH OC192/STM64 Optical Interface Specifications

133

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Documentation

•

Understanding Fiber-Optic Cable Signal Loss, Attenuation, and Dispersion on page 139

•

Calculating Power Budget and Power Margin for Fiber-Optic Cables on page 140

Supported Network Interface Standards by Transceiver for ACX Series, MX Series, M

Series, and T Series Routers

and

list the transceivers supported by ACX,

MX, M, and T Series devices.

NOTE: Not all transceivers are supported on all devices. To determine which transceivers are supported in a particular device, see the “Cables and

Connectors” section for each PIC, MIC, or line card in the Interface Module

Reference for your device, or see the Hardware Compatibility Tool .

TIP: You can use the Hardware Compatibility Tool to find information about the pluggable transceivers supported on your Juniper Networks device.

•

lists the supported Ethernet standards for each transceiver.

•

lists the supported SONET standards for each transceiver.

Some transceivers support monitoring by using the operational mode CLI command show interfaces diagnostics optics . To determine which transceivers support monitoring, refer to the “Monitoring Available” column in

and

For a description of the monitoring fields displayed by the transceiver, see show interfaces diagnostics optics (Gigabit Ethernet, 10-Gigabit Ethernet, 40-Gigabit Ethernet, 100-Gigabit

Ethernet, and Virtual Chassis Port) or show interfaces diagnostics optics (SONET) .

CAUTION: If you face a problem running a Juniper Networks device that uses a third-party optic or cable, the Juniper Networks Technical Assistance Center

(JTAC) can help you diagnose the source of the problem. Your JTAC engineer might recommend that you check the third-party optic or cable and potentially replace it with an equivalent Juniper Networks optic or cable that is qualified for the device.

NOTE: For XFP transceivers that can support either the 10-Gigabit Ethernet or SONET OC192/STM64 specifications, check the standard supported for the device into which the transceiver is installed. For example, the

XFP-10G-E-OC192-IR2 transceiver installed in a 10-Gigabit Ethernet PIC supports the 10GBASE-E standard. However, the XFP-10G-E-OC192-IR2 transceiver installed in a SONET OC192/STM64 PIC supports the SONET

OC192/STM64 IR2 standard.

Chapter 10: Transceiver and Cable Specifications

is organized by transmission speed and then alphabetically by model number.

Table 67: Supported Ethernet Standards

Standard Transceiver Specifications

Ethernet 10BASE, Fast Ethernet 100BASE, and Gigabit Ethernet 1000BASE Specifications

100BASE-FX SFP-1FE-FX

10/100/1000 BASE-T

1000BASE-LH

SFP-1GE-FE-E-T

SFP-1GE-LH

1000BASE-LX

1000BASE-LX10

1000BASE-SX

SFP-1GE-LX

1000BASE-T

100BASE-BX

1000BASE-BX

SFP-1GE-SX

SFP-1GE-T

SFP-FE20KT13R15

SFP-FE20KT15R13

SFP-GE10KT13R14

SFP-GE10KT13R15

1000BASE-EX

SFP-GE10KT14R13

SFP-GE10KT15R13

SFP-GE40KT13R15

SFP-GE40KT15R13

SFP-GE40KM

135

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

10GBASE-ER

10GBASE-LR

10GBASE-Z

10GBASE-ER

10GBASE-LR

10GBASE-LRM

10GBASE-SR

10GBASE-ZR

10GBASE-ER

Table 67: Supported Ethernet Standards

(continued)

Standard Transceiver Specifications

SFP CWDM SFP-GE80KCW1470-ET

SFP-GE80KCW1490-ET

SFP-GE80KCw1510-ET

SFP-GE80KCW1530-ET

SFP-GE80KCW1550-ET

SFP-GE80KCW1570-ET

SFP-GE80KCW1590-ET

SFP-GE80KCW1610-ET

10-Gigabit Ethernet

10GBASE Specifications

10-Gigabit Ethernet dense wavelength-division multiplexing (DWDM)

10-Gigabit Ethernet dense wavelength-division multiplexing (DWDM) OTN

10GBASE-Z

SFPP-10GE-LRM

PC-1XGE-DWDM-CBAND

SFPP-10GE-LRM

PC-1XGE-DWDM-OTN

SFPP-10G-CT50-ZR

SFPP-10G-DT-ZRC2

SFPP-10G-ER-OTN

SFPP-10G-LR-OTN

SFPP-10G-ZR-OTN-XT

SFPP-10GE-ER

SFPP-10GE-LR

SFPP-10GE-LRM

SFPP-10GE-SR

SFPP-10GE-ZR

XENPAK-1XGE-ER

Table 67: Supported Ethernet Standards

(continued)

Standard Transceiver Specifications

10GBASE-LR

10GBASE-SR

10GBASE-Z

XENPAK-1XGE-LR

XENPAK-1XGE-SR

XENPAK-1XGE-ZR

EOL (see PSN-2010-02-649 )

XFP-10G-CBAND-T50-ZR 10GBASE-Z

10-Gigabit Ethernet dense wavelength-division multiplexing (DWDM)

10GBASE-E

10GBASE-L

10GBASE-S

10GBASE-Z

XFP-10G-E-OC192-IR2

XFP-10G-L-OC192-SR1

XFP-10G-S

XFP-10G-Z-OC192-LR2

40-Gigabit Ethernet 40GBASE Specifications

40GBASE-LR4 CFP-40GBASE-LR4

40GBASE-LX4

40GBASE-ER4

QSFPP-40G-LX4

QSFPP-40GBASE-ER4

40GBASE-LR4

40GBASE-SR4

QSFPP-40GBASE-LR4

QSFPP-40GBASE-SR4

100-Gigabit Ethernet 100GBASE-R Specifications

100GBASE-ER4 CFP-100GBASE-ER4

100GBASE-ER4

100GBASE-LR4

CFP-GEN2-CGE-ER4

CFP-100GBASE-LR4

100GBASE-LR4

100GBASE-SR10

CFP-GEN2-100GBASE-LR4

CFP-100GBASE-SR10

Juniper Networks Proprietary CFP-100GBASE-ZR

100GBASE-LR4 CFP2-100GBASE-LR4

Chapter 10: Transceiver and Cable Specifications

137

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Table 67: Supported Ethernet Standards

(continued)

Standard Transceiver Specifications

100GBASE-ER4

100GBASE-SR10

100G-SR4

100G-LR4

100-Gigabit DWDM OTN

CFP2-100G-ER4-D

CFP2-100G-SR10-D3

CXP-100GBASE-SR10

QSFP-100GBASE-SR4

CFP-100GBASE-LR4

TCFP2-100G-C

“Calculating Power Budget and Power Margin for Fiber-Optic Cables” on page 140

is organized by transmission speed and then alphabetically by model number.

Table 68: Supported SONET Standards

Standard Transceiver Specifications

SONET OC3/STM1 Specifications

SONET/SDH OC3/STM1

Intermediate Reach

SFP-OC3-IR

SONET/SDH OC3/STM1 Long

Reach

SFP-OC3-LR

SONET/SDH OC3/STM1

Multimode

SFP-OC3-SR

SONET OC12/STM4 Specifications

SONET/SDH OC12/STM4

Intermediate Reach (IR-1)

SFP-OC12-IR

SFP-OC12-LR SONET/SDH OC12/STM4

Long Reach (LR-1)

SONET/SDH OC12/STM4

Long Reach (LR-2)

SONET/SDH OC12/STM4

Short Reach (SR-1)

SFP-OC12-LR2

SFP-OC12-SR

SONET OC48/STM16 Specifications

SONET/SDH OC48/STM16

Intermediate Reach (IR-1)

SFP-1OC48-IR

Chapter 10: Transceiver and Cable Specifications

Table 68: Supported SONET Standards

(continued)

Standard Transceiver Specifications

SFP-1OC48-LR SONET/SDH OC48/STM16

Long Reach (LR-2)

SONET/SDH OC48/STM16

Short Reach (SR-1)

SFP-1OC48-SR

SONET OC192/STM64 Specifications

SONET/SDH OC192/STM64

Intermediate Reach (IR-2)

XFP-10G-E-OC192-IR2

SONET/SDH OC192/STM64

Short Reach (SR-1)

XFP-10G-L-OC192-SR1

SONET/SDH OC192/STM64

Long Reach (LR-2)

XFP-10G-Z-OC192-LR2

SONET OC768/STM256 Specifications

SONET/SDH OC768/STM256

Short Reach (SR)

PD-1OC768-SON-SR

Understanding Fiber-Optic Cable Signal Loss, Attenuation, and Dispersion

This topic describes signal loss, attenuation, and dispersion in fiber-optic cable. For information about calculating power budget and power margin for fiber-optic cable, see

•

Signal Loss in Multimode and Single-Mode Fiber-Optic Cable on page 139

•

Attenuation and Dispersion in Fiber-Optic Cable on page 140

Signal Loss in Multimode and Single-Mode Fiber-Optic Cable

Multimode fiber is large enough in diameter to allow rays of light to reflect internally

(bounce off the walls of the fiber). Interfaces with multimode optics typically use LEDs as light sources. However, LEDs are not coherent sources. They spray varying wavelengths of light into the multimode fiber, which reflects the light at different angles. Light rays travel in jagged lines through a multimode fiber, causing signal dispersion. When light traveling in the fiber core radiates into the fiber cladding, higher-order mode loss results.

Together these factors limit the transmission distance of multimode fiber compared with single-mode fiber.

Single-mode fiber is so small in diameter that rays of light can reflect internally through one layer only. Interfaces with single-mode optics use lasers as light sources. Lasers generate a single wavelength of light, which travels in a straight line through the single-mode fiber. Compared with multimode fiber, single-mode fiber has higher bandwidth and can carry signals for longer distances.

139

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Exceeding the maximum transmission distances can result in significant signal loss, which causes unreliable transmission.

Attenuation and Dispersion in Fiber-Optic Cable

Correct functioning of an optical data link depends on modulated light reaching the receiver with enough power to be demodulated correctly.

Attenuation is the reduction in power of the light signal as it is transmitted. Attenuation is caused by passive media components, such as cables, cable splices, and connectors. Although attenuation is significantly lower for optical fiber than for other media, it still occurs in both multimode and single-mode transmission. An efficient optical data link must have enough light available to overcome attenuation.

Dispersion is the spreading of the signal over time. The following two types of dispersion can affect an optical data link:

• Chromatic dispersion—Spreading of the signal over time resulting from the different speeds of light rays.

• Modal dispersion—Spreading of the signal over time resulting from the different propagation modes in the fiber.

For multimode transmission, modal dispersion, rather than chromatic dispersion or attenuation, usually limits the maximum bit rate and link length. For single-mode transmission, modal dispersion is not a factor. However, at higher bit rates and over longer distances, chromatic dispersion rather than modal dispersion limits maximum link length.

An efficient optical data link must have enough light to exceed the minimum power that the receiver requires to operate within its specifications. In addition, the total dispersion must be less than the limits specified for the type of link in Telcordia Technologies document GR-253-CORE (Section 4.3) and International Telecommunications Union

(ITU) document G.957.

When chromatic dispersion is at the maximum allowed, its effect can be considered as a power penalty in the power budget. The optical power budget must allow for the sum of component attenuation, power penalties (including those from dispersion), and a safety margin for unexpected losses.

Documentation

• Determining Transceiver Support and Specifications for Juniper Networks Devices

Calculating Power Budget and Power Margin for Fiber-Optic Cables

Use the information in this topic and the specifications for your optical interface to calculate the power budget and power margin for fiber-optic cables.

TIP: You can use the Hardware Compatibility Tool to find information about the pluggable transceivers supported on your Juniper Networks device.

Chapter 10: Transceiver and Cable Specifications

To calculate the power budget and power margin, perform the following tasks:

Calculating Power Budget for Fiber-Optic Cable on page 141

Calculating Power Margin for Fiber-Optic Cable on page 141

Calculating Power Budget for Fiber-Optic Cable

To ensure that fiber-optic connections have sufficient power for correct operation, you need to calculate the link's power budget, which is the maximum amount of power it can transmit. When you calculate the power budget, you use a worst-case analysis to provide a margin of error, even though all the parts of an actual system do not operate at the worst-case levels. To calculate the worst-case estimate of power budget (P

B you assume minimum transmitter power (P

) and minimum receiver sensitivity (P

= P

– P

The following hypothetical power budget equation uses values measured in decibels

(dB) and decibels referred to one milliwatt (dBm):

= P

– P

= –15 dBm – (–28 dBm)

= 13 dB

Calculating Power Margin for Fiber-Optic Cable

After calculating a link's power budget, you can calculate the power margin (P

), which represents the amount of power available after subtracting attenuation or link loss (LL) from the power budget (P

). A worst-case estimate of P

M assumes maximum LL:

= P

– LL

M greater than zero indicates that the power budget is sufficient to operate the receiver.

Factors that can cause link loss include higher-order mode losses, modal and chromatic dispersion, connectors, splices, and fiber attenuation.

Table 69 on page 141

lists an estimated amount of loss for the factors used in the following sample calculations. For information about the actual amount of signal loss caused by equipment and other factors, refer to vendor documentation.

Table 69: Estimated Values for Factors Causing Link Loss

Link-Loss Factor Estimated Link-Loss Value

Higher-order mode losses

Modal and chromatic dispersion

Single-mode—None

Multimode—0.5 dB

Single-mode—None

Multimode—None, if product of bandwidth and distance is less than 500

MHz-km

141

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Table 69: Estimated Values for Factors Causing Link Loss

(continued)

Link-Loss Factor Estimated Link-Loss Value

Connector

Splice

Fiber attenuation

0.5 dB

Single-mode—0.5 dB/km

Multimode—1 dB/km

The following sample calculation for a 2-km-long multimode link with a power budget

) of 13 dB uses the estimated values from

Table 69 on page 141

to calculate link loss

(LL) as the sum of fiber attenuation (2 km @ 1 dB/km, or 2 dB) and loss for five connectors

(0.5 dB per connector, or 2.5 dB) and two splices (0.5 dB per splice, or 1 dB) as well as higher-order mode losses (0.5 dB). The power margin (P

) is calculated as follows:

= P

– LL

= 13 dB – 2 km (1 dB/km) – 5 (0.5 dB) – 2 (0.5 dB) – 0.5 dB

= 13 dB – 2 dB – 2.5 dB – 1 dB – 0.5 dB

= 7 dB

The following sample calculation for an 8-km-long single-mode link with a power budget

) of 13 dB uses the estimated values from

Table 69 on page 141

to calculate link loss

(LL) as the sum of fiber attenuation (8 km @ 0.5 dB/km, or 4 dB) and loss for seven connectors (0.5 dB per connector, or 3.5 dB). The power margin (P

M follows:

) is calculated as

= P

– LL

= 13 dB – 8 km (0.5 dB/km) – 7(0.5 dB)

= 13 dB – 4 dB – 3.5 dB

= 5.5 dB

In both examples, the calculated power margin is greater than zero, indicating that the link has sufficient power for transmission and does not exceed the maximum receiver input power.

Documentation

•

Understanding Fiber-Optic Cable Signal Loss, Attenuation, and Dispersion on page 139

Routing Engine Interface Cable and Wire Specifications for MX Series Routers

Table 70 on page 143

lists the specifications for the cables that connect to management ports and the wires that connect to the alarm relay contacts.

Chapter 10: Transceiver and Cable Specifications

Table 70: Cable and Wire Specifications for Routing Engine Management and Alarm Interfaces

Port

Cable

Specification

Cable/Wire

Supplied

Maximum

Length

Router

Receptacle

RJ-45 female Routing Engine console or auxiliary interface

Routing Engine

Ethernet interface

Alarm relay contacts

RS-232

(EIA-232) serial cable

One 6-ft

(1.83-m) length with RJ-45/DB-9 connectors

6 ft (1.83 m)

Category 5 cable or equivalent suitable for

100Base-T operation

One 15-ft

(4.57-m) length with

RJ-45/RJ-45 connectors

328 ft (100 m)

Wire with gauge between

28-AWG and

14-AWG (0.08

and 2.08 mm

)

No None

RJ-45 autosensing

—

Documentation

•

Replacing Connections to MX960 Routing Engine Interface Ports on page 343

•

•

143

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

CHAPTER 11

Pinout Specifications

•

RJ-45 Connector Pinouts for an MX Series Routing Engine ETHERNET Port on page 148

•

•

RJ-45 Connector Pinouts for MX Series Routing Engine AUX and CONSOLE

Ports on page 149

MX960 Router Grounding Specifications

•

MX960 Chassis Grounding Points Specifications on page 145

•

MX960 Router Grounding Cable Lug Specifications on page 147

•

MX960 Router Grounding Cable Specifications on page 148

MX960 Chassis Grounding Points Specifications

To meet safety and electromagnetic interference (EMI) requirements and to ensure proper operation, the router must be adequately grounded before power is connected.

To ground AC-powered and DC-powered routers, you must connect a grounding cable to earth ground and then attach it to the chassis grounding points using the two screws provided. Two threaded inserts (PEM nuts) are provided on the right of the lower rear of the chassis for connecting the router to earth ground (see

Figure 45 on page 146

Figure 46 on page 147

145

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Figure 45: Connecting AC Power to the Router

Figure 46: Connecting DC Power to the Router

Chapter 11: Pinout Specifications

MX960 Router Grounding Cable Lug Specifications

CAUTION: Before router installation begins, a licensed electrician must attach a cable lug to the grounding and power cables that you supply. A cable with an incorrectly attached lug can damage the router.

To ground AC-powered and DC-powered routers, connect a grounding cable to earth ground and then attach it to the chassis grounding points using two screws. The left pair of grounding points fits M6 screws (European), and the right pair fits UNC 1/4–20 screws

(English). The grounding points are spaced at 0.625-in. (15.86-mm) centers. The accessory box shipped with the router includes the cable lug that attaches to the grounding cable (see

Figure 47 on page 148 ) and two UNC 1/4–20 screws used to secure

the grounding cable to the right pair of grounding points.

WARNING: The router is a pluggable type A equipment installed in a restricted access location. It has a separate protective earthing terminal (Metric [–M6] and English [–¼-20] screw ground lugs) provided on the chassis in addition to the grounding pin of the power supply cord. This separate protective earth terminal must be permanently connected to earth.

147

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Figure 47: Grounding Cable Lug

2.25

End view

0.55

0.28

diameter each hole

6 AWG conductor

0.25

0.625

0.37

Crimp area

All measurements in inches 0.08

MX960 Router Grounding Cable Specifications

The 48 VDC facility must be equipped with a circuit breaker rated 40 A (–48 VDC), or

60 A (–48 VDC), and the grounding cable must be minimum 10 AWG, or as required by the local code.

NOTE: Additional grounding is provided to an AC-powered router when you plug its power supplies into grounded AC power receptacles.

WARNING: The router is installed in a restricted-access location. It has a separate protective earthing terminal (Metric [–M6] and English [–¼-20] screw ground lugs) provided on the chassis in addition to the grounding pin of the power supply cord. This separate protective earth terminal must be permanently connected to earth.

Documentation

•

Tools and Parts Required for MX960 Router Grounding and Power Connections on page 225

•

RJ-45 Connector Pinouts for an MX Series Routing Engine ETHERNET Port

The port on the Routing Engine labeled ETHERNET is an autosensing 10/100-Mbps

Ethernet RJ-45 receptacle that accepts an Ethernet cable for connecting the Routing

Engine to a management LAN (or other device that supports out-of-band management).

Table 71 on page 148

describes the RJ-45 connector pinout.

Table 71: RJ-45 Connector Pinout for the Routing Engine ETHERNET Port

Pin Signal

TX+

TX–

RX+

Chapter 11: Pinout Specifications

Table 71: RJ-45 Connector Pinout for the Routing Engine ETHERNET

Port

(continued)

Pin Signal

Termination network

RX–

Termination network

8 Termination network

Documentation

•

Replacing Connections to MX960 Routing Engine Interface Ports on page 343

•

•

RJ-45 Connector Pinouts for MX Series Routing Engine AUX and CONSOLE Ports

The ports on the Routing Engine labeled AUX and CONSOLE are asynchronous serial interfaces that accept an RJ-45 connector. The ports connect the Routing Engine to an auxiliary or console management device.

Table 72 on page 149

describes the RJ-45 connector pinout.

Table 72: RJ-45 Connector Pinout for the AUX and CONSOLE Ports

Pin Signal Description

RTS

DTR

TXD

Ground

Request to Send

Data Terminal Ready

Transmit Data

Signal Ground

Ground

RXD

DSR/DCD

CTS

Signal Ground

Receive Data

Data Set Ready

Clear to Send

149

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Documentation

•

Replacing Connections to MX960 Routing Engine Interface Ports on page 343

•

•

Electrical Specifications for the MX960 AC Power Supply on page 151

CHAPTER 12

AC Power Requirements, Specifications, and Guidelines

•

•

Calculating Power Requirements for MX960 Routers on page 161

•

•

AC Power Circuit Breaker Requirements for the MX960 Router on page 165

•

AC Power Cord Specifications for the MX960 Router on page 165

Electrical Specifications for the MX960 AC Power Supply

Table 73 on page 151

lists the AC power supply electrical specifications.

Table 74 on page 152

lists the AC power system specifications.

Table 73: AC Power Supply Electrical Specifications

Item Specification

Normal-Capacity Power Supply

Maximum output power 1700 W

AC nominal input voltage Operating range: 200 to 240 VAC

AC input line frequency 50 to 60 Hz

AC input current rating 11 A @ 240 VAC maximum

Efficiency

NOTE: This value is at full load and nominal voltage.

88%

High-Capacity Power Supply

Maximum output power Two-feed mode

4100 W

AC nominal input voltage Operating range: 200 to 240 VAC

One-feed mode

1700 W

151

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Table 73: AC Power Supply Electrical Specifications

(continued)

Item Specification

AC input line frequency

AC input current rating

50 to 60 Hz

Two-feed mode

26 A (13 A per feed)

Maximum AC inrush current 76 A (38 A per feed at 264 VAC)

Efficiency

NOTE: This value is at full load and nominal voltage.

~88%

Table 74: AC Power System Specifications

Item Normal-Capacity

Redundancy 3+1

Output power (maximum) per supply

1700 W

Output power (maximum) per system

5100 W

High-Capacity

All PEMs in two-feed mode

2+2

4100 W

8200 W

One-feed mode

13 A

38 A per feed at 264 VAC

All PEMs in one-feed mode

2+2

1700 W

3400 W

Documentation

•

•

Installing an MX960 AC Power Supply on page 290

•

• show chassis power

Power Requirements for an MX960 Router

Table 75 on page 153

lists the MX960 base system and cooling system power requirements.

lists the FRU power requirements for Switch Control Boards (SCBs),

Routing Engines, Modular Port Concentrators (MPCs), Modular Interface Cards (MICs),

Dense Port Concentrators (DPCs), and PICs. In addition,

Electrical Specifications for the MX960 DC Power Supply on page 169

lists the

MPC power requirements with MICs and optics at various operating temperatures.

Typical power represents power under certain temperatures and normal operating conditions.

Chapter 12: AC Power Requirements, Specifications, and Guidelines

Table 75: MX960 Common Component Power Requirements

Component Maximum Power Requirement Typical Power Requirement

Base system

Normal-capacity cooling system

High-capacity cooling system

50 W

600 W (full speed)

640 W (full speed)

50 W

400 W (normal speed)

450 W (normal speed)

Table 76: FRU Power Requirements

Component Part Number Maximum Power Requirement

Switch Control Boards (SCBs)

SCB SCB-MX960

(applies to

MX240, MX480, and MX960)

150 W

SCBE

SCBE2

SCBE-MX

(applies to

MX240, MX480, and MX960)

160 W at 55° C

130 W at 40° C

120 W at 25° C

SCBE2-MX

(applies to

MX240, MX480, and MX960)

185 W at 55° C

160 W at 40° C

155 W at 25° C

Routing Engines

Routing

Engines

RE-S-1300-2048

RE-S-1800X2-8G

90 W

RE-S-1800X4-8G

RE-S-1800X2-16G

RE-S-1800X4-16G

RE-S-1800X4-32G

RE-S-2000-4096

RE-S-X6-64G

Fixed Configuration MPCs

16x10GE MPC MPC-3D-16XGE-SFPP 440 W at 55° C ambient

MPC-3D-16XGE-SFPP-R-B 423 W at 25° C ambient

Multiservices

MPC

MS-MPC-128G 590 W

153

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

6x40GE +

24x10GE

MPC5E

6x40GE +

24x10GE

MPC5EQ

2x100GE +

4x10GE

MPC5E

2x100GE +

4x10GE

MPC5EQ

MPC7E

(Multi-Rate)

Table 76: FRU Power Requirements

(continued)

Component Part Number Maximum Power Requirement

32x10GE

MPC4E

2x100GE +

8x10GE

MPC4E

MPC4E-3D-32XGE-SFPP 610 W

With optics:

607 W at 55° C, with SFPP ZR optics

584 W at 40° C, with SFPP ZR optics

565 W at 25° C, with SFPP ZR optics

MPC4E-3D-2CGE-8XGE 610 W

With optics:

607 W at 55° C, with SFPP ZR and CFP LR4 optics

584 W at 40° C, with SFPP ZR and CFP LR4 optics

565 W at 25° C, with SFPP ZR and CFP LR4 optics

MPC5E-40G10G

MPC5EQ-40G10G

With optics:

607 W at 55° C

541 W at 40° C

511 W at 25° C

MPC5E-100G10G

MPC5EQ-100G10G

With optics:

607 W at 55° C

541 W at 40° C

511 W at 25° C

MPC7E-MRATE With optics:

545 W at 55° C

465 W at 40° C

440 W at 25° C

MPCs

MPC1

MPC1E

MX-MPC1-3D

MX-MPC1E-3D

165 W

With MICs and optics:

239 W at 55° C

227 W at 40° C

219 W at 25° C

Chapter 12: AC Power Requirements, Specifications, and Guidelines

Table 76: FRU Power Requirements

(continued)

Component Part Number Maximum Power Requirement

MPC1 Q

MPC1E Q

MPC2

MPC2E

MPC2 Q

MPC2E Q

MPC2 EQ

MPC2E EQ

MPC2E P

MPC2E NG

MX-MPC1-3D-Q 175 W

MX-MPC1E-3D-Q With MICs and optics:

249 W at 55° C

237 W at 40° C

228 W at 25° C

MX-MPC2-3D

MX-MPC2E-3D

274 W

With MICs and optics:

348 W at 55° C

329 W at 40° C

315 W at 25° C

MX-MPC2-3D-Q 294 W

MX-MPC2E-3D-Q With MICs and optics:

368 W at 55° C

MX-MPC2-3D-EQ

MX-MPC2E-3D-EQ

347 W at 40° C

333 W at 25° C

MX-MPC2E-3D-P 294 W

With MICs and optics:

368 W at 55° C

347 W at 40° C

333 W at 25° C

MPC2E-3D-NG 474 W

With MICs and optics:

474 W at 55° C

417 W at 40° C

400 W at 25° C

MPC2E NG Q MPC2E-3D-NG-Q 529 W

With MICs and optics:

529 W at 55° C

460 W at 40° C

438 W at 25° C

155

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Table 76: FRU Power Requirements

(continued)

Component Part Number Maximum Power Requirement

MPC3E

MPC3E NG

MX-MPC3E-3D

MPC3E-3D-NG

440 W

With MICs and optics:

500 W at 55° C, two 40W MICs

485 W at 40° C, two CFP MICs with LR4 optics

473 W at 25° C, two CFP MICs with LR4 optics

534 W

With MICs and optics:

534 W at 55° C

485 W at 40° C

461 W at 25° C

MPC3E NG Q MPC3E-3D-NG-Q 583 W

With MICs and optics:

583 W at 55° C

532 W at 40° C

503 W at 25° C

MICs

ATM MIC with

SFP

MPC4E-3D-2CGE-8XGE 610 W

With optics:

607 W at 55° C, with SFPP ZR and CFP LR4 optics

584 W at 40° C, with SFPP ZR and CFP LR4 optics

565 W at 25° C, with SFPP ZR and CFP LR4 optics

35 W

Gigabit

Ethernet MIC with SFP

MIC-3D-20-GE-SFP 37 W

10-Gigabit

Ethernet MIC with XFP

2-Port:

MIC-3D-2XGE-XFP

2-Port: 29 W

4-Port: 37 W

4-Port:

MIC-3D-4XGE-XFP

10-Gigabit

Ethernet MIC with SFP+

MIC3-3D-10XGE-SFPP 24.2 W at 55° C with SR and LR optics

29.8 W at 55° C with ER optics

29.8 W at 40° C with ZR optics

Chapter 12: AC Power Requirements, Specifications, and Guidelines

Table 76: FRU Power Requirements

(continued)

Component Part Number Maximum Power Requirement

40-Gigabit

Ethernet MIC with QSFP+

MIC3-3D-2X40GE-QSFPP 18 W

100-Gigabit

Ethernet MIC with CFP

MIC3-3D-1X100GE-CFP 40 W

100-Gigabit

Ethernet MIC with CXP

MIC3-3D-1X100GE-CXP 20 W

100-Gigabit

DWDM OTN

MIC with CFP2

MIC3-100G-DWDM With optics:

91 W at 55° C

83 W at 25° C

Multiservices

MIC

MS-MIC-16G

SONET/SDH

OC3/STM1

Multi-Rate

MIC

60 W

4-Port:

MIC-3D-4OC3OC12-1OC48

4-Port:

24 W at 55° C

22.75 W at 40° C

21.5 W at 25° C

8-Port:

MIC-3D-8OC3OC12-4OC48

8-Port:

29 W at 55° C

27.75 W at 40° C

26.5 W at 25° C

SONET/SDH

OC192/STM64

MIC with XFP

MIC-3D-1OC192-XFP 41 W at 55° C

38.5 W at 40° C

36 W at 25° C

157

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Table 76: FRU Power Requirements

(continued)

Component Part Number Maximum Power Requirement

Channelized

SONET/SDH

OC3/STM1

Multi-Rate

MIC

4-Port:

MIC-3D-4CHOC3-2CHOC12

4-Port:

41 W at 55° C

40 W at 40° C

39 W at 25° C

Tri-Rate MIC

DS3/E3 MIC

8-Port:

MIC-3D-8CHOC3-4CHOC12

8-Port:

52 W at 55° C

50.5 W at 40° C

49 W at 25° C

MIC-3D-40GE-TX 41 W

MIC-3D-8DS3-E3 36 W at 55° C

MIC-3D-8CHDS3-E3-B 35 W at 40° C

34 W at 25° C

Channelized

E1/T1 Circuit

Emulation MIC

MIC-3D-16CHE1-T1-CE 29.08 W at 55° C

27.84 W at 40° C

26.55 W at 25° C

Channelized

OC3/STM1

(Multi-Rate)

Circuit

Emulation MIC with SFP

MIC-3D-4COC3-1COC12-CE 36.48 W at 55° C

35.04 W at 40° C

33.96 W at 25° C

DPCs

Gigabit

Ethernet DPC with SFP

DPC-R-40GE-SFP 335 W

Gigabit

Ethernet

Enhanced DPC with SFP

DPCE-R-40GE-SFP

DPCE-X-40GE-SFP

335 W

Chapter 12: AC Power Requirements, Specifications, and Guidelines

Table 76: FRU Power Requirements

(continued)

Component Part Number Maximum Power Requirement

Gigabit

Ethernet

Enhanced

Queuing

Ethernet

Services DPC with SFP

(40-Port)

DPCE-R-Q-40GE-SFP 365 W

DPCE-X-Q-40GE-SFP

Gigabit

Ethernet

Enhanced

Queuing IP

Services DPCs with SFP

(20-Port)

DPCE-R-Q-20GE-SFP 200 W

10-Gigabit

Ethernet DPC with XFP

DPC-R-4XGE-XFP 310 W

10-Gigabit

Ethernet

Enhanced DPC with XFP

(2-Port)

DPCE-R-2XGE-XFP 175 W

10-Gigabit

Ethernet

Enhanced DPC with XFP

(4-Port)

DPCE-R-4XGE-XFP

DPCE-X-4XGE-XFP

310 W

10-Gigabit

Ethernet

Enhanced

Queuing

Ethernet

Services DPC with XFP or

Enhanced

Queuing IP

Services DPC with XFP

DPCE-R-Q-4XGE-XFP 330 W

DPCE-X-Q-4XGE-XFP

159

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Table 76: FRU Power Requirements

(continued)

Component Part Number Maximum Power Requirement

Multi-Rate

Ethernet

Enhanced DPC with SFP and

XFP or

Multi-Rate

Ethernet

Enhanced

Ethernet

Services DPC with SFP and

XFP

DPCE-R-20GE-2XGE

DPCE-X-20GE-2XGE

333 W

Multi-Rate

Ethernet

Enhanced

Queuing IP

Services DPC with SFP and

XFP

DPCE-R-Q-20GE-2XGE 335 W

Tri-Rate

Enhanced DPC or Tri-Rate

Enhanced

Ethernet

Services DPC

DPCE-R-40GE-TX

DPCE-X-40GE-TX

320 W

Multiservices

DPC

MS-DPC 265 W

FPCs

FPC Type 2

FPC Type 3

MX-FPC2

MX-FPC3

190 W (with PICs and optics)

265 W (with PICs and optics)

Documentation

•

•

Electrical Specifications for the MX960 AC Power Supply on page 151

Chapter 12: AC Power Requirements, Specifications, and Guidelines

Calculating Power Requirements for MX960 Routers

The information in this topic helps you determine which power supplies are suitable for various configurations, as well as which power supplies are not suitable because output power is exceeded. You determine suitability by subtracting the total power draw from the maximum output of the power supplies. Afterward, the required input current is calculated. Finally, you calculate the thermal output. A sample configuration is provided in

“Electrical Specifications for the MX960

We recommend that you provision power according to the maximum input current listed in the power supply electrical specifications (see

AC Power Supply” on page 151

and

“Electrical Specifications for the MX960 DC Power

Supply” on page 169 ).

Use the following procedures to calculate the power requirement:

Calculate the power requirement.

Evaluate the power budget.

Calculate input power.

Calculate thermal output (BTUs) for cooling requirements.

161

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Both normal-capacity and high-capacity MX960 chassis with DC power supplies and

MX960 chassis with high-capacity AC power supplies are zoned. MX960 chassis with normal-capacity AC power supplies have one overall zone. Zoning means that certain components are powered by specific power supplies (see

“Power Requirements for an MX960 Router” on page 152

for information on zoning). When calculating power requirements, be sure that there is adequate power for each zone.

Three AC power supplies are mandatory for MX960 chassis with normal-capacity AC power supplies.

Table 77: MX960 Zoning

Chassis Power Configuration Zone

Power Supply

(PEM) Components Receiving Power

MX960 DC (normal-capacity and high-capacity power supplies); MX960 AC (high-capacity power supplies)

Zone 0

MX960 DC (normal-capacity and high-capacity power supplies); MX960 AC (high-capacity power supplies)

Zone 1

PEM 0 or 2

PEM 1 or 3

•

Lower fan tray

DPC/MPC slots 6 through 11

SCB slots 1 through 2

•

Upper fan tray

DPC/MPC slots 0 through 5

SCB slot 0

The following sample configuration shows an MX960 chassis with:

• Four high-capacity AC power supplies (using two feeds for each power supply); two supplies are active, two are redundant

• Six 16 port 10 GbE MPC with SFP+ interfaces (slots 0 through 5)

• Two SCBs with two (redundant) RE-1800x2 routing engines (SCB slot 0 and SCB slot

• SCB (SCB slot 6)

• Five 16 port 10 GbE MPC with SFP+ interfaces (slots 7 through 11)

• High-capacity cooling system (upper and lower fan trays)

NOTE: The high-capacity cooling system satisfies cooling requirements of MPCs, and must be used for proper cooling.

Chapter 12: AC Power Requirements, Specifications, and Guidelines

Calculate the power requirements (usage) using the values in

as shown in

Table 78 on page 163 .

Table 78: Sample Power Requirements for an MX960 Router

Chassis Component Part Number Power Requirement Zone

Base system MX960BASE-AC-HIGH 50 W

—

High-capacity cooling system FFANTRAY-MX960-HC 320 W * 2 = 640 W Zone 0 (lower fan tray) and Zone 1 (upper fan tray)

Zone 1

Zone 0

Zone 1

MPC - slots 0 through 5

MPC - slots 7 through 11

SCB 0

SCB 1

MPC-3D-16XGE-SFPP

SCBE2-MX with

RE-S-1800X2-8G

SCBE2-MX with

RE-S-1800X2-8G

SCB 2 - slot 6 SCBE2-MX

MX960 normal-capacity AC (not zoned)

Zone 0 total output power

Zone 1 total output power

440 W * 6 = 2640 W

440 W * 5 = 2200 W

185 W

90 W

185 W

90 W

185 W

6265 W

3005 W

3260 W

Divided equally between zone 0 and zone 1.

Zone 0

Evaluate the power budget, including the budget for each zone if applicable. In this step, we check the required power against the maximum output power of available power supply options.

Table 79 on page 163

lists the power supplies, their maximum output power, and unused power (or a power deficit).

Table 79: Calculating Power Budget

Power Supply

Maximum Output

Power of Power

Supply

Maximum Output

Power for System

Nonzoned

Unused Power

Zone 0 Unused

Power

Zone 1 Unused

Power

MX960 AC normal-capacity

1700 W 5100 W Power exceeded

(non-zoned;

5100 W - 6160 = power exceeded)

– –

163

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Table 79: Calculating Power Budget

(continued)

Power Supply

Maximum Output

Power of Power

Supply

Maximum Output

Power for System

Nonzoned

Unused Power

Zone 0 Unused

Power

Zone 1 Unused

Power

MX960 AC high-capacity

MX960 DC normal-capacity

MX960 DC high-capacity

1700 W (one feed)

4100 W (two feeds)

3400 W (one feed)

8200 W (two feeds)

–

2800 W 5600 W –

1700 W (one feed)

4100 W (two feeds)

3400 W (one feed)

8200 W (two feeds)

–

Power exceeded Power exceeded

1165 W 875 W

Power exceeded Power exceeded

1165 W 875 W

For this configuration, output power is 2935 W.

For this configuration, output power is 3225 W.

Calculate input power. In this step, the input power requirements for the example configuration are calculated. To do this, divide the total output requirement by the efficiency of the power supply as shown in

Table 80 on page 164

NOTE: MX960 AC and MX960 DC normal-capacity power supplies are not included in the following table, because their power budget was exceeded in the sample configuration.

Table 80: Calculating Input Power

Power Supply

MX960 AC high-capacity

MX960 DC high-capacity

Power Supply Efficiency

~88 %

86 %

Input Power Requirement

3335 W

3413 W

These values are at full load and nominal voltage.

For this configuration, total power for zone 0 is 2935 W. The calculation method for zone 1 is the same as zone 0.

Zone 0 requirement.

Calculate thermal output (BTUs). To calculate this, multiply the input power requirement (in watts) by 3.41 as shown in

Table 81 on page 165 .

Chapter 12: AC Power Requirements, Specifications, and Guidelines

Table 81: Calculating Thermal Output

Power Supply

MX960 AC high-capacity

MX960 DC high-capacity

Thermal Output (BTUs per hour)

3335 * 3.41 = 11,372 BTU/hr

3413 * 3.41 = 11,638 BTU/hr

Zone 0 output. The calculation method for zone 1 is the same as for zone 0.

Documentation

•

Electrical Specifications for the MX960 AC Power Supply on page 151

•

•

Electrical Specifications for the MX960 DC Power Supply on page 169

AC Power Circuit Breaker Requirements for the MX960 Router

Each AC power supply has a single AC appliance inlet located in the chassis directly above the power supply that requires a dedicated AC power feed. We recommend that you use a dedicated customer site circuit breaker rated for 15 A (250 VAC) minimum for each AC power supply, or as required by local code.

Each high-capacity AC PEM accepts two AC feeds in two unique AC receptacles. We recommend that you use a dedicated customer site circuit breaker rated for

38 A (264 VAC) minimum for each high- capacity AC power supply, or as required by local code.

Documentation

•

• MX960 AC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings

•

AC Power Supply Description” on page 98

AC Power Cord Specifications for the MX960 Router

Each normal capacity AC power supply has a single AC appliance inlet located in the chassis directly above the power supply that requires a dedicated AC power feed and each high-capacity AC PEM accepts two AC feeds in two unique AC receptacles. Most sites distribute power through a main conduit that leads to frame-mounted power distribution panels, one of which can be located at the top of the rack that houses the router. An AC power cord connects each power supply to the power distribution panel.

You can order detachable AC power cords, each approximately 8 ft (2.5 m) long that supply AC power to the router. The C19 appliance coupler at the female end of the cord inserts into the AC appliance inlet coupler, type C20 (right angle) as described by

International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) standard 60320. The plug at the male end of the power cord fits into the power source receptacle that is standard for your geographical location. If you want to use two AC feeds, two power cords are needed for

165

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide each HC AC power supply. For more information about AC power supplies, see

“MX960

Table 82 on page 166

provides specifications and

Figure 48 on page 166

depicts the plug on the AC power cord provided for each country or region.

Table 82: AC Power Cord Specifications

Country Electrical Specification Plug Type

Australia

China

Europe (except Denmark, Italy, Switzerland, and United Kingdom)

Italy

240 VAC, 50 Hz AC

220 VAC, 50 Hz AC

SAA/3

PSB-10

220 or 230 VAC, 50 Hz AC CEE 7/7

230 VAC, 50 Hz AC CEI 23-16/VII

Japan

North America

United Kingdom

220 VAC, 50 or 60 Hz AC

250 VAC, 60 Hz AC

240 VAC, 50 Hz AC

NEMA L6-20P

BS89/13

Figure 48: AC Plug Types

Australia

(SAA/3)

China

(PSB-10)

Europe

(CEE 7/7)

Italy

(CEI 23-16/VII)

Japan

(L6-20P)

North America

(L6-20P)

North America

NEMA

(L6-20)

(BS89/13)

WARNING: The AC power cord for the router is intended for use with the router only and not for any other use.

Chapter 12: AC Power Requirements, Specifications, and Guidelines

WARNING:

Translation from Japanese: The attached power cable is only for this product.

Do not use the cable for another product.

NOTE: In North America, AC power cords must not exceed 4.5 m

(approximately 14.75 ft) in length, to comply with National Electrical Code

(NEC) Sections 400-8 (NFPA 75, 5-2.2) and 210-52, and Canadian Electrical

Code (CEC) Section 4-010(3). You can order AC power cords that are in compliance.

WARNING: The router is a pluggable type A equipment installed in restricted access location. It has a separate protective earthing terminal (Metric [–M6] and English [–¼-20] screw ground lugs) provided on the chassis in addition to the grounding pin of the power supply cord. This separate protective earth terminal must be permanently connected to earth.

CAUTION: Power cords and cables must not block access to device components or drape where people could trip on them.

Documentation

•

Connecting Power to an AC-Powered MX960 Router with Normal-Capacity Power

•

Replacing an MX960 AC Power Supply Cord on page 403

•

167

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

CHAPTER 13

DC Power Requirements, Specifications, and Guidelines

•

Electrical Specifications for the MX960 DC Power Supply on page 169

•

Power Requirements for an MX960 Router on page 171

•

Calculating Power Requirements for MX960 Routers on page 179

•

DC Power Circuit Breaker Requirements for the MX960 Router on page 183

•

DC Power Source Cabling for the MX960 Router on page 183

•

DC Power Cable Specifications for the MX960 Router on page 185

Electrical Specifications for the MX960 DC Power Supply

Table 83 on page 169

lists the DC power supply electrical specifications.

Table 83: Power Supply Electrical Specifications

Item Specification

Normal-Capacity Power Supplies

Maximum output power

DC input current rating

Maximum input current

DC input voltage

2800 W

58 A @ –48 V nominal operating voltage

70 A

Operating range: –40 to –72 VDC

Nominal: –48 VDC

Internal Circuit Breaker 80 A

Efficiency

NOTE: This value is at full load and nominal voltage.

99%

169

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Table 83: Power Supply Electrical Specifications

(continued)

Item Specification

High-Capacity Power Supplies

Maximum output power Two-Feed Mode

DC input voltage

4100 W

Nominal: –48 VDC

Operating range: –40 to –72 VDC

DC nominal input current rating @48 VDC

Two-Feed Mode

104 A for both feeds (54 A and 50 A per feed)

128 A for both feeds (66 A and 62 A per feed) Maximum input current rating @ 40 VDC input voltage

One-Feed Mode

1700 W

One-Feed Mode

42 A

52 A

Maximum DC inrush current 140.5 A for both feeds (70 A and 70.5 A per feed

Efficiency

NOTE: This value is at full load and nominal voltage.

86%

70 A

Table 84: Power System Electrical Specifications

Item Normal-Capacity High-Capacity

Redundancy 2+2

Output power (maximum) per supply

2800 W

Output power (maximum) per system

5600 W

2+2

Two-feed mode

4100 W

8200 W

One-feed mode

1700 W

3400 W

Documentation

•

Calculating Power Requirements for MX960 Routers on page 161

•

• MX960 DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines

• show chassis power

Chapter 13: DC Power Requirements, Specifications, and Guidelines

Power Requirements for an MX960 Router

Table 75 on page 153

lists the MX960 base system and cooling system power requirements.

lists the FRU power requirements for Switch Control Boards (SCBs),

Routing Engines, Modular Port Concentrators (MPCs), Modular Interface Cards (MICs),

Dense Port Concentrators (DPCs), and PICs. In addition,

Electrical Specifications for the MX960 DC Power Supply on page 169

lists the

MPC power requirements with MICs and optics at various operating temperatures.

Typical power represents power under certain temperatures and normal operating conditions.

Table 85: MX960 Common Component Power Requirements

Component Maximum Power Requirement Typical Power Requirement

Base system

Normal-capacity cooling system

50 W

600 W (full speed)

50 W

400 W (normal speed)

High-capacity cooling system 640 W (full speed) 450 W (normal speed)

Table 86: FRU Power Requirements

Component Part Number Maximum Power Requirement

Switch Control Boards (SCBs)

SCB SCB-MX960

(applies to

MX240, MX480, and MX960)

150 W

SCBE

SCBE2

SCBE-MX

(applies to

MX240, MX480, and MX960)

160 W at 55° C

130 W at 40° C

120 W at 25° C

SCBE2-MX

(applies to

MX240, MX480, and MX960)

185 W at 55° C

160 W at 40° C

155 W at 25° C

Routing Engines

171

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Table 86: FRU Power Requirements

(continued)

Component Part Number Maximum Power Requirement

Routing

Engines

RE-S-1300-2048 90 W

RE-S-1800X2-8G

RE-S-1800X4-8G

RE-S-1800X2-16G

RE-S-1800X4-16G

RE-S-1800X4-32G

RE-S-2000-4096

RE-S-X6-64G

Fixed Configuration MPCs

16x10GE MPC MPC-3D-16XGE-SFPP 440 W at 55° C ambient

MPC-3D-16XGE-SFPP-R-B 423 W at 25° C ambient

MS-MPC-128G 590 W Multiservices

MPC

32x10GE

MPC4E

MPC4E-3D-32XGE-SFPP 610 W

With optics:

607 W at 55° C, with SFPP ZR optics

584 W at 40° C, with SFPP ZR optics

565 W at 25° C, with SFPP ZR optics

2x100GE +

8x10GE

MPC4E

6x40GE +

24x10GE

MPC5E

6x40GE +

24x10GE

MPC5EQ

MPC4E-3D-2CGE-8XGE 610 W

With optics:

607 W at 55° C, with SFPP ZR and CFP LR4 optics

584 W at 40° C, with SFPP ZR and CFP LR4 optics

565 W at 25° C, with SFPP ZR and CFP LR4 optics

MPC5E-40G10G

MPC5EQ-40G10G

With optics:

607 W at 55° C

541 W at 40° C

511 W at 25° C

Chapter 13: DC Power Requirements, Specifications, and Guidelines

Table 86: FRU Power Requirements

(continued)

Component Part Number Maximum Power Requirement

2x100GE +

4x10GE

MPC5E

2x100GE +

4x10GE

MPC5EQ

MPC7E

(Multi-Rate)

MPC5E-100G10G

MPC5EQ-100G10G

With optics:

607 W at 55° C

541 W at 40° C

511 W at 25° C

MPC7E-MRATE With optics:

545 W at 55° C

465 W at 40° C

440 W at 25° C

MPCs

MPC1

MPC1E

MPC1 Q

MPC1E Q

MPC2

MPC2E

MPC2 Q

MPC2E Q

MPC2 EQ

MPC2E EQ

MX-MPC1-3D

MX-MPC1E-3D

165 W

With MICs and optics:

239 W at 55° C

227 W at 40° C

219 W at 25° C

MX-MPC1-3D-Q 175 W

MX-MPC1E-3D-Q With MICs and optics:

249 W at 55° C

237 W at 40° C

228 W at 25° C

MX-MPC2-3D

MX-MPC2E-3D

274 W

With MICs and optics:

348 W at 55° C

329 W at 40° C

315 W at 25° C

MX-MPC2-3D-Q 294 W

MX-MPC2E-3D-Q With MICs and optics:

368 W at 55° C

MX-MPC2-3D-EQ

MX-MPC2E-3D-EQ

347 W at 40° C

333 W at 25° C

173

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Table 86: FRU Power Requirements

(continued)

Component Part Number Maximum Power Requirement

MPC2E P

MPC2E NG

MX-MPC2E-3D-P 294 W

With MICs and optics:

368 W at 55° C

347 W at 40° C

333 W at 25° C

MPC2E-3D-NG 474 W

With MICs and optics:

474 W at 55° C

417 W at 40° C

400 W at 25° C

MPC2E NG Q MPC2E-3D-NG-Q 529 W

With MICs and optics:

529 W at 55° C

460 W at 40° C

438 W at 25° C

MPC3E MX-MPC3E-3D

MPC3E NG MPC3E-3D-NG

440 W

With MICs and optics:

500 W at 55° C, two 40W MICs

485 W at 40° C, two CFP MICs with LR4 optics

473 W at 25° C, two CFP MICs with LR4 optics

534 W

With MICs and optics:

534 W at 55° C

485 W at 40° C

461 W at 25° C

MPC3E NG Q MPC3E-3D-NG-Q 583 W

With MICs and optics:

583 W at 55° C

532 W at 40° C

503 W at 25° C

Chapter 13: DC Power Requirements, Specifications, and Guidelines

Table 86: FRU Power Requirements

(continued)

Component Part Number Maximum Power Requirement

MICs

ATM MIC with

SFP

MPC4E-3D-2CGE-8XGE 610 W

With optics:

607 W at 55° C, with SFPP ZR and CFP LR4 optics

584 W at 40° C, with SFPP ZR and CFP LR4 optics

565 W at 25° C, with SFPP ZR and CFP LR4 optics

35 W

Gigabit

Ethernet MIC with SFP

MIC-3D-20-GE-SFP 37 W

10-Gigabit

Ethernet MIC with XFP

2-Port:

MIC-3D-2XGE-XFP

2-Port: 29 W

4-Port: 37 W

4-Port:

MIC-3D-4XGE-XFP

10-Gigabit

Ethernet MIC with SFP+

MIC3-3D-10XGE-SFPP 24.2 W at 55° C with SR and LR optics

29.8 W at 55° C with ER optics

29.8 W at 40° C with ZR optics

40-Gigabit

Ethernet MIC with QSFP+

MIC3-3D-2X40GE-QSFPP 18 W

100-Gigabit

Ethernet MIC with CFP

MIC3-3D-1X100GE-CFP 40 W

100-Gigabit

Ethernet MIC with CXP

MIC3-3D-1X100GE-CXP 20 W

100-Gigabit

DWDM OTN

MIC with CFP2

MIC3-100G-DWDM With optics:

91 W at 55° C

83 W at 25° C

Multiservices

MIC

MS-MIC-16G 60 W

175

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Table 86: FRU Power Requirements

(continued)

Component Part Number Maximum Power Requirement

SONET/SDH

OC3/STM1

Multi-Rate

MIC

4-Port:

MIC-3D-4OC3OC12-1OC48

4-Port:

24 W at 55° C

22.75 W at 40° C

21.5 W at 25° C

8-Port:

MIC-3D-8OC3OC12-4OC48

8-Port:

29 W at 55° C

27.75 W at 40° C

26.5 W at 25° C

SONET/SDH

OC192/STM64

MIC with XFP

MIC-3D-1OC192-XFP 41 W at 55° C

38.5 W at 40° C

36 W at 25° C

Channelized

SONET/SDH

OC3/STM1

Multi-Rate

MIC

4-Port:

MIC-3D-4CHOC3-2CHOC12

4-Port:

41 W at 55° C

40 W at 40° C

39 W at 25° C

8-Port:

MIC-3D-8CHOC3-4CHOC12

8-Port:

52 W at 55° C

50.5 W at 40° C

49 W at 25° C

Tri-Rate MIC

DS3/E3 MIC

MIC-3D-40GE-TX 41 W

MIC-3D-8DS3-E3 36 W at 55° C

MIC-3D-8CHDS3-E3-B 35 W at 40° C

34 W at 25° C

Channelized

E1/T1 Circuit

Emulation MIC

MIC-3D-16CHE1-T1-CE 29.08 W at 55° C

27.84 W at 40° C

26.55 W at 25° C

Chapter 13: DC Power Requirements, Specifications, and Guidelines

Table 86: FRU Power Requirements

(continued)

Component Part Number Maximum Power Requirement

Channelized

OC3/STM1

(Multi-Rate)

Circuit

Emulation MIC with SFP

MIC-3D-4COC3-1COC12-CE 36.48 W at 55° C

35.04 W at 40° C

33.96 W at 25° C

DPCs

Gigabit

Ethernet DPC with SFP

DPC-R-40GE-SFP 335 W

Gigabit

Ethernet

Enhanced DPC with SFP

DPCE-R-40GE-SFP

DPCE-X-40GE-SFP

335 W

Gigabit

Ethernet

Enhanced

Queuing

Ethernet

Services DPC with SFP

(40-Port)

DPCE-R-Q-40GE-SFP 365 W

DPCE-X-Q-40GE-SFP

Gigabit

Ethernet

Enhanced

Queuing IP

Services DPCs with SFP

(20-Port)

DPCE-R-Q-20GE-SFP 200 W

10-Gigabit

Ethernet DPC with XFP

DPC-R-4XGE-XFP 310 W

10-Gigabit

Ethernet

Enhanced DPC with XFP

(2-Port)

DPCE-R-2XGE-XFP 175 W

10-Gigabit

Ethernet

Enhanced DPC with XFP

(4-Port)

DPCE-R-4XGE-XFP

DPCE-X-4XGE-XFP

310 W

177

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Table 86: FRU Power Requirements

(continued)

Component Part Number Maximum Power Requirement

10-Gigabit

Ethernet

Enhanced

Queuing

Ethernet

Services DPC with XFP or

Enhanced

Queuing IP

Services DPC with XFP

DPCE-R-Q-4XGE-XFP 330 W

DPCE-X-Q-4XGE-XFP

Multi-Rate

Ethernet

Enhanced DPC with SFP and

XFP or

Multi-Rate

Ethernet

Enhanced

Ethernet

Services DPC with SFP and

XFP

DPCE-R-20GE-2XGE

DPCE-X-20GE-2XGE

333 W

Multi-Rate

Ethernet

Enhanced

Queuing IP

Services DPC with SFP and

XFP

DPCE-R-Q-20GE-2XGE 335 W

Tri-Rate

Enhanced DPC or Tri-Rate

Enhanced

Ethernet

Services DPC

DPCE-R-40GE-TX

DPCE-X-40GE-TX

320 W

265 W Multiservices

DPC

MS-DPC

FPCs

FPC Type 2

FPC Type 3

MX-FPC2

MX-FPC3

190 W (with PICs and optics)

265 W (with PICs and optics)

Documentation

•

•

Electrical Specifications for the MX960 AC Power Supply on page 151

Chapter 13: DC Power Requirements, Specifications, and Guidelines

Calculating Power Requirements for MX960 Routers

“Electrical Specifications for the MX960

We recommend that you provision power according to the maximum input current listed in the power supply electrical specifications (see

AC Power Supply” on page 151

and

“Electrical Specifications for the MX960 DC Power

Supply” on page 169 ).

Use the following procedures to calculate the power requirement:

Calculate the power requirement.

Evaluate the power budget.

Calculate input power.

Calculate thermal output (BTUs) for cooling requirements.

179

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Both normal-capacity and high-capacity MX960 chassis with DC power supplies and

“Power Requirements for an MX960 Router” on page 152

for information on zoning). When calculating power requirements, be sure that there is adequate power for each zone.

Three AC power supplies are mandatory for MX960 chassis with normal-capacity AC power supplies.

Table 87: MX960 Zoning

Chassis Power Configuration Zone

Power Supply

(PEM) Components Receiving Power

MX960 DC (normal-capacity and high-capacity power supplies); MX960 AC (high-capacity power supplies)

Zone 0

MX960 DC (normal-capacity and high-capacity power supplies); MX960 AC (high-capacity power supplies)

Zone 1

PEM 0 or 2

PEM 1 or 3

•

Lower fan tray

DPC/MPC slots 6 through 11

SCB slots 1 through 2

•

Upper fan tray

DPC/MPC slots 0 through 5

SCB slot 0

The following sample configuration shows an MX960 chassis with:

• Four high-capacity AC power supplies (using two feeds for each power supply); two supplies are active, two are redundant

• Six 16 port 10 GbE MPC with SFP+ interfaces (slots 0 through 5)

• Two SCBs with two (redundant) RE-1800x2 routing engines (SCB slot 0 and SCB slot

• SCB (SCB slot 6)

• Five 16 port 10 GbE MPC with SFP+ interfaces (slots 7 through 11)

• High-capacity cooling system (upper and lower fan trays)

NOTE: The high-capacity cooling system satisfies cooling requirements of MPCs, and must be used for proper cooling.

Chapter 13: DC Power Requirements, Specifications, and Guidelines

Calculate the power requirements (usage) using the values in

as shown in

Table 78 on page 163 .

Table 88: Sample Power Requirements for an MX960 Router

Chassis Component Part Number Power Requirement Zone

Base system MX960BASE-AC-HIGH 50 W

—

High-capacity cooling system FFANTRAY-MX960-HC 320 W * 2 = 640 W Zone 0 (lower fan tray) and Zone 1 (upper fan tray)

Zone 1

Zone 0

Zone 1

MPC - slots 0 through 5

MPC - slots 7 through 11

SCB 0

SCB 1

MPC-3D-16XGE-SFPP

SCBE2-MX with

RE-S-1800X2-8G

SCBE2-MX with

RE-S-1800X2-8G

SCB 2 - slot 6 SCBE2-MX

MX960 normal-capacity AC (not zoned)

Zone 0 total output power

Zone 1 total output power

440 W * 6 = 2640 W

440 W * 5 = 2200 W

185 W

90 W

185 W

90 W

185 W

6265 W

3005 W

3260 W

Divided equally between zone 0 and zone 1.

Zone 0

Evaluate the power budget, including the budget for each zone if applicable. In this step, we check the required power against the maximum output power of available power supply options.

Table 79 on page 163

lists the power supplies, their maximum output power, and unused power (or a power deficit).

Table 89: Calculating Power Budget

Power Supply

Maximum Output

Power of Power

Supply

Maximum Output

Power for System

Nonzoned

Unused Power

Zone 0 Unused

Power

Zone 1 Unused

Power

MX960 AC normal-capacity

1700 W 5100 W Power exceeded

(non-zoned;

5100 W - 6160 = power exceeded)

– –

181

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Table 89: Calculating Power Budget

(continued)

Power Supply

Maximum Output

Power of Power

Supply

Maximum Output

Power for System

Nonzoned

Unused Power

Zone 0 Unused

Power

Zone 1 Unused

Power

MX960 AC high-capacity

MX960 DC normal-capacity

MX960 DC high-capacity

1700 W (one feed)

4100 W (two feeds)

3400 W (one feed)

8200 W (two feeds)

–

2800 W 5600 W –

1700 W (one feed)

4100 W (two feeds)

3400 W (one feed)

8200 W (two feeds)

–

Power exceeded Power exceeded

1165 W 875 W

Power exceeded Power exceeded

1165 W 875 W

For this configuration, output power is 2935 W.

For this configuration, output power is 3225 W.

Table 80 on page 164

NOTE: MX960 AC and MX960 DC normal-capacity power supplies are not included in the following table, because their power budget was exceeded in the sample configuration.

Table 90: Calculating Input Power

Power Supply

MX960 AC high-capacity

MX960 DC high-capacity

Power Supply Efficiency

~88 %

86 %

Input Power Requirement

3335 W

3413 W

These values are at full load and nominal voltage.

For this configuration, total power for zone 0 is 2935 W. The calculation method for zone 1 is the same as zone 0.

Zone 0 requirement.

Calculate thermal output (BTUs). To calculate this, multiply the input power requirement (in watts) by 3.41 as shown in

Table 81 on page 165 .

Chapter 13: DC Power Requirements, Specifications, and Guidelines

Table 91: Calculating Thermal Output

Power Supply

MX960 AC high-capacity

MX960 DC high-capacity

Thermal Output (BTUs per hour)

3335 * 3.41 = 11,372 BTU/hr

3413 * 3.41 = 11,638 BTU/hr

Zone 0 output. The calculation method for zone 1 is the same as for zone 0.

Documentation

•

Electrical Specifications for the MX960 AC Power Supply on page 151

•

•

Electrical Specifications for the MX960 DC Power Supply on page 169

DC Power Circuit Breaker Requirements for the MX960 Router

If you plan to operate a maximally configured DC-powered router with normal capacity power suplies, we recommend that you provision at least 116 A (58 A per feed) @ –48

VDC (nominal) for the system. Use a customer site circuit breaker rated according to respective National Electrical Code and customer site internal standards to maintain proper level of protection for the current specified above.

If you plan to operate a maximally configured DC-powered router with high-capacity power supplies, we recommend that you provision at least 208 A (104 A per supply) @

–48 VDC (nominal) for the system. This is maximum current draw at –48 VDC when two power supplies are providing the power to the system and the redundant power supplies are not supplying power or not present. Use a customer site circuit breaker rated according to respective National Electrical Code and customer site internal standards to maintain proper level of protection for the current specified above.

If you plan to operate a DC-powered router at less than the maximum configuration, we recommend that you provision a circuit breaker according to respective National Electrical

Code and customer site internal standards to maintain proper level of protection for the current specified above or each DC power supply rated for at least 125% of the continuous current that the system draws at –48 VDC.

Documentation

•

Electrical Specifications for the MX960 DC Power Supply on page 169

• MX960 DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines

•

DC Power Source Cabling for the MX960 Router

Figure 49 on page 184

shows a typical DC source cabling arrangement.

183

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Figure 49: Typical DC Source Cabling to the Router

184

The DC power supplies in slots PEM0 and PEM1 must be powered by dedicated power feeds derived from feed A , and the DC power supplies in slots PEM2 and PEM3 must be powered by dedicated power feeds derived from feed B . This configuration provides the commonly deployed A/B feed redundancy for the system.

CAUTION: You must ensure that power connections maintain the proper polarity. The power source cables might be labeled (+) and (–) to indicate their polarity. There is no standard color coding for DC power cables. The color coding used by the external DC power source at your site determines the color coding for the leads on the power cables that attach to the terminal studs on each power supply.

WARNING: For field-wiring connections, use copper conductors only.

CAUTION: Power cords and cables must not block access to device components or drape where people could trip on them.

Documentation

• General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Electrical Codes for Juniper Networks Devices

•

Connecting Power to a DC-Powered MX960 Router with Normal-Capacity Power

•

Replacing an MX960 DC Power Supply Cable on page 404

•

Chapter 13: DC Power Requirements, Specifications, and Guidelines

•

Connecting an MX960 DC Power Supply Cable on page 244

•

DC Power Cable Specifications for the MX960 Router on page 185

DC Power Cable Specifications for the MX960 Router

The accessory box shipped with the router includes the cable lugs that attach to the terminal studs of each power supply (see

Figure 50 on page 185 ).

Figure 50: DC Power Cable Lug

2.25

End view

0.55

0.28

2 holes

0.08

0.25

0.63

0.37

4 AWG conductor

Crimp area

All measurements in inches

WARNING: The Router is a pluggable type A equipment installed in restricted access location. It has a separate protective earthing terminal (Metric [–M6] and English [–¼-20] screw ground lugs) provided on the chassis in addition to the grounding pin of the power supply cord. This separate protective earth terminal must be permanently connected to earth.

Table 92 on page 185

summarizes the specifications for the power cables, which you must supply.

Table 92: DC Power Cable Specifications

Cable Type Quantity and Specification

Power Eight 4-AWG (13.3 mm

), minimum 60°C wire, or as required by the local code

185

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Documentation

•

DC Power Source Cabling for the MX960 Router on page 183

• MX960 DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines

•

•

Connecting an MX960 DC Power Supply Cable on page 244

PART 3

Initial Installation and Configuration

•

Installing the Mounting Hardware on page 195

•

•

Installing the MX960 Router on page 203

•

Connecting the MX960 Router to Power on page 225

•

Connecting the MX960 Router to the Network on page 247

•

Initially Configuring the MX960 Router on page 257

187

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

CHAPTER 14

Unpacking the MX960 Router

•

Tools and Parts Required to Unpack the MX960 Router on page 189

•

•

Tools and Parts Required to Unpack the MX960 Router

To unpack the router and prepare for installation, you need the following tools:

• Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2

• 1/2-in. or 13-mm open-end or socket wrench to remove bracket bolts from the shipping pallet

• Blank panels to cover any slots not occupied by a component

Documentation

•

•

•

Tools and Parts Required to Unpack the MX960 Router on page 189

Unpacking the MX960 Router

The router is shipped in a wooden crate. A wooden pallet forms the base of the crate.

The router chassis is bolted to this pallet. Quick Start installation instructions and a cardboard accessory box are also included in the shipping crate.

The shipping container measures 21 in. (53.3 cm) high, 23.5 in. (60.0 cm) wide, and

32.5 in. (82.5 cm) deep. The total weight of the container containing the router and accessories can range from 93 lb (42.2 kg) to 169 lb (76.7 kg).

NOTE: The router is maximally protected inside the shipping crate. Do not unpack it until you are ready to begin installation.

189

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

To unpack the router (see

Figure 51 on page 190

Move the shipping crate to a staging area as close to the installation site as possible, where you have enough room to remove the components from the chassis. While the chassis is bolted to the pallet, you can use a forklift or pallet jack to move it.

Position the shipping crate with the arrows pointing up.

Open all the latches on the shipping crate.

Remove the front door of the shipping crate cover and set it aside.

Slide the remainder of the shipping crate cover off the pallet.

Remove the foam covering the top of the router.

Remove the accessory box and the Quick Start installation instructions.

Verify the parts received against the lists.

Remove the vapor corrosion inhibitor (VCI) packs attached to the pallet, being careful not to break the VCI packs open.

10.

To remove the brackets holding the chassis on the pallet, use a 1/2-in. socket wrench and a number 2 Phillips screwdriver to remove the bolts and screws from the brackets.

11.

Store the brackets and bolts inside the accessory box.

12.

Save the shipping crate cover, pallet, and packing materials in case you need to move or ship the router at a later time.

Figure 51: Contents of the Shipping Crate

Chapter 14: Unpacking the MX960 Router

Documentation

•

•

Installing the MX960 Router Using a Mechanical Lift on page 214

•

Verifying the MX960 Parts Received

A packing list is included in each shipment. Check the parts in the shipment against the items on the packing list. The packing list specifies the part numbers and descriptions of each part in your order.

If any part is missing, contact a customer service representative.

A fully configured router contains the router chassis with installed components, listed in

Table 93 on page 191 , and an accessory box, which contains the parts listed in

Table 94 on page 192

. The parts shipped with your router can vary depending on the configuration you ordered.

Table 93: Parts List for a Fully Configured MX960 Router

Component Quantity

Chassis, including midplane, craft interface, front-mounting flanges, and center-mounting brackets

DPCs

FPCs

MPCs

Up to 12

Up to 6

Up to 12

MICs

PICs

Routing Engines

SCBs

Power supplies

Fan trays

Air filter

Air filter tray

Quick start installation instructions

Large mounting shelf

Up to 24

Up to 12

1 or 2

Up to 3

Up to 4

191

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

192

Table 93: Parts List for a Fully Configured MX960 Router

(continued)

Component Quantity

Small mounting shelf

Blank panels for slots without components installed

One blank panel for each slot not occupied by a component

Table 94: Accessory Box Parts List

Part Quantity

Screws to mount chassis

DC power terminal Lugs, 4-AWG

RJ-45 cable, with RJ-45 Jack to Female DB-9, to connect the router through the serial port

Terminal block plug, 3 pole, 5.08 mm spacing, 12A, to connect the router alarms

Label, accessories contents, MX960

USB flash drive with Junos

Read me first document

Affidavit for T1 connection

Juniper Networks Product Warranty

End User License Agreement

Document sleeve

3" x 5" pink bag

9" x 12" pink bag, ESD

Accessory Box, 19 x 12 x 3"

Ethernet cable, RJ-45/RJ-45, 4-pair stranded UTP,

Category 5E, 15'

ESD wrist strap with cable

Documentation

•

Tools and Parts Required to Unpack the MX960 Router on page 189

•

•

Installing the MX960 Mounting Hardware for a Four-Post Rack or Cabinet on page 195

Chapter 14: Unpacking the MX960 Router

193

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

CHAPTER 15

Installing the Mounting Hardware

•

•

Installing the MX960 Mounting Hardware for Front-Mounting in an Open-Frame

Rack on page 197

•

Installing the MX960 Mounting Hardware for Center-Mounting in an Open-Frame

Rack on page 199

Installing the MX960 Mounting Hardware for a Four-Post Rack or Cabinet

Before installing the router in a four-post rack or cabinet, install the large mounting shelf, followed by the small mounting shelf. You must also remove the mounting brackets from the chassis.

Table 95 on page 195

specifies the holes in which you insert cage nuts, if needed, and screws to install the mounting hardware required in a four-post or cabinet rack (an X indicates a mounting hole location). The hole distances are relative to one of the standard

U divisions on the rack. The bottom of all mounting shelves is at 0.04 in. (0.02 U) above a U division.

Table 95: Four-Post Rack or Cabinet Mounting Hole Locations

Hole Distance Above U Division

Large

Shelf

Small

Shelf

3 1.51 in. (3.8 cm) 0.86 U X

0.88 in. (2.2 cm)

0.25 in. (0.6 cm)

0.50 U

0.14 U

X X

To install the mounting shelves (see

Figure 52 on page 197 ):

On the front rack rails, install cage nuts, if needed, in the holes specified in

Table 95 on page 195

for the large shelf and the spacer bars.

On the front of each front rack rail, partially insert a mounting screw into the hole containing the lowest cage nut.

195

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Install the large shelf on the front rack rails. Rest the bottom slot of each flange of the large shelf on a mounting screw.

Partially insert a mounting screw into the top hole in each flange of the large shelf.

Tighten all the screws completely.

On the rear rack rails, install cage nuts, if needed, in the holes specified in

Table 95 on page 195

for the small shelf.

On the back of each rear rack rail, partially insert a mounting screw into the hole containing the lowest cage nut.

Install the small shelf on the back rack rails. Rest the bottom slot of each flange of the small shelf on a mounting screw. The small shelf installs on the back of the rear rails, extending toward the center of the rack. The bottom of the small shelf should align with the bottom of the large shelf.

Partially insert screws into the open holes in the flanges of the small shelf.

10.

Tighten all the screws completely.

Chapter 15: Installing the Mounting Hardware

Figure 52: Installing the Mounting Hardware for a Four-Post Rack or

Cabinet

After the mounting hardware is installed, proceed to

“Installing the MX960 Router Using a Mechanical Lift” on page 214

Documentation

•

Installing the MX960 Mounting Hardware for Center-Mounting in an Open-Frame Rack on page 199

•

Installing the MX960 Mounting Hardware for Front-Mounting in an Open-Frame Rack on page 197

•

“Installing the MX960 Router Using a Mechanical Lift” on page 214

Installing the MX960 Mounting Hardware for Front-Mounting in an Open-Frame Rack

Before front-mounting the router in an open-frame rack, install the large mounting shelf on the rack, and remove the mounting brackets from the chassis. The small mounting shelf is not needed.

Table 96 on page 198

specifies the holes in which you insert screws to install the mounting hardware in an open-frame rack (an X indicates a mounting hole location). The hole distances are relative to one of the standard U divisions on the rack. For reference, the bottom of all mounting shelves is at 0.04 in. (0.02 U) above a U division.

197

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Table 96: Mounting Hardware Hole Locations for Front-Mounting in an

Open-Frame Rack

Hole Distance Above U Division Large Shelf

X 30

17.26 in. (43.8 cm) 9.86 U

15.51 in. (39.4 cm) 8.86 U X

X 24

13.76 in. (34.9 cm) 7.86 U

12.01 in. (30.5 cm) 6.86 U X

X 10.26 in. (26.0 cm) 5.86 U

8.51 in. (21.6 cm)

6.76 in. (17.1 cm)

4.86 U

3.86 U

X 9

5.01 in. (12.7 cm)

3.26 in. (8.3 cm)

2.86 U

1.86 U X

X 1.51 in. (3.8 cm)

0.88 in. (2.2 cm)

0.25 in. (0.6 cm)

0.86 U

0.50 U

0.14 U

To install the large mounting shelf (see

Figure 53 on page 199 ):

On the rear of each rack rail, install cage nuts, if needed, in the holes specified in

Table 96 on page 198

for the large shelf.

Partially insert a mounting screw into the highest hole specified in

Table 96 on page 198

Hange the shelf over the mounting screws using the keyhole slots located near the top of the large shelf flanges.

Partially insert screws into the open holes in the flanges of the large shelf.

Tighten all the screws completely.

Chapter 15: Installing the Mounting Hardware

Figure 53: Installing the Mounting Hardware for Front-Mounting in an

Open-Frame Rack

Open-frame rack

Large mounting shelf

After the mounting hardware is installed, proceed to

Documentation

•

Installing the MX960 Mounting Hardware for a Four-Post Rack or Cabinet on page 195

•

Installing the MX960 Mounting Hardware for Center-Mounting in an Open-Frame Rack on page 199

•

“Installing the MX960 Router Using a Mechanical Lift” on page 214

Installing the MX960 Mounting Hardware for Center-Mounting in an Open-Frame Rack

Before center-mounting the router in an open-frame rack, you must install the large mounting shelf on the rack. The small mounting shelf is not needed.

Table 97 on page 200

199

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Table 97: Mounting Hardware Hole Locations for Center-Mounting in an

Open-Frame Rack

Hole Distance Above U Division Large Shelf

X 30

17.26 in. (43.8 cm) 9.86 U

15.51 in. (39.4 cm) 8.86 U X

X 24

13.76 in. (34.9 cm) 7.86 U

12.01 in. (30.5 cm) 6.86 U X

X 10.26 in. (26.0 cm) 5.86 U

8.51 in. (21.6 cm)

6.76 in. (17.1 cm)

4.86 U

3.86 U

X 9

5.01 in. (12.7 cm)

3.26 in. (8.3 cm)

2.86 U

1.86 U X

X 1.51 in. (3.8 cm)

0.88 in. (2.2 cm)

0.25 in. (0.6 cm)

0.86 U

0.50 U

0.14 U

To install the large mounting shelf (see

Figure 54 on page 201 ):

On the rear of each rack rail, partially insert a mounting screw into the highest hole specified in

Table 97 on page 200

for the large shelf.

Install the large shelf on the rack. Hang the shelf over the mounting screws using the keyhole slots located near the top of the large shelf flanges.

Partially insert screws into the open holes in the flanges of the large shelf.

Tighten all the screws completely.

Chapter 15: Installing the Mounting Hardware

Figure 54: Installing the Mounting Hardware for Center-Mounting in an

Open-Frame Rack

Open-frame rack

Large mounting shelf

After the mounting hardware is installed, proceed to

Documentation

•

Installing the MX960 Mounting Hardware for a Four-Post Rack or Cabinet on page 195

•

Installing the MX960 Mounting Hardware for Front-Mounting in an Open-Frame Rack on page 197

•

Installing an MX960 Router Overview on page 203

201

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

CHAPTER 16

Installing the MX960 Router

•

•

Removing Components from the MX960 Router Chassis Before Installing It with a

Lift on page 204

•

Tools Required to Install the MX960 Router with a Mechanical Lift on page 213

•

Installing the MX960 Router Using a Mechanical Lift on page 214

•

Reinstalling Components in the MX960 Chassis After Installing It with a Lift on page 216

Installing an MX960 Router Overview

To install the MX960 router:

Prepare your installation site.

See

“MX960 Site Preparation Checklist” on page 124 .

Review the safety guidelines.

• General Safety Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices

• General Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices

Unpack the router and verify the parts.

Installing the MX960 Mounting Hardware for a Four-Post Rack or Cabinet on page 195

Install the mounting hardware.

•

•

Installing the MX960 Mounting Hardware for Front-Mounting in an Open-Frame

Rack on page 197

•

Installing the MX960 Mounting Hardware for Center-Mounting in an Open-Frame

Rack on page 199

Lift the router on to the rack. Because of the weight of the router, we recommend that you use a mechanical lift.

203

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

See

“Installing the MX960 Router Using a Mechanical Lift” on page 214 .

Connect cables to the network and external devices.

See

“Connecting the MX960 Router to Management and Alarm Devices” on page 247 .

Connect the grounding cable

See

“Grounding the MX960 Router” on page 226 .

Connect the AC power cord or DC power cables:

•

Connecting Power to an AC-Powered MX960 Router with Normal-Capacity Power

Connecting Power to a DC-Powered MX960 Router with Normal-Capacity Power

•

Powering On an AC-Powered MX960 Router with Normal Capacity Power Supplies on page 232

Power on the router:

•

•

Powering On a DC-Powered MX960 Router with Normal Capacity Power Supplies on page 240

10.

Perform the initial system configuration.

See

“Initially Configuring the MX960 Router” on page 257

Documentation

•

Routine Maintenance Procedures for the MX960 Router on page 443

•

•

Troubleshooting Resources for MX960 Routers on page 487

Removing Components from the MX960 Router Chassis Before Installing It with a Lift

Before installing the router with a lift, you must first remove components from the chassis, and reinstall the components the router is installed in the rack. With components removed, the chassis weighs approximately 150 lb (68.04 kg).

Removing the Power Supplies Before Installing an MX960 Router with a Lift on page 205

Removing the Standard Cable Manager Before Installing an MX960 Router with a

Lift on page 206

Removing the Fan Trays Before Installing an MX960 Router with a Lift on page 207

Removing the SCBs Before Installing an MX960 Router with a Lift on page 209

Removing the DPCs Before Installing an MX960 Router with a Lift on page 210

Removing the FPCs Before Installing the MX960 Router with a Lift on page 212

Chapter 16: Installing the MX960 Router

Removing the Power Supplies Before Installing an MX960 Router with a Lift

Remove the leftmost power supply first and then work your way to the right. To remove the AC or DC power supplies for each power supply (see

Figure 55 on page 206 ):

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.

On an AC-powered router, move the AC input switch in the chassis above each power supply to the off ( O ) position. On a DC-powered router, move the DC circuit breaker on each power supply faceplate to the off ( O ) position.

We recommend this even though the power supplies are not connected to power sources.

While grasping the handle on the power supply faceplate with one hand, use your other hand to pull the spring-loaded locking pin in the release lever away from the chassis and turn the release lever counterclockwise until it stops.

Let go of the locking pin in the release lever. Ensure that the pin is seated inside the corresponding hole in the chassis.

Pull the power supply straight out of the chassis.

WARNING: Do not touch the power connector on the top of the power supply. It can contain dangerous voltages.

205

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Figure 55: Removing a Power Supply Before Installing the MX960 Router

Removing the Standard Cable Manager Before Installing an MX960 Router with a Lift

To remove the standard cable manager (see

Figure 56 on page 207

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.

Using a 7/16-in. (11 mm) nut driver, unscrew the nuts on the corners of the standard cable manager.

Grasp the bottom of the standard cable manager, and pull it straight out from the studs on the front of the chassis.

Chapter 16: Installing the MX960 Router

Figure 56: Removing the Standard Cable Manager

Removing the Fan Trays Before Installing an MX960 Router with a Lift

To remove the upper or lower fan tray (see

Figure 57 on page 208

and

Figure 58 on page 209

, which illustrate the upper and lower fan trays):

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.

Loosen the captive screw on each side of the fan tray faceplate.

Grasp both sides of the fan tray, and pull it out approximately 1 to 3 inches.

Press on the two latches located on the inside of the fan tray to release the fan tray from the chassis.

Place one hand under the fan tray to support it, and pull the fan tray completely out of the chassis.

207

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Figure 57: Removing an Upper Fan Tray

FAIL

ONLINE

FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

PEM 0 1 2 3

OK FAIL

ONLINE

FAN

OK FAIL

ONLINE

MASTER

ONLINE

RE0

OK FAIL

OFFLINE

RE1

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

2 6

ONLINE

ACO/LT

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

NC C NO

FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

Chapter 16: Installing the MX960 Router

Figure 58: Removing a Lower Fan Tray

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

PEM 0 1 2 3

OK FAIL

ONLINE

FAN

OK FAIL

ONLINE

RE0

OK FAIL

MASTER

ONLINE

OFFLINE

RE1

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

2 6

ONLINE

YELL

OK FAIL

ONLINE

ACO/LT

OK FAIL

NC C NO

FAIL

ONLINE

FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

Removing the SCBs Before Installing an MX960 Router with a Lift

To remove the SCBs (see

Figure 59 on page 210 ):

Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.

Rotate the ejector handles simultaneously counterclockwise to unseat the SCB.

Grasp the ejector handles, and slide the SCB about halfway out of the chassis.

Place one hand underneath the SCB to support it, and slide it completely out of the chassis. Place it on the antistatic mat.

209

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

CAUTION: Do not stack hardware components on one another after you remove them. Place each component on an antistatic mat resting on a stable, flat surface.

Repeat the procedure for each SCB.

Figure 59: Removing an SCB

FAIL

ONLINE

FAIL

ONLINE

FAIL

ONLINE

PEM 0 1 2 3

FAIL OK

FAIL

ONLINE

FAN

FAIL

ONLINE

RE0

FAIL

MASTER

ONLINE

OFFLINE

RE1

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

2 6

ONLINE

ACO/LT

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

NC C NO NC

C NO

FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

Removing the DPCs Before Installing an MX960 Router with a Lift

To remove a DPC (see

Figure 60 on page 211 ):

Have ready an antistatic mat for the DPC. Also have ready rubber safety caps for each

DPC using an optical interface on the DPC that you are removing.

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.

Simultaneously turn both the ejector handles counterclockwise to unseat the DPC.

Chapter 16: Installing the MX960 Router

Grasp the handles, and slide the DPC straight out of the card cage halfway.

Place one hand around the front of the DPC and the other hand under it to support it.

Slide the DPC completely out of the chassis, and place it on the antistatic mat or in the electrostatic bag.

CAUTION: The weight of the DPC is concentrated in the back end. Be prepared to accept the full weight—up to 13.1 lb (5.9 kg)—as you slide the

DPC out of the chassis.

When the DPC is out of the chassis, do not hold it by the ejector handles, bus bars, or edge connectors. They cannot support its weight.

Do not stack DPC on top of one another after removal. Place each one individually in an electrostatic bag or on its own antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.

Figure 60: Removing a DPC

FAIL

ONLINE

FAIL

ONLINE

FAIL

ONLINE

PEM 0 1 2 3

FAIL OK

FAIL

ONLINE

FAN

FAIL

ONLINE

RE0

FAIL

MASTER

ONLINE

OFFLINE

RE1

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

2 6

ONLINE

ACO/LT

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

NC C NO NC

FAIL

C NO

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK/FAIL

2/0 2/5

1/0 1/5

3/0 3/5

211

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Removing the FPCs Before Installing the MX960 Router with a Lift

To remove an FPC (see

Figure 61 on page 213

Have ready an antistatic mat for the FPC. Also have ready rubber safety caps for each

PIC using an optical interface on the PIC that you are removing.

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.

Simultaneously turn both the ejector handles counterclockwise to unseat the FPC.

Grasp the handles, and slide the FPC straight out of the card cage halfway.

Place one hand around the front of the FPC and the other hand under it to support it.

Slide the FPC completely out of the chassis, and place it on the antistatic mat or in the electrostatic bag.

CAUTION: The weight of the FPC is concentrated in the back end. Be prepared to accept the full weight—up to 18 lb (8.2 kg)—as you slide the

FPC out of the chassis.

When the FPC is out of the chassis, do not hold it by the ejector handles, bus bars, or edge connectors. They cannot support its weight.

Figure 61: Removing an FPC

FAIL

ONLINE

FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

PEM 0 1 2 3

OK FAIL

ONLINE

FAN

OK FAIL

ONLINE

MASTER

ONLINE

RE0

OK FAIL

OFFLINE

RE1

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

2 6

ONLINE

ACO/LT

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

NC C NO

FAIL

C NO

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK/FAIL

2/0 2/5

1/0 1/5

3/0 3/5

Chapter 16: Installing the MX960 Router

Documentation

• Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX960 Router

•

Tools Required to Install the MX960 Router with a Mechanical Lift on page 213

•

•

Installing the MX960 Router Using a Mechanical Lift on page 214

•

Reinstalling Components in the MX960 Chassis After Installing It with a Lift on page 216

Tools Required to Install the MX960 Router with a Mechanical Lift

To install the router, you need the following tools:

• Mechanical lift

• Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2

• 7/16-in. (11 mm) nut driver

• ESD grounding wrist strap

Documentation

•

Removing Components from the MX960 Router Chassis Before Installing It with a Lift on page 204

213

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

•

•

Installing the MX960 Router Using a Mechanical Lift on page 214

•

Reinstalling Components in the MX960 Chassis After Installing It with a Lift on page 216

Installing the MX960 Router Using a Mechanical Lift

Because of the router's size and weight—up to 350 lb (158.8 kg) depending on the configuration—you must use mechanical lift to install the router.

CAUTION: Before front mounting the router in a rack, have a qualified technician verify that the rack is strong enough to support the router's weight and is adequately supported at the installation site.

To install the router using a lift (see

Figure 62 on page 215 ):

Ensure that the rack is in its permanent location and is secured to the building. Ensure that the installation site allows adequate clearance for both airflow and maintenance.

Load the router onto the lift, making sure it rests securely on the lift platform.

Using the lift, position the router in front of the rack or cabinet, centering it in front of the mounting shelf.

Lift the chassis approximately 0.75 in. above the surface of the mounting shelf and position it as close as possible to the shelf.

Carefully slide the router onto the mounting shelf so that the bottom of the chassis and the mounting shelf overlap by approximately two inches.

Slide the router onto the mounting shelves until the mounting brackets or front-mounting flanges contact the rack rails. The shelves ensure that the holes in the mounting brackets and the front-mounting flanges of the chassis align with the holes in the rack rails.

Move the lift away from the rack.

To install the router in an open-frame rack, install a mounting screw into each of the open mounting holes aligned with the rack, starting from the bottom.

Visually inspect the alignment of the router. To verify that the router is installed properly in the rack, verify that all the mounting screws on one side of the rack are aligned with the mounting screws on the opposite side and the router is level.

Chapter 16: Installing the MX960 Router

Figure 62: Installing the MX960 Router in the Rack

NOTE: This illustration depicts the router being installed in an open-frame rack.

Documentation

•

Tools Required to Install the MX960 Router with a Mechanical Lift on page 213

•

•

Removing Components from the MX960 Router Chassis Before Installing It with a Lift on page 204

•

Reinstalling Components in the MX960 Chassis After Installing It with a Lift on page 216

215

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Reinstalling Components in the MX960 Chassis After Installing It with a Lift

After the router is installed in the rack, reinstall the removed components before booting and configuring the router. You reinstall components first in the rear of the chassis, and then in the front:

Reinstalling the Power Supplies After Installing the MX960 Router with a

Lift on page 216

Reinstalling the Fan Trays After Installing the MX960 Router with a Lift on page 217

Reinstalling the SCBs After Installing the MX960 Router with a Lift on page 219

Reinstalling the DPCs After Installing the MX960 Router with a Lift on page 220

Reinstalling the FPCs After Installing the MX960 Router with a Lift on page 222

Reinstalling the Standard Cable Manager After Installing an MX960 Router with a

Lift on page 223

Reinstalling the Power Supplies After Installing the MX960 Router with a Lift

Reinstall the rightmost power supply first and then work your way to the left. To reinstall the AC or DC power supplies, follow this procedure for each power supply (see

Figure 63 on page 217

, which shows the installation of the DC power supplies):

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the

ESD points on the chassis.

For an AC-powered router, move the AC input switch in the chassis above the power supply slot to the off ( O ) position. For a DC-powered router, move the DC circuit breaker on the power supply to the off ( O ) position.

We recommend this even though the power supplies are not connected to power sources.

Ensure that the release lever below the empty power supply slot is locked in the counterclockwise position (see

Figure 63 on page 217

If necessary, pull the spring-loaded locking pin in the release lever away from the chassis and turn the release lever counterclockwise until it stops. Let go of the locking pin in the release lever. Ensure that the pin is seated inside the corresponding hole in the chassis.

Using both hands, slide the power supply straight into the chassis until the power supply is fully seated in the chassis slot. The power supply faceplate should be flush with any adjacent power supply faceplates.

The small tab on the metal housing that is controlled by the release lever must be inside of the corresponding slot at the bottom of the power supply. This tab is used to pull the power supply down in the chassis slot, prior to removing the power supply.

Chapter 16: Installing the MX960 Router

While firmly pushing the handle on the power supply faceplate with one hand, use your other hand to pull the spring-loaded locking pin in the release lever away from the chassis and turn the release lever clockwise until it stops.

Let go of the locking pin in the release lever. Ensure that the pin is seated inside the corresponding hole in the chassis.

Figure 63: Reinstalling a Power Supply

Reinstalling the Fan Trays After Installing the MX960 Router with a Lift

To reinstall the fan trays (see

Figure 64 on page 218

and

Figure 65 on page 219 ):

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the

ESD points on the chassis.

Grasp the fan tray on each side, and insert it straight into the chassis. Note the correct orientation by the "this side up" label on the top surface of the fan tray.

217

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Tighten the captive screws on each side of the fan tray faceplate to secure it in the chassis.

Lower the standard cable manager back into position, if necessary.

Figure 64: Installing an Upper Fan Tray

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

PEM 0 1 2 3

OK FAIL

ONLINE

FAN

OK FAIL

ONLINE

RE0

OK FAIL

MASTER

ONLINE

OFFLINE

RE1

FAIL

ONLINE

FAIL

2 6

ONLINE

ACO/LT

FAIL

ONLINE

FAIL

NC C

NO NC

OK FAIL

C NO

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

FAIL

ONLINE

Figure 65: Installing a Lower Rear Fan Tray

FAIL

ONLINE

FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

PEM 0 1 2 3

FAIL

OK FAIL

ONLINE

FAN

OK FAIL

ONLINE

MASTER

ONLINE

RE0

OK FAIL

OFFLINE

RE1

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

2 6

ONLINE

ACO/LT

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

NC C NO NC

C NO

FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

Chapter 16: Installing the MX960 Router

Reinstalling the SCBs After Installing the MX960 Router with a Lift

To reinstall an SCB (see

Figure 66 on page 220

CAUTION: Before removing or replacing an SCB, ensure that the ejector handles are stored horizontally and pressed toward the center of the SCB.

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the

ESD points on the chassis.

Carefully align the sides of the SCB with the guides inside the chassis.

Slide the SCB into the chassis until you feel resistance, carefully ensuring that it is correctly aligned.

219

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Grasp both ejector handles, and rotate them simultaneously clockwise until the SCB is fully seated.

Place the ejector handles in their proper position, vertically and toward the center of the board. To avoid blocking the visibility of the LEDs position the ejectors over the

PARK icon.

Figure 66: Reinstalling an SCB

FAIL

ONLINE

FAIL

ONLINE

FAIL

ONLINE

PEM 0 1 2 3

FAIL OK

FAIL

ONLINE

FAN

FAIL

ONLINE

RE0

FAIL

MASTER

ONLINE

OFFLINE

RE1

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

2 6

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

ACO/LT

YELLOW ALARM

RED ALARM

OK FAIL

NC C NO NC

C NO

FAIL

ONLINE

FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

Reinstalling the DPCs After Installing the MX960 Router with a Lift

To reinstall a DPC (see

Figure 67 on page 221

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the

ESD points on the chassis.

Take each DPC to be installed out of its electrostatic bag, and identify the slot on the

DPC where it will be connected.

Verify that each fiber-optic DPC has a rubber safety cap covering the transceiver. If it does not, cover the transceiver with a safety cap.

Chapter 16: Installing the MX960 Router

Locate the slot in the DPC card cage in which you plan to install the DPC.

Ensure that the DPC is right-side up, with the text on the faceplate of the DPC facing upward.

Lift the DPC into place, and carefully align first the bottom, then the top of the DPC with the guides inside the card cage.

Slide the DPC all the way into the card cage until you feel resistance.

Grasp both ejector handles, and rotate them simultaneously clockwise until the DPC is fully seated.

Figure 67: Installing a DPC

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

FAIL

ONLINE

PEM 0 1 2 3

OK FAIL

FAIL

ONLINE

FAN

FAIL

ONLINE

RE0

FAIL

MASTER

ONLINE

OFFLINE

RE1

FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

2 6

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

ACO/LT

YELL

OK FAIL

C NO NC C

OK FAIL

ONLINE

FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

0/0 0/5

OK/FAIL

2/0 2/5

1/0 1/5

3/0 3/5

221

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Reinstalling the FPCs After Installing the MX960 Router with a Lift

To reinstall an FPC (see

Figure 68 on page 223 ):

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the

ESD points on the chassis.

Place the FPC on an antistatic mat, or remove it from its electrostatic bag.

Identify the two DPC slots on the router where the FPC will be installed.

Verify that each fiber-optic transceiver on the PIC is covered by a rubber safety cap.

If it does not, cover the transceiver with a safety cap.

Orient the FPC so that the faceplate faces you.

Lift the FPC into place, and carefully align the sides of the FPC with the guides inside the card cage.

Slide the FPC all the way into the card cage until you feel resistance.

Grasp both ejector handles, and rotate them clockwise simultaneously until the FPC is fully seated.

Figure 68: Reinstalling an FPC

FAIL

ONLINE

FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

PEM 0 1 2 3

OK FAIL

ONLINE

FAN

OK FAIL

ONLINE

MASTER

ONLINE

RE0

OK FAIL

OFFLINE

RE1

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

2 6

ONLINE

ALAR M

ACO/LT

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

NC C NO

FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

Chapter 16: Installing the MX960 Router

Reinstalling the Standard Cable Manager After Installing an MX960 Router with a Lift

To reinstall the standard cable manager (see

Figure 69 on page 224

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the

ESD points on the chassis.

Position the cable manager on the studs on the lower front of the chassis.

Insert the nuts on the corners in the cable manager onto the studs on the chassis.

Using a 7/16-in. (11 mm) nut driver, tighten the nuts securely.

223

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Figure 69: Reinstalling the Cable Manager

224

Documentation

•

Tools Required to Install the MX960 Router with a Mechanical Lift on page 213

•

•

Removing Components from the MX960 Router Chassis Before Installing It with a Lift on page 204

•

Installing the MX960 Router Using a Mechanical Lift on page 214

CHAPTER 17

Connecting the MX960 Router to Power

•

Tools and Parts Required for MX960 Router Grounding and Power

Connections on page 225

•

Connecting Power to an AC-Powered MX960 Router with Normal-Capacity Power

•

Connecting Power to an AC-Powered MX960 Router with High-Capacity Power

•

Supplies on page 229

•

Powering On an AC-Powered MX960 Router with Normal Capacity Power

Supplies on page 232

•

Connecting Power to a DC-Powered MX960 Router with Normal-Capacity Power

Connecting Power to a DC-Powered MX960 Router with High-Capacity Power

•

Supplies on page 236

•

Powering On a DC-Powered MX960 Router with Normal Capacity Power

Supplies on page 240

•

Powering Off the MX960 Router on page 242

•

Connecting an MX960 AC Power Supply Cord on page 243

•

Connecting an MX960 DC Power Supply Cable on page 244

Tools and Parts Required for MX960 Router Grounding and Power Connections

To ground and provide power to the router, you need the following tools and parts:

• Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2

• 2.5-mm flat-blade (–) screwdriver

• 7/16-in. (11 mm) hexagonal-head external drive socket wrench, or nut driver, with a torque range between 23 lb-in. (2.6 Nm) and 25 lb-in. (2.8 Nm) tightening torque, for tightening nuts to terminal studs on each power supply on a DC-powered router.

• Wire cutters

• Electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding wrist strap

225

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

CAUTION: The maximum torque rating of the terminal studs on the DC power supply is 58 lb-in. (6.5 Nm). The terminal studs may be damaged if excessive torque is applied. Use only a torque-controlled driver or socket wrench to tighten nuts on the DC power supply terminal studs. Use an appropriately-sized driver or socket wrench. Ensure that the driver is undamaged and properly calibrated and that you have been trained in its use. You may wish to use a driver that is designed to prevent overtorque when the preset torque level is achieved.

Documentation

•

•

Connecting Power to an AC-Powered MX960 Router with Normal-Capacity Power

•

Connecting Power to a DC-Powered MX960 Router with Normal-Capacity Power

•

Grounding the MX960 Router

You ground the router by connecting a grounding cable to earth ground and then attaching it to the chassis grounding points using two screws. You must provide the grounding cables (the cable lugs are supplied with the router).

Verify that a licensed electrician has attached the cable lug provided with the router to the grounding cable.

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.

Ensure that all grounding surfaces are clean and brought to a bright finish before grounding connections are made.

Connect the grounding cable to a proper earth ground.

Detach the ESD grounding strap from the site ESD grounding point.

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the

ESD points on the chassis.

Place the grounding cable lug over the grounding points on the rear of the chassis.

The left pair is sized for M6 screws, and the right pair is sized for UNC 1/4-20 screws.

Chapter 17: Connecting the MX960 Router to Power

Secure the grounding cable lug to the grounding points, first with the washers, then with the screws.

Dress the grounding cable and verify that it does not touch or block access to router components, and that it does not drape where people could trip on it.

Documentation

•

Connecting Power to an AC-Powered MX960 Router with Normal-Capacity Power

• Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX960 Router

•

Connecting Power to a DC-Powered MX960 Router with Normal-Capacity Power

•

Connecting Power to an AC-Powered MX960 Router with Normal-Capacity Power

Supplies

CAUTION: Do not mix AC and DC power supplies within the same router.

Damage to the router might occur.

The AC appliance inlets are located in the chassis directly above the power supplies.

To connect the AC power cords to the router (see

Figure 70 on page 228 ):

Locate the power cords shipped with the router, which should have a plug appropriate for your geographical location.

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the

ESD points on the chassis.

Move the AC input switch, which is to the right of the appliance inlet on the chassis, to the off ( O ) position.

Connect the power cord into the appliance inlet located in the chassis directly above the AC power supply.

Insert the power cord plug into an external AC power source receptacle.

NOTE: Each power supply must be connected to a dedicated AC power feed and a dedicated customer site circuit breaker. We recommend that you use a 15 A (250 VAC) minimum, or as required by local code.

227

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Dress the power cord appropriately. Verify that the power cord does not block the air exhaust and access to router components, or drape where people could trip on it.

Repeat Step

through Step

for the remaining power supplies.

Figure 70: Connecting AC Power to the MX960 Router

228

Documentation

•

AC Power Cord Specifications for the MX960 Router on page 165

•

• Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX960 Router

•

Powering On an AC-Powered MX960 Router with Normal Capacity Power Supplies on page 232

•

Connecting Power to an AC-Powered MX960 Router with High-Capacity Power Supplies on page 229

Chapter 17: Connecting the MX960 Router to Power

Connecting Power to an AC-Powered MX960 Router with High-Capacity Power Supplies

NOTE: A minimum of two AC nominal 220 VAC 20 amp power cords are required for this procedure.

To install an MX960 high-capacity AC power supply, use the following procedure (see

Verify that the power switch on the power supply is in the off ( O ) position.

Ensure that the release lever below the empty power supply slot is locked in the counterclockwise position (see

Figure 72 on page 230 ). This tab is used to pull the power supply down in the chassis

Figure 71: MX960 with High-Capacity AC Power Supplies Installed

Air exhaust

Input mode switch

AC Power supplies

Power supply ejectors

Grounding points ESD point

On the power supply, rotate the metal cover away from the input mode switch to expose the switch.

Move the input mode switch to position 0 for one feed or position 1 for two feeds (see

Figure 72 on page 230 ).

229

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Figure 72: MX960 AC Power Input Mode Switch

230

CAUTION: Do not use a pencil, because fragments can break off and cause damage to the power supply.

Using both hands, slide the power supply straight into the chassis until the power supply is fully seated in the chassis slot. The power supply faceplate will protrude beyond the chassis.

The small tab on the metal housing that is controlled by the release lever must be inside of the corresponding slot at the bottom of the power supply (see

slot, prior to removing the power supply.

Let go of the locking pin in the release lever. Ensure that the pin is seated inside the corresponding hole in the chassis.

Locate a power cord with the type of plug appropriate for your geographical location

(see

“AC Power Cord Specifications for the MX960 Router” on page 165

Plug the power cord into the corresponding appliance inlet located in the chassis directly above the power supply. This is the recommend receptacle when using the power supply in one-feed mode. If using the power supply in two-feed mode, plug the second power cord into the receptacle on the power supply.

Chapter 17: Connecting the MX960 Router to Power

NOTE: Each power supply must be connected to a dedicated AC power feed and a dedicated customer site circuit breaker.

NOTE: To use HC-PSs with full capacity you have to switch them to two feed mode and use two power corders per HC-PS.

10.

Dress the power cords appropriately. Verify that the power cord does not block the air exhaust and access to router components, and that they do not drape where people could trip on them.

11.

Move the AC input switch above the power supply to the on ( — ) position. This is the only switch you have to turn on if you are using the power supply in one feed mode. If using the power supply in two-feed mode, move the power switch on the power supply to the on position. Remember to turn on both switches when operating the power supply in two-feed mode.

12.

If the power supply is correctly installed and functioning normally, the AC1 OK , AC2 OK

(two-feed mode only) DC OK LEDs light steadily, and the PS FAIL LED is not lit. See

Table 98 on page 231 .

Table 98: MX960 High-Capacity AC Power Supply LEDs

LEDs

Connected

Inputs

DIP Switch

Position AC-1 OK AC-2 OK DC OK PS FAIL

0 (1 input) Green Off Green Off PDM connected, power supply disconnected

PDM disconnected, power supply connected

0 (1 input) Off Green Green Off

PDM connected, power supply connected

PDM connected, power supply disconnected

PDM disconnected, power supply connected

0 (1 input)

1 (2 inputs)

Green

Off

Green

Off

Green

Off

Red

231

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Table 98: MX960 High-Capacity AC Power Supply LEDs

(continued)

LEDs

Connected

Inputs

DIP Switch

Position AC-1 OK AC-2 OK DC OK

PDM connected, power supply connected

1 (2 inputs) Green Green Green

PS FAIL

Off

Note: The corresponding appliance inlet located in the chassis directly above the power supply is the recommend receptacle when using the power supply in one feed mode. If using the power supply in two-feed mode, plug the second power cord into the receptacle on the power supply

Note: PDM in the above table stands for Power Distribution Module.

13.

Repeat steps 1-12 for installing power supplies in slots 1, 2, and 3, where required.

Powering On an AC-Powered MX960 Router with Normal Capacity Power Supplies

To power on an AC-powered router:

Verify that the power supplies are fully inserted in the chassis.

Verify that each AC power cord is securely inserted into its appliance inlet.

Verify that an external management device is connected to one of the Routing Engine ports ( AUX , CONSOLE , or ETHERNET ).

Turn on the power to the external management device.

Switch on the dedicated customer site circuit breakers. Follow the ESD and safety instructions for your site.

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the

ESD points on the chassis.

Switch the AC switch in the chassis above each power supply to the on ( — ) position.

Check that the AC power supply is correctly installed and functioning normally. Verify that the AC OK and DC OK LEDs light steadily, and the PS FAIL LED is not lit.

NOTE: After a power supply is powered on, it can take up to 60 seconds for status indicators—such as the status LEDs on the power supply and the show chassis command display—to indicate that the power supply is functioning normally. Ignore error indicators that appear during the first

60 seconds.

Chapter 17: Connecting the MX960 Router to Power

If any of the status LEDs indicates that the power supply is not functioning normally, repeat the installation and cabling procedures.

On the external management device connected to the Routing Engine, monitor the startup process to verify that the system has booted properly.

NOTE: If the system is completely powered off when you power on the power supply, the Routing Engine boots as the power supply completes its startup sequence. Normally, the router boots from the Junos OS on the

CompactFlash card.

After powering on a power supply, wait at least 60 seconds before turning it off.

Documentation

•

Connecting Power to an AC-Powered MX960 Router with High-Capacity Power Supplies on page 229

•

Connecting the MX960 Router to Management and Alarm Devices on page 247

• Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX960 Router

•

Powering Off the MX960 Router on page 242

•

Connecting Power to a DC-Powered MX960 Router with Normal-Capacity Power

Supplies

CAUTION: Do not mix AC and DC power supplies within the same router.

Damage to the router might occur.

WARNING: Before performing DC power procedures, ensure that power is removed from the DC circuit. To ensure that all power is off, locate the circuit breaker on the panel board that services the DC circuit, switch the circuit breaker to the off position, and tape the switch handle of the circuit breaker in the off position.

You connect DC power to the router by attaching power cables from the external DC power sources to the terminal studs on the power supply faceplates. You must provide the power cables (the cable lugs are supplied with the router).

233

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

234

To connect the DC source power cables to the router:

Switch off the dedicated customer site circuit breakers. Ensure that the voltage across the DC power source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cable leads might become active during installation.

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the

ESD points on the chassis.

Move the DC circuit breaker on the power supply faceplate to the off ( O ) position.

Remove the clear plastic cover protecting the terminal studs on the faceplate.

Verify that the DC power cables are correctly labeled before making connections to the power supply. In a typical power distribution scheme where the return is connected to chassis ground at the battery plant, you can use a multimeter to verify the resistance of the –48V and RTN DC cables to chassis ground:

• The cable with very large resistance (indicating an open circuit) to chassis ground is –48V .

• The cable with very low resistance (indicating a closed circuit) to chassis ground is

RTN .

Remove the nut and washer from each of the terminal studs. (Use a 7/16-in.

[11 mm] nut driver or socket wrench.)

Secure each power cable lug to the terminal studs, first with the split washer, then with the nut (see

Figure 73 on page 236

). Apply between 23 lb-in. (2.6 Nm) and 25 lb-in.

(2.8 Nm) of torque to each nut. Do not overtighten the nut. (Use a 7/16-in. [11 mm] torque-controlled driver or socket wrench.) a. Secure each positive (+) DC source power cable lug to the RTN (return) terminal.

b. Secure each negative (–) DC source power cable lug to the –48V (input) terminal.

CAUTION: Ensure that each power cable lug seats flush against the surface of the terminal block as you are tightening the nuts. Ensure that each nut is properly threaded onto the terminal stud. The nut should be able to spin

Chapter 17: Connecting the MX960 Router to Power freely with your fingers when it is first placed onto the terminal stud.

Applying installation torque to the nut when improperly threaded may result in damage to the terminal stud.

NOTE: The DC power supplies in slots PEM0 and PEM1 must be powered by dedicated power feeds derived from feed A , and the DC power supplies in slots PEM2 and PEM3 must be powered by dedicated power feeds derived from feed B . This configuration provides the commonly deployed

A/B feed redundancy for the system.

Loosen the captive screw on the cable restraint on the lower edge of the power supply faceplate.

Route the positive and negative DC power cables through the left and right sides of the cable restraint.

10.

Tighten the cable restraint captive screw to hold the power cables in place.

11.

Replace the clear plastic cover over the terminal studs on the faceplate.

12.

Verify that the power cables are connected correctly, that they are not touching or blocking access to router components, and that they do not drape where people could trip on them.

13.

Repeat Steps

through

for the remaining power supplies.

235

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Figure 73: Connecting DC Power to the MX960 Router

Documentation

•

DC Power Cable Specifications for the MX960 Router on page 185

• Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX960 Router

•

Powering On a DC-Powered MX960 Router with Normal Capacity Power Supplies on page 240

Connecting Power to a DC-Powered MX960 Router with High-Capacity Power Supplies

To install an MX960 DC high-capacity DC power supply:

Verify that the power switch on the power supply is in the off ( O ) position.

On the power supply, rotate the metal cover away from the input mode switch to expose the switch.

Move the input mode switch to position 0 for one feed or position 1 for two feeds (see

Figure 74 on page 237 ).

NOTE: For a fully redundant configuration in two-feed mode, eight feeds are required. For a non-redundant configuration, four feeds are required.

Chapter 17: Connecting the MX960 Router to Power

Figure 74: MX960 with High-Capacity DC Power Supplies Installed

Air exhaust

Input mode switch

DC Power supplies

Power supply ejectors

Grounding points ESD point

CAUTION: Do not use a pencil, because fragments can break off and cause damage to the power supply.

Ensure that the voltage across the DC power source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cable leads might become active during installation.

Ensure that the release lever below the empty power supply slot is locked in the counterclockwise position.

Using both hands, slide the power supply straight into the chassis until the power supply is fully seated in the chassis slot.

237

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

238

Let go of the locking pin in the release lever. Ensure that the pin is seated inside the corresponding hole in the chassis.

Remove the cover protecting the terminal studs on the faceplate.

10.

Remove the nut and washer from each of the terminal studs.

11.

Secure each power cable lug to the terminal studs, first with the split washer, then with the nut. Apply between 23 in-lb. (2.6 Nm) and 25 in-lb. (2.8 Nm) of torque to each nut. Do not overtighten the nut. (Use a 7/16-in. [11-mm] torque-controlled driver or socket wrench.) a. On INPUT 0 , attach the positive (+) DC source power cable lug to the RTN (return) terminal as shown in

Figure 74 on page 237 . Repeat this step for

INPUT 1 if using two feeds.

b. On INPUT 0 attach the negative (–) DC source power cable lug to the –48V (input) terminal. Repeat this step for INPUT 1 if using two feeds.

Applying installation torque to the nut when improperly threaded may result in damage to the terminal stud.

CAUTION: The maximum torque rating of the terminal studs on the DC power supply is 36 in-lb. (4.0 Nm). The terminal studs may be damaged if excessive torque is applied. Use only a torque-controlled driver or socket wrench to tighten nuts on the DC power supply terminal studs.

NOTE: The DC power supplies in slots PEM0 and PEM1 must be powered by dedicated power feeds derived from feed A , and the DC power supplies in PEM2 and PEM3 must be powered by dedicated power feeds derived from feed B . This configuration provides the commonly deployed A/B feed redundancy for the system. For information about connecting to DC power sources, see

“Electrical Specifications for the MX960 DC Power Supply” on page 169 .

12.

Verify that the power cabling is correct, that the cables are not touching, and that they do not block access to router components or drape where people could trip on them.

13.

Replace the clear plastic cover over the terminal studs on the faceplate.

Chapter 17: Connecting the MX960 Router to Power

14.

Switch on the dedicated customer site circuit breaker.

15.

Verify that the INPUT 0 OK or INPUT 1 OK LEDs on the power supply are lit green steadily. If using two feeds, verify that both INPUT 0 OK and INPUT 1 OK LEDs on the power supply are lit steadily. The INPUT OK will be lit amber if that input’s voltage is in reverse polarity. Check the polarity of the power cables to fix the condition (see

Figure 75 on page 240

and

Table 99 on page 239 .

16.

Move the switch to the on ( | ) position.

17.

Verify that the DC OK LED is lit green steadily. See

Table 99 on page 239

for information on MX960 high-capacity DC LEDs.

Table 99: MX960 High-Capacity DC Power Supply LEDs

LEDs

Connected Inputs

DIP

Switch

Position INP-0 OK INP-1 OK DC OK PS FAIL

0 (1 input)

INP0 connected, INP1 disconnected

INP0 disconnected, INP1 connected

INP0 connected, INP1 connected

INP0 connected, INP1 disconnected

INP0 disconnected, INP1 connected

1 (2 inputs)

Green

Off

Green

Off

Green

Off

Green

Off

Red

INP0 connected, INP1 connected Green Green Green Off

18.

Repeat steps 1-17 for installing power supplies in slots 1, 2, and 3, where required.

239

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Figure 75: MX960 DC High-Capacity Power Supply Front View

19.

Install a blank panel over the power distribution modules, if available.

Powering On a DC-Powered MX960 Router with Normal Capacity Power Supplies

Verify that an external management device is connected to one of the Routing Engine ports ( AUX , CONSOLE , or ETHERNET ).

Turn on the power to the external management device.

Verify that the power supplies are fully inserted in the chassis.

Verify that the source power cables are connected to the appropriate terminal: the positive (+) source cable to the return terminal (labeled RTN ) and the negative (–) source cable to the input terminal (labeled –48V ).

Switch on the dedicated customer site circuit breakers to provide power to the DC power cables. Follow your site’s procedures.

Check that the INPUT OK LED is lit steadily green to verify that power is present.

Chapter 17: Connecting the MX960 Router to Power

If power is not present:

• Verify that the fuse is installed correctly, and turn on the breaker at the battery distribution fuse board or fuse bay.

• Check the voltage with a meter at the terminals of the power supply for correct voltage level and polarity.

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the

ESD points on the chassis.

On each of the DC power supplies, switch the DC circuit breaker to the center position before moving it to the on ( | ) position.

NOTE: The circuit breaker may bounce back to the off ( O ) position if you move the breaker too quickly.

10.

Verify that the BREAKER ON LED is lit green steadily.

11.

Verify that the PWR OK LED is lit green steadily, indicating the power supply is correctly installed and functioning normally.

60 seconds.

If any of the status LEDs indicates that the power supply is not functioning normally, repeat the installation and cabling procedures.

12.

On the external management device connected to the Routing Engine, monitor the startup process to verify that the system has booted properly.

CompactFlash card.

After powering on a power supply, wait at least 60 seconds before turning it off. To power off the system after the Routing Engine finishes booting, see

“Powering Off the MX960 Router” on page 242 .

241

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Documentation

•

Connecting Power to a DC-Powered MX960 Router with High-Capacity Power Supplies on page 236

•

Connecting the MX960 Router to Management and Alarm Devices on page 247

• Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX960 Router

•

Powering Off the MX960 Router

NOTE: After powering off a power supply, wait at least 60 seconds before turning it back on.

To power off the router:

On the external management device connected to the Routing Engine, issue the request system halt both-routing-engines operational mode command. The command shuts down the Routing Engines cleanly, so their state information is preserved. (If the router contains only one Routing Engine, issue the request system halt command.) user@host> request system halt both-routing-engines

Wait until a message appears on the console confirming that the operating system has halted. For more information about the command, see the CLI Explorer .

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the

ESD points on the chassis.

Move the AC input switch on the chassis above the AC power supply or the DC circuit breaker on each DC power supply faceplate to the off ( O ) position.

Documentation

• Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX960 Router

•

Powering On an AC-Powered MX960 Router with Normal Capacity Power Supplies on page 232

•

•

Powering On a DC-Powered MX960 Router with Normal Capacity Power Supplies on page 240

Chapter 17: Connecting the MX960 Router to Power

Connecting an MX960 AC Power Supply Cord

To connect the AC power cord:

Locate a replacement power cord with the type of plug appropriate for your geographical location (see

“AC Power Cord Specifications for the MX960 Router” on page 165

Plug the replacement power cord into the corresponding appliance inlet located in the chassis directly above the power supply.

Insert the power cord plug into an external AC power source receptacle.

NOTE: Each power supply must be connected to a dedicated AC power feed and a dedicated customer site circuit breaker. We recommend that you use a 15 A (250 VAC) minimum, or as required by local code.

Dress the power cord appropriately. Verify that the power cord does not block the air exhaust and access to router components, or drape where people could trip on it.

Move the AC input switch in the chassis above the power supply to the on ( — )position and observe the status LEDs on the power supply faceplate. If the power supply is correctly installed and functioning normally, the AC OK and DC OK LEDs light steadily, and the PS FAIL LED is not lit.

Documentation

•

Disconnecting an MX960 AC Power Supply Cord on page 403

•

• MX960 AC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings

•

Specifications for the MX960 DC Power Supply” on page 169

243

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Connecting an MX960 DC Power Supply Cable

To connect a power cable for a DC power supply:

Locate a replacement power cable that meets the specifications defined in

“Electrical

Verify that a licensed electrician has attached a cable lug to the replacement power cable.

Verify that the INPUT OK LED is off.

Secure the power cable lug to the terminal studs, first with the split washer, then with the nut. Apply between 23 lb-in. (2.6 Nm) and 25 lb-in. (2.8 Nm) of torque to each nut (see

Figure 76 on page 245 ). Do not overtighten the nut. (Use a 7/16-in. (11 mm)

torque-controlled driver or socket wrench.)

Applying installation torque to the nut when improperly threaded may result in damage to the terminal stud.

Chapter 17: Connecting the MX960 Router to Power

Figure 76: Connecting Power Cables to the DC Power Supply

Cable

Split lug

Terminal studs washer

Nut

Route the power cable through the cable restraint. Make sure that the cable does not touch or obstruct any router components.

Tighten the cable restraint captive screw to hold the power cables in place.

Verify that the DC power cable is connected correctly, that it does not touch or block access to router components, and that it does not drape where people could trip on it.

Replace the clear plastic cover over the terminal studs on the faceplate.

Attach the power cable to the DC power source.

10.

Turn on the dedicated customer site circuit breaker to the power supply.

11.

Verify that the INPUT OK LED on the power supply is lit steadily.

12.

On each of the DC power supplies, switch the DC circuit breaker to the center position before moving it to the on ( | ) position.

NOTE: The circuit breaker may bounce back to the off ( O ) position if you move the breaker too quickly.

245

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Observe the status LEDs on the power supply faceplate. If the power supply is correctly installed and functioning normally, the PWR OK , BRKR ON , and INPUT OK LEDs light green steadily.

Documentation

•

DC Power Cable Specifications for the MX960 Router on page 185

•

Disconnecting an MX960 DC Power Supply Cable on page 405

•

Tools and Parts Required for MX960 Router Connections on page 247

• MX960 DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines

CHAPTER 18

Connecting the MX960 Router to the

Network

•

•

Connecting the MX960 Router to Management and Alarm Devices on page 247

•

Connecting the MX960 Router to a Network for Out-of-Band Management on page 250

•

Connecting the MX960 Router to a Management Console or Auxiliary Device on page 251

•

Connecting an MX960 Router to an External Alarm-Reporting Device on page 252

•

Connecting DPC, MPC, MIC, or PIC Cables to the MX960 Router on page 253

•

Connecting the Alarm Relay Wires to the MX960 Craft Interface on page 255

Tools and Parts Required for MX960 Router Connections

To connect the router to management devices and line cards, you need the following tools and parts:

• Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2

• 2.5-mm flat-blade (–) screwdriver

• 2.5-mm Phillips (+) screwdriver

• Wire cutters

• Electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding wrist strap

Documentation

•

Connecting the MX960 Router to a Network for Out-of-Band Management on page 248

•

Connecting the MX960 Router to a Management Console or Auxiliary Device on page 248

•

Connecting an MX960 Router to an External Alarm-Reporting Device on page 249

Connecting the MX960 Router to Management and Alarm Devices

•

Connecting the MX960 Router to a Network for Out-of-Band Management on page 248

•

Connecting the MX960 Router to a Management Console or Auxiliary Device on page 248

•

Connecting an MX960 Router to an External Alarm-Reporting Device on page 249

247

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Connecting the MX960 Router to a Network for Out-of-Band Management

To connect the Routing Engine to a network for out-of-band management, connect an

Ethernet cable with RJ-45 connectors to the ETHERNET port on the Routing Engine. One

Ethernet cable is provided with the router. To connect to the ETHERNET port on the

Routing Engine:

Turn off the power to the management device.

Plug one end of the Ethernet cable ( Figure 78 on page 248

shows the connector) into the ETHERNET port on the Routing Engine.

Figure 77 on page 248

shows the port.

Plug the other end of the cable into the network device.

Figure 77: Ethernet Port

Figure 78: Routing Engine Ethernet Cable Connector

Connecting the MX960 Router to a Management Console or Auxiliary Device

To use a system console to configure and manage the Routing Engine, connect it to the appropriate CONSOLE port on the Routing Engine. To use a laptop, modem, or other auxiliary device, connect it to the AUX port on the Routing Engine. Both ports accept a cable with an RJ-45 connector. One serial cable with an RJ-45 connector and a DB-9 connector is provided with the router. To connect a device to the CONSOLE port and another device to the AUX port, you must supply an additional cable.

To connect a management console or auxiliary device:

Turn off the power to the console or auxiliary device.

Plug the RJ-45 end of the serial cable ( Figure 80 on page 249

shows the connector) into the AUX port or CONSOLE port on the Routing Engine.

Figure 79 on page 249

shows the ports.

Plug the female DB-9 end into the device's serial port.

Chapter 18: Connecting the MX960 Router to the Network

NOTE:

For console devices, configure the serial port to the following values:

• Baud rate—9600

• Parity—N

• Data bits—8

• Stop bits—1

• Flow control—none

Figure 79: Auxiliary and Console Ports

Figure 80: Routing Engine Console and Auxiliary Cable Connector

Connecting an MX960 Router to an External Alarm-Reporting Device

To connect the router to external alarm-reporting devices, attach wires to the RED and

YELLOW relay contacts on the craft interface. (See

.) A system condition that triggers the red or yellow alarm LED on the craft interface also activates the corresponding alarm relay contact.

The terminal blocks that plug into the alarm relay contacts are supplied with the router.

They accept wire of any gauge between 28-AWG and 14-AWG (0.08 and 2.08 mm

), which is not provided. Use the gauge of wire appropriate for the external device you are connecting.

To connect an external device to an alarm relay contact (see

Tools and Parts Required for MX960 Router Connections on page 247

Prepare the required length of wire with gauge between 28-AWG and 14-AWG (0.08

and 2.08 mm

While the terminal block is not plugged into the relay contact, use a 2.5-mm flat-blade screwdriver to loosen the small screws on its side. With the small screws on its side facing left, insert wires into the slots in the front of the block based on the wiring for the external device. Tighten the screws to secure the wire.

249

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Plug the terminal block into the relay contact, and use a 2.5-mm flat-blade screwdriver to tighten the screws on the face of the block.

Attach the other end of the wires to the external device.

To attach a reporting device for the other kind of alarm, repeat the procedure.

Figure 81: Alarm Relay Contacts

Documentation

•

•

Replacing Connections to MX960 Routing Engine Interface Ports on page 343

•

Connecting DPC, MPC, MIC, or PIC Cables to the MX960 Router on page 253

•

Routing Engine Interface Cable and Wire Specifications for MX Series Routers on page 142

Connecting the MX960 Router to a Network for Out-of-Band Management

To connect the Routing Engine to a network for out-of-band management, connect an

Ethernet cable with RJ-45 connectors to the ETHERNET port on the Routing Engine. One

Ethernet cable is provided with the router. To connect to the ETHERNET port on the

Routing Engine:

Turn off the power to the management device.

Plug one end of the Ethernet cable ( Figure 78 on page 248

shows the connector) into the ETHERNET port on the Routing Engine.

Figure 77 on page 248

shows the port.

Plug the other end of the cable into the network device.

Figure 82: Ethernet Port

Chapter 18: Connecting the MX960 Router to the Network

Figure 83: Routing Engine Ethernet Cable Connector

Documentation

•

Routing Engine Interface Cable and Wire Specifications for MX Series Routers on page 142

•

Tools and Parts Required for MX960 Router Connections on page 247

•

Replacing Connections to MX960 Routing Engine Interface Ports on page 343

•

Connecting DPC, MPC, MIC, or PIC Cables to the MX960 Router on page 253

•

Connecting the MX960 Router to a Management Console or Auxiliary Device on page 248

•

Connecting an MX960 Router to an External Alarm-Reporting Device on page 249

Connecting the MX960 Router to a Management Console or Auxiliary Device

To connect a management console or auxiliary device:

Turn off the power to the console or auxiliary device.

Plug the RJ-45 end of the serial cable ( Figure 80 on page 249

shows the connector) into the AUX port or CONSOLE port on the Routing Engine.

Figure 79 on page 249

shows the ports.

Plug the female DB-9 end into the device's serial port.

NOTE:

For console devices, configure the serial port to the following values:

• Baud rate—9600

• Parity—N

• Data bits—8

• Stop bits—1

• Flow control—none

251

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Figure 84: Auxiliary and Console Ports

Figure 85: Routing Engine Console and Auxiliary Cable Connector

Documentation

•

Routing Engine Interface Cable and Wire Specifications for MX Series Routers on page 142

•

Tools and Parts Required for MX960 Router Connections on page 247

•

Replacing Connections to MX960 Routing Engine Interface Ports on page 343

•

Connecting DPC, MPC, MIC, or PIC Cables to the MX960 Router on page 253

•

Connecting an MX960 Router to an External Alarm-Reporting Device on page 249

Connecting an MX960 Router to an External Alarm-Reporting Device

To connect the router to external alarm-reporting devices, attach wires to the RED and

YELLOW relay contacts on the craft interface. (See

.) A system condition that triggers the red or yellow alarm LED on the craft interface also activates the corresponding alarm relay contact.

The terminal blocks that plug into the alarm relay contacts are supplied with the router.

They accept wire of any gauge between 28-AWG and 14-AWG (0.08 and 2.08 mm

), which is not provided. Use the gauge of wire appropriate for the external device you are connecting.

To connect an external device to an alarm relay contact (see

Tools and Parts Required for MX960 Router Connections on page 247

Prepare the required length of wire with gauge between 28-AWG and 14-AWG (0.08

and 2.08 mm

Chapter 18: Connecting the MX960 Router to the Network

Plug the terminal block into the relay contact, and use a 2.5-mm flat-blade screwdriver to tighten the screws on the face of the block.

Attach the other end of the wires to the external device.

To attach a reporting device for the other kind of alarm, repeat the procedure.

Figure 86: Alarm Relay Contacts

Documentation

•

•

Replacing Connections to MX960 Routing Engine Interface Ports on page 343

•

Connecting DPC, MPC, MIC, or PIC Cables to the MX960 Router on page 253

•

Connecting the MX960 Router to a Management Console or Auxiliary Device on page 248

•

Connecting the MX960 Router to a Network for Out-of-Band Management on page 248

Connecting DPC, MPC, MIC, or PIC Cables to the MX960 Router

To connect the DPCs, MPCs, MICs, or PICs to the network (see

Figure 87 on page 254

and

Figure 88 on page 254 ):

Have ready a length of the type of cable used by the component. For cable specifications, see the MX Series Interface Module Reference .

Remove the rubber safety plug from the cable connector port.

WARNING: Do not look directly into a fiber-optic transceiver or into the ends of fiber-optic cables. Fiber-optic transceivers and fiber-optic cable connected to a transceiver emit laser light that can damage your eyes.

CAUTION: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when inserting or removing cable. The safety cap keeps the port clean and prevents accidental exposure to laser light.

Insert the cable connector into the cable connector port on the faceplate.

253

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

NOTE: The XFP cages and optics on the components are industry standard parts that have limited tactile feedback for insertion of optics and fiber.

You need to insert the optics and fiber firmly until the latch is securely in place.

Arrange the cable to prevent it from dislodging or developing stress points. Secure the cable so that it is not supporting its own weight as it hangs to the floor. Place excess cable out of the way in a neatly coiled loop.

CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.

CAUTION: Do not let fiber-optic cable hang free from the connector. Do not allow fastened loops of cable to dangle, which stresses the cable at the fastening point.

Figure 87: Attaching a Cable to a DPC

Figure 88: Attaching a Cable to a MIC

Fiber-optic cable connector

Fiber-optic cable

Chapter 18: Connecting the MX960 Router to the Network

Documentation

•

Connecting the MX960 Router to Management and Alarm Devices on page 247

•

Tools and Parts Required for MX960 Router Connections on page 247

•

Disconnecting the Alarm Relay Wires from the MX960 Craft Interface on page 307

Connecting the Alarm Relay Wires to the MX960 Craft Interface

To connect the alarm relay wires between a router and an alarm-reporting device (see

Figure 89 on page 255

Prepare the required length of replacement wire with gauge between 28-AWG and

14-AWG (0.08 and 2.08 mm

Insert the replacement wires into the slots in the front of the block. Use a 2.5-mm flat-blade screwdriver to tighten the screws and secure the wire.

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the

ESD points on the chassis.

Plug the terminal block into the relay contact, and use a 2.5-mm flat-blade screwdriver to tighten the screws on the face of the block.

Attach the other end of the wires to the external device.

Figure 89: Alarm Relay Contacts

Documentation

• Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX960 Router

•

•

Removing the MX960 Craft Interface on page 308

•

Installing the MX960 Craft Interface on page 265

•

Initially Configuring the MX960 Router on page 257

255

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

CHAPTER 19

Initially Configuring the MX960 Router

•

Initially Configuring the MX960 Router

The MX240 router is shipped with Junos OS preinstalled and ready to be configured when the MX240 router is powered on. There are three copies of the software: one on a

CompactFlash card in the Routing Engine, one on a rotating hard disk in the Routing

Engine, and one on a USB flash drive that can be inserted into the slot in the Routing

Engine faceplate.

When the router boots, it first attempts to start the image on the USB flash drive. If a

USB flash drive is not inserted into the Routing Engine or the attempt otherwise fails, the router next tries the CompactFlash card (if installed), and finally the hard disk.

You configure the router by issuing Junos OS command-line interface (CLI) commands, either on a console device attached to the CONSOLE port on the Routing Engine, or over a telnet connection to a network connected to the ETHERNET port on the Routing Engine.

Gather the following information before configuring the router:

• Name the router will use on the network

• Domain name the router will use

• IP address and prefix length information for the Ethernet interface

• IP address of a default router

• IP address of a DNS server

• Password for the root user

This procedure connects the router to the network but does not enable it to forward traffic. For complete information about enabling the router to forward traffic, including examples, see the Junos OS configuration guides.

To configure the software:

Verify that the router is powered on.

257

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Start the CLI.

root# cli root@>

Enter configuration mode.

cli> configure

[edit] root@#

Configure the name of the router. If the name includes spaces, enclose the name in quotation marks (“ ”).

[edit] root@# set system host-name host-name

Create a management console user account.

[edit] root@# set system login user user-name authentication plain-text-password

New password: password

Retype new password: password

Set the user account class to super-user.

[edit] root@# set system login user user-name class super-user

Configure the router’s domain name.

[edit] root@# set system domain-name domain-name

Configure the IP address and prefix length for the router’s Ethernet interface.

[edit] root@# set interfaces fxp0 unit 0 family inet address address/prefix-length

10.

Configure the IP address of a backup router, which is used only while the routing protocol is not running.

[edit] root@# set system backup-router address

11.

Configure the IP address of a DNS server.

[edit] root@# set system name-server address

12.

Set the root authentication password by entering either a clear-text password, an encrypted password, or an SSH public key string (DSA or RSA).

Chapter 19: Initially Configuring the MX960 Router

[edit] root@# set system root-authentication plain-text-password

New password: password

Retype new password: password or

[edit] root@# set system root-authentication encrypted-password encrypted-password or

[edit] root@# set system root-authentication ssh-dsa public-key or

[edit] root@# set system root-authentication ssh-rsa public-key

13.

(Optional) Configure the static routes to remote subnets with access to the management port. Access to the management port is limited to the local subnet. To access the management port from a remote subnet, you need to add a static route to that subnet within the routing table. For more information about static routes, see the Junos OS Administration Library .

[edit] root@# set routing-options static route remote-subnet next-hop destination-IP retain no-readvertise

14.

Configure the telnet service at the [edit system services] hierarchy level.

[edit] root@# set system services telnet

15.

(Optional) Display the configuration to verify that it is correct.

[edit] root@# show system { host-name host-name; domain-name domain-name; backup-router address; root-authentication {

authentication-method (password | public-key);

} name-server {

address;

}

} interfaces { fxp0 { unit 0 { family inet { address address/prefix-length;

}

259

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

}

16.

Commit the configuration to activate it on the router.

[edit] root@# commit

17.

(Optional) Configure additional properties by adding the necessary configuration statements. Then commit the changes to activate them on the router.

[edit] root@host# commit

18.

When you have finished configuring the router, exit configuration mode.

[edit] root@host# exit root@host>

NOTE: To reinstall Junos OS, you boot the router from the removable media.

Do not insert the removable media during normal operations. The router does not operate normally when it is booted from the removable media.

When the router boots from the storage media (removable media, CompactFlash card, or hard disk) it expands its search in the /config directory of the routing platform for the following files in the following order: juniper.conf

(the main configuration file), rescue.conf

(the rescue configuration file), and juniper.conf.1

(the first rollback configuration file).

When the search finds the first configuration file that can be loaded properly, the file loads and the search ends. If none of the file can be loaded properly, the routing platform does not function properly. If the router boots from an alternate boot device, Junos OS displays a message indication this when you log in to the router.

Documentation

•

Powering On an AC-Powered MX960 Router with Normal Capacity Power Supplies on page 232

•

Powering On a DC-Powered MX960 Router with Normal Capacity Power Supplies on page 240

•

Routine Maintenance Procedures for the MX960 Router on page 443

•

PART 4

Installing and Replacing Components

•

Overview of Installing and Replacing Components on page 263

•

Installing Components on page 265

•

Replacing Chassis Components on page 307

•

Replacing Cooling System Component on page 325

•

Replacing Host Subsystem Components on page 333

•

Replacing Line Card Components on page 355

•

Replacing Power System Components on page 391

•

Replacing Switch Fabric Components on page 409

261

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

CHAPTER 20

Overview of Installing and Replacing

Components

•

MX960 Field-Replaceable Units on page 263

•

Tools and Parts Required for MX960 Router Connections on page 264

MX960 Field-Replaceable Units

Field-replaceable units (FRUs) are router components that can be replaced at the customer site. Replacing most FRUs requires minimal router downtime. The router uses the following types of FRUs:

• Hot-removable and hot-insertable FRUs—You can remove and replace these components without powering off the router or disrupting the routing functions.

• Hot-pluggable FRUs—You can remove and replace these components without powering off the router, but the routing functions of the system are interrupted when the component is removed.

Table 100 on page 264

lists the FRUs for the MX960 router. Before you replace an SCB or a Routing Engine, you must take the host subsystem offline.

263

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Table 100: Field-Replaceable Units

Hot-Removable and Hot-Insertable FRUs Hot-Pluggable FRUs

•

Air filter

Craft interface

Backup Switch Control Board (SCB) (if redundant)

Master Switch Control Board (SCB) (if nonstop active routing is configured)

Backup Routing Engine (if redundant)

Master Routing Engine (if nonstop active routing is configured)

Dense Port Concentrators (DPCs)

Flexible PIC Concentrators (FPCs)

Modular Port Concentrators (MPCs)

Modular Interface Cards (MICs)

PICs

AC and DC power supplies (if redundant)

Fan tray

•

Master Switch Control Board (SCB) (if nonstop active routing is not configured)

Master Routing Engine (if nonstop active routing is not configured)

Switch Control Board (SCB) (nonredundant)

Routing Engine (nonredundant)

Solid-state drives (SSDs) of Routing Engines

Documentation

• Taking an MX960 Host Subsystem Offline

• Tools and Parts Required to Replace MX960 Hardware Components

•

•

Replacing the MX960 Air Filter on page 325

•

Tools and Parts Required for MX960 Router Connections

To connect the router to management devices and line cards, you need the following tools and parts:

• Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2

• 2.5-mm flat-blade (–) screwdriver

• 2.5-mm Phillips (+) screwdriver

• Wire cutters

• Electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding wrist strap

Documentation

•

Connecting the MX960 Router to a Network for Out-of-Band Management on page 248

•

Connecting the MX960 Router to a Management Console or Auxiliary Device on page 248

•

Connecting an MX960 Router to an External Alarm-Reporting Device on page 249

CHAPTER 21

Installing Components

•

Installing the MX960 Craft Interface on page 265

•

Installing the MX960 Air Filter on page 266

•

Installing an MX960 Fan Tray on page 267

•

Installing an MX960 Routing Engine on page 269

•

Installing an MX960 DPC on page 271

•

Installing an MX960 FPC on page 275

•

Installing an MX960 MIC on page 278

•

Installing an MX960 Dual-Wide MIC on page 281

•

Installing an MX960 MPC on page 284

•

Installing an MX960 PIC on page 286

•

Installing a Cable on an MX960 DPC, MPC, MIC, or PIC on page 289

•

Installing an MX960 AC Power Supply on page 290

•

Installing an MX960 DC Power Supply on page 293

•

Installing an MX960 AS MLC on page 297

•

Installing an MX960 AS MSC on page 299

•

Installing an MX960 AS MXC on page 301

•

Installing an MX960 SCB on page 302

•

Installing an SFP or XFP Transceiver into an MX960 DPC, MPC, MIC, or PIC on page 304

Installing the MX960 Craft Interface

To install the craft interface (see

Figure 90 on page 266

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the

ESD points on the chassis.

Grasp the craft interface with one hand, and hold the bottom edge of the craft interface with the other hand to support its weight.

Orient the ribbon cable so that it plugs into the connector socket. The connector is keyed and can be inserted only one way.

265

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Align the bottom of the craft interface with the sheet metal above the card cage and press it into place.

Tighten the screws on the left and right corners of the craft interface faceplate.

Reattach any external devices connected to the craft interface.

Figure 90: Installing the Craft Interface

Documentation

• Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX960 Router

•

Disconnecting the Alarm Relay Wires from the MX960 Craft Interface on page 307

•

Removing the MX960 Craft Interface on page 308

•

Connecting the Alarm Relay Wires to the MX960 Craft Interface on page 255

•

Removing the Normal-Capacity MX960 Air Filter on page 325

Installing the MX960 Air Filter

To install the air filter (see

Figure 91 on page 267 ):

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the

ESD points on the chassis.

Ensure that the air filter is right side up.

Place the air filter into the air filter tray.

Insert the air filter tray into the chassis by sliding it straight into the chassis until it stops.

Lower the cable manager back into position.

Rearrange the cables in the cable manager.

Figure 91: Installing the Air Filter

Chapter 21: Installing Components

Documentation

• Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX960 Router

•

•

Removing an MX960 Fan Tray on page 327

Installing an MX960 Fan Tray

To install a fan tray (see

Figure 92 on page 268

and

Figure 93 on page 269

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the

ESD points on the chassis.

Grasp the fan tray on each side, and insert it straight into the chassis. Note the correct orientation by the "this side up" label on the top surface of the fan tray.

Tighten the captive screws on each side of the fan tray faceplate to secure it in the chassis.

Lower the cable manager back into position, if necessary.

267

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Figure 92: Installing an Upper Fan Tray

FAIL

ONLINE

FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

PEM 0 1 2 3

OK FAIL

ONLINE

FAN

OK FAIL

ONLINE

MASTER

ONLINE

RE0

OK FAIL

OFFLINE

RE1

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

2 6

ONLINE

ACO/LT

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

NC C NO

FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

Figure 93: Installing a Lower Fan Tray

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

PEM 0 1 2 3

OK FAIL

ONLINE

FAN

OK FAIL

ONLINE

RE0

OK FAIL

MASTER

ONLINE

OFFLINE

RE1

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

2 6

ONLINE

YELL

OK FAIL

ONLINE

ACO/LT

OK FAIL

NC C NO

FAIL

ONLINE

FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

Chapter 21: Installing Components

Documentation

• Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX960 Router

•

•

Replacing Connections to MX960 Routing Engine Interface Ports on page 343

Installing an MX960 Routing Engine

To install a Routing Engine into an SCB (see

Figure 94 on page 270

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the

ESD points on the chassis.

Ensure that the ejector handles are not in the locked position. If necessary, flip the ejector handles outward.

Place one hand underneath the Routing Engine to support it.

Carefully align the sides of the Routing Engine with the guides inside the opening on the SCB.

269

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Slide the Routing Engine into the SCB until you feel resistance, and then press the

Routing Engine's faceplate until it engages the connectors.

Press both of the ejector handles inward to seat the Routing Engine.

Tighten the captive screws on the left and right of the Routing Engine.

Connect the management device cables to the Routing Engine.

The Routing Engine might require several minutes to boot.

After the Routing Engine boots, verify that it is installed correctly by checking the FAIL ,

RE0 , and RE1 LEDs on the craft interface. If the router is operational and the Routing

Engine is functioning properly, the green ONLINE LED lights steadily. If the red FAIL LED lights steadily instead, remove and install the Routing Engine again. If the red FAIL LED still lights steadily, the Routing Engine is not functioning properly. Contact your customer support representative.

To check the status of the Routing Engine, use the CLI command: user@host> show chassis routing-engine

Routing Engine status: Slot 0: Current state Master ...

For more information about using the CLI, see the Junos OS documentation.

Figure 94: Installing a Routing Engine

270

Documentation

• Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX960 Router

•

•

Removing an MX960 Routing Engine on page 333

•

Chapter 21: Installing Components

Installing an MX960 DPC

A DPC weighs up to 14.5 lb (6.6 kg). Be prepared to accept its full weight.

To install a DPC (see

Figure 95 on page 273

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the

ESD points on the chassis.

Place the DPC on an antistatic mat, or remove it from its electrostatic bag.

Identify the slot on the router where it will be installed.

Verify that each fiber-optic transceiver is covered with a rubber safety cap. If it does not, cover the transceiver with a safety cap.

Orient the DPC so that the faceplate faces youvertically.

Lift the DPC into place, and carefully align the sides of the DPC with the guides inside the card cage.

Slide the DPC all the way into the card cage until you feel resistance.

Grasp both ejector handles, and rotate them clockwise simultaneously until the DPC is fully seated.

Remove the rubber safety cap from each fiber-optic transceiver and cable.

10.

Insert the cables into the cable connector ports on each DPC (see

Figure 96 on page 274

11.

Arrange the cable in the standard or extended cable manager to prevent it from dislodging or developing stress points. Secure the cable so that it is not supporting its own weight as it hangs to the floor. Place excess cable out of the way in a neatly coiled loop. Placing fasteners on the loop helps to maintain its shape.

271

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

CAUTION: Do not let fiber-optic cable hang free from the connector. Do not allow fastened loops of cable to dangle, which stresses the cable at the fastening point.

CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.

12.

Use one of the following methods to bring the DPC online:

• Press and hold the corresponding DPC online button on the craft interface until the green OK LED next to the button lights steadily, in about 5 seconds.

• Issue the following CLI command: user@host> request chassis fpc slot slot-number online

For more information about the command, see the CLI Explorer .

CAUTION: After the OK LED turns green, wait at least 30 seconds before removing the DPC again, removing a DPC from a different slot, or inserting a DPC in a different slot.

You can also verify that the DPC is functioning correctly by issuing the show chassis fpc and show chassis fpc pic-status commands.

Figure 95: Installing a DPC

FAIL

ONLINE

FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

PEM 0 1 2 3

OK FAIL

ONLINE

FAN

OK FAIL

ONLINE

MASTER

ONLINE

RE0

OK FAIL

OFFLINE

RE1

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

2 6

ONLINE

YELL M

ACO/LT

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

NC C NO

FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

0/0 0/5

OK/FAIL

2/0 2/5

1/0 1/5

3/0 3/5

Chapter 21: Installing Components

273

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Figure 96: Attaching a Cable to a DPC

274

Documentation

• Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX960 Router

•

•

Removing an MX960 DPC on page 355

• MX960 DPC Terminology

•

•

•

“Maintaining MX960 FPCs” on page 455

Chapter 21: Installing Components

Installing an MX960 FPC

An FPC takes up two DPC slots on the MX960 router. Up to six FPCs can be installed vertically in the front of the router. The FPCs are hot-insertable and hot-removable. An empty FPC3 weighs 14 lb (6.5 kg). A fully configured FPC can weigh up to 18 lb (8.2 kg).

Be prepared to accept its full weight.

To install an FPC (see

Figure 97 on page 277 ):

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the

ESD points on the chassis.

Place the FPC on an antistatic mat.

Take each PIC to be installed in the replacement FPC out of its electrostatic bag, and identify the slot on the FPC where it will be connected.

Verify that each fiber-optic PIC has a rubber safety cap covering the PIC transceiver.

If it does not, cover the transceiver with a safety cap.

Install each PIC into the appropriate slot on the FPC.

Locate the two slots in the card cage in which you plan to install the FPC.

Orient the FPC so that the faceplate faces you.

Lift the FPC into place, and carefully align the sides of the FPC with the guides inside the card cage.

CAUTION: When the FPC is out of the chassis, do not hold it by the ejector handles, bus bars, or edge connectors. They cannot support its weight.

Slide the FPC all the way into the card cage until you feel resistance.

10.

Grasp both ejector handles, and rotate them clockwise simultaneously until the FPC is fully seated.

11.

If any of the PICs on the FPC connect to fiber-optic cable, remove the rubber safety cap from each transceiver and cable.

275

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

12.

Insert the appropriate cable into the cable connector ports on each PIC on the FPC.

13.

CAUTION: Do not let fiber-optic cable hang free from the connector. Do not allow fastened loops of cable to dangle, which stresses the cable at the fastening point.

CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.

14.

Use one of the following methods to bring the FPC online:

• Press and hold the FPC online/offline button until the green OK LED next to the button lights steadily, in about 5 seconds. The LEDs and online/offline button for each FPC are located directly above it on the craft interface.

• Issue the following CLI command: user@host> request chassis fpc slot slot-number online

For more information about the command, see the CLI Explorer .

CAUTION: After the OK LED lights steadily, wait at least 30 seconds before removing the FPC again, removing an FPC from a different slot, or inserting an FPC in a different slot.

You can also verify correct FPC and PIC functioning by issuing the show chassis fpc and show chassis fpc pic-status commands described in

and

“Maintaining MX960 PICs” on page 466

Figure 97: Installing an FPC

FAIL

ONLINE

FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

PEM 0 1 2 3

OK FAIL

ONLINE

FAN

OK FAIL

ONLINE

MASTER

ONLINE

RE0

OK FAIL

OFFLINE

RE1

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

2 6

ONLINE

ALAR M

ACO/LT

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

NC C NO

FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

Chapter 21: Installing Components

Documentation

• Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX960 Router

•

Installing an MX960 PIC on page 286

•

Removing an MX960 FPC on page 361

•

•

•

277

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Installing an MX960 MIC

To install a MIC (see

Figure 99 on page 280 ):

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the

ESD points on the chassis.

If you have used a dual-wide MIC and are now replacing it with two “single” MICs, install the septum (see

Figure 98 on page 278 ):

Place the MPC on a flat surface (if necessary, remove the MPC from the router as described in

Position the septum in the center of the MPC so that it lines up with holes labeled

S on the top of the MPC.

Insert a screw into each of the two holes labeled S , and then tighten completely.

On the bottom of the MPC, insert a screw into each of the four holes labeled S , and then tighten completely.

Install the MPC as described in

Figure 98: Installing the Septum

Slide septum into MPC.

Install two screws.

Install four screws on bottom.

278

If the MIC uses fiber-optic cable, verify that a rubber safety cap is over each transceiver on the faceplate. Install a cap if necessary.

On the MPC, pull the ejector lever that is adjacent to the MIC you are installing away from the MPC faceplate.

Align the rear of the MIC with the guides located at the corners of the MIC slot.

Slide the MIC into the MPC until it is firmly seated in the MPC.

Chapter 21: Installing Components

CAUTION: Slide the MIC straight into the slot to avoid damaging the components on the MIC.

Verify that the ejector lever is engaged by pushing it towards the MPC faceplate.

If the MIC uses fiber-optic cable, remove the rubber safety cap from each transceiver and the end of each cable.

CAUTION: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when you are inserting or removing cable. The safety cap keeps the port clean and prevents accidental exposure to laser light.

Insert the appropriate cables into the cable connectors on the MIC.

10.

Arrange each cable to prevent the cable from dislodging or developing stress points.

Secure the cable so that it is not supporting its own weight as it hangs to the floor.

Place excess cable out of the way in a neatly coiled loop.

CAUTION: Do not let fiber-optic cable hang free from the connector. Do not allow fastened loops of cable to dangle, which stresses the cable at the fastening point.

CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.

11.

Use one of the following methods to bring the MIC online:

• Press its online/offline button. Use a narrow-ended tool that fits inside the opening that leads to the button. Press the button until the MIC OK/FAIL LED lights green.

• Issue the following CLI command: user@host> request chassis mic fpc-slot mpc-slot mic-slot mic-slot online

For more information about the command, see the CLI Explorer .

279

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

The normal functioning status LED confirms that the MIC is online. You can also verify correct MIC functioning by issuing the show chassis fpc pic-status command described in

MX960 Modular Interface Card Description on page 82

Figure 99: Installing a MIC

280

Documentation

•

•

•

•

Removing an MX960 MIC on page 367

•

• Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX960 Router

Chapter 21: Installing Components

Installing an MX960 Dual-Wide MIC

To install a dual-wide MIC (see

Figure 101 on page 283

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the

ESD points on the chassis.

Remove the septum, if necessary (see

Figure 100 on page 281 ):

Place the MPC on a flat surface (if necessary, remove the MPC from the router as described in

Remove the four screws labeled S on the bottom of the MPC.

Remove the two screws labeled S on the top of the MPC.

Slide the septum towards you and out of the MPC.

Store the septum and screws for later use.

Install the MPC as described in

Figure 100: Removing the Septum

Remove four screws on bottom.

Remove two screws on top.

Slide septum forward.

MPC

If the MIC uses fiber-optic cable, verify that a rubber safety cap is over each transceiver on the faceplate. Install a cap if necessary.

Pull the ejector lever above both MIC slots away from the router.

Align the rear of the MIC with the guides located at the corners of the MIC slot.

Slide the MIC into the MIC slot until it is firmly seated in the chassis.

281

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

282

CAUTION: Slide the MIC straight into the slot to avoid damaging the components on the MIC.

Verify that the ejector levers are engaged by pushing them toward the router.

If the MIC uses fiber-optic cable, remove the rubber safety cap from each transceiver and the end of each cable.

CAUTION: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when you are inserting or removing cable. The safety cap keeps the port clean and prevents accidental exposure to laser light.

Insert the appropriate cables into the cable connectors on the MIC.

10.

Arrange each cable to prevent the cable from dislodging or developing stress points.

Secure the cable so that it is not supporting its own weight as it hangs to the floor.

Place excess cable out of the way in a neatly coiled loop.

CAUTION: Do not let fiber-optic cable hang free from the connector. Do not allow fastened loops of cable to dangle, which stresses the cable at the fastening point.

CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.

11.

Use one of the following methods to bring the MIC online:

• Press its online/offline button. Use a narrow-ended tool that fits inside the opening that leads to the button. Press the button until the MIC OK/FAIL LED lights green.

• Issue the following CLI command: user@host> request chassis mic fpc-slot mpc-slot mic-slot mic-slot online

Chapter 21: Installing Components

The normal functioning status LED confirms that the MIC is online. You can also verify correct MIC functioning by issuing the show chassis fpc pic-status command described in

MX960 Modular Interface Card Description on page 82

Figure 101: Installing a Dual-Wide MIC

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

PEM 0 1 2 3

OK FAIL

ONLINE

FAN

OK FAIL

ONLINE

RE0

OK FAIL

MASTER

ONLINE

OFFLINE

RE1

FAIL

ONLINE

FAIL

2 6

ONLINE

FAIL

ONLINE

ACO/LT

YELLOW ALARM

RED ALARM

OK FAIL

NC C

NO NC

OK FAIL

C NO

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

FAIL

ONLINE

Dual-wide MIC

Documentation

•

•

•

•

Removing an MX960 MIC on page 367

•

• Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX960 Router

283

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Installing an MX960 MPC

An MPC installs vertically in the front of the router. The MPCs are hot-insertable and hot-removable. A fully configured MPC can weigh up to 18.35 lb (8.3 kg). Be prepared to accept its full weight.

To install an MPC (see

Figure 102 on page 286 ):

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the

ESD points on the chassis.

Place the MPC on an antistatic mat.

Take each MIC to be installed in the replacement MPC out of its electrostatic bag, and identify the slot on the MPC where it will be connected.

Verify that each fiber-optic MIC has a rubber safety cap covering the MIC transceiver.

If it does not, cover the transceiver with a safety cap.

Install each MIC into the appropriate slot on the MPC.

Locate the slot in the card cage in which you plan to install the MPC.

Orient the MPC so that the faceplate faces you.

Lift the MPC into place, and carefully align the sides of the MPC with the guides inside the card cage.

CAUTION: When the MPC is out of the chassis, do not hold it by the ejector handles, bus bars, or edge connectors. They cannot support its weight.

Slide the MPC all the way into the card cage until you feel resistance.

10.

Grasp both ejector handles, and rotate them clockwise simultaneously until the MPC is fully seated.

11.

If any of the MICs on the MPC connect to fiber-optic cable, remove the rubber safety cap from each transceiver and cable.

Chapter 21: Installing Components

12.

Insert the appropriate cable into the cable connector ports on each MIC on the MPC.

Secure the cables so that they are not supporting their own weight. Place excess cable out of the way in a neatly coiled loop, using the cable management system. Placing fasteners on a loop helps to maintain its shape.

CAUTION: Do not let fiber-optic cable hang free from the connector. Do not allow fastened loops of cable to dangle, which stresses the cable at the fastening point.

CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.

13.

Use one of the following methods to bring the MPC online:

• Press and hold the corresponding MPC online button on the craft interface until the green OK/FAIL LED next to the button lights steadily, in about 5 seconds.

• Issue the following CLI command: user@host> request chassis fpc slot slot-number online

For more information about the command, see the CLI Explorer .

CAUTION: After the OK/FAIL LED lights steadily, wait at least 30 seconds before removing the MPC again, removing an MPC from a different slot, or inserting an MPC in a different slot.

You can also verify correct MPC and MIC functioning by issuing the show chassis fpc and show chassis fpc pic-status commands described in

“Maintaining MX960 MPCs” on page 463

and

MX960 Modular Port Concentrator Description on page 89

285

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Figure 102: Installing an MPC

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

PEM 0 1 2 3

OK FAIL

ONLINE

FAN

OK FAIL

ONLINE

RE0

OK FAIL

MASTER

ONLINE

OFFLINE

RE1

FAIL

ONLINE

FAIL

2 6

ONLINE

FAIL

ONLINE

ACO/LT

YELLOW ALARM

RED ALARM

FAIL

NC C

NO NC

OK FAIL

C NO

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

FAIL

ONLINE

Documentation

• Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX960 Router

•

•

Installing an MX960 MIC on page 278 .

•

•

•

“Maintaining MX960 PICs” on page 466 .

Installing an MX960 PIC

To install a PIC (see

Figure 103 on page 288

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the

ESD points on the chassis.

If the PIC uses fiber-optic cable, verify that a rubber safety cap is over each transceiver on the faceplate. Install a cap if necessary.

Chapter 21: Installing Components

Align the notches in the connector at the rear of the PIC with the notches in the PIC slot in the FPC and then slide the PIC in until it lodges firmly in the FPC.

CAUTION: Slide the PIC straight into the slot to avoid damaging the components on the bottom of the PIC.

For an FPC3 PIC, turn the ejector handle at the top of the PIC faceplate clockwise, then tighten the captive screw at the bottom of the faceplate to secure the PIC in the

FPC.

If the PIC uses fiber-optic cable, remove the rubber safety cap from each transceiver and the end of each cable.

CAUTION: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when you are inserting or removing cable. The safety cap keeps the port clean and prevents accidental exposure to laser light.

Insert the appropriate cables into the cable connectors on the PIC.

CAUTION: Do not let fiber-optic cable hang free from the connector. Do not allow fastened loops of cable to dangle, which stresses the cable at the fastening point.

CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.

Use one of the following methods to bring the PIC online:

• Press the PIC offline/online button until the PIC LED lights green. For a PIC installed in FPC3, use a narrow-ended tool that fits inside the opening that leads to the button.

287

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

• Issue the following CLI command: user@host> request chassis pic fpc-slot fpc-slot pic-slot pic-slot online

For more information about the command, see the CLI Explorer .

The normal functioning status LED confirms that the PIC is online. You can also verify correct PIC functioning by issuing the show chassis fpc pic-status command described in

Figure 103: Installing a PIC

288

Documentation

• Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX960 Router

•

Removing an MX960 PIC on page 382

•

•

•

•

Removing a Cable on an MX960 DPC, MPC, MIC, or PIC on page 386

Chapter 21: Installing Components

Installing a Cable on an MX960 DPC, MPC, MIC, or PIC

To install a cable:

Have ready a length of the type of cable used by the component. For cable specifications, see the MX Series Interface Module Reference .

If the cable connector port is covered by a rubber safety cap, remove the cap.

CAUTION: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when you are inserting or removing cable. The safety cap keeps the port clean and prevents accidental exposure to laser light.

Insert the cable connector into the cable connector port on the component faceplate.

CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.

CAUTION: Do not let fiber-optic cable hang free from the connector. Do not allow fastened loops of cable to dangle, which stresses the cable at the fastening point.

Insert the other end of the cable into the destination port.

Repeat the previous steps for any additional cables.

If the component is offline (its failure indicator LED is lit), use one of the following methods to bring it online.

• To bring a DPC or MPC online:

289

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

• Press and hold the corresponding online button on the craft interface until the green OK LED next to the button lights steadily, in about 5 seconds.

• Issue the following CLI command: user@host> request chassis fpc slot slot-number online

For more information about the command, see the CLI Explorer .

• To bring a PIC online:

• Press the PIC offline/online button until the PIC LED lights green. For a PIC installed in FPC3, use a narrow-ended tool that fits inside the opening that leads to the button.

• Issue the following CLI command: user@host> request chassis pic fpc-slot fpc-slot pic-slot pic-slot online

For more information about the command, see the CLI Explorer .

• To bring a MIC online:

• Press the MIC offline/online button until the MIC LED lights green.

• Issue the following CLI command: user@host> request chassis mic fpc-slot mpc-slot pic-slot mic-slot online

For more information about the command, see the CLI Explorer .

The normal functioning indicator LED confirms that the component is online. You can also verify correct DPC or MPC functioning by issuing the show chassis fpc command or the correct PIC or MIC functioning by issuing the show chassis fpc pic-status command.

Documentation

• Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX960 Router

•

•

Maintaining Cables That Connect to MX960 DPCs, MPCs, MICs, or PICs on page 466

Installing an MX960 AC Power Supply

To install an AC power supply (see

Figure 104 on page 292 ):

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the

ESD points on the chassis.

Move the AC input switch in the chassis above the empty power supply slot to the off

( O ) position.

Chapter 21: Installing Components

Ensure that the release lever below the empty power supply slot is locked in the counterclockwise position (see

The small tab on the metal housing that is controlled by the release lever must be inside of the corresponding slot at the bottom of the power supply (see

). This tab is used to pull the power supply down in the chassis slot, prior to removing the power supply.

Let go of the locking pin in the release lever. Ensure that the pin is seated inside the corresponding hole in the chassis.

Move the AC input switch in the chassis above the power supply to the on ( — ) position and observe the status LEDs on the power supply faceplate. If the power supply is correctly installed and functioning normally, the AC OK and DC OK LEDs light steadily, and the PS FAIL LED is not lit.

291

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Figure 104: Installing an AC Power Supply

292

Documentation

• Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX960 Router

•

Removing a Normal Capacity MX960 AC Power Supply on page 391

• MX960 AC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings

•

•

Connecting an MX960 AC Power Supply Cord on page 243

•

Disconnecting an MX960 AC Power Supply Cord on page 403

Chapter 21: Installing Components

Installing an MX960 DC Power Supply

To install a DC power supply (see

Figure 105 on page 296 ):

Ensure that the voltage across the DC power source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cable leads might become active during installation.

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the

ESD points on the chassis.

Move the DC circuit breaker on the power supply faceplate to the off ( O ) position.

Ensure that the release lever below the empty power supply slot is locked in the counterclockwise position (see

The small tab on the metal housing that is controlled by the release lever must be inside of the corresponding slot at the bottom of the power supply (see

“Electrical Specifications for the MX960 DC Power Supply” on page 169 .

). This tab is used to pull the power supply down in the chassis slot, prior to removing the power supply.

Let go of the locking pin in the release lever. Ensure that the pin is seated inside the corresponding hole in the chassis.

Remove the clear plastic cover protecting the terminal studs on the faceplate.

Remove the nut and washer from each of the terminal studs.

293

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

10.

Secure each power cable lug to the terminal studs, first with the split washer, then with the nut. Apply between 23 lb-in. (2.6 Nm) and 25 lb-in. (2.8 Nm) of torque to each nut (see

Figure 106 on page 297

). Do not overtighten the nut. (Use a

7/16-in. (11 mm) torque-controlled driver or socket wrench.) a. Attach the positive (+) DC source power cable lug to the RTN (return) terminal.

b. Attach the negative (–) DC source power cable lug to the –48V (input) terminal.

Applying installation torque to the nut when improperly threaded may result in damage to the terminal stud.

11.

Loosen the captive screw on the cable restraint on the lower edge of the power supply faceplate.

12.

Route the positive and negative DC power cables through the left and right sides of the cable restraint.

Chapter 21: Installing Components

13.

Tighten the cable restraint captive screw to hold the power cables in place.

WARNING: Once the DC power supply is connected, the cable will be blocking the PEM slot label. Make sure and note or mark the PEM slot once the power supply is connected.

14.

Replace the clear plastic cover over the terminal studs on the faceplate.

15.

Verify that the power cabling is correct, that the cables are not touching, and that they do not block access to router components or drape where people could trip on them.

16.

Switch on the dedicated customer site circuit breaker.

17.

Verify that the INPUT OK LED on the power supply is lit steadily.

18.

On each of the DC power supplies, switch the DC circuit breaker to the center position before moving it to the on ( | ) position.

NOTE: The circuit breaker may bounce back to the off ( O ) position if you move the breaker too quickly.

19.

Verify that the BREAKER ON LED is lit steadily.

20.

Verify that the PWR OK LED is lit steadily.

295

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Figure 105: Installing a DC Power Supply

Chapter 21: Installing Components

Figure 106: Connecting DC Power to the MX960 Router

Documentation

• Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX960 Router

•

Removing an MX960 DC Power Supply on page 395

• MX960 DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines

•

•

Connecting an MX960 DC Power Supply Cable on page 244

•

Disconnecting an MX960 DC Power Supply Cable on page 405

Installing an MX960 AS MLC

You can install up to eight Application Services Modular Line Cards (AS MLCs) vertically in the front of the MX960 router. The AS MLCs are hot-insertable and hot-removable.

An empty AS MLC weighs 10.5 lb (4.76 kg). A fully configured AS MLC can weigh up to

15.27 lb (6.93 kg). Be prepared to accept its full weight.

To install an AS MLC (see

Figure 107 on page 299 ):

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the

ESD points on the chassis.

Place the AS MLC on an antistatic mat.

297

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Take the AS MSC and AS MXC (the modular cards) to be installed in the AS MLC out of its electrostatic bag. The AS MSC must be inserted in the top slot and the AS MXC in the bottom slot.

Install the AS MSC and AS MXC into the appropriate slot on the AS MLC.

Locate the slots in the card cage in which you plan to install the AS MLC.

Orient the AS MLC so that the faceplate faces you.

Lift the AS MLC into place, and carefully align the sides of the AS MLC with the guides inside the card cage.

CAUTION: When the AS MLC is out of the chassis, do not hold it by the ejector handles, bus bars, or edge connectors. They cannot support its weight.

Slide the AS MLC all the way into the card cage until you feel resistance.

Grasp both ejector handles, and rotate them clockwise simultaneously until the AS

MLC is fully seated.

10.

Use one of the following methods to bring the AS MLC online:

• Press and hold the AS MLC online/offline button until the green OK LED next to the button lights steadily, in about 5 seconds. The LEDs and online/offline button for each AS MLC are located directly above it on the craft interface.

• Issue the following CLI command: user@host> request chassis fpc slot slot-number online

For more information about the command, see the CLI Explorer .

CAUTION: After the OK LED lights steadily, wait at least 30 seconds before removing the AS MLC again, removing an AS MLC from a different slot, or inserting an AS MLC in a different slot.

You can also verify correct AS MLC and AS MSC or AS MXC functioning by issuing the show chassis fpc and show chassis fpc pic-status .

Figure 107: Installing an AS MLC

FAIL

ONLINE

FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

PEM 0 1 2 3

FAIL

OK FAIL

ONLINE

FAN

OK FAIL

ONLINE

RE0

OK FAIL

MASTER

ONLINE

OFFLINE

RE1

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

2 6

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

ACO/LT

YELLOWALARM

REDALARM

OK FAIL

NC C NO NC

C NO

FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

Chapter 21: Installing Components

Documentation

• Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX960 Router

•

Installing an MX960 AS MSC on page 299

•

Installing an MX960 AS MXC on page 301

•

Removing an MX960 AS MLC on page 313

Installing an MX960 AS MSC

To install an AS MSC (see

Figure 108 on page 300

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the

ESD points on the chassis.

Align the notches in the connector at the rear of the AS MSC with the notches in the

AS MSC slot (slot 0 —the top slot in the AS MLC ), and then slide the AS MSC in until it lodges firmly in the AS MLC.

299

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

CAUTION: Slide the AS MSC straight into the slot to avoid damaging the components on the bottom of the AS MSC.

Use one of the following methods to bring the AS MSC online:

• Press the AS MSC offline/online button until the LED light turns green.

• Issue the following CLI command: user@host> request chassis pic fpc-slot fpc-slot pic-slot pic-slot online

For more information about the command, see the CLI Explorer .

The normal functioning status LED confirms that the AS MSC is online. You can also verify correct AS MSC functioning by issuing the show chassis fpc pic-status .

Figure 108: Installing an AS MSC

300

Documentation

• MX480 Application Services Modular Storage Card Description

• Removing an MX480 AS MSC

Chapter 21: Installing Components

Installing an MX960 AS MXC

To install an AS MXC (see

Figure 109 on page 302 ):

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the

ESD points on the chassis.

Align the notches in the connector at the rear of the AS MXC with the notches in the

AS MXC slot (slot 1—the bottom slot in the AS MLC), and then slide the AS MXC in until it lodges firmly in the AS MLC.

CAUTION: Slide the AS MXC straight into the slot to avoid damaging the components on the bottom of the AS MXC.

Use one of the following methods to bring the AS MXC online:

• Press the AS MXC offline/online button until the LED light turns green.

• Issue the following CLI command: user@host> request chassis pic fpc-slot fpc-slot pic-slot pic-slot online

For more information about the command, see the CLI Explorer .

The normal functioning status LED confirms that the AS MXC is online. You can also verify correct AS MXC functioning by issuing the show chassis fpc pic-status command.

301

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Figure 109: Installing an AS MXC

Documentation

• Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX960 Router

•

MX960 Application Services Modular Processing Card Description on page 73

•

Removing an MX960 AS MXC on page 321

Installing an MX960 SCB

To install an SCB (see

Figure 110 on page 304 ):

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the

ESD points on the chassis.

Carefully align the sides of the SCB with the guides inside the chassis.

Slide the SCB into the chassis until you feel resistance, carefully ensuring that it is correctly aligned.

Grasp both ejector handles, and rotate them simultaneously clockwise until the SCB is fully seated.

Chapter 21: Installing Components

Place the ejector handles in the proper position, vertically and toward the center of the board.

Check the LEDs on the SCB faceplate to verify that it is functioning normally.

• The green OK/FAIL LED should light steadily a few minutes after the SCB is installed.

• If the OK/FAIL LED is red, remove and install the SCB again. If the OK/FAIL LED still lights steadily, the SCB is not functioning properly. Contact your customer support representative.

Check the status of the SCB using the show chassis environment cb command: user@host> show chassis environment cb

CB 0 status:

State Online Master

Temperature 25 degrees C / 77 degrees F

Power 1

1.2 V 1198 mV

1.5 V 1508 mV

1.8 V 1830 mV

2.5 V 5059 mV

3.3 V 6593 mV

5.0 V 5111 mV

12.0 V 12181 mV

1.25 V 1250 mV

3.3 V SM3 6587 mV

5 V RE 5078 mV

12 V RE 12026 mV

Power 2

11.3 V bias PEM 11253 mV

4.6 V bias MidPlane 4827 mV

11.3 V bias FPD 11408 mV

11.3 V bias POE 0 11446 mV

11.3 V bias POE 1 11408 mV

Bus Revision 6

FPGA Revision 0

CB 1 status:

State Online Standby

Temperature 26 degrees C / 78 degrees F

Power 1

1.2 V 1211 mV

1.5 V 1517 mV

1.8 V 1817 mV

2.5 V 2507 mV

3.3 V 3312 mV

5.0 V 5136 mV

12.0 V 12142 mV

1.25 V 1260 mV

3.3 V SM3 3306 mV

5 V RE 5085 mV

12 V RE 11968 mV

Power 2

11.3 V bias PEM 11369 mV

4.6 V bias MidPlane 4814 mV

11.3 V bias FPD 11427 mV

11.3 V bias POE 0 11350 mV

11.3 V bias POE 1 11330 mV

Bus Revision 39

FPGA Revision 1

303

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Figure 110: Installing an SCB

FAIL

ONLINE

FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

PEM 0 1 2 3

OK FAIL

ONLINE

FAN

OK FAIL

ONLINE

MASTER

ONLINE

RE0

OK FAIL

OFFLINE

RE1

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

2 6

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

ACO/LT

YELLOW ALARM

RED ALARM

OK FAIL

NC C NO

FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

Documentation

• Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX960 Router

• Operating and Positioning the MX960 SCB Ejectors

•

Removing an MX960 SCB on page 410

Installing an SFP or XFP Transceiver into an MX960 DPC, MPC, MIC, or PIC

To install an SFP or XFP:

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the

ESD points on the chassis.

Take each transceiver to be installed out of its electrostatic bag, and identify the slot on the component where it will be installed.

Verify that each transceiver is covered by a rubber safety cap. If it is not, cover the transceiver with a safety cap.

Chapter 21: Installing Components

Carefully align the transceiver with the slots in the component. The connectors should face the component.

Slide the transceiver until the connector is seated in the component slot. If you are unable to fully insert the transceiver, make sure the connector is facing the right way.

Close the ejector handle of the transceiver.

Remove the rubber safety cap from the transceiver and the end of the cable. Insert the cable into the transceiver.

Verify that the status LEDs on the component faceplate indicate that the SFP or XFP is functioning correctly. For more information about the component LEDs, see the MX

Series Interface Module Reference .

Documentation

• Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX960 Router

•

Removing an SFP or XFP Transceiver from an MX960 DPC, MPC, MIC, or PIC on page 437

•

•

305

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

CHAPTER 22

Replacing Chassis Components

•

Replacing the MX960 Cable Manager on page 310

•

•

Replacing the Console or Auxiliary Cable on an MX960 Router on page 311

•

Replacing the Management Ethernet Cable on an MX Series Router on page 312

•

•

•

Disconnecting the Alarm Relay Wires from the MX960 Craft Interface on page 307

Replacing the MX960 Craft Interface

Removing the MX960 Craft Interface on page 308

Installing the MX960 Craft Interface on page 308

Connecting the Alarm Relay Wires to the MX960 Craft Interface on page 309

Disconnecting the Alarm Relay Wires from the MX960 Craft Interface

To disconnect the alarm relay wires from the router and an alarm-reporting device (see

Figure 111 on page 308 ):

Disconnect the existing wire at the external device.

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the

ESD points on the chassis.

Using a 2.5-mm flat-blade screwdriver, loosen the small screws on the face of the terminal block and remove the block from the relay contact.

Using the 2.5-mm flat-blade screwdriver, loosen the small screws on the side of the terminal block. Remove existing wires from the slots in the front of the block.

307

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Figure 111: Alarm Relay Contacts

Removing the MX960 Craft Interface

To remove the craft interface (see

Figure 112 on page 308 ):

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the

ESD points on the chassis.

Detach any external devices connected to the craft interface.

Loosen the captive screws at the left and right corners of the craft interface faceplate.

Grasp the craft interface faceplate and carefully tilt it toward you until it is horizontal.

Disconnect the ribbon cable from the back of the faceplate by gently pressing on both sides of the latch with your thumb and forefinger. Remove the craft interface from the chassis.

Figure 112: Removing the Craft Interface

Installing the MX960 Craft Interface

To install the craft interface (see

Figure 90 on page 266

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the

ESD points on the chassis.

Grasp the craft interface with one hand, and hold the bottom edge of the craft interface with the other hand to support its weight.

Chapter 22: Replacing Chassis Components

Orient the ribbon cable so that it plugs into the connector socket. The connector is keyed and can be inserted only one way.

Align the bottom of the craft interface with the sheet metal above the card cage and press it into place.

Tighten the screws on the left and right corners of the craft interface faceplate.

Reattach any external devices connected to the craft interface.

Figure 113: Installing the Craft Interface

Connecting the Alarm Relay Wires to the MX960 Craft Interface

To connect the alarm relay wires between a router and an alarm-reporting device (see

Figure 89 on page 255

Prepare the required length of replacement wire with gauge between 28-AWG and

14-AWG (0.08 and 2.08 mm

Insert the replacement wires into the slots in the front of the block. Use a 2.5-mm flat-blade screwdriver to tighten the screws and secure the wire.

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the

ESD points on the chassis.

Plug the terminal block into the relay contact, and use a 2.5-mm flat-blade screwdriver to tighten the screws on the face of the block.

Attach the other end of the wires to the external device.

309

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Figure 114: Alarm Relay Contacts

Documentation

• Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX960 Router

•

MX960 Craft Interface Serial Number Label on page 511

•

Replacing the MX960 Cable Manager

To remove the standard cable manager (see

Figure 115 on page 311 ):

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the

ESD points on the chassis.

Using a 7/16-in. (11 mm) nut driver, unscrew the nuts on the corners of the standard cable manager.

Grasp the bottom of the standard cable manager, and pull it straight out from the studs on the front of the chassis.

Chapter 22: Replacing Chassis Components

Figure 115: Removing the Standard Cable Manager

To install the standard cable manager (see

Figure 115 on page 311

Position the standard cable manager on the studs on the lower front of the chassis.

Insert the nuts on the corners in the standard cable manager onto the studs on the chassis.

Using a 7/16-in. (11 mm) nut driver, tighten the nuts securely.

Documentation

• Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX960 Router

•

MX960 Cable Manager Description on page 19

•

Verifying the Version of the MX960 Cable Manager on page 469

Replacing the Console or Auxiliary Cable on an MX960 Router

To use a system console to configure and manage the Routing Engine, connect it to the

CONSOLE port on the Routing Engine. To use a laptop, modem, or other auxiliary device, connect it to the AUX port on the Routing Engine. Both ports accept a cable with an RJ-45

311

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide connector. One RJ-45/DB-9 cable is provided with the router. If you want to connect a device to both ports, you must supply another cable.

To replace a cable connected to a management console or auxiliary device:

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the

ESD points on the chassis.

Press the tab on the connector, and pull the connector straight out of the port.

Disconnect the cable from the console or auxiliary device.

Plug the RJ-45 end of the replacement serial cable into the CONSOLE or AUX port.

Figure 116 on page 312

shows the external device ports on the Routing Engine.

Plug the female DB-9 end into the console or auxiliary device's serial port.

Figure 116: Auxiliary and Console Ports

Documentation

• Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX960 Router

•

Replacing the Management Ethernet Cable on an MX Series Router on page 312

•

Routing Engine Interface Cable and Wire Specifications for MX Series Routers on page 142

•

Routing Engine Interface Cable and Wire Specifications for MX Series Routers on page 142

Replacing the Management Ethernet Cable on an MX Series Router

One Ethernet cable with RJ-45 connectors is provided with the router. To replace the cable connected to the ETHERNET port:

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the

ESD points on the chassis.

Press the tab on the connector, and pull the connector straight out of the port.

Figure 117 on page 313

shows the connector.

Disconnect the cable from the network device.

Chapter 22: Replacing Chassis Components

Plug one end of the replacement cable into the ETHERNET port.

Figure 118 on page 313

shows the port.

Plug the other end of the cable into the network device.

Figure 117: Cable Connector

Figure 118: Ethernet Port

Documentation

• Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX960 Router

•

•

Replacing the Console or Auxiliary Cable on an MX960 Router on page 311

•

Removing an MX960 AS MLC on page 313

Replacing an MX960 AS MLC

Installing an MX960 AS MLC on page 316

Removing an MX960 AS MLC

When you remove an Application Services Modular Line Card (AS MLC), the router continues to function, although the modular cards (AS MXC and AS MSC) installed on the AS MLC being removed no longer function.

Up to eight AS MLCs can be installed vertically in the front of the MX960 router. The AS

MLCs are hot-insertable and hot-removable. An empty AS MLC weighs 10.5 lb (4.76 kg).

A fully configured AS MLC can weigh up to 15.27 lb (6.93 kg). Be prepared to accept its full weight.

313

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

To remove an AS MLC (See

Figure 119 on page 315 ):

Have ready a replacement AS MLC or an AS MLC blank panel and an antistatic mat for the AS MLC.

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the

ESD points on the chassis.

Use one of the following methods to take the AS MLC offline:

• Press and hold the AS MLC online/offline button. The green OK LED next to the button begins to blink. Hold the button down until the LED goes out. The online/offline button for each AS MLC is located directly above it on the craft interface.

• Issue the following CLI command: user@host> request chassis fpc slot slot-number offline

For more information about the command, see the CLI Explorer .

NOTE: The slot number corresponds to the lowest numbered slot for which the AS MLC is installed.

Simultaneously turn both the ejector handles counterclockwise to unseat the AS MLC.

Grasp the handles, and slide the AS MLC straight out of the card cage halfway.

Place one hand around the front of the AS MLC (the modular card housing) and the other hand under it to support it. Slide the AS MLC completely out of the chassis, and place it on the antistatic mat or in the electrostatic bag.

CAUTION: The weight of the AS MLC is concentrated in the back end. Be prepared to accept the full weight—up to 15.27 lb (6.93 kg)—as you slide the AS MLC out of the chassis.

When the AS MLC is out of the chassis, do not hold it by the ejector handles, bus bars, or edge connectors. They cannot support its weight.

Do not stack AS MLCs on top of one another after removal. Place each one individually in an electrostatic bag or on its own antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.

If necessary, remove each installed AS MSC and AS MXC from the AS MLC.

Chapter 22: Replacing Chassis Components

After you remove each modular card, immediately place it on an antistatic mat or in an electrostatic bag.

If you are not reinstalling an AS MLC into the emptied slots within a short time, install a blank AS MLC panel over each slot to maintain proper airflow in the card cage.

CAUTION: After removing an AS MLC from the chassis, wait at least 30 seconds before reinserting it or inserting an AS MLC into a different slot.

Figure 119: Removing an AS MLC

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

PEM 0 1 2 3

OK FAIL

ONLINE

FAN

OK FAIL

ONLINE

RE0

OK FAIL

MASTER

ONLINE

OFFLINE

RE1

OK FAIL

ONLINE

FAIL

2 6

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

ACO/LT

YELLOWALARM

REDALARM

FAIL

NC C NO

OK FAIL

C NO

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

315

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Installing an MX960 AS MLC

You can install up to eight Application Services Modular Line Cards (AS MLCs) vertically in the front of the MX960 router. The AS MLCs are hot-insertable and hot-removable.

An empty AS MLC weighs 10.5 lb (4.76 kg). A fully configured AS MLC can weigh up to

15.27 lb (6.93 kg). Be prepared to accept its full weight.

To install an AS MLC (see

Figure 107 on page 299 ):

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the

ESD points on the chassis.

Place the AS MLC on an antistatic mat.

Take the AS MSC and AS MXC (the modular cards) to be installed in the AS MLC out of its electrostatic bag. The AS MSC must be inserted in the top slot and the AS MXC in the bottom slot.

Install the AS MSC and AS MXC into the appropriate slot on the AS MLC.

Locate the slots in the card cage in which you plan to install the AS MLC.

Orient the AS MLC so that the faceplate faces you.

Lift the AS MLC into place, and carefully align the sides of the AS MLC with the guides inside the card cage.

CAUTION: When the AS MLC is out of the chassis, do not hold it by the ejector handles, bus bars, or edge connectors. They cannot support its weight.

Slide the AS MLC all the way into the card cage until you feel resistance.

Grasp both ejector handles, and rotate them clockwise simultaneously until the AS

MLC is fully seated.

10.

Use one of the following methods to bring the AS MLC online:

• Issue the following CLI command: user@host> request chassis fpc slot slot-number online

Chapter 22: Replacing Chassis Components

For more information about the command, see the CLI Explorer .

CAUTION: After the OK LED lights steadily, wait at least 30 seconds before removing the AS MLC again, removing an AS MLC from a different slot, or inserting an AS MLC in a different slot.

You can also verify correct AS MLC and AS MSC or AS MXC functioning by issuing the show chassis fpc and show chassis fpc pic-status .

Figure 120: Installing an AS MLC

FAIL

ONLINE

FAIL

ONLINE

FAIL

ONLINE

PEM 0 1 2 3

FAIL OK

FAIL

ONLINE

FAN

FAIL

ONLINE

RE0

FAIL

MASTER

ONLINE

OFFLINE

RE1

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

2 6

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

ACO/LT

YELLOWALARM

REDALARM

OK FAIL

NC C NO NC

C NO

FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

Documentation

• Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX960 Router

•

•

Removing an MX960 AS MSC on page 318

317

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Replacing an MX960 AS MSC

Installing an MX960 AS MSC on page 319

Removing an MX960 AS MSC

AS MSCs are hot-insertable and hot-removable. When you remove an AS MSC, the router continues to function.

The AS MSCs are located in the AS MLCs installed in the front of the router. An AS MSC weighs 1.4 lb (0.6 kg).

To remove an AS MSC (see

Figure 121 on page 319 ):

Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface to receive the AS

MSC.

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the

ESD points on the chassis.

Use one of the following methods to take the AS MSC offline:

• Press its online/offline button. Use a narrow-ended tool that fits inside the opening that leads to the button. Press and hold the button until the AS MSC LED goes out

(about 5 seconds).

• Issue the following CLI command: user@host> request chassis pic fpc-slot fpc-slot pic-slot pic-slot offline

For more information about the command, see the CLI Explorer .

Slide the AS MSC out of the AS MLC card carrier by pulling the handles, and place it in the electrostatic bag or on the antistatic mat.

If you are not reinstalling an AS MSC into the emptied AS MSC slot within a short time, install a blank AS MSC panel over the slot to maintain proper airflow in the AS MLC card cage.

Figure 121: Removing an AS MSC

Chapter 22: Replacing Chassis Components

Installing an MX960 AS MSC

To install an AS MSC (see

Figure 108 on page 300

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the

ESD points on the chassis.

Align the notches in the connector at the rear of the AS MSC with the notches in the

AS MSC slot (slot 0 —the top slot in the AS MLC ), and then slide the AS MSC in until it lodges firmly in the AS MLC.

CAUTION: Slide the AS MSC straight into the slot to avoid damaging the components on the bottom of the AS MSC.

Use one of the following methods to bring the AS MSC online:

• Press the AS MSC offline/online button until the LED light turns green.

• Issue the following CLI command: user@host> request chassis pic fpc-slot fpc-slot pic-slot pic-slot online

For more information about the command, see the CLI Explorer .

319

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

The normal functioning status LED confirms that the AS MSC is online. You can also verify correct AS MSC functioning by issuing the show chassis fpc pic-status .

Figure 122: Installing an AS MSC

Documentation

• Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX960 Router

•

MX960 Application Services Modular Storage Card Description on page 72

•

Replacing an MX960 AS MXC

Removing an MX960 AS MXC on page 321

Installing an MX960 AS MXC on page 322

Chapter 22: Replacing Chassis Components

Removing an MX960 AS MXC

AS MXCs are hot-insertable and hot-removable. When you remove an AS MXC, the router continues to function.

The AS MXCs are located in the AS MLCs installed in the front of the router. An AS MXC weighs less than 2 lb (0.9 kg).

To remove an AS MXC (see

Figure 123 on page 322 ):

Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface to receive the AS

MXC.

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the

ESD points on the chassis.

Use one of the following methods to take the AS MXC offline:

• Press its online/offline button. Use a narrow-ended tool that fits inside the opening that leads to the button. Press and hold the button until the AS MXC LED goes out

(about 5 seconds).

• Issue the following CLI command: user@host> request chassis pic fpc-slot fpc-slot pic-slot pic-slot offline

For more information about the command, see the CLI Explorer .

Slide the AS MXC out of the AS MLC card carrier by pulling the handles, and place it in the electrostatic bag or on the antistatic mat.

If you are not reinstalling an AS MXC into the emptied AS MXC slot within a short time, install a blank AS MXC panel over the slot to maintain proper airflow in the AS MLC card cage.

321

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Figure 123: Removing an AS MXC

Installing an MX960 AS MXC

To install an AS MXC (see

Figure 109 on page 302 ):

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the

ESD points on the chassis.

Align the notches in the connector at the rear of the AS MXC with the notches in the

AS MXC slot (slot 1—the bottom slot in the AS MLC), and then slide the AS MXC in until it lodges firmly in the AS MLC.

CAUTION: Slide the AS MXC straight into the slot to avoid damaging the components on the bottom of the AS MXC.

Use one of the following methods to bring the AS MXC online:

• Press the AS MXC offline/online button until the LED light turns green.

• Issue the following CLI command: user@host> request chassis pic fpc-slot fpc-slot pic-slot pic-slot online

Chapter 22: Replacing Chassis Components

For more information about the command, see the CLI Explorer .

The normal functioning status LED confirms that the AS MXC is online. You can also verify correct AS MXC functioning by issuing the show chassis fpc pic-status command.

Figure 124: Installing an AS MXC

Documentation

• Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX960 Router

•

MX960 Application Services Modular Processing Card Description on page 73

•

323

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

CHAPTER 23

Replacing Cooling System Component

•

Replacing the MX960 Air Filter on page 325

•

Removing the Normal-Capacity MX960 Air Filter on page 325

Replacing the MX960 Air Filter

Installing the MX960 Air Filter on page 326

Removing the Normal-Capacity MX960 Air Filter

CAUTION: Do not run the router for more than a few minutes without the air filter in place.

CAUTION: Always keep the air filter in place while the router is operating, except during replacement. Because the fans are very powerful, they could pull small bits of wire or other materials into the router through the unfiltered air intake. This could damage the router components.

To remove the normal-capacity air filter tray, use the following procedure.

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the

ESD points on the chassis.

Unwrap any cables on the standard cable manager and remove the cables from the tray. Arrange the cables so that they do not block the front of the cable manager and tray, and secure them with temporary fasteners so that they are not supporting their own weight as they hang from the connector.

NOTE: Removing the cables from the extended cable manager is not necessary to access the air filter.

325

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

CAUTION: Do not let fiber-optic cable hang free from the connector. Do not allow fastened loops of cable to dangle, which stresses the cable at the fastening point.

CAUTION: Do not run the router for more than two minutes without the air filter in place.

Simultaneously pull the two releases labeled PULL on the standard cable manager.

Lift it up and outward to lock it in place to access the air filter.

Pull the filter tray release on both sides of the filter tray.

Slide the air filter tray out of the chassis as shown in

Figure 125 on page 326 .

Figure 125: Removing the Normal-Capacity Air Filter Tray from the Chassis

Installing the MX960 Air Filter

To install the air filter (see

Figure 91 on page 267 ):

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the

ESD points on the chassis.

Ensure that the air filter is right side up.

Place the air filter into the air filter tray.

Chapter 23: Replacing Cooling System Component

Insert the air filter tray into the chassis by sliding it straight into the chassis until it stops.

Lower the cable manager back into position.

Rearrange the cables in the cable manager.

Figure 126: Installing the Air Filter

Documentation

• Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX960 Router

•

Removing an MX960 Fan Tray on page 327

Replacing an MX960 Fan Tray

Installing an MX960 Fan Tray on page 329

Removing an MX960 Fan Tray

NOTE: To prevent overheating, install the replacement fan tray immediately after removing the existing fan tray.

To remove the upper or lower fan tray (see

Figure 127 on page 328

and

Figure 128 on page 329 ):

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the

ESD points on the chassis.

Reposition the standard cable manager before removing the lower front fan tray:

NOTE: This step is not required for the extended cable manager.

327

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide b.

Simultaneously pull the two releases labelled PULL on the cable manager. Lift it up and outward to lock it in place.

Loosen the captive screw on each side of the fan tray faceplate.

Grasp both sides of the fan tray, and pull it out approximately 1 to 3 inches.

WARNING: To avoid injury, keep tools and your fingers away from the fans as you slide the fan tray out of the chassis. The fans might still be spinning.

Pause for approximately 15 seconds to allow the fans to stop spinning.

When the fans stop spinning, press on the two latches located on the inside of the fan tray.

Place one hand under the fan tray to support it, and pull the fan tray completely out of the chassis.

Figure 127: Removing an Upper Fan Tray

FAIL

ONLINE

FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

PEM 0 1 2 3

OK FAIL

ONLINE

FAN

OK FAIL

ONLINE

MASTER

ONLINE

RE0

OK FAIL

OFFLINE

RE1

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

2 6

ONLINE

ACO/LT

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

NC C NO

FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

Chapter 23: Replacing Cooling System Component

Figure 128: Removing a Lower Fan Tray

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

PEM 0 1 2 3

OK FAIL

ONLINE

FAN

OK FAIL

ONLINE

RE0

OK FAIL

MASTER

ONLINE

OFFLINE

RE1

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

2 6

ONLINE

YELL

OK FAIL

ONLINE

ACO/LT

OK FAIL

NC C NO

FAIL

ONLINE

FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

Installing an MX960 Fan Tray

To install a fan tray (see

Figure 92 on page 268

and

Figure 93 on page 269

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the

ESD points on the chassis.

Grasp the fan tray on each side, and insert it straight into the chassis. Note the correct orientation by the "this side up" label on the top surface of the fan tray.

Tighten the captive screws on each side of the fan tray faceplate to secure it in the chassis.

Lower the cable manager back into position, if necessary.

329

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Figure 129: Installing an Upper Fan Tray

FAIL

ONLINE

FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

PEM 0 1 2 3

OK FAIL

ONLINE

FAN

OK FAIL

ONLINE

MASTER

ONLINE

RE0

OK FAIL

OFFLINE

RE1

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

2 6

ONLINE

ACO/LT

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

NC C NO

FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

Chapter 23: Replacing Cooling System Component

Figure 130: Installing a Lower Fan Tray

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

PEM 0 1 2 3

OK FAIL

ONLINE

FAN

OK FAIL

ONLINE

RE0

OK FAIL

MASTER

ONLINE

OFFLINE

RE1

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

2 6

ONLINE

YELL

OK FAIL

ONLINE

ACO/LT

OK FAIL

NC C NO

FAIL

ONLINE

FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

Documentation

• Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX960 Router

•

331

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

CHAPTER 24

Replacing Host Subsystem Components

•

Replacing an SSD Drive on an RE-S-1800 on page 336

•

•

Replacing an SSD Drive on an RE-S-X6-64G on page 338

•

Replacing Connections to MX960 Routing Engine Interface Ports on page 343

•

Upgrading to the RE-S-X6-64G Routing Engine in a Redundant Host

Subsystem on page 345

•

Upgrading to the RE-S-X6-64G Routing Engine in a Nonredundant Host

Subsystem on page 351

Replacing an MX960 Routing Engine

Removing an MX960 Routing Engine on page 333

Installing an MX960 Routing Engine on page 335

Removing an MX960 Routing Engine

Before you remove a Routing Engine, remove the cables that connect to it.

CAUTION: Before you replace a Routing Engine, you must take the host subsystem offline. If there is only one host subsystem, taking the host subsystem offline shuts down the router.

CAUTION: If the Routing Engine to be replaced is currently functioning as the master Routing engine, switch it to be the backup before removing it.

To remove a Routing Engine from an SCB (see

Figure 131 on page 335

Take the Routing Engine offline gracefully.

Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.

333

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the

ESD points on the chassis.

Verify that the Routing Engine LEDs are off.

Loosen the captive screws on the top and bottom of the Routing Engine.

Flip the ejector handles outward to unseat the Routing Engine.

Grasp the Routing Engine by the ejector handles, and slide it about halfway out of the chassis.

Place one hand underneath the Routing Engine to support it, and slide it completely out of the chassis.

Place the Routing Engine on the antistatic mat.

NOTE: To maintain proper airflow through the chassis, do not leave an

SCB installed in the chassis without a Routing Engine for extended periods of time. If a Routing Engine is removed, a replacement Routing Engine should be installed as soon as possible.

Chapter 24: Replacing Host Subsystem Components

Figure 131: Removing a Routing Engine

FAIL

ONLINE

FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

PEM 0 1 2 3

OK FAIL

ONLINE

FAN

OK FAIL

ONLINE

MASTER

ONLINE

RE0

OK FAIL

OFFLINE

RE1

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

2 6

ONLINE

ACO/LT

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

NC C NO

FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

Installing an MX960 Routing Engine

To install a Routing Engine into an SCB (see

Figure 94 on page 270

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the

ESD points on the chassis.

Ensure that the ejector handles are not in the locked position. If necessary, flip the ejector handles outward.

Place one hand underneath the Routing Engine to support it.

Carefully align the sides of the Routing Engine with the guides inside the opening on the SCB.

Slide the Routing Engine into the SCB until you feel resistance, and then press the

Routing Engine's faceplate until it engages the connectors.

Press both of the ejector handles inward to seat the Routing Engine.

335

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Tighten the captive screws on the left and right of the Routing Engine.

Connect the management device cables to the Routing Engine.

The Routing Engine might require several minutes to boot.

After the Routing Engine boots, verify that it is installed correctly by checking the FAIL ,

RE0 , and RE1 LEDs on the craft interface. If the router is operational and the Routing

To check the status of the Routing Engine, use the CLI command: user@host> show chassis routing-engine

Routing Engine status: Slot 0: Current state Master ...

For more information about using the CLI, see the Junos OS documentation.

Figure 132: Installing a Routing Engine

Documentation

• Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX960 Router

•

Replacing Connections to MX960 Routing Engine Interface Ports on page 343

•

Routing Engine Interface Cable and Wire Specifications for MX Series Routers on page 142

•

• Synchronizing Routing Engines

Replacing an SSD Drive on an RE-S-1800

Each RE-S-1800 Routing Engine supports two solid-state drives (SSD) specified by

Juniper Networks. The RE-S-1800 ships with one SSD installed in the slot labeled SATA

SSD 1 . The spare SSD is Juniper part number RE-SSD-32G-UPG.

Figure 133 on page 337

shows the arrangement of storage drive slots on a RE-S-1800 Routing Engine.

Chapter 24: Replacing Host Subsystem Components

Figure 133: RE-S-1800 Storage Drive Slots

Auxiliary port

Ethernet port

Online/Offline button

SSD slot 1

SSD slot 2

Extractor clip

Console port

USB port

Status LEDs Extractor clip

The following drive has been verified to work in the RE-S-1800 Routing Engine:

• SSD SLC 32 GB

To replace a storage drive:

Disable and deactivate the storage drive.

Remove the storage drive.

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to an ESD point on the appliance.

For more information about ESD, see Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage in the hardware guide for your router.

Unfasten the thumbscrew that secures the access door in front of the storage drive slots, and open the door.

Slide the lock on the ejector to the unlocked position.

Carefully slide the drive out of the slot.

Reinstall a storage drive.

Carefully align the sides of the drive with the guides in the slot.

Slide the drive into the slot until you feel resistance, carefully ensuring that it is correctly aligned.

Close the access door and tighten the thumbscrew to secure the door.

Documentation

•

Returning a Hardware Component to Juniper Networks, Inc. on page 527

337

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Replacing an SSD Drive on an RE-S-X6-64G

Each RE-S-X6-64G Routing Engine supports two solid-state drives (SSD) specified by

Juniper Networks. The RE-S-X6-64G ships with two SSDs installed in the slot labeled

DISK1 and DISK2 .

Figure 134 on page 338

shows the arrangement of storage drive slots on a RE-S-X6-64G Routing Engine.

Replacing an SSD drive in a RE-S-X6-64G Routing Engine consists of the following two stages:

Replacing the SSD Drive in the Routing Engine.

Copying vmhost and Junos OS to the replaced SSD.

Figure 134: RE-S-X6-64G Storage Drive Slots

Chapter 24: Replacing Host Subsystem Components

The following drive has been verified to work in the RE-S-X6-64G Routing Engine:

• 64GB slim SATA SSD

Replacing the SSDs:

To replace an SSD in the slot labeled Disk2 : a. Make sure that there is no VMHost %d Boot from alternate disk alarm in the output: user@host> show chassis alarm

To replace an SSD in the slot labeled Disk1 : a. Make sure that the router is booted up and running from an image from disk1.

Back up the currently running vmhost and Junos OS on disk1 to ensure that both disk1 and disk2 have the same version of vmhost and Junos OS: user@host> request vmhost snapshot [partition]

NOTE: Partitioning the target media is optional.

b. Reboot the router from disk2: user@host> request vmhost reboot disk2 c. Check for the presence of the VMHost %d Boot from alternate disk alarm in the output: user@host> show chassis alarm

Offline the Routing Engine by pressing the ONLINE/OFFLINE button.

339

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Remove the SSD.

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to an ESD point on the appliance.

For more information about ESD, see Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage in the hardware guide for your router.

Unfasten the thumbscrew that secures the access door in front of the storage drive slots, and open the door.

Slide the lock on the ejector to the unlocked position.

Carefully slide the drive out of the slot.

Figure 135: Removing an SSD in the Routing Engine RE-S-X6-64G

340

Reinstall an SSD: a.

Carefully align the sides of the drive with the guides in the slot.

Slide the drive into the slot until you feel resistance, carefully ensuring that it is correctly aligned.

Close the access door and tighten the thumbscrew to secure the door.

Chapter 24: Replacing Host Subsystem Components

Copy Junos OS to the newly replaced SSD:

If both the SSDs are replaced together: a. Install using an USB disk:

Insert the USB disk in the USB slot on the Routing Engine.

After the Routing Engine boots from the USB, press y when you are prompted to confirm Install vmhost and Junos software on Primary and Secondary disk

[y/N?

on the console.

After the installation is completed, press y when prompted to confirm Reboot now? [y/N]?

to reboot from the SSD disk.

NOTE: To prepare a bootable USB disk, see b. Install vmhost using the PXEBoot method:

Set up the PXEBoot server < Provide the link to the PXEBoot tech pub document that Hema is writing>

Bring the Routing Engine online by pressing the ONLINE/OFFLINE button

During the boot, when you see the message Press Esc for boot options press Esc key to enter into the BIOS menu boot options.

After the Esc key is pressed, Esc is pressed. Go to boot options.

is displayed on the screen.

Using Up or Down arrow keys, navigate to Boot Manager and press the Enter key.

Using Up or Down arrow keys, navigate through the EFI boot devices listed and select EFI Network 0 for IPv4 to boot from the PXEboot server and press the

Enter key.

Booting `net boot console is displayed and PXEBoot continues.

NOTE: The booting process may take several minutes.

After the Routing Engine boots, press y when you are prompted to confirm Install vmhost and Junos software on Primary and Secondary disk [y/N?

on the console.

After the installation is completed, press y when prompted to confirm Reboot now? [y/N]?

to reboot from the SSD disk.

If only disk2 is replaced: a. Bring the Routing Engine online by pressing the ONLINE/OFFLINE button.

b. The router boots from disk1. To be able to boot from disk2: user@host> request vmhost snapshot partition

341

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

If only disk1 is replaced: a. Bring the Routing Engine online by pressing the ONLINE/OFFLINE button.

b. The router boots from disk2 . To be able to boot from disk1: user@host> request vmhost snapshot partition

Figure 136: Installing an SSD in the Routing Engine RE-S-X6-64G

342

1— Carrier 2— SSD card

Copying vmhost and Junos OS from an USB disk when both the SSDs are replaced together :

NOTE: To prepare a bootable USB disk, see Creating an Emergency Boot Device for RE-MX-X6, RE-MX-X8 and RE-PTX-X8 Routing Engines .

Insert the USB disk in the USB slot on the Routing Engine.

After the Routing Engine boots from the USB, press y when you are prompted to confirm Install vmhost and Junos software on Primary and Secondary disk [y/N]?

on the console.

After the installation is completed, press y when prompted to confirm Reboot now?

[y/N]?

to reboot from the SSD disk.

Copying vmhost and Junos OS to the SSDs from the PXEBoot server :

Set up the PXEBoot server. See Copying VM Host Installation Package to the PXE Boot

Server .

Bring the Routing Engine online by pressing the ONLINE/OFFLINE button.

During the boot, when you see the message Press Esc for boot options press Esc key to enter into the BIOS menu boot options.

Chapter 24: Replacing Host Subsystem Components

After the Esc key is pressed, Esc is pressed. Go to boot options.

is displayed on the screen.

Using Up or Down arrow keys, navigate to Boot Manager and press the Enter key.

Using Up or Down arrow keys, navigate through the EFI boot devices listed and select

EFI Network 0 for IPv4 to boot from the PXEboot server and press the Enter key.

Booting `net boot console is displayed and PXEBoot continues.

NOTE: The booting process may take several minutes.

After the Routing Engine boots, press y when you are prompted to confirm Install vmhost and Junos software on Primary and Secondary disk [y/N]?

on the console.

After the installation is completed, press y when prompted to confirm Reboot now?

[y/N]?

to reboot from the SSD disk.

Copying vmhost and Junos OS when only one disk is replaced : a. Bring the Routing Engine online by pressing the ONLINE/OFFLINE button.

b. The router boots from disk1 if disk2 is replaced. To be able to boot from disk2: user@host> request vmhost snapshot partition

The router boots from disk2 if disk1 is replaced. To be able to boot from disk1: user@host> request vmhost snapshot recovery partition

Documentation

•

Returning a Hardware Component to Juniper Networks, Inc. on page 527

• Upgrading the SSD Firmware on RE-S-X6-64G and RE-MX2K-X8-64G Routing Engines

Replacing Connections to MX960 Routing Engine Interface Ports

•

Replacing the Management Ethernet Cable on an MX Series Router on page 344

•

Replacing the Console or Auxiliary Cable on an MX960 Router on page 344

343

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Replacing the Management Ethernet Cable on an MX Series Router

One Ethernet cable with RJ-45 connectors is provided with the router. To replace the cable connected to the ETHERNET port:

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the

ESD points on the chassis.

Press the tab on the connector, and pull the connector straight out of the port.

Figure 117 on page 313

shows the connector.

Disconnect the cable from the network device.

Plug one end of the replacement cable into the ETHERNET port.

Figure 118 on page 313

shows the port.

Plug the other end of the cable into the network device.

Figure 137: Cable Connector

Figure 138: Ethernet Port

Replacing the Console or Auxiliary Cable on an MX960 Router

To use a system console to configure and manage the Routing Engine, connect it to the

CONSOLE port on the Routing Engine. To use a laptop, modem, or other auxiliary device, connect it to the AUX port on the Routing Engine. Both ports accept a cable with an RJ-45 connector. One RJ-45/DB-9 cable is provided with the router. If you want to connect a device to both ports, you must supply another cable.

To replace a cable connected to a management console or auxiliary device:

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the

ESD points on the chassis.

Press the tab on the connector, and pull the connector straight out of the port.

Chapter 24: Replacing Host Subsystem Components

Disconnect the cable from the console or auxiliary device.

Plug the RJ-45 end of the replacement serial cable into the CONSOLE or AUX port.

Figure 116 on page 312

shows the external device ports on the Routing Engine.

Plug the female DB-9 end into the console or auxiliary device's serial port.

Figure 139: Auxiliary and Console Ports

Documentation

• Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX960 Router

•

Routing Engine Interface Cable and Wire Specifications for MX Series Routers on page 142

•

“Replacing an MX960 SCB” on page 409 , depending on the chassis on which the

Upgrading to the RE-S-X6-64G Routing Engine in a Redundant Host Subsystem

A redundant host subsystem consists of a master Routing Engine (RE0) and a backup

Routing Engine (RE1). To upgrade the host subsystem to use the RE-S-X6-64G Routing

Engine, you must first uninstall the backup Routing Engine and install the RE-S-X6-64G

Routing Engine, which then becomes the backup Routing Engine. You then switch over this backup Routing Engine to make it the master Routing Engine. Replace the other

Routing Engine and configure it as the backup Routing Engine.

Ensure that the Switch Control Board in the chassis is SCBE2 because the RE-S-X6-64G

Routing Engine is not compatible with the Switch Control Boards SCB or SCBE. To upgrade the Switch Control Board to SCBE2, see Replacing an MX240 SCB or Replacing an MX480

SCB or

Routing Engine is being upgraded.

NOTE: Save the router configuration before proceeding with the Routing

Engine upgrade.

345

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

NOTE: Nonstop active routing (NSR) and graceful Routing Engine switchover

(GRES) are not supported during the upgrade and they must be temporarily disabled. Disable NSR by removing the nonstop-routing statement from the

[ edit routing-options ] hierarchy level and by removing the graceful-switchover statement from the [ edit chassis redundancy ] hierarchy level .

Removing the Routing Engine on page 346

Installing the Routing Engine RE-S-X6-64G on page 348

Verifying and Configuring the Upgraded Routing Engine as the Master on page 351

Verifying and Configuring the Upgraded Routing Engine as the Backup on page 351

Removing the Routing Engine

To remove the backup Routing Engine from the chassis (see

Figure 140 on page 347

Figure 141 on page 347 , and

Figure 142 on page 348

On the external management device connected to the Routing Engine, shut down the host subsystem by using the request system power-off command.

Wait until a message appears on the console confirming that the operating system has halted.

Remove the cables connected to the Routing Engine.

Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

Verify that the Routing Engine LEDs are off. Loosen the captive screws on the top and bottom of the Routing Engine.

Grasp the Routing Engine by the ejector handles, and slide it about halfway out of the chassis.

Place one hand underneath the Routing Engine to support it, and slide it completely out of the chassis. Place the Routing Engine on the antistatic mat.

NOTE: To maintain proper airflow through the chassis, do not leave an SCB installed in the chassis without a Routing Engine for extended periods of time.

If a Routing Engine is removed, a replacement Routing Engine should be installed as soon as possible.

Chapter 24: Replacing Host Subsystem Components

Figure 140: Removing a Routing Engine from an MX240 Router

Figure 141: Removing a Routing Engine from an MX480 Router

347

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Figure 142: Removing a Routing Engine from an MX960 Router

FAIL

ONLINE

FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

PEM 0 1 2 3

OK FAIL

ONLINE

FAN

OK FAIL

ONLINE

MASTER

ONLINE

RE0

OK FAIL

OFFLINE

RE1

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

2 6

ONLINE

ACO/LT

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

NC C NO

FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

Installing the Routing Engine RE-S-X6-64G

To install the Routing Engine RE-S-X6-64G:

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the

ESD points on the chassis.

Ensure that the ejector handles are not in the locked position. If necessary, flip the ejector handles outward.

Place one hand underneath the Routing Engine to support it and carefully align the sides of the Routing Engine with the guides inside the opening on the Switch Control

Board SCBE2.

NOTE: The Routing Engine RE-S-X6-64G is supported only on the SCBE2.

RE-S-X6-64G is not compatible with the SCB or the SCBE.

Slide the Routing Engine into the SCBE2 until you feel resistance, and then press the

Routing Engine's faceplate until it engages the connectors.

Chapter 24: Replacing Host Subsystem Components

Press both of the ejector handles inward to seat the Routing Engine. Tighten the captive screws on the top and bottom of the Routing Engine.

Connect the management device cables to the Routing Engine. After the Routing

Engine is installed, the ONLINE LED starts blinking green slowly.

Replace the former master Routing Engine, RE0, with the Routing Engine RE-S-X6-64G.

NOTE: The Routing Engine RE-S-X6-64G is supported only on the SCBE2.

RE-S-X6-64G is not compatible with the SCB or the SCBE.

The Routing Engine might require several minutes to boot. After the Routing Engine boots, verify that it is installed correctly by checking the FAIL , RE0 , and RE1 LEDs on the craft interface. If the router is operational and the Routing Engine is functioning properly, the green ONLINE LED on the Routing Engine lights steadily. If the red FAIL LED on the Routing

Engine lights steadily instead, remove and install the Routing Engine again. If the red FAIL

LED still lights steadily, the Routing Engine is not functioning properly. Contact your customer support representative.

Figure 143: Installing a Routing Engine in an MX240 Router

349

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Figure 144: Installing a Routing Engine in an MX480 Router

Figure 145: Installing a Routing Engine in an MX960 Router

FAIL

ONLINE

FAIL

ONLINE

FAIL

ONLINE

PEM 0 1 2 3

FAIL OK

FAIL

ONLINE

FAN

FAIL

ONLINE

MASTER

ONLINE

RE0

FAIL

OFFLINE

RE1

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

2 6

ONLINE

ACO/LT

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

NC C NO NC

C NO

FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

Chapter 24: Replacing Host Subsystem Components

Verifying and Configuring the Upgraded Routing Engine as the Master

After replacing the backup Routing Engine with the RE-S-X6-64G Routing Engine, perform the following steps:

Verify that the SCBE2 and RE-S-X6-64G Routing Engine are online by issuing the show chassis hardware command.

After you install the RE-S-X6-64G Routing Engine into the SCBE2, the Routing Engine gets automatically powered on and comes up in amnesiac mode as it is loaded with factory defaults. After the Routing Engine comes up in amnesiac mode, load the base configuration and commit.

Configure the backup Routing Engine by using the commit synchronize command to copy the configuration to the backup Routing Engine.

Use the request chassis routing-engine master switch command to make the Routing

Engine RE-S-X6-64G (RE1) the master Routing Engine. All FPCs reboot after this step.

Verifying and Configuring the Upgraded Routing Engine as the Backup

Use the request chassis routing-engine master switch command to make newly installed

RE-S-X6-64G (RE0) the backup Routing Engine.

Use the commit synchronize command to copy the active configuration from the master Routing Engine to the backup Routing Engine.

Documentation

•

RE-S-X6-64G Routing Engine Description on page 34

•

Upgrading to the RE-S-X6-64G Routing Engine in a Nonredundant Host Subsystem on page 351

Upgrading to the RE-S-X6-64G Routing Engine in a Nonredundant Host Subsystem

In a nonredundant host subsystem, only one Routing Engine and one Switch Control

Board are present in the chassis. When you are upgrading the Routing Engine, taking the host subsystem offline shuts down the router. To upgrade the host subsystem with the

RE-S-X6-64G Routing Engine, you must uninstall the existing Routing Engine and install the RE-S-X6-64G Routing Engine. Ensure that the Switch Control Board in the chassis is SCBE2 because the RE-S-X6-64G Routing Engine is not compatible with the Switch

Control Boards SCB or SCBE. To upgrade the Switch Control Board to SCBE2, see

Replacing an MX240 SCB or Replacing an MX480 SCB or

“Replacing an MX960 SCB” on page 409

, depending on the chassis on which the Routing Engine is being upgraded.

351

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

NOTE: Save the router configuration before proceeding with the Routing

Engine upgrade.

Removing the Routing Engine on page 352

Installing the Routing Engine RE-S-X6-64G on page 353

Removing the Routing Engine

To remove the Routing Engine from the chassis:

On the external management device connected to the Routing Engine, shut down the host subsystem by using the request system power-off command.

Wait until a message appears on the console confirming that the operating system has halted.

Remove the cables connected to the Routing Engine.

Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface. Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

Verify that the Routing Engine LEDs are off. Loosen the captive screws on the top and bottom of the Routing Engine.

Grasp the Routing Engine by the ejector handles, and slide it about halfway out of the chassis.

Place one hand underneath the Routing Engine to support it, and slide it completely out of the chassis. Place the Routing Engine on the antistatic mat.

NOTE: To maintain proper airflow through the chassis, do not leave an SCB installed in the chassis without a Routing Engine for extended periods of time.

If a Routing Engine is removed, a replacement Routing Engine should be installed as soon as possible.

Chapter 24: Replacing Host Subsystem Components

Installing the Routing Engine RE-S-X6-64G

To install the new Routing Engine (RE-S-X6-64G):

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the

ESD points on the chassis.

Ensure that the ejector handles are not in the locked position. If necessary, flip the ejector handles outward.

Place one hand underneath the Routing Engine to support it and carefully align the sides of the Routing Engine with the guides inside the opening on the SCBE2.

NOTE: The Routing Engine RE-S-X6-64G is supported only on the SCBE2.

RE-S-X6-64G is not compatible with the SCB or the SCBE.

Slide the Routing Engine into the SCBE2 until you feel resistance, and then press the

Routing Engine's faceplate until it engages the connectors.

Press both of the ejector handles inward to seat the Routing Engine. Tighten the captive screws on the top and bottom of the Routing Engine.

Connect the management device cables to the Routing Engine. After the Routing

Engine is installed, the ONLINE LED starts blinking green slowly.

Verify that the SCBE2 and RE-S-X6-64G Routing Engine are online by issuing the show chassis hardware command.

Engine still lights steadily, the Routing Engine is not functioning properly. Contact your customer support representative.

Documentation

•

RE-S-X6-64G Routing Engine Description on page 34

•

Upgrading to the RE-S-X6-64G Routing Engine in a Redundant Host Subsystem on page 345

353

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

CHAPTER 25

Replacing Line Card Components

•

•

•

•

•

Replacing a Cable on an MX960 DPC, MPC, MIC, or PIC on page 386

•

Replacing an MX960 DPC

Removing an MX960 DPC on page 355

Installing an MX960 DPC on page 357

Removing an MX960 DPC

A DPC weighs up to 13.1 lb (5.9 kg). Be prepared to accept its full weight.

To remove a DPC (see

Figure 146 on page 357

Have ready a replacement DPC or DPC blank panel and an antistatic mat for the DPC.

Also have ready rubber safety caps for each DPC you are removing that uses an optical interface.

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the

ESD points on the chassis.

Label the cables connected to each port on the DPC so that you can later reconnect the cables to the correct ports.

Use one of the following methods to take the DPC offline:

• Press and hold the corresponding DPC online button on the craft interface. The green OK LED next to the button begins to blink. Hold the button down until the LED goes off.

• Issue the following CLI command:

355

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide user@host> request chassis fpc slot slot-number offline

For more information about the command, see the CLI Explorer .

Disconnect the cables from the DPC.

CAUTION: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when you are inserting or removing cable. The safety cap keeps the port clean and prevents accidental exposure to laser light.

CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.

Immediately cover each optical transceiver and the end of each fiber-optic cable with a rubber safety cap.

Arrange the disconnected cables in the standard or extended cable manager to prevent the cables from developing stress points.

Simultaneously turn both of the ejector handles counterclockwise to unseat the DPC.

Grasp the handles, and slide the DPC straight out of the card cage halfway.

10.

Place one hand around the front of the DPC and the other hand under it to support it.

Slide the DPC completely out of the chassis, and place it on the antistatic mat or in the electrostatic bag.

CAUTION: The weight of the DPC is concentrated in the back end. Be prepared to accept the full weight—up to 13.1 lb (5.9 kg)—as you slide the

DPC out of the chassis.

When the DPC is out of the chassis, do not hold it by the ejector handles, bus bars, or edge connectors. They cannot support its weight.

Chapter 25: Replacing Line Card Components

Do not stack DPCs on top of one another after removal. Place each one individually in an electrostatic bag or on its own antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.

11.

If you are not reinstalling a DPC into the emptied DPC slot within a short time, install a blank DPC panel over the slot to maintain proper airflow in the DPC card cage.

CAUTION: After removing a DPC from the chassis, wait at least 30 seconds before reinserting it, removing a DPC from a different slot, or inserting a

DPC into a different slot.

Figure 146: Removing a DPC

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

FAIL

ONLINE

PEM 0 1 2 3

OK FAIL

FAIL

ONLINE

FAN

FAIL

ONLINE

RE0

FAIL

MASTER

ONLINE

OFFLINE

RE1

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

2 6

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

ACO/LT

OK FAIL

C NO NC

OK FAIL

FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK/FAIL

0/0 0/5

2/0 2/5

1/0 1/5

3/0 3/5

Installing an MX960 DPC

A DPC weighs up to 14.5 lb (6.6 kg). Be prepared to accept its full weight.

357

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

To install a DPC (see

Figure 95 on page 273

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the

ESD points on the chassis.

Place the DPC on an antistatic mat, or remove it from its electrostatic bag.

Identify the slot on the router where it will be installed.

Verify that each fiber-optic transceiver is covered with a rubber safety cap. If it does not, cover the transceiver with a safety cap.

Orient the DPC so that the faceplate faces youvertically.

Lift the DPC into place, and carefully align the sides of the DPC with the guides inside the card cage.

Slide the DPC all the way into the card cage until you feel resistance.

Grasp both ejector handles, and rotate them clockwise simultaneously until the DPC is fully seated.

Remove the rubber safety cap from each fiber-optic transceiver and cable.

10.

Insert the cables into the cable connector ports on each DPC (see

Figure 96 on page 274

11.

CAUTION: Do not let fiber-optic cable hang free from the connector. Do not allow fastened loops of cable to dangle, which stresses the cable at the fastening point.

Chapter 25: Replacing Line Card Components

CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.

12.

Use one of the following methods to bring the DPC online:

• Press and hold the corresponding DPC online button on the craft interface until the green OK LED next to the button lights steadily, in about 5 seconds.

• Issue the following CLI command: user@host> request chassis fpc slot slot-number online

For more information about the command, see the CLI Explorer .

CAUTION: After the OK LED turns green, wait at least 30 seconds before removing the DPC again, removing a DPC from a different slot, or inserting a DPC in a different slot.

You can also verify that the DPC is functioning correctly by issuing the show chassis fpc and show chassis fpc pic-status commands.

359

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Figure 147: Installing a DPC

FAIL

ONLINE

FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

PEM 0 1 2 3

OK FAIL

ONLINE

FAN

OK FAIL

ONLINE

MASTER

ONLINE

RE0

OK FAIL

OFFLINE

RE1

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

2 6

ONLINE

YELL M

ACO/LT

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

NC C NO

FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

0/0 0/5

OK/FAIL

2/0 2/5

1/0 1/5

3/0 3/5

Figure 148: Attaching a Cable to a DPC

Chapter 25: Replacing Line Card Components

Documentation

• Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX960 Router

•

•

• MX960 DPC Terminology

•

•

Removing an MX960 FPC on page 361

Replacing an MX960 FPC

•

•

Installing an MX960 FPC on page 364

Removing an MX960 FPC

When you remove an FPC, the router continues to function, although the PIC interfaces installed on the FPC being removed no longer function.

An FPC takes up two DPC slots on the MX960 router. Up to six FPCs can be installed vertically in the front of the MX960 router. The FPCs are hot-insertable and hot-removable.

361

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

An empty FPC3 weighs 14 lb (6.5 kg). A fully configured FPC can weigh up to 18 lb (8.2 kg).

Be prepared to accept its full weight.

To remove an FPC (see

Figure 149 on page 364 ):

Have ready a replacement FPC or FPC blank panel and an antistatic mat for the FPC.

Also have ready rubber safety caps for each PIC using an optical interface on the FPC that you are removing.

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the

ESD points on the chassis.

Label the cables connected to each PIC on the FPC so that you can later reconnect the cables to the correct PICs.

Use one of the following methods to take the FPC offline:

• Press and hold the FPC online/offline button. The green OK LED next to the button begins to blink. Hold the button down until the LED goes out. The LEDs and online/offline button for each FPC are located directly above it on the craft interface.

• Issue the following CLI command: user@host> request chassis fpc slot slot-number offline

For more information about the command, see the CLI Explorer .

NOTE: The slot number corresponds to the lowest numbered slot for which the FPC is installed.

Disconnect the cables from the PICs installed in the FPC.

CAUTION: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when inserting or removing cable. The safety cap keeps the port clean and prevents accidental exposure to laser light.

CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.

Chapter 25: Replacing Line Card Components

If a PIC uses fiber-optic cable, immediately cover each transceiver and the end of each cable with a rubber safety cap. Arrange the disconnected cables in the cable manager to prevent the cables from developing stress points.

Simultaneously turn both the ejector handles counterclockwise to unseat the FPC.

Grasp the handles, and slide the FPC straight out of the card cage halfway.

Place one hand around the front of the FPC (the PIC housing) and the other hand under it to support it. Slide the FPC completely out of the chassis, and place it on the antistatic mat or in the electrostatic bag.

CAUTION: The weight of the FPC is concentrated in the back end. Be prepared to accept the full weight—up to 18 lb (8.2 kg)—as you slide the

FPC out of the chassis.

When the FPC is out of the chassis, do not hold it by the ejector handles, bus bars, or edge connectors. They cannot support its weight.

Do not stack FPCs on top of one another after removal. Place each one individually in an electrostatic bag or on its own antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.

10.

If necessary, remove each installed PIC from the FPC.

11.

After you remove each PIC, immediately place it on an antistatic mat or in an electrostatic bag.

12.

If you are not reinstalling an FPC into the emptied DPC slots within a short time, install a blank DPC panel over each slot to maintain proper airflow in the card cage.

CAUTION: After removing an FPC from the chassis, wait at least 30 seconds before reinserting it or inserting an FPC into a different slot.

363

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Figure 149: Removing an FPC

FAIL

ONLINE

FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

PEM 0 1 2 3

OK FAIL

ONLINE

FAN

OK FAIL

ONLINE

MASTER

ONLINE

RE0

OK FAIL

OFFLINE

RE1

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

2 6

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

ACO/LT

REDALAR M

OK FAIL

NC C NO

FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

Installing an MX960 FPC

Be prepared to accept its full weight.

To install an FPC (see

Figure 97 on page 277 ):

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the

ESD points on the chassis.

Place the FPC on an antistatic mat.

Take each PIC to be installed in the replacement FPC out of its electrostatic bag, and identify the slot on the FPC where it will be connected.

Verify that each fiber-optic PIC has a rubber safety cap covering the PIC transceiver.

If it does not, cover the transceiver with a safety cap.

Install each PIC into the appropriate slot on the FPC.

Chapter 25: Replacing Line Card Components

Locate the two slots in the card cage in which you plan to install the FPC.

Orient the FPC so that the faceplate faces you.

Lift the FPC into place, and carefully align the sides of the FPC with the guides inside the card cage.

CAUTION: When the FPC is out of the chassis, do not hold it by the ejector handles, bus bars, or edge connectors. They cannot support its weight.

Slide the FPC all the way into the card cage until you feel resistance.

10.

Grasp both ejector handles, and rotate them clockwise simultaneously until the FPC is fully seated.

11.

If any of the PICs on the FPC connect to fiber-optic cable, remove the rubber safety cap from each transceiver and cable.

12.

Insert the appropriate cable into the cable connector ports on each PIC on the FPC.

13.

CAUTION: Do not let fiber-optic cable hang free from the connector. Do not allow fastened loops of cable to dangle, which stresses the cable at the fastening point.

CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.

14.

Use one of the following methods to bring the FPC online:

365

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

• Issue the following CLI command: user@host> request chassis fpc slot slot-number online

For more information about the command, see the CLI Explorer .

CAUTION: After the OK LED lights steadily, wait at least 30 seconds before removing the FPC again, removing an FPC from a different slot, or inserting an FPC in a different slot.

You can also verify correct FPC and PIC functioning by issuing the show chassis fpc and show chassis fpc pic-status commands described in

“Maintaining MX960 FPCs” on page 455

and

“Maintaining MX960 PICs” on page 466

Figure 150: Installing an FPC

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

FAIL

ONLINE

PEM 0 1 2 3

OK FAIL

FAIL

ONLINE

FAN

FAIL

ONLINE

RE0

FAIL

MASTER

ONLINE

OFFLINE

RE1

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

2 6

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

ACO/LT

ALAR M

OK FAIL

C NO NC C

OK FAIL

ONLINE

FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

366

Documentation

• Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX960 Router

Chapter 25: Replacing Line Card Components

•

•

•

•

Removing an MX960 MIC on page 367

Replacing an MX960 MIC

Installing an MX960 MIC on page 370

Installing an MX960 Dual-Wide MIC on page 373

Removing an MX960 MIC

MICs are hot-insertable and hot-removable. When you remove a MIC, the router continues to function, although the MIC interfaces being removed no longer function.

The MICs are located in the MPCs installed in the front of the router. A MIC weighs less than 2 lb (0.9 kg).

To remove a MIC (see

Figure 151 on page 369

and

Figure 152 on page 370

Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface to receive the

MIC. If the MIC connects to fiber-optic cable, have ready a rubber safety cap for each transceiver and cable.

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the

ESD points on the chassis.

Use one of the following methods to take the MIC offline:

• Press its online/offline button. Use a narrow-ended tool that fits inside the opening that leads to the button. Press the button until the MIC OK/FAIL LED goes off.

• Issue the following CLI command: user@host> request chassis mic fpc-slot mpc-slot mic-slot mic-slot offline

For more information about the command, see the CLI Explorer .

Label the cables connected to the MIC so that you can later reconnect each cable to the correct MIC.

Disconnect the cables from the MIC. If the MIC uses fiber-optic cable, immediately cover each transceiver and the end of each cable with a rubber safety cap.

367

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

CAUTION: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when you are inserting or removing cable. The safety cap keeps the port clean and prevents accidental exposure to laser light.

CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.

On the MPC, pull the ejector lever that is adjacent to the MIC you are removing away from the MPC faceplate. This disconnects the MIC from the MPC.

NOTE: To remove a dual-wide MIC that takes up both MIC slots, you must pull both ejector levers away from the MPC faceplate.

Grasp the handles on the MIC faceplate, and slide the MIC out of the MPC card carrier.

Place it in the electrostatic bag or on the antistatic mat.

If you are not reinstalling a MIC into the emptied MIC slot within a short time, install a blank MIC panel over the slot to maintain proper airflow in the MPC card cage.

Figure 151: Removing a MIC

Chapter 25: Replacing Line Card Components

369

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Figure 152: Removing a Dual-Wide MIC

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

FAIL

ONLINE

PEM 0 1 2 3

FAIL OK

FAIL

ONLINE

FAN

FAIL

ONLINE

RE0

FAIL

MASTER

ONLINE

OFFLINE

RE1

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

2 6

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

ACO/LT

YELLOW ALARM

RED ALARM

OK FAIL

NC C NO NC

C NO

OK FAIL

ONLINE

FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

Ejector

Installing an MX960 MIC

To install a MIC (see

Figure 99 on page 280 ):

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the

ESD points on the chassis.

If you have used a dual-wide MIC and are now replacing it with two “single” MICs, install the septum (see

Figure 98 on page 278 ):

Place the MPC on a flat surface (if necessary, remove the MPC from the router as described in

Position the septum in the center of the MPC so that it lines up with holes labeled

S on the top of the MPC.

Insert a screw into each of the two holes labeled S , and then tighten completely.

Chapter 25: Replacing Line Card Components d.

On the bottom of the MPC, insert a screw into each of the four holes labeled S , and then tighten completely.

Install the MPC as described in

Figure 153: Installing the Septum

Slide septum into MPC.

Install two screws.

Install four screws on bottom.

If the MIC uses fiber-optic cable, verify that a rubber safety cap is over each transceiver on the faceplate. Install a cap if necessary.

On the MPC, pull the ejector lever that is adjacent to the MIC you are installing away from the MPC faceplate.

Align the rear of the MIC with the guides located at the corners of the MIC slot.

Slide the MIC into the MPC until it is firmly seated in the MPC.

CAUTION: Slide the MIC straight into the slot to avoid damaging the components on the MIC.

Verify that the ejector lever is engaged by pushing it towards the MPC faceplate.

If the MIC uses fiber-optic cable, remove the rubber safety cap from each transceiver and the end of each cable.

371

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

CAUTION: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when you are inserting or removing cable. The safety cap keeps the port clean and prevents accidental exposure to laser light.

Insert the appropriate cables into the cable connectors on the MIC.

10.

Arrange each cable to prevent the cable from dislodging or developing stress points.

Secure the cable so that it is not supporting its own weight as it hangs to the floor.

Place excess cable out of the way in a neatly coiled loop.

CAUTION: Do not let fiber-optic cable hang free from the connector. Do not allow fastened loops of cable to dangle, which stresses the cable at the fastening point.

CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.

11.

Use one of the following methods to bring the MIC online:

• Press its online/offline button. Use a narrow-ended tool that fits inside the opening that leads to the button. Press the button until the MIC OK/FAIL LED lights green.

• Issue the following CLI command: user@host> request chassis mic fpc-slot mpc-slot mic-slot mic-slot online

For more information about the command, see the CLI Explorer .

The normal functioning status LED confirms that the MIC is online. You can also verify correct MIC functioning by issuing the show chassis fpc pic-status command described in

Figure 100 on page 281 ):

Figure 154: Installing a MIC

Chapter 25: Replacing Line Card Components

Installing an MX960 Dual-Wide MIC

To install a dual-wide MIC (see

Figure 101 on page 283

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the

ESD points on the chassis.

Remove the septum, if necessary (see

Place the MPC on a flat surface (if necessary, remove the MPC from the router as described in

Remove the four screws labeled S on the bottom of the MPC.

Remove the two screws labeled S on the top of the MPC.

373

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide d.

Slide the septum towards you and out of the MPC.

Store the septum and screws for later use.

Install the MPC as described in

Figure 155: Removing the Septum

Remove four screws on bottom.

Remove two screws on top.

Slide septum forward.

MPC

If the MIC uses fiber-optic cable, verify that a rubber safety cap is over each transceiver on the faceplate. Install a cap if necessary.

Pull the ejector lever above both MIC slots away from the router.

Align the rear of the MIC with the guides located at the corners of the MIC slot.

Slide the MIC into the MIC slot until it is firmly seated in the chassis.

CAUTION: Slide the MIC straight into the slot to avoid damaging the components on the MIC.

Verify that the ejector levers are engaged by pushing them toward the router.

If the MIC uses fiber-optic cable, remove the rubber safety cap from each transceiver and the end of each cable.

Chapter 25: Replacing Line Card Components

CAUTION: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when you are inserting or removing cable. The safety cap keeps the port clean and prevents accidental exposure to laser light.

Insert the appropriate cables into the cable connectors on the MIC.

10.

Arrange each cable to prevent the cable from dislodging or developing stress points.

Secure the cable so that it is not supporting its own weight as it hangs to the floor.

Place excess cable out of the way in a neatly coiled loop.

CAUTION: Do not let fiber-optic cable hang free from the connector. Do not allow fastened loops of cable to dangle, which stresses the cable at the fastening point.

CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.

11.

Use one of the following methods to bring the MIC online:

• Press its online/offline button. Use a narrow-ended tool that fits inside the opening that leads to the button. Press the button until the MIC OK/FAIL LED lights green.

• Issue the following CLI command: user@host> request chassis mic fpc-slot mpc-slot mic-slot mic-slot online

The normal functioning status LED confirms that the MIC is online. You can also verify correct MIC functioning by issuing the show chassis fpc pic-status command described in

MX960 Modular Interface Card Description on page 82

375

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Figure 156: Installing a Dual-Wide MIC

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

PEM 0 1 2 3

OK FAIL

ONLINE

FAN

OK FAIL

ONLINE

RE0

OK FAIL

MASTER

ONLINE

OFFLINE

RE1

FAIL

ONLINE

FAIL

2 6

ONLINE

FAIL

ONLINE

ACO/LT

YELLOW ALARM

RED ALARM

OK FAIL

NC C

NO NC

OK FAIL

C NO

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

FAIL

ONLINE

Dual-wide MIC

Documentation

•

•

•

•

• Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX960 Router

Replacing an MX960 MPC

Installing an MX960 MPC on page 379

Chapter 25: Replacing Line Card Components

Removing an MX960 MPC

When you remove an MPC, the router continues to function, although the MIC interfaces installed on the MPC being removed no longer function.

An MPC installs vertically in the front of the router. The MPCs are hot-insertable and hot-removable. A fully configured MPC can weigh up to 18.35 lb (8.3 kg). Be prepared to accept its full weight.

To remove an MPC (see

Figure 157 on page 379 ):

Have ready a replacement MPC or DPC blank panel and an antistatic mat for the MPC.

Also have ready rubber safety caps for each MIC using an optical interface on the MPC that you are removing.

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the

ESD points on the chassis.

Label the cables connected to each MIC on the MPC so that you can later reconnect the cables to the correct MICs.

Use one of the following methods to take the MPC offline:

• Press and hold the corresponding online button on the craft interface. The green

OK/FAIL LED next to the button begins to blink. Hold the button down until the LED goes off.

• Issue the following CLI command: user@host> request chassis fpc slot slot-number offline

For more information about the command, see the CLI Explorer .

Disconnect the cables from the MICs installed in the MPC.

CAUTION: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when inserting or removing cable. The safety cap keeps the port clean and prevents accidental exposure to laser light.

CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.

377

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

If a MIC uses fiber-optic cable, immediately cover each transceiver and the end of each cable with a rubber safety cap.

Arrange the disconnected cables in the cable manager to prevent the cables from developing stress points.

Simultaneously turn both the ejector handles counterclockwise to unseat the MPC.

Grasp the handles, and slide the MPC straight out of the card cage halfway.

10.

Place one hand around the front of the MPC (the MIC housing) and the other hand under it to support it. Slide the MPC completely out of the chassis, and place it on the antistatic mat or in the electrostatic bag.

CAUTION: The weight of the MPC is concentrated in the back end. Be prepared to accept the full weight—up to 18.35 lb (8.3 kg)—as you slide the MPC out of the chassis.

When the MPC is out of the chassis, do not hold it by the ejector handles, bus bars, or edge connectors. They cannot support its weight.

Do not stack MPCs on top of one another after removal. Place each one individually in an electrostatic bag or on its own antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.

11.

If necessary, remove each installed MIC from the MPC.

12.

After you remove each MIC, immediately place it on an antistatic mat or in an electrostatic bag.

13.

If you are not reinstalling an MPC into the emptied line card slots within a short time, install a blank DPC panel over each slot to maintain proper airflow in the card cage.

CAUTION: After removing an MPC from the chassis, wait at least 30 seconds before reinserting it or inserting an MPC into a different slot.

Figure 157: Removing an MPC

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

PEM 0 1 2 3

OK FAIL

ONLINE

FAN

OK FAIL

ONLINE

RE0

OK FAIL

MASTER

ONLINE

OFFLINE

RE1

FAIL

ONLINE

FAIL

2 6

ONLINE

FAIL

ONLINE

ACO/LT

YELLOW ALARM

RED ALARM

OK FAIL

NC C

NO NC

OK FAIL

C NO

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

FAIL

ONLINE

Chapter 25: Replacing Line Card Components

Installing an MX960 MPC

An MPC installs vertically in the front of the router. The MPCs are hot-insertable and hot-removable. A fully configured MPC can weigh up to 18.35 lb (8.3 kg). Be prepared to accept its full weight.

To install an MPC (see

Figure 102 on page 286 ):

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the

ESD points on the chassis.

Place the MPC on an antistatic mat.

Take each MIC to be installed in the replacement MPC out of its electrostatic bag, and identify the slot on the MPC where it will be connected.

Verify that each fiber-optic MIC has a rubber safety cap covering the MIC transceiver.

If it does not, cover the transceiver with a safety cap.

Install each MIC into the appropriate slot on the MPC.

379

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

380

Locate the slot in the card cage in which you plan to install the MPC.

Orient the MPC so that the faceplate faces you.

Lift the MPC into place, and carefully align the sides of the MPC with the guides inside the card cage.

CAUTION: When the MPC is out of the chassis, do not hold it by the ejector handles, bus bars, or edge connectors. They cannot support its weight.

Slide the MPC all the way into the card cage until you feel resistance.

10.

Grasp both ejector handles, and rotate them clockwise simultaneously until the MPC is fully seated.

11.

If any of the MICs on the MPC connect to fiber-optic cable, remove the rubber safety cap from each transceiver and cable.

12.

Insert the appropriate cable into the cable connector ports on each MIC on the MPC.

CAUTION: Do not let fiber-optic cable hang free from the connector. Do not allow fastened loops of cable to dangle, which stresses the cable at the fastening point.

CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.

13.

Use one of the following methods to bring the MPC online:

• Press and hold the corresponding MPC online button on the craft interface until the green OK/FAIL LED next to the button lights steadily, in about 5 seconds.

• Issue the following CLI command:

Chapter 25: Replacing Line Card Components user@host> request chassis fpc slot slot-number online

For more information about the command, see the CLI Explorer .

CAUTION: After the OK/FAIL LED lights steadily, wait at least 30 seconds before removing the MPC again, removing an MPC from a different slot, or inserting an MPC in a different slot.

You can also verify correct MPC and MIC functioning by issuing the show chassis fpc and show chassis fpc pic-status commands described in

“Maintaining MX960 MPCs” on page 463

and

MX960 Modular Port Concentrator Description on page 89

Figure 158: Installing an MPC

FAIL

ONLINE

FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

PEM 0 1 2 3

OK FAIL

ONLINE

FAN

OK FAIL

ONLINE

MASTER

ONLINE

RE0

OK FAIL

OFFLINE

RE1

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

2 6

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

ACO/LT

YELLOW ALARM

RED ALARM

FAIL

NC C NO

FAIL

C NO

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

Documentation

• Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX960 Router

•

•

Replacing an MX960 MIC on page 367 .

•

•

Removing an MX960 PIC on page 382

381

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Replacing an MX960 PIC

•

•

Installing an MX960 PIC on page 384

Removing an MX960 PIC

PICs are hot-insertable and hot-removable. When you remove a PIC, the router continues to function, although the PIC interfaces being removed no longer function.

The PICs are located in the FPCs installed in the front of the router. A PIC weighs less than 2 lb (0.9 kg).

To remove a PIC (see

Figure 159 on page 383 ):

Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface to receive the

PIC. If the PIC connects to fiber-optic cable, have ready a rubber safety cap for each transceiver and cable.

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the

ESD points on the chassis.

Use one of the following methods to take the PIC offline:

• Press its online/offline button. For a PIC installed in FPC3, use a narrow-ended tool that fits inside the opening that leads to the button. Press and hold the button until the PIC LED goes out (about 5 seconds).

• Issue the following CLI command: user@host> request chassis pic fpc-slot fpc-slot pic-slot pic-slot offline

For more information about the command, see the CLI Explorer .

Label the cables connected to the PIC so that you can later reconnect each cable to the correct PIC.

Disconnect the cables from the PIC. If the PIC uses fiber-optic cable, immediately cover each transceiver and the end of each cable with a rubber safety cap.

CAUTION: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when you are inserting or removing cable. The safety cap keeps the port clean and prevents accidental exposure to laser light.

Chapter 25: Replacing Line Card Components

CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.

For an FPC3 PIC, loosen the captive screw at the bottom of the PIC faceplate, then twist the ejector handle at the top of the faceplate counterclockwise to unseat the

PIC.

Slide the PIC out of the FPC card carrier and place it in the electrostatic bag or on the antistatic mat.

If you are not reinstalling a PIC into the emptied PIC slot within a short time, install a blank PIC panel over the slot to maintain proper airflow in the FPC card cage.

Figure 159: Removing a PIC

383

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Installing an MX960 PIC

To install a PIC (see

Figure 103 on page 288

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the

ESD points on the chassis.

If the PIC uses fiber-optic cable, verify that a rubber safety cap is over each transceiver on the faceplate. Install a cap if necessary.

Align the notches in the connector at the rear of the PIC with the notches in the PIC slot in the FPC and then slide the PIC in until it lodges firmly in the FPC.

CAUTION: Slide the PIC straight into the slot to avoid damaging the components on the bottom of the PIC.

For an FPC3 PIC, turn the ejector handle at the top of the PIC faceplate clockwise, then tighten the captive screw at the bottom of the faceplate to secure the PIC in the

FPC.

If the PIC uses fiber-optic cable, remove the rubber safety cap from each transceiver and the end of each cable.

CAUTION: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when you are inserting or removing cable. The safety cap keeps the port clean and prevents accidental exposure to laser light.

Insert the appropriate cables into the cable connectors on the PIC.

CAUTION: Do not let fiber-optic cable hang free from the connector. Do not allow fastened loops of cable to dangle, which stresses the cable at the fastening point.

Chapter 25: Replacing Line Card Components

CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.

Use one of the following methods to bring the PIC online:

• Press the PIC offline/online button until the PIC LED lights green. For a PIC installed in FPC3, use a narrow-ended tool that fits inside the opening that leads to the button.

• Issue the following CLI command: user@host> request chassis pic fpc-slot fpc-slot pic-slot pic-slot online

For more information about the command, see the CLI Explorer .

The normal functioning status LED confirms that the PIC is online. You can also verify correct PIC functioning by issuing the show chassis fpc pic-status command described in

“Maintaining MX960 PICs” on page 466 .

Figure 160: Installing a PIC

Documentation

• Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX960 Router

•

•

•

•

385

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

•

Removing a Cable on an MX960 DPC, MPC, MIC, or PIC on page 386

Replacing a Cable on an MX960 DPC, MPC, MIC, or PIC

•

•

Installing a Cable on an MX960 DPC, MPC, MIC, or PIC on page 387

Removing a Cable on an MX960 DPC, MPC, MIC, or PIC

Removing and installing cables on a DPC, MPC, MIC, or PIC does not affect router function, except that the component does not receive or transmit data while its cable is disconnected.

To remove a fiber-optic cable:

If the component connects to fiber-optic cable, have ready a rubber safety cap for each cable and transceiver.

If removing all cables connected to the component, use one of the following methods to take the component offline:

• To take a DPC or an MPC offline:

• Press and hold the corresponding online button on the craft interface. The green

OK LED next to the button begins to blink. Hold the button down until the LED goes off.

• Issue the following CLI command: user@host> request chassis fpc slot slot-number offline

For more information about the command, see the CLI Explorer .

• To take a PIC offline:

• Press the online/offline button on the PIC. For a PIC installed in an FPC3, use a narrow-ended tool that fits inside the opening that leads to the button. Press and hold the button until the PIC LED goes out (about 5 seconds).

• Issue the following CLI command: user@host> request chassis pic fpc-slot fpc-slot pic-slot pic-slot offline

For more information about the command, see the CLI Explorer .

• To take a MIC offline:

• Press the online/offline button on the MIC. Use a narrow-ended tool that fits inside the opening that leads to the button. Press and hold the button until the

MIC LED goes off (about 5 seconds).

• Issue the following CLI command: user@host> request chassis mic fpc-slot mpc-slot pic-slot mic-slot offline

Chapter 25: Replacing Line Card Components

For more information about the command, see the CLI Explorer .

Unplug the cable from the cable connector port. If the PIC uses fiber-optic cable, immediately cover each transceiver and the end of each cable with a rubber safety cap.

CAUTION: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when you are inserting or removing cable. The safety cap keeps the port clean and prevents accidental exposure to laser light.

Remove the cable from the cable manager and detach it from the destination port.

Installing a Cable on an MX960 DPC, MPC, MIC, or PIC

To install a cable:

Have ready a length of the type of cable used by the component. For cable specifications, see the MX Series Interface Module Reference .

If the cable connector port is covered by a rubber safety cap, remove the cap.

CAUTION: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when you are inserting or removing cable. The safety cap keeps the port clean and prevents accidental exposure to laser light.

Insert the cable connector into the cable connector port on the component faceplate.

387

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

388

CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.

CAUTION: Do not let fiber-optic cable hang free from the connector. Do not allow fastened loops of cable to dangle, which stresses the cable at the fastening point.

Insert the other end of the cable into the destination port.

Repeat the previous steps for any additional cables.

If the component is offline (its failure indicator LED is lit), use one of the following methods to bring it online.

• To bring a DPC or MPC online:

• Press and hold the corresponding online button on the craft interface until the green OK LED next to the button lights steadily, in about 5 seconds.

• Issue the following CLI command: user@host> request chassis fpc slot slot-number online

For more information about the command, see the CLI Explorer .

• To bring a PIC online:

• Press the PIC offline/online button until the PIC LED lights green. For a PIC installed in FPC3, use a narrow-ended tool that fits inside the opening that leads to the button.

• Issue the following CLI command: user@host> request chassis pic fpc-slot fpc-slot pic-slot pic-slot online

For more information about the command, see the CLI Explorer .

• To bring a MIC online:

• Press the MIC offline/online button until the MIC LED lights green.

• Issue the following CLI command: user@host> request chassis mic fpc-slot mpc-slot pic-slot mic-slot online

For more information about the command, see the CLI Explorer .

The normal functioning indicator LED confirms that the component is online. You can also verify correct DPC or MPC functioning by issuing the show chassis fpc command

Chapter 25: Replacing Line Card Components or the correct PIC or MIC functioning by issuing the show chassis fpc pic-status command.

Documentation

• Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX960 Router

•

•

Replacing an SFP or XFP Transceiver on an MX960 DPC, MPC, MIC, or PIC on page 437

•

389

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

CHAPTER 26

Replacing Power System Components

•

•

Replacing an MX960 AC Power Supply Cord on page 403

•

•

Replacing an MX960 DC Power Supply Cable on page 404

Replacing an MX960 AC Power Supply

Removing a Normal Capacity MX960 AC Power Supply on page 391

Installing an MX960 AC Power Supply on page 394

Removing a Normal Capacity MX960 AC Power Supply

Before you remove a power supply, be aware of the following:

NOTE: The minimum number of power supplies must be present in the router at all times.

CAUTION: To maintain proper cooling and prevent thermal shutdown of the operating power supply unit, each power supply slot must contain either a power supply or a blank panel. If you remove a power supply, you must install a replacement power supply or a blank panel shortly after the removal.

NOTE: After powering off a power supply, wait at least 60 seconds before turning it back on.

391

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

To remove an AC power supply (see

Figure 161 on page 393 ):

Switch off the dedicated customer site circuit breaker for the power supply, and remove the power cord from the AC power source. Follow the ESD and disconnection instructions for your site.

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the

ESD points on the chassis.

Move the AC input switch in the chassis above the power supply to the off ( O ) position.

Let go of the locking pin in the release lever. Ensure that the pin is seated inside the corresponding hole in the chassis.

Pull the power supply straight out of the chassis.

WARNING: Do not touch the power connector on the top of the power supply (see

Figure 162 on page 393

). It can contain dangerous voltages.

Chapter 26: Replacing Power System Components

Figure 161: Removing an AC Power Supply

Figure 162: Top of the Power Supply Showing Midplane Connector

Connector end of AC or DC power supply

393

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Installing an MX960 AC Power Supply

To install an AC power supply (see

Figure 104 on page 292 ):

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the

ESD points on the chassis.

Move the AC input switch in the chassis above the empty power supply slot to the off

( O ) position.

Ensure that the release lever below the empty power supply slot is locked in the counterclockwise position (see

The small tab on the metal housing that is controlled by the release lever must be inside of the corresponding slot at the bottom of the power supply (see

Connecting an MX960 AC Power Supply Cord on page 243

). This tab is used to pull the power supply down in the chassis slot, prior to removing the power supply.

Let go of the locking pin in the release lever. Ensure that the pin is seated inside the corresponding hole in the chassis.

Move the AC input switch in the chassis above the power supply to the on ( — ) position and observe the status LEDs on the power supply faceplate. If the power supply is correctly installed and functioning normally, the AC OK and DC OK LEDs light steadily, and the PS FAIL LED is not lit.

Chapter 26: Replacing Power System Components

Figure 163: Installing an AC Power Supply

Documentation

• Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX960 Router

•

•

Disconnecting an MX960 AC Power Supply Cord on page 403

•

Removing an MX960 DC Power Supply on page 395

• MX960 AC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings

Replacing an MX960 DC Power Supply

Installing an MX960 DC Power Supply on page 399

Removing an MX960 DC Power Supply

Before you remove a power supply, be aware of the following:

395

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

NOTE: The minimum number of power supplies must be present in the router at all times.

NOTE: After powering off a power supply, wait at least 60 seconds before turning it back on.

To remove a DC power supply (see

Figure 164 on page 398 ):

Switch off the dedicated customer site circuit breaker for the power supply being removed. Follow your site's procedures for ESD.

Make sure that the voltage across the DC power source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cables might become active during the removal process.

Verify that the INPUT OK LEDs on the power supply to be removed are not lit.

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the

ESD points on the chassis.

Move the DC circuit breaker on the power supply faceplate to the off ( O ) position.

Remove the clear plastic cover protecting the terminal studs on the faceplate.

Remove the nut and washer from each of the terminal studs. (Use a 7/16-in.

[11 mm] nut driver or socket wrench.)

Remove the cable lugs from the terminal studs.

Chapter 26: Replacing Power System Components

Loosen the captive screw on the cable restraint on the lower edge of the power supply faceplate.

10.

Carefully move the power cables out of the way.

11.

12.

Let go of the locking pin in the release lever. Ensure that the pin is seated inside the corresponding hole in the chassis.

13.

Pull the power supply straight out of the chassis.

WARNING: Do not touch the power connector on the top of the power supply (see

Figure 165 on page 398 ). It can contain dangerous voltages.

397

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Figure 164: Removing a DC Power Supply from the MX960 Router

398

Figure 165: Top of the Power Supply Showing Midplane Connector

Connector end of AC or DC power supply

Chapter 26: Replacing Power System Components

Installing an MX960 DC Power Supply

To install a DC power supply (see

Figure 105 on page 296 ):

Ensure that the voltage across the DC power source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cable leads might become active during installation.

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the

ESD points on the chassis.

Move the DC circuit breaker on the power supply faceplate to the off ( O ) position.

Ensure that the release lever below the empty power supply slot is locked in the counterclockwise position (see

The small tab on the metal housing that is controlled by the release lever must be inside of the corresponding slot at the bottom of the power supply (see

“Electrical Specifications for the MX960 DC Power Supply” on page 169 .

). This tab is used to pull the power supply down in the chassis slot, prior to removing the power supply.

Let go of the locking pin in the release lever. Ensure that the pin is seated inside the corresponding hole in the chassis.

Remove the clear plastic cover protecting the terminal studs on the faceplate.

Remove the nut and washer from each of the terminal studs.

399

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

10.

Secure each power cable lug to the terminal studs, first with the split washer, then with the nut. Apply between 23 lb-in. (2.6 Nm) and 25 lb-in. (2.8 Nm) of torque to each nut (see

Figure 106 on page 297

). Do not overtighten the nut. (Use a

7/16-in. (11 mm) torque-controlled driver or socket wrench.) a. Attach the positive (+) DC source power cable lug to the RTN (return) terminal.

b. Attach the negative (–) DC source power cable lug to the –48V (input) terminal.

Applying installation torque to the nut when improperly threaded may result in damage to the terminal stud.

11.

Loosen the captive screw on the cable restraint on the lower edge of the power supply faceplate.

12.

Route the positive and negative DC power cables through the left and right sides of the cable restraint.

Chapter 26: Replacing Power System Components

13.

Tighten the cable restraint captive screw to hold the power cables in place.

WARNING: Once the DC power supply is connected, the cable will be blocking the PEM slot label. Make sure and note or mark the PEM slot once the power supply is connected.

14.

Replace the clear plastic cover over the terminal studs on the faceplate.

15.

Verify that the power cabling is correct, that the cables are not touching, and that they do not block access to router components or drape where people could trip on them.

16.

Switch on the dedicated customer site circuit breaker.

17.

Verify that the INPUT OK LED on the power supply is lit steadily.

18.

On each of the DC power supplies, switch the DC circuit breaker to the center position before moving it to the on ( | ) position.

NOTE: The circuit breaker may bounce back to the off ( O ) position if you move the breaker too quickly.

19.

Verify that the BREAKER ON LED is lit steadily.

20.

Verify that the PWR OK LED is lit steadily.

401

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Figure 166: Installing a DC Power Supply

Chapter 26: Replacing Power System Components

Figure 167: Connecting DC Power to the MX960 Router

Documentation

• Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX960 Router

•

Electrical Specifications for the MX960 DC Power Supply on page 169

•

Connecting an MX960 DC Power Supply Cable on page 244

• MX960 DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines

•

•

Disconnecting an MX960 DC Power Supply Cable on page 405

Replacing an MX960 AC Power Supply Cord

Disconnecting an MX960 AC Power Supply Cord on page 403

Connecting an MX960 AC Power Supply Cord on page 404

Disconnecting an MX960 AC Power Supply Cord

To disconnect the AC power cord:

Move the AC input switch, which is to the right of the appliance inlet on the chassis, to the off ( O ) position.

Unplug the power cord from the power source receptacle.

403

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the

ESD points on the chassis.

Unplug the power cord from the appliance inlet on the power supply.

Connecting an MX960 AC Power Supply Cord

To connect the AC power cord:

Locate a replacement power cord with the type of plug appropriate for your geographical location (see

“AC Power Cord Specifications for the MX960 Router” on page 165

Plug the replacement power cord into the corresponding appliance inlet located in the chassis directly above the power supply.

Insert the power cord plug into an external AC power source receptacle.

NOTE: Each power supply must be connected to a dedicated AC power feed and a dedicated customer site circuit breaker. We recommend that you use a 15 A (250 VAC) minimum, or as required by local code.

Dress the power cord appropriately. Verify that the power cord does not block the air exhaust and access to router components, or drape where people could trip on it.

Documentation

• Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX960 Router

•

AC Power Cord Specifications for the MX960 Router on page 165

•

• MX960 AC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings

•

Disconnecting an MX960 DC Power Supply Cable on page 405

Replacing an MX960 DC Power Supply Cable

Connecting an MX960 DC Power Supply Cable on page 406

Chapter 26: Replacing Power System Components

Disconnecting an MX960 DC Power Supply Cable

To disconnect a power cable for a DC power supply:

Switch off the dedicated customer site circuit breaker for the power supply being removed. Follow your site's procedures for ESD.

Make sure that the voltage across the DC power source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cables might become active during the removal process.

Verify that the INPUT OK LED on the power supply is not lit.

Remove the power cable from the external DC power source.

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the

ESD points on the chassis.

Move the DC circuit breaker on the power supply faceplate to the off ( O ) position.

Remove the clear plastic cover protecting the terminal studs on the faceplate.

Remove the nut and washer from each of the terminal studs. (Use a 7/16-in.

[11 mm] nut driver or socket wrench.)

Remove the cable lug from the terminal studs.

10.

Loosen the captive screw on the cable restraint on the lower edge of the power supply faceplate.

11.

Carefully move the power cable out of the way.

405

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Connecting an MX960 DC Power Supply Cable

To connect a power cable for a DC power supply:

Locate a replacement power cable that meets the specifications defined in

“Electrical

Specifications for the MX960 DC Power Supply” on page 169

Verify that a licensed electrician has attached a cable lug to the replacement power cable.

Verify that the INPUT OK LED is off.

Secure the power cable lug to the terminal studs, first with the split washer, then with the nut. Apply between 23 lb-in. (2.6 Nm) and 25 lb-in. (2.8 Nm) of torque to each nut (see

Figure 76 on page 245 ). Do not overtighten the nut. (Use a 7/16-in. (11 mm)

torque-controlled driver or socket wrench.)

Applying installation torque to the nut when improperly threaded may result in damage to the terminal stud.

Chapter 26: Replacing Power System Components

Figure 168: Connecting Power Cables to the DC Power Supply

Cable

Split lug

Terminal studs washer

Nut

Route the power cable through the cable restraint. Make sure that the cable does not touch or obstruct any router components.

Tighten the cable restraint captive screw to hold the power cables in place.

Verify that the DC power cable is connected correctly, that it does not touch or block access to router components, and that it does not drape where people could trip on it.

Replace the clear plastic cover over the terminal studs on the faceplate.

Attach the power cable to the DC power source.

10.

Turn on the dedicated customer site circuit breaker to the power supply.

11.

Verify that the INPUT OK LED on the power supply is lit steadily.

12.

On each of the DC power supplies, switch the DC circuit breaker to the center position before moving it to the on ( | ) position.

NOTE: The circuit breaker may bounce back to the off ( O ) position if you move the breaker too quickly.

407

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Observe the status LEDs on the power supply faceplate. If the power supply is correctly installed and functioning normally, the PWR OK , BRKR ON , and INPUT OK LEDs light green steadily.

Documentation

• Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX960 Router

•

DC Power Cable Specifications for the MX960 Router on page 185

•

• MX960 DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines

CHAPTER 27

Replacing Switch Fabric Components

•

Upgrading an MX960 SCB to SCBE on page 428

•

•

Replacing an SFP or XFP Transceiver on an MX960 DPC, MPC, MIC, or PIC on page 437

Replacing an MX960 SCB

Before replacing an SCB, read the guidelines in Operating and Positioning the MX960 SCB

Ejectors .

Removing an MX960 SCB on page 410

Installing an MX960 SCB on page 411

Upgrading an MX960 SCB to SCBE on page 413

Upgrading an MX960 SCB or SCBE to SCBE2 on page 422

409

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Removing an MX960 SCB

To remove an SCB (see

Figure 169 on page 411

NOTE: You can remove the SCB and Routing Engine as a unit, or remove the

Routing Engine separately.

CAUTION: Before removing an SCB, ensure that you know how to operate the ejector handles properly to avoid damage to the equipment.

NOTE: You do not need to offline the host subsystem in the following scenarios:

• You are replacing an SCB installed in slot 2/6 .

• You are replacing an SCB that functions as a third SCB and no Routing

Engine is installed.

Take the host subsystem offline.

NOTE: If there is only one host subsystem, taking the host subsystem offline shuts down the router and you are not required to offline the SCB.

Take the SCB offline by issuing the following CLI command: user@host> request chassis cb slot slot-number offline

Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the

ESD points on the chassis.

Rotate the ejector handles simultaneously counterclockwise to unseat the SCB.

Grasp the ejector handles, and slide the SCB about halfway out of the chassis.

Place one hand underneath the SCB to support it, and slide it completely out of the chassis.

Chapter 27: Replacing Switch Fabric Components

Place the SCB on the antistatic mat.

If you are not replacing the SCB now, install a blank panel over the empty slot.

Figure 169: Removing an SCB

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

FAIL

ONLINE

PEM 0 1 2 3

OK FAIL

FAIL

ONLINE

FAN

FAIL

ONLINE

RE0

FAIL

MASTER

ONLINE

OFFLINE

RE1

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

2 6

ONLINE

ACO/LT

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

C NO NC C

OK FAIL

ONLINE

FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

Installing an MX960 SCB

To install an SCB (see

Figure 110 on page 304 ):

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the

ESD points on the chassis.

Carefully align the sides of the SCB with the guides inside the chassis.

Slide the SCB into the chassis until you feel resistance, carefully ensuring that it is correctly aligned.

Grasp both ejector handles, and rotate them simultaneously clockwise until the SCB is fully seated.

411

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

412

Place the ejector handles in the proper position, vertically and toward the center of the board.

Check the LEDs on the SCB faceplate to verify that it is functioning normally.

• The green OK/FAIL LED should light steadily a few minutes after the SCB is installed.

• If the OK/FAIL LED is red, remove and install the SCB again. If the OK/FAIL LED still lights steadily, the SCB is not functioning properly. Contact your customer support representative.

Check the status of the SCB using the show chassis environment cb command: user@host> show chassis environment cb

CB 0 status:

State Online Master

Temperature 25 degrees C / 77 degrees F

Power 1

1.2 V 1198 mV

1.5 V 1508 mV

1.8 V 1830 mV

2.5 V 5059 mV

3.3 V 6593 mV

5.0 V 5111 mV

12.0 V 12181 mV

1.25 V 1250 mV

3.3 V SM3 6587 mV

5 V RE 5078 mV

12 V RE 12026 mV

Power 2

11.3 V bias PEM 11253 mV

4.6 V bias MidPlane 4827 mV

11.3 V bias FPD 11408 mV

11.3 V bias POE 0 11446 mV

11.3 V bias POE 1 11408 mV

Bus Revision 6

FPGA Revision 0

CB 1 status:

State Online Standby

Temperature 26 degrees C / 78 degrees F

Power 1

1.2 V 1211 mV

1.5 V 1517 mV

1.8 V 1817 mV

2.5 V 2507 mV

3.3 V 3312 mV

5.0 V 5136 mV

12.0 V 12142 mV

1.25 V 1260 mV

3.3 V SM3 3306 mV

5 V RE 5085 mV

12 V RE 11968 mV

Power 2

11.3 V bias PEM 11369 mV

4.6 V bias MidPlane 4814 mV

11.3 V bias FPD 11427 mV

11.3 V bias POE 0 11350 mV

11.3 V bias POE 1 11330 mV

Bus Revision 39

FPGA Revision 1

Figure 170: Installing an SCB

FAIL

ONLINE

FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

PEM 0 1 2 3

OK FAIL

ONLINE

FAN

OK FAIL

ONLINE

MASTER

ONLINE

RE0

OK FAIL

OFFLINE

RE1

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

2 6

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

ACO/LT

YELLOW ALARM

RED ALARM

OK FAIL

NC C NO

FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

Chapter 27: Replacing Switch Fabric Components

Upgrading an MX960 SCB to SCBE

Preparing for the Upgrade on page 413

Upgrading the First SCB on page 415

Upgrading the SCB in the Backup Routing Engine on page 416

Upgrading the SCB in the Master Routing Engine on page 418

Completing the SCB Upgrade on page 420

Preparing for the Upgrade

NOTE: This topic describes the in-service upgrade of the SCB to SCBE, that is, without taking the router offline. You can perform the in-service upgrade only when the line cards installed in the MX960 are of type DPC, MS-DPC,

MPC1, MPC2, or MPC3. If other type of line cards are installed, ensure that you take the router offline before you perform the SCB to SCBE upgrade.

413

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

414

NOTE: Do not make other changes to the CLI during the entire upgrade process. You can ensure that you will not make such changes by opening a telnet session to the master RE CLI operational mode and issuing the configure exclusive command. This command locks the configuration procedure.

NOTE: When you are upgrading an SCB to SCBE on a MX960 router with an

MPC3 installed in it, ensure that the Junos OS Release is 12.3 or later.

TIP: To prevent traffic loss during the upgrade process, we recommend that you operate the line cards at 50% line rate. This 50% limit must be maintained per PFE on each line card.

To prepare the MX960 router for the MX SCBE upgrade:

Verify that the system runs Junos OS Release 11.4 or later by issuing the show version command on the master router.

user@host> show version

Model: mx960

Junos Base OS Software Suite [11.4-20110530];

NOTE: The MX SCBE is supported only in Junos OS Release 11.4 or later.

The latest software ensures a healthy system—that is, Routing Engines, control boards, and FPCs—before the upgrade.

Verify that MX SCB boards are installed by issuing the show chassis hardware command.

user@host> show chassis hardware

Item Version Part Number Serial Number Description

CB0 REV 07 710-021523 ABBC8281 MX SCB

CB1 REV 07 710-021523 ABBC8323 MX SCB

CB2 REV 07 710-021523 ABBD1410 MX SCB

SCB details are displayed as above, along with other hardware components.

Establish console connections to both Routing Engines. You can use a telnet session to connect to the router console by issuing the <router name>-con command. For example, if the router name is juniper, you can connect to RE0 and RE1 consoles by issuing the telnet juniper-con and telnet juniper1-con commands.

Ensure that graceful switchover (GRES), commit synchronize (required for nonstop routing), and nonstop routing (NSR) are enabled or configured by running the set

Chapter 27: Replacing Switch Fabric Components chassis redundancy graceful-switchover, set system commit synchronize, set routing-options nonstop-routing commands.

NOTE: These commands are mandatory for this upgrade and may be removed, if desired, after the upgrade.

Set the upgrade flag on and start the SCB upgrade by issuing the set chassis state cb-upgrade on command.

user@host# configure user@host# set chassis state cb-upgrade on user@host# commit

Determine the order to replace the existing SCBs with upgraded ones. SCB 0, 1, and

2 are available for the MX960. SCB 0 is associated with RE0, SCB1 is associated with

RE1, and ; SCB 2 is the spare SCB. The SCB order for MX960 is SCB2, SCB1 (backup

Routing Engine slot), and SCB0 (Master Routing Engine slot).

NOTE: Do not add or remove any router hardware during the upgrade procedure.

Upgrading the First SCB

To upgrade the first SCB—that is—SCB2:

Take the fabric plane offline by issuing the request chassis fabric plane 4 offline command.

Verify that the fabric plane is offline by issuing the show chassis fabric summary command.

user@host> show chassis fabric summary

Plane State Uptime

4 Offline

5 Online 1 hour, 15 minutes, 35 seconds

Verify that the State of Plane 4 is Offline.

Take the next fabric plane offline by issuing the request chassis fabric plane 5 offline command, and then verify that the fabric plane is offline by issuing the command given in Step 2.

Take the SCB in slot 2 offline by issuing the request chassis cb offline slot 2 command.

415

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Verify that the control board is offline by issuing the show chassis environment cb 2 command: user@host> show chassis environment cb 2

CB 2 status:

State Offline

Power 1 Disabled

Power 2 Disabled

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

Remove and replace SCB2 on the router with the SCBE.

Verify that the installation is successful and the SCB is online by issuing the show chassis environment cb 2 command: user@host> show chassis environment cb 2

CB 2 status

State Online

Temperature 30 degrees C / 86 degrees F

Other details, such as, power are also displayed along with the state.

Verify that the fabric planes come online correctly by issuing the show chassis fabric summary command: user@host> show chassis fabric summary

Plane State Uptime

4 Online 2 minutes, 25 seconds

5 Online 2 minutes, 15 seconds

10.

Verify the alarms by issuing the show chassis alarms command: user@host> show chassis alarms

Alarm Time Class Description

2011-06-01 13:26:56 EDT Major CB fabrics are of mixed types

2011-06-01 12:10:41 EDT Major Require a fan tray upgrade

Because only one SCB has been upgraded, the alarm indicates that the SCBs are of mixed type. This alarm is cleared after all the control boards are upgraded.

Upgrading the SCB in the Backup Routing Engine

To upgrade the SCB in the backup Routing Engine:

Power down the backup Routing Engine from the master Routing Engine by issuing the request system power-off other-routing-engine command.

Ensure that the Routing Engine is powered down by issuing the show chassis routing-engine 1 command. The slot of the Routing Engine may be 0 or 1, and is shown as 1 in this example:

Chapter 27: Replacing Switch Fabric Components user@host> show chassis routing-engine 1

Routing Engine Status:

Slot 1:

Current State Present

Verify that the Current State is Present, which indicates that the Routing Engine is offline.

Take the first fabric plane of the backup Routing Engine offline by issuing the request chassis fabric plane 3 offline command.

Verify that the fabric plane is offline by issuing the show chassis fabric summary command.

user@host> show chassis fabric summary

Plane State Uptime

2 Online 3 minutes, 45 seconds

3 Offline

Check if the State of Plane 3 is Offline.

Take the next fabric plane offline by issuing the request chassis fabric plane 2 offline command and verify that the fabric plane is offline by issuing the command in Step

Take the SCB in slot 1 offline by issuing the request chassis cb offline slot 1 command.

Verify that the SCB is offline by issuing the show chassis environment cb 1 command: user@host> show chassis environment cb 1

CB 1 status:

State Offline

Power 1 Disabled

Power 2 Disabled

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

Remove and replace the offline SCB on the router with the SCBE.

10.

Verify that the installation is successful and the SCB is online by issuing the show chassis environment cb 1 command: user@host> show chassis environment cb 1

CB 1 status

State Online

Temperature 30 degrees C / 86 degrees F

Other details, such as power, are also displayed along with the state.

417

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

418

11.

Verify that the fabric planes 2 and 3 come online correctly by issuing the show chassis fabric summary command: user@host> show chassis fabric summary

Plane State Uptime

2 Online 2 minutes, 5 seconds

3 Online 1 minutes, 55 seconds

12.

Verify that the backup routing engine is back online by issuing the show chassis routing-engine 1 command: user@host> show chassis routing-engine 1

Routing Engine Status:

Slot 1:

Current State Backup

Upgrading the SCB in the Master Routing Engine

To upgrade the SCB in the master Routing Engine slot:

Ensure a Graceful RE Switchover (GRES) to gracefully switch between the master and backup Routing Engines, so that the backup RE becomes the master RE, by issuing the request chassis routing-engine master switch command.

Switch the configuration mode to ensure that you are still in configure exclusive mode by issuing the exit command and then the configure exclusive command, from the old master Routing Engine.

Power down the backup Routing Engine from the master Routing Engine by issuing the request system power-off other-routing-engine command.

Ensure that the Routing Engine is powered down by issuing the show chassis routing-engine 0 command. The slot of the Routing Engine may be 0 or 1, and is shown as 1 in this example: user@host> show chassis routing-engine 1

Routing Engine Status:

Slot 0:

Current State Present

Verify that the Current State is Present, which indicates that the Routing Engine is offline or powered down.

Take the first fabric plane of the backup Routing Engine offline by issuing the request chassis fabric plane offline 1 command.

Chapter 27: Replacing Switch Fabric Components

Verify that the fabric plane is offline by issuing the show chassis fabric summary command.

user@host> show chassis fabric summary

Plane State Uptime

1 Offline

2 Online 3 minutes, 25 seconds

Verify that the State of Plane 1 is Offline.

Take the next fabric plane offline by issuing the request chassis fabric plane offline 0 command and verify that the fabric plane is offline by issuing the command given in

Step 2.

10.

Take the SCB in slot 0 offline by issuing the request chassis cb offline slot 0 command.

11.

Verify that the control board is offline by issuing the show chassis environment cb 0 command: user@host> show chassis environment cb 0

CB 0 status:

State Offline

Power 1 Disabled

Power 2 Disabled

12.

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

13.

Remove and replace the offline SCB on the router with the SCBE.

14.

Verify that the installation is successful and the SCB is online by issuing the show chassis environment cb 0 command: user@host> show chassis environment cb 0

CB 0 status

State Online

Temperature 30 degrees C / 86 degrees F

Other details, such as power, are also displayed, along with the state.

15.

Verify that the fabric planes 0 and 1 come online correctly by issuing the show chassis fabric summary command: user@host> show chassis fabric summary

Plane State Uptime

0 Online 2 minutes, 9 seconds

1 Online 2 minutes, 2 seconds

16.

Verify that the backup Routing Engine is back online by issuing the show chassis routing-engine 0 command: user@host> show chassis routing-engine 0

419

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

420

Routing Engine Status:

Slot 0:

Current State Backup

17.

Verify the alarms by issuing the show chassis alarms command: user@host> show chassis alarms

Alarm Time Class Description

2011-06-01 13:26:56 EDT Major CB fabric links require upgrade/training

2011-06-01 12:10:41 EDT Major Require a fan tray upgrade

The “major” alarm has now changed from “CB fabrics are of mixed types” to “CB fabric links require upgrade/training.” This is because there is a switch control board that requires training to change links from 3G speed to 6G speed of the SCBE. This alarm is displayed until the 3G to 6G link transition is completed.

Completing the SCB Upgrade

To complete the procedure after upgrading the SCBs:

Verify that any Modular Port Concentrator (MPC) is running at 3G instead of 6G by issuing the request chassis fabric upgrade-bandwidth info command: user@host> request chassis fabric upgrade-bandwidth info

Slot State

0 Upgrade not supported

1 Upgraded

2 Empty

3 Empty

4 Empty

5 Empty

6 Empty

7 Empty

The results indicate that slot 0 does not support the upgrade and slot 1 needs upgrade.

NOTE: The SCBE line card supports only DPC, MS-DPC, MPC1, MPC2, and

MPC3 line cards for the upgrade-bandwidth command. If line cards that do not support the upgrade-bandwidth command option are present in the chassis during the SCB to SCBE upgrade, the request chassis fabric upgrade-bandwidth commands will return Upgrade not supported for the slot(s) that contain the unsupported line card(s).

Upgrade the bandwidth of all MPCs by issuing the request chassis fabric upgrade-bandwidth fpc all command. If you want to control the MPC line card upgrade, go to Step 3.

Chapter 27: Replacing Switch Fabric Components may increase that loss, as it does not consider any redundancy or graceful switchover strategies that you may have configured on the system.

Upgrade the MPC in slot 1 by running the request chassis fabric upgrade-bandwidth fpc slot 1 command.

Verify that the MPC is upgraded by issuing the request chassis fabric upgrade-bandwidth info command: user@host> request chassis fabric upgrade-bandwidth info

Slot State

0 Upgrade not supported

1 Upgraded

2 Empty

Verify the state of fabric planes for all MPCs by issuing the show chassis fabric summary command.

user@host> show chassis fabric summary

Plane State Uptime

0 Spare 21 seconds

1 Spare 12 seconds

2 Online 12 minutes

3 Online 12 minutes

4 Online 30 minutes

5 Online 30 minutes

Verify the state of MPCs by issuing the show chassis fabric fpcs command.

user@host> show chassis fabric fpcs

FPC 1

PFE #0

Plane 0: Links ok

Plane 1: Links ok

Plane 2: Plane enabled

Plane 3: Plane enabled

Plane 4: Plane enabled

Plane 5: Plane enabled

PFE #1

Plane 0: Links ok

Plane 1: Links ok

Plane 2: Plane enabled

Plane 3: Plane enabled

Plane 4: Plane enabled

Plane 5: Plane enabled

PFE #2

Plane 0: Links ok

Plane 1: Links ok

Plane 2: Plane enabled

Plane 3: Plane enabled

Plane 4: Plane enabled

Plane 5: Plane enabled

PFE #3

Plane 0: Links ok

421

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Plane 1: Links ok

Plane 2: Plane enabled

Plane 3: Plane enabled

Plane 4: Plane enabled

Plane 5: Plane enabled

Fabric plane details of all MPCs are similarly displayed.

Verify if any output of the show chassis fabric summary command shows fabric planes in 'check' state, as it indicates that the fabric plane has an error. You can try to recover the fabric plane to normal operation by issuing the request chassis fabric plane <#> offline command, followed by the request chassis fabric plane <#> online command, where <#> equals the fabric plane in error.

NOTE: After you issue the request chassis fabric plane <#> offline and request chassis fabric plane <#> online commands, issue the show chassis fabric summary command to verify that the fabric plane errors are rectified and to verify the current state of the fabric planes.

Verify that the major alarms are displayed by issuing the show chassis alarms command: user@host> show chassis alarms

Alarm Time Class Description

2011-06-01 13:37:43 EDT Minor Require a fan tray upgrade

2011-06-01 13:37:26 EDT Minor Backup RE Active

The major alarms are not displayed anymore, and the upgrade is successfully completed.

Disable the upgrade configuration by issuing the set chassis state cb-upgrade off command and then the commit command.

10.

You can delete that command by issuing the delete chassis state cb-upgrade command and then the commit command.

11.

Verify the SCBs before you finish by issuing the show chassis hardware command: user@host> show chassis hardware

Item Version Part Number Serial Number Description

CB0 REV 02 750-031391 YE8505 Enhanced MX SCB

CB1 REV 07 710-031391 YL6769 Enhanced MX SCB

CB2 REV 07 710-031391 YE8492 Enhanced MX SCB

You can see that the MX960 now has MX SCBEs.

Upgrading an MX960 SCB or SCBE to SCBE2

Consider the following scenarios when upgrading an MX960 SCB or SCBE to SCBE2:

Chapter 27: Replacing Switch Fabric Components

Scenario 1: SCBE2; Routing Engine (RE) with Junos OS Release 13.3R1 or later installed.

• Replace the SCBs. Ensure that you replace the REs at the same time.

• Ensure that Enhanced IP or Enhanced Ethernet Network Services mode is configured before you power on the router.

Scenario 2: SCB or SCBE; existing Routing Engine with a Junos OS Release 13.3R1 or earlier installed.

• Upgrade the Routing Engine ( RE0 and RE1 ) software to Junos OS Release 13.3 or later.

• Configure Enhanced IP or Enhanced Ethernet Network Services mode.

• Replace the SCBs. Ensure that you replace the SCBs at the same time.

Scenario 3: Failed SCB or SCBE; Routing Engine with a Junos OS Release 13.3R1 or earlier installed.

• Upgrade the software on the Routing Engine hosting the failed SCB or SCBE with Junos

OS Release 13.3R1 or later.

• Replace the SCBs. Ensure that you replace the SCBs at the same time.

• Upgrade the software on the Routing Engine hosting the SCBE2 with Junos OS Release

13.3R1 or later.

• Configure Enhanced IP or Enhanced Ethernet Network Services mode.

To upgrade the SCB or SCBE to SCBE2, perform the following steps:

NOTE: You cannot upgrade to SCBE2 without powering off the MX960 router.

Preparing the MX960 Router for SCBE2 Upgrade on page 423

Powering Off the MX960 Router on page 424

Removing an MX960 Routing Engine from an SCB or SCBE on page 425

Replacing the SCB or SCBE with SCBE2 on page 425

Installing an MX960 Routing Engine into an SCBE2 on page 425

Powering On the MX960 Router on page 426

Completing the SCBE2 Upgrade on page 427

Preparing the MX960 Router for SCBE2 Upgrade

To prepare the MX960 router for the SCBE2 upgrade:

423

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Verify that the system runs Junos OS Release 13.3 or later by issuing the show version command on the master router.

user@host> show version

Model: mx960

Junos Base OS Software Suite [13.3-yyyymmdd];

...

NOTE: The SCBE2 is supported only on:

• Junos OS Release 13.3 or later

• Network Services Mode: Enhanced-IP

The latest software ensures a healthy system—that is, a system that comprises Routing

Engines, control boards, and FPCs—before the upgrade.

For information about how to verify and upgrade the Junos OS, see the Junos OS

Installation and Upgrade Guide .

Powering Off the MX960 Router

NOTE: After turning off the power supply, wait at least 60 seconds before turning it back on.

To power off the MX960 router:

(If the router contains only one Routing Engine, issue the request system halt command.) user@host> request system halt both-routing-engines

Wait until a message appears on the console confirming that the operating system has halted.

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

Move the AC input switch on the chassis above the AC power supply or the DC circuit breaker on each DC power supply faceplate to the off (O) position.

Chapter 27: Replacing Switch Fabric Components

Removing an MX960 Routing Engine from an SCB or SCBE

To remove an MX960 Routing Engine from an SCB or SCBE:

Remove the cables connected to the Routing Engine.

Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

Loosen the captive screws on the top and bottom of the Routing Engine.

Flip the ejector handles outward to unseat the Routing Engine.

Grasp the Routing Engine by the ejector handles, and slide it about halfway out of the chassis.

Place one hand underneath the Routing Engine to support it, and slide it completely out of the chassis.

Place the Routing Engine on the antistatic mat.

Replacing the SCB or SCBE with SCBE2

To replace the existing SCB or SCBE with SCBE2:

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

Remove and replace the offline SCB or SCBE on the router with SCBE2.

Installing an MX960 Routing Engine into an SCBE2

To install an MX960 Routing Engine into an SCBE2:

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

Ensure that the ejector handles are not in the locked position. If necessary, flip the ejector handles outward.

Place one hand underneath the Routing Engine to support it.

Carefully align the sides of the Routing Engine with the guides inside the opening on the SCBE2.

425

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Slide the Routing Engine into the SCBE2 until you feel resistance and then press the faceplate of the Routing Engine until it engages the connectors.

Press both of the ejector handles inward to seat the Routing Engine.

Tighten the captive screws on the top and bottom of the Routing Engine.

Connect the management device cables to the Routing Engine.

Powering On the MX960 Router

To power on the MX960 router:

Verify that the power supplies are fully inserted in the chassis.

Verify that each AC power cord is securely inserted into its appliance inlet.

Verify that an external management device is connected to one of the Routing Engine ports ( AUX , CONSOLE , or ETHERNET ).

Turn on the power to the external management device.

Switch on the dedicated customer-site circuit breakers. Follow the ESD and safety instructions for your site.

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the

ESD points on the chassis.

Move the AC input switch on the chassis above the AC power supply or the DC circuit breaker on each DC power-supply faceplate to the off (—) position.

Check that the AC or the DC power supply is correctly installed and functioning normally. Verify that the AC OK and DC OK LEDs light steadily, and the PS FAIL LED is not lit.

60 seconds.

Chapter 27: Replacing Switch Fabric Components

If any of the status LEDs indicates that the power supply is not functioning normally, repeat the installation and cabling procedures.

On the external management device connected to the Routing Engine, monitor the startup process to verify that the system has booted properly.

CompactFlash card.

After turning on a power supply, wait at least 60 seconds before turning it off.

Completing the SCBE2 Upgrade

To complete the SCBE2 upgrade procedure:

Verify that the installation is successful and the SCBE2 is online by issuing the show chassis environment cb command: user@host> show chassis environment cb 0

CB 0 status

State Online

Temperature 30 degrees C / 86 degrees F

...

user@host> show chassis environment cb 1

CB 1 status

State Online

Temperature 30 degrees C / 86 degrees F

...

Other details, such as, temperature, power, etc are also displayed along with the state.

Verify that the fabric planes come online correctly by issuing the show chassis fabric summary command: user@host> show chassis fabric summary

Plane State Uptime

0 Online 2 days, 19 hours, 10 minutes, 9 seconds

1 Online 2 days, 19 hours, 10 minutes, 9 seconds

...

Verify that the backup Routing Engine is back online by issuing the show chassis routing-engine 1 command: user@host> show chassis routing-engine 1

Routing Engine Status:

Slot 1:

427

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Current State Backup

...

Verify the SCBE2s before you finish by issuing the show chassis hardware command: user@host> show chassis hardware

Hardware inventory:

Item Version Part number Serial number Description

CB 0 REV 08 750-048307 CABC9829 Enhanced MX SCB 2

CB 1 REV 08 750-048307 CABC9828 Enhanced MX SCB 2

...

You see that the MX960 now has SCBE2s.

Documentation

• Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX960 Router

• Effect of Taking the MX960 Host Subsystem Offline

• Taking an MX960 Host Subsystem Offline

•

Preparing for the Upgrade on page 428

Upgrading an MX960 SCB to SCBE

Upgrading the First SCB on page 430

Upgrading the SCB in the Backup Routing Engine on page 431

Upgrading the SCB in the Master Routing Engine on page 433

Completing the SCB Upgrade on page 435

Preparing for the Upgrade

MPC1, MPC2, or MPC3. If other type of line cards are installed, ensure that you take the router offline before you perform the SCB to SCBE upgrade.

NOTE: When you are upgrading an SCB to SCBE on a MX960 router with an

MPC3 installed in it, ensure that the Junos OS Release is 12.3 or later.

Chapter 27: Replacing Switch Fabric Components

TIP: To prevent traffic loss during the upgrade process, we recommend that you operate the line cards at 50% line rate. This 50% limit must be maintained per PFE on each line card.

To prepare the MX960 router for the MX SCBE upgrade:

Verify that the system runs Junos OS Release 11.4 or later by issuing the show version command on the master router.

user@host> show version

Model: mx960

Junos Base OS Software Suite [11.4-20110530];

NOTE: The MX SCBE is supported only in Junos OS Release 11.4 or later.

The latest software ensures a healthy system—that is, Routing Engines, control boards, and FPCs—before the upgrade.

Verify that MX SCB boards are installed by issuing the show chassis hardware command.

user@host> show chassis hardware

Item Version Part Number Serial Number Description

CB0 REV 07 710-021523 ABBC8281 MX SCB

CB1 REV 07 710-021523 ABBC8323 MX SCB

CB2 REV 07 710-021523 ABBD1410 MX SCB

SCB details are displayed as above, along with other hardware components.

Ensure that graceful switchover (GRES), commit synchronize (required for nonstop routing), and nonstop routing (NSR) are enabled or configured by running the set chassis redundancy graceful-switchover, set system commit synchronize, set routing-options nonstop-routing commands.

NOTE: These commands are mandatory for this upgrade and may be removed, if desired, after the upgrade.

Set the upgrade flag on and start the SCB upgrade by issuing the set chassis state cb-upgrade on command.

429

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide user@host# configure user@host# set chassis state cb-upgrade on user@host# commit

Determine the order to replace the existing SCBs with upgraded ones. SCB 0, 1, and

2 are available for the MX960. SCB 0 is associated with RE0, SCB1 is associated with

RE1, and ; SCB 2 is the spare SCB. The SCB order for MX960 is SCB2, SCB1 (backup

Routing Engine slot), and SCB0 (Master Routing Engine slot).

NOTE: Do not add or remove any router hardware during the upgrade procedure.

Upgrading the First SCB

To upgrade the first SCB—that is—SCB2:

Take the fabric plane offline by issuing the request chassis fabric plane 4 offline command.

Verify that the fabric plane is offline by issuing the show chassis fabric summary command.

user@host> show chassis fabric summary

Plane State Uptime

4 Offline

5 Online 1 hour, 15 minutes, 35 seconds

Verify that the State of Plane 4 is Offline.

Take the next fabric plane offline by issuing the request chassis fabric plane 5 offline command, and then verify that the fabric plane is offline by issuing the command given in Step 2.

Take the SCB in slot 2 offline by issuing the request chassis cb offline slot 2 command.

Verify that the control board is offline by issuing the show chassis environment cb 2 command: user@host> show chassis environment cb 2

CB 2 status:

State Offline

Power 1 Disabled

Power 2 Disabled

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

Remove and replace SCB2 on the router with the SCBE.

Chapter 27: Replacing Switch Fabric Components

Verify that the installation is successful and the SCB is online by issuing the show chassis environment cb 2 command: user@host> show chassis environment cb 2

CB 2 status

State Online

Temperature 30 degrees C / 86 degrees F

Other details, such as, power are also displayed along with the state.

Verify that the fabric planes come online correctly by issuing the show chassis fabric summary command: user@host> show chassis fabric summary

Plane State Uptime

4 Online 2 minutes, 25 seconds

5 Online 2 minutes, 15 seconds

10.

Verify the alarms by issuing the show chassis alarms command: user@host> show chassis alarms

Alarm Time Class Description

2011-06-01 13:26:56 EDT Major CB fabrics are of mixed types

2011-06-01 12:10:41 EDT Major Require a fan tray upgrade

Because only one SCB has been upgraded, the alarm indicates that the SCBs are of mixed type. This alarm is cleared after all the control boards are upgraded.

Upgrading the SCB in the Backup Routing Engine

To upgrade the SCB in the backup Routing Engine:

Power down the backup Routing Engine from the master Routing Engine by issuing the request system power-off other-routing-engine command.

Ensure that the Routing Engine is powered down by issuing the show chassis routing-engine 1 command. The slot of the Routing Engine may be 0 or 1, and is shown as 1 in this example: user@host> show chassis routing-engine 1

Routing Engine Status:

Slot 1:

Current State Present

Verify that the Current State is Present, which indicates that the Routing Engine is offline.

Take the first fabric plane of the backup Routing Engine offline by issuing the request chassis fabric plane 3 offline command.

Verify that the fabric plane is offline by issuing the show chassis fabric summary command.

431

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide user@host> show chassis fabric summary

Plane State Uptime

2 Online 3 minutes, 45 seconds

3 Offline

Check if the State of Plane 3 is Offline.

Take the next fabric plane offline by issuing the request chassis fabric plane 2 offline command and verify that the fabric plane is offline by issuing the command in Step

Take the SCB in slot 1 offline by issuing the request chassis cb offline slot 1 command.

Verify that the SCB is offline by issuing the show chassis environment cb 1 command: user@host> show chassis environment cb 1

CB 1 status:

State Offline

Power 1 Disabled

Power 2 Disabled

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

Remove and replace the offline SCB on the router with the SCBE.

10.

Verify that the installation is successful and the SCB is online by issuing the show chassis environment cb 1 command: user@host> show chassis environment cb 1

CB 1 status

State Online

Temperature 30 degrees C / 86 degrees F

Other details, such as power, are also displayed along with the state.

11.

Verify that the fabric planes 2 and 3 come online correctly by issuing the show chassis fabric summary command: user@host> show chassis fabric summary

Plane State Uptime

2 Online 2 minutes, 5 seconds

3 Online 1 minutes, 55 seconds

12.

Verify that the backup routing engine is back online by issuing the show chassis routing-engine 1 command: user@host> show chassis routing-engine 1

Routing Engine Status:

Slot 1:

Current State Backup

Chapter 27: Replacing Switch Fabric Components

Upgrading the SCB in the Master Routing Engine

To upgrade the SCB in the master Routing Engine slot:

Switch the configuration mode to ensure that you are still in configure exclusive mode by issuing the exit command and then the configure exclusive command, from the old master Routing Engine.

Power down the backup Routing Engine from the master Routing Engine by issuing the request system power-off other-routing-engine command.

Routing Engine Status:

Slot 0:

Current State Present

Verify that the Current State is Present, which indicates that the Routing Engine is offline or powered down.

Take the first fabric plane of the backup Routing Engine offline by issuing the request chassis fabric plane offline 1 command.

Verify that the fabric plane is offline by issuing the show chassis fabric summary command.

user@host> show chassis fabric summary

Plane State Uptime

1 Offline

2 Online 3 minutes, 25 seconds

Verify that the State of Plane 1 is Offline.

Take the next fabric plane offline by issuing the request chassis fabric plane offline 0 command and verify that the fabric plane is offline by issuing the command given in

Step 2.

433

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

434

10.

Take the SCB in slot 0 offline by issuing the request chassis cb offline slot 0 command.

11.

Verify that the control board is offline by issuing the show chassis environment cb 0 command: user@host> show chassis environment cb 0

CB 0 status:

State Offline

Power 1 Disabled

Power 2 Disabled

12.

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

13.

Remove and replace the offline SCB on the router with the SCBE.

14.

Verify that the installation is successful and the SCB is online by issuing the show chassis environment cb 0 command: user@host> show chassis environment cb 0

CB 0 status

State Online

Temperature 30 degrees C / 86 degrees F

Other details, such as power, are also displayed, along with the state.

15.

Verify that the fabric planes 0 and 1 come online correctly by issuing the show chassis fabric summary command: user@host> show chassis fabric summary

Plane State Uptime

0 Online 2 minutes, 9 seconds

1 Online 2 minutes, 2 seconds

16.

Verify that the backup Routing Engine is back online by issuing the show chassis routing-engine 0 command: user@host> show chassis routing-engine 0

Routing Engine Status:

Slot 0:

Current State Backup

17.

Verify the alarms by issuing the show chassis alarms command: user@host> show chassis alarms

Alarm Time Class Description

2011-06-01 13:26:56 EDT Major CB fabric links require upgrade/training

2011-06-01 12:10:41 EDT Major Require a fan tray upgrade

Chapter 27: Replacing Switch Fabric Components

Completing the SCB Upgrade

To complete the procedure after upgrading the SCBs:

Slot State

0 Upgrade not supported

1 Upgraded

2 Empty

3 Empty

4 Empty

5 Empty

6 Empty

7 Empty

The results indicate that slot 0 does not support the upgrade and slot 1 needs upgrade.

NOTE: The SCBE line card supports only DPC, MS-DPC, MPC1, MPC2, and

Upgrade the bandwidth of all MPCs by issuing the request chassis fabric upgrade-bandwidth fpc all command. If you want to control the MPC line card upgrade, go to Step 3.

CAUTION: Use this command only if you are not concerned with the slot upgrade order or if only one old MPC is present in the chassis. Running this command may result in a loss of traffic across that MPC. Using this method may increase that loss, as it does not consider any redundancy or graceful switchover strategies that you may have configured on the system.

Upgrade the MPC in slot 1 by running the request chassis fabric upgrade-bandwidth fpc slot 1 command.

Verify that the MPC is upgraded by issuing the request chassis fabric upgrade-bandwidth info command: user@host> request chassis fabric upgrade-bandwidth info

Slot State

0 Upgrade not supported

1 Upgraded

2 Empty

435

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

436

Verify the state of fabric planes for all MPCs by issuing the show chassis fabric summary command.

user@host> show chassis fabric summary

Plane State Uptime

0 Spare 21 seconds

1 Spare 12 seconds

2 Online 12 minutes

3 Online 12 minutes

4 Online 30 minutes

5 Online 30 minutes

Verify the state of MPCs by issuing the show chassis fabric fpcs command.

user@host> show chassis fabric fpcs

FPC 1

PFE #0

Plane 0: Links ok

Plane 1: Links ok

Plane 2: Plane enabled

Plane 3: Plane enabled

Plane 4: Plane enabled

Plane 5: Plane enabled

PFE #1

Plane 0: Links ok

Plane 1: Links ok

Plane 2: Plane enabled

Plane 3: Plane enabled

Plane 4: Plane enabled

Plane 5: Plane enabled

PFE #2

Plane 0: Links ok

Plane 1: Links ok

Plane 2: Plane enabled

Plane 3: Plane enabled

Plane 4: Plane enabled

Plane 5: Plane enabled

PFE #3

Plane 0: Links ok

Plane 1: Links ok

Plane 2: Plane enabled

Plane 3: Plane enabled

Plane 4: Plane enabled

Plane 5: Plane enabled

Fabric plane details of all MPCs are similarly displayed.

Chapter 27: Replacing Switch Fabric Components

Verify that the major alarms are displayed by issuing the show chassis alarms command: user@host> show chassis alarms

Alarm Time Class Description

2011-06-01 13:37:43 EDT Minor Require a fan tray upgrade

2011-06-01 13:37:26 EDT Minor Backup RE Active

The major alarms are not displayed anymore, and the upgrade is successfully completed.

Disable the upgrade configuration by issuing the set chassis state cb-upgrade off command and then the commit command.

10.

You can delete that command by issuing the delete chassis state cb-upgrade command and then the commit command.

11.

Verify the SCBs before you finish by issuing the show chassis hardware command: user@host> show chassis hardware

Item Version Part Number Serial Number Description

CB0 REV 02 750-031391 YE8505 Enhanced MX SCB

CB1 REV 07 710-031391 YL6769 Enhanced MX SCB

CB2 REV 07 710-031391 YE8492 Enhanced MX SCB

You can see that the MX960 now has MX SCBEs.

Documentation

•

Removing an MX960 SCB on page 410

•

Installing an MX960 SCB on page 302

Replacing an SFP or XFP Transceiver on an MX960 DPC, MPC, MIC, or PIC

Small form-factor pluggable (SFPs) and XFPs are optical transceivers that are installed in a DPC or PIC. SFPs and XFPs are hot-insertable and hot-removable.

Removing an SFP or XFP Transceiver from an MX960 DPC, MPC, MIC, or PIC on page 437

Installing an SFP or XFP Transceiver into an MX960 DPC, MPC, MIC, or PIC on page 439

Removing an SFP or XFP Transceiver from an MX960 DPC, MPC, MIC, or PIC

Removing an SFP or XFP does not interrupt DPC, MPC, MIC, or PIC functioning, but the removed SFP or XFP no longer receives or transmits data.

437

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

To remove an SFP or XFP transceiver (see

Figure 171 on page 438 ):

Have ready a replacement transceiver or a transceiver slot plug, an antistatic mat, and a rubber safety cap for the transceiver.

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the

ESD points on the chassis.

Label the cables connected to the transceiver so that you can reconnect them correctly later.

Remove the cable connector from the transceiver.

Pull the ejector handle out from the transceiver to unlock the transceiver.

CAUTION: Make sure that you open the ejector handle completely until you hear it click. This prevents damage to the transceiver.

Use needlenose pliers to pull the ejector handle out from the transceiver.

Grasp the transceiver ejector handle, and pull the transceiver approximately 0.5 in. (1.3

cm) out of the DPC, MPC, MIC, or PIC.

Using your fingers, grasp the body of the transceiver, and pull it the rest of the way out of the DPC, MPC, MIC, or PIC.

Figure 171: Removing SFPs or XFPs

Chapter 27: Replacing Switch Fabric Components

Place a rubber safety cap over the transceiver.

Place the removed transceiver on an antistatic mat or in an electrostatic bag.

CAUTION: After removing a transceiver from the chassis, wait at least 30 seconds before reinserting it or inserting a transceiver into a different slot.

Installing an SFP or XFP Transceiver into an MX960 DPC, MPC, MIC, or PIC

To install an SFP or XFP:

Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the

ESD points on the chassis.

Take each transceiver to be installed out of its electrostatic bag, and identify the slot on the component where it will be installed.

Verify that each transceiver is covered by a rubber safety cap. If it is not, cover the transceiver with a safety cap.

Carefully align the transceiver with the slots in the component. The connectors should face the component.

Slide the transceiver until the connector is seated in the component slot. If you are unable to fully insert the transceiver, make sure the connector is facing the right way.

Close the ejector handle of the transceiver.

Remove the rubber safety cap from the transceiver and the end of the cable. Insert the cable into the transceiver.

Verify that the status LEDs on the component faceplate indicate that the SFP or XFP is functioning correctly. For more information about the component LEDs, see the MX

Series Interface Module Reference .

Documentation

• Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX960 Router

•

439

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

•

Routine Maintenance Procedures on page 443

PART 5

Maintaining the Chassis and Components

•

•

Maintaining Components on page 445

•

Converting to a Different Type of Power Supply on page 473

441

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

CHAPTER 28

Routine Maintenance Procedures

•

Routine Maintenance Procedures for the MX960 Router on page 443

Routine Maintenance Procedures for the MX960 Router

Purpose For optimum router performance, perform preventive maintenance procedures.

Action • Inspect the installation site for moisture, loose wires or cables, and excessive dust.

Make sure that airflow is unobstructed around the router and into the air intake vents.

• Check the status-reporting devices on the craft interface—System alarms and LEDs.

• Inspect the air filter at the left rear of the router, replacing it every 6 months for optimum cooling system performance. Do not run the router for more than a few minutes without the air filter in place.

Documentation

•

Tools and Parts Required to Maintain the MX960 Router on page 445

•

•

Tools and Parts Required to Maintain the MX960 Router on page 445

443

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

CHAPTER 29

Maintaining Components

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

Maintaining Cables That Connect to MX960 DPCs, MPCs, MICs, or PICs on page 466

•

•

Maintaining the MX960 Power Supplies on page 468

•

Verifying the Version of the MX960 Cable Manager on page 469

Tools and Parts Required to Maintain the MX960 Router

To maintain hardware components, you need the following tools and parts:

• ESD grounding wrist strap

• Flat-blade (–) screwdriver

• Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 1

• Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2

Documentation

•

Routine Maintenance Procedures for the MX960 Router on page 443

•

Maintaining the MX960 Power Supplies on page 468

•

445

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Maintaining the MX960 Air Filter

Purpose For optimum cooling, verify the condition of the air filters.

Action • Regularly inspect the air filter. A dirty air filter restricts airflow in the unit, producing a negative effect on the ventilation of the chassis. The filter degrades over time. You must replace the filter every 6 months.

CAUTION: Always keep the air filter in place while the router is operating.

Because the fans are very powerful, they could pull small bits of wire or other materials into the router through the unfiltered air intake. This could damage the router components.

• The shelf life of polyurethane filter varies from two years to five years depending on the storage conditions. Store in a cool, dry, and dark environment. Wrap the media in plastic and store in an environment with relative humidity between 40%- 80% and temperature between 40°F (4° C) to 90°F (32° C). Note that if the material flakes, or becomes brittle when rubbed or deformed, it is no longer usable.

Documentation

•

Tools and Parts Required to Maintain the MX960 Router on page 445

•

Replacing the MX960 Air Filter on page 325

•

Installing the MX960 Air Filter on page 266

Maintaining the MX960 Fan Trays

Purpose For optimum cooling, verify the condition of the fans.

Action • Monitor the status of the fans. A fan tray contains multiple fans that work in unison to cool the router components. If one fan fails, the host subsystem adjusts the speed of the remaining fans to maintain proper cooling. A red alarm is triggered when a fan fails, and a yellow alarm and red alarm is triggered when a fan tray is removed.

• To display the status of the cooling system, issue the show chassis environment command. The output is similar to the following: user@host> show chassis environment

Class Item Status Measurement

Temp PEM 0 OK 40 degrees C / 104 degrees F

PEM 1 Absent

PEM 2 Absent

PEM 3 OK 40 degrees C / 104 degrees F

Routing Engine 0 OK 39 degrees C / 102 degrees F

Routing Engine 1 OK 42 degrees C / 107 degrees F

CB 0 Intake OK 26 degrees C / 78 degrees F

Chapter 29: Maintaining Components

CB 0 Exhaust A OK 27 degrees C / 80 degrees F

CB 0 Exhaust B OK 27 degrees C / 80 degrees F

CB 0 ACBC OK 26 degrees C / 78 degrees F

CB 0 SF A OK 37 degrees C / 98 degrees F

CB 0 SF B OK 35 degrees C / 95 degrees F

CB 1 Intake OK 27 degrees C / 80 degrees F

CB 1 Exhaust A OK 30 degrees C / 86 degrees F

CB 1 Exhaust B OK 28 degrees C / 82 degrees F

CB 1 ACBC OK 27 degrees C / 80 degrees F

CB 1 SF A OK 36 degrees C / 96 degrees F

CB 1 SF B OK 36 degrees C / 96 degrees F

CB 2 Intake Absent

CB 2 Exhaust A Absent

CB 2 Exhaust B Absent

CB 2 ACBC Absent

CB 2 SF A Absent

CB 2 SF B Absent

FPC 2 Intake OK 22 degrees C / 71 degrees F

FPC 2 Exhaust A OK 27 degrees C / 80 degrees F

FPC 2 Exhaust B OK 33 degrees C / 91 degrees F

FPC 2 I3 0 TSensor OK 33 degrees C / 91 degrees F

FPC 2 I3 0 Chip OK 35 degrees C / 95 degrees F

FPC 2 I3 1 TSensor OK 33 degrees C / 91 degrees F

FPC 2 I3 1 Chip OK 33 degrees C / 91 degrees F

FPC 2 I3 2 TSensor OK 33 degrees C / 91 degrees F

FPC 2 I3 2 Chip OK 30 degrees C / 86 degrees F

FPC 2 I3 3 TSensor OK 30 degrees C / 86 degrees F

FPC 2 I3 3 Chip OK 30 degrees C / 86 degrees F

FPC 2 IA 0 TSensor OK 33 degrees C / 91 degrees F

FPC 2 IA 0 Chip OK 36 degrees C / 96 degrees F

FPC 2 IA 1 TSensor OK 30 degrees C / 86 degrees F

FPC 2 IA 1 Chip OK 35 degrees C / 95 degrees F

FPC 4 Intake OK 22 degrees C / 71 degrees F

FPC 4 Exhaust A OK 28 degrees C / 82 degrees F

FPC 4 Exhaust B OK 31 degrees C / 87 degrees F

FPC 4 I3 0 TSensor OK 31 degrees C / 87 degrees F

FPC 4 I3 0 Chip OK 34 degrees C / 93 degrees F

FPC 4 I3 1 TSensor OK 31 degrees C / 87 degrees F

FPC 4 I3 1 Chip OK 33 degrees C / 91 degrees F

FPC 4 I3 2 TSensor OK 31 degrees C / 87 degrees F

FPC 4 I3 2 Chip OK 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F

FPC 4 I3 3 TSensor OK 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F

FPC 4 I3 3 Chip OK 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F

FPC 4 IA 0 TSensor OK 35 degrees C / 95 degrees F

FPC 4 IA 0 Chip OK 37 degrees C / 98 degrees F

FPC 4 IA 1 TSensor OK 31 degrees C / 87 degrees F

FPC 4 IA 1 Chip OK 35 degrees C / 95 degrees F

FPC 7 Intake OK 20 degrees C / 68 degrees F

FPC 7 Exhaust A OK 21 degrees C / 69 degrees F

FPC 7 Exhaust B OK 21 degrees C / 69 degrees F

FPC 7 I3 0 TSensor OK 31 degrees C / 87 degrees F

FPC 7 I3 0 Chip OK 36 degrees C / 96 degrees F

FPC 7 I3 1 TSensor OK 32 degrees C / 89 degrees F

FPC 7 I3 1 Chip OK 35 degrees C / 95 degrees F

FPC 7 I3 2 TSensor OK 32 degrees C / 89 degrees F

FPC 7 I3 2 Chip OK 30 degrees C / 86 degrees F

FPC 7 I3 3 TSensor OK 30 degrees C / 86 degrees F

FPC 7 I3 3 Chip OK 31 degrees C / 87 degrees F

FPC 7 IA 0 TSensor OK 34 degrees C / 93 degrees F

FPC 7 IA 0 Chip OK 37 degrees C / 98 degrees F

FPC 7 IA 1 TSensor OK 31 degrees C / 87 degrees F

447

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

FPC 7 IA 1 Chip OK 35 degrees C / 95 degrees F

Fans Top Fan Tray Temp OK 27 degrees C / 80 degrees F

Top Tray Fan 1 OK Spinning at high speed

Top Tray Fan 2 OK Spinning at high speed

Top Tray Fan 3 OK Spinning at high speed

Top Tray Fan 4 OK Spinning at high speed

Top Tray Fan 5 OK Spinning at high speed

Top Tray Fan 6 OK Spinning at high speed

Bottom Fan Tray Temp OK 28 degrees C / 82 degrees F

Bottom Tray Fan 1 OK Spinning at high speed

Bottom Tray Fan 2 OK Spinning at high speed

Bottom Tray Fan 3 OK Spinning at high speed

Bottom Tray Fan 4 OK Spinning at high speed

Bottom Tray Fan 5 OK Spinning at high speed

Bottom Tray Fan 6 OK Spinning at high speed

NOTE: The fan numbers are stamped into the fan tray sheet metal next to each fan.

Documentation

•

Tools and Parts Required to Maintain the MX960 Router on page 445

•

“MX960 SCB Description” on page 107

Maintaining the MX960 Host Subsystem

Purpose For optimum router performance, verify the condition of the host subsystem. The host subsystem includes an SCB and a Routing Engine installed into a slot in the SCB.

Action On a regular basis:

• Check the LEDs on the craft interface to view information about the status of the

Routing Engines.

• Check the LEDs on the SCB faceplate (see Table 9 in

• Check the LEDs on the Routing Engine faceplate (see Table 10 in

“MX960 Routing

Engine Description” on page 29 ).

• To check the status of the Routing Engines, issue the show chassis routing-engine command. The output is similar to the following: user@host> show chassis routing-engine

Routing Engine status:

Slot 0:

Current state Master

Election priority Master (default)

Temperature 39 degrees C / 102 degrees F

CPU temperature 47 degrees C / 116 degrees F

DRAM 3584 MB

Chapter 29: Maintaining Components

Memory utilization 10 percent

CPU utilization:

User 0 percent

Background 0 percent

Kernel 6 percent

Interrupt 0 percent

Idle 94 percent

Model RE-S-2000

Serial ID 1000639065

Start time 2006-11-07 11:42:58 PST

Uptime 53 minutes, 35 seconds

Load averages: 1 minute 5 minute 15 minute

0.06 0.07 0.02

Routing Engine status:

Slot 1:

Current state Backup

Election priority Backup (default)

Temperature 42 degrees C / 107 degrees F

CPU temperature 50 degrees C / 122 degrees F

DRAM 3584 MB

Memory utilization 9 percent

CPU utilization:

User 0 percent

Background 0 percent

Kernel 0 percent

Interrupt 0 percent

Idle 100 percent

Model RE-S-2000

Serial ID 1000664335

Start time 2006-11-02 18:35:01 PST

Uptime 4 days, 18 hours, 1 minute, 28 seconds

• To check the status of the SCBs, issue the show chassis environment cb command.

The output is similar to the following: user@host> show chassis environment cb

CB 0 status:

State Online Master

Temperature 26 degrees C / 78 degrees F

Power 1

1.2 V 1202 mV

1.5 V 1508 mV

1.8 V 1830 mV

2.5 V 5053 mV

3.3 V 6593 mV

5.0 V 5111 mV

12.0 V 12181 mV

1.25 V 1263 mV

3.3 V SM3 6593 mV

5 V RE 5078 mV

12 V RE 12007 mV

Power 2

11.3 V bias PEM 11253 mV

4.6 V bias MidPlane 4827 mV

11.3 V bias FPD 11408 mV

11.3 V bias POE 0 11446 mV

11.3 V bias POE 1 11408 mV

Bus Revision 6

449

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

FPGA Revision 0

CB 1 status:

State Online Standby

Temperature 27 degrees C / 80 degrees F

Power 1

1.2 V 1214 mV

1.5 V 1517 mV

1.8 V 1814 mV

2.5 V 2507 mV

3.3 V 3312 mV

5.0 V 5136 mV

12.0 V 12142 mV

1.25 V 1256 mV

3.3 V SM3 3306 mV

5 V RE 5085 mV

12 V RE 11949 mV

Power 2

11.3 V bias PEM 11369 mV

4.6 V bias MidPlane 4814 mV

11.3 V bias FPD 11427 mV

11.3 V bias POE 0 11350 mV

11.3 V bias POE 1 11330 mV

Bus Revision 39

FPGA Revision 1

To check the status of a specific SCB, issue the show chassis environment cb command and include the slot number of the SCB—for example, show chassis environment cb 0 .

For more information about using the CLI, see the Junos OS manuals.

Documentation

•

•

• Taking an MX960 Host Subsystem Offline

• Effect of Taking the MX960 Host Subsystem Offline

Maintaining MX960 DPCs

Purpose The router can have up to 12 Dense Port Concentrators (DPCs) mounted vertically in the

DPC card cage at the front of the chassis. For optimum router performance, verify the condition of the DPCs.

Action On a regular basis:

• Check the LEDs on the craft interface directly above each DPC slot. The green LED labeled OK lights steadily when a DPC is functioning normally.

• Check the OK/FAIL LED on the DPC. For more information, see MX Series Interface

Module Reference . If the DPC detects a failure, the DPC sends an alarm message to the

Routing Engine.

Chapter 29: Maintaining Components

• Check the status of installed DPCs by issuing the CLI show chassis fpc command to check the status of installed DPCs. As shown in the sample output, the value Online in the column labeled State indicates that the DPC is functioning normally: user@host> show chassis fpc

Temp CPU Utilization (%) Memory Utilization (%)

Slot State (C) Total Interrupt DRAM (MB) Heap Buffer

0 Empty

1 Empty

2 Online 22 40 0 1024 15 57

3 Empty

4 Online 22 24 0 1024 15 57

5 Empty

6 Empty

7 Offline ---Offlined by cli command---

8 Empty

9 Empty

10 Empty

11 Empty

For more detailed output, add the detail option. The following example does not specify a slot number, which is optional: user@host> show chassis fpc detail

Slot 2 information:

State Online

Temperature 22 degrees C / 71 degrees F

Total CPU DRAM 1024 MB

Total SRAM 256 MB

Total SDRAM 0 MB

Start time 2006-11-03 07:35:40 PST

Uptime 2 hours, 27 minutes, 1 second

Slot 4 information:

State Online

Temperature 22 degrees C / 71 degrees F

Total CPU DRAM 1024 MB

Total SRAM 256 MB

Total SDRAM 0 MB

Start time 2006-11-03 07:35:48 PST

Uptime 2 hours, 26 minutes, 53 seconds

Slot 7 information:

State Online

Temperature 24 degrees C / 75 degrees F

Total CPU DRAM 1024 MB

Total SRAM 256 MB

Total SDRAM 0 MB

Start time 2006-11-03 07:35:53 PST

Uptime 2 hours, 26 minutes, 48 seconds

• Issue the CLI show chassis fpc pic-status command. The DPC slots are numbered from

0 through 5 , 2/6 , 7 through 11 , left to right: user@host> show chassis fpc pic-status

Slot 2 Online MX960 40GE DPC

PIC 0 Online 10x 1GE

PIC 1 Online 10x 1GE

PIC 2 Online 10x 1GE

PIC 3 Online 10x 1GE

Slot 4 Online MX960 4 XGE DPC

451

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

PIC 0 Online 1x 10GE(LAN/WAN)

PIC 1 Online 1x 10GE(LAN/WAN)

PIC 2 Online 1x 10GE(LAN/WAN)

PIC 3 Online 1x 10GE(LAN/WAN)

Slot 7 Offline MX960 4 XGE DPC

For further description of the output from the command, see the CLI Explorer .

Documentation

•

MX960 Dense Port Concentrator Description on page 53

•

•

MX960 DPC and MPC LEDs on the Craft Interface on page 18

•

•

Figure 173 on page 454 ).

Holding an MX960 DPC

When carrying a DPC, you can hold it either vertically or horizontally.

NOTE: A DPC weighs 14.5 lb (6.6 kg). Be prepared to accept the full weight of the DPC as you lift it.

To hold a DPC vertically:

Orient the DPC so that the faceplate faces you. To verify orientation, confirm that the text on the DPC is right-side up and the electromagnetic interference (EMI) strip is on the right-hand side.

Place one hand around the DPC faceplate about a quarter of the way down from the top edge. To avoid deforming the EMI shielding strip, do not press hard on it.

Place your other hand at the bottom edge of the DPC.

If the DPC is horizontal before you grasp it, place your left hand around the faceplate and your right hand along the bottom edge.

To hold a DPC horizontally:

Orient the DPC so that the faceplate faces you.

Grasp the top edge with your left hand and the bottom edge with your right hand.

You can rest the faceplate of the DPC against your body as you carry it.

As you carry the DPC, do not bump it against anything. DPC components are fragile.

Chapter 29: Maintaining Components

Never hold or grasp the DPC anywhere except places that this document indicates. In particular, never grasp the connector edge, especially at the power connector in the corner where the connector and bottom edges meet. See

Figure 172 on page 453

Figure 172: Do Not Grasp the Connector Edge

Never carry the DPC by the faceplate with only one hand.

Do not rest any edge of a DPC directly against a hard surface (see

Do not stack DPCs.

453

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Figure 173: Do Not Rest the DPC on an Edge

If you must rest the DPC temporarily on an edge while changing its orientation between vertical and horizontal, use your hand as a cushion between the edge and the surface.

Documentation

• MX960 DPC Terminology

•

•

•

Storing an MX960 DPC

You must store a DPC as follows:

• In the router

• In the container in which a spare DPC is shipped

• Horizontally and sheet metal side down

When you store a DPC on a horizontal surface or in the shipping container, always place it inside an antistatic bag. Because the DPC is heavy, and because antistatic bags are fragile, inserting the DPC into the bag is easier with two people. To do this, one person holds the DPC in the horizontal position with the faceplate facing the body, and the other person slides the opening of the bag over the DPC connector edge.

Chapter 29: Maintaining Components

If you must insert the DPC into a bag by yourself, first lay the DPC horizontally on a flat, stable surface, sheet metal side down. Orient the DPC with the faceplate facing you.

Carefully insert the DPC connector edge into the opening of the bag, and pull the bag toward you to cover the DPC.

Never stack a DPC under or on top of any other component.

Documentation

• MX960 DPC Terminology

•

•

•

•

MX960 Flexible PIC Concentrator (FPC) LEDs on page 65

Maintaining MX960 FPCs

Purpose The router can have one Flexible PIC Concentrator (FPC) installed vertically in two DPC slots at the front of the chassis. For optimum router performance, verify the condition of the FPC.

Action On a regular basis:

• Check the LEDs on the craft interface directly above the FPC. The green LED labeled

OK lights steadily when an FPC is functioning normally.

• Check the OK/FAIL LED on the FPC. If the FPC detects a failure, the FPC sends an alarm message to the Routing Engine.

• Issue the CLI show chassis fpc command to check the status of the installed FPC. As shown in the sample output, the value Online in the column labeled State indicates that the FPC is functioning normally: user@host> show chassis fpc

Temp CPU Utilization (%) Memory Utilization (%)

Slot State (C) Total Interrupt DRAM (MB) Heap Buffer

0 Online 24 3 0 1024 13 21

1 Empty

2 Online 41 9 0 1024 15 57

3 Online 43 5 0 1024 16 57

4 Online 43 11 0 1024 16 57

5 Online 41 9 0 1024 15 57

6 Online 43 5 0 1024 16 57

7 Empty

8 Empty

9 Empty

10 Online 24 3 0 1024 13 21

11 Empty

For more detailed output, add the detail option. The following example does not specify a slot number, which is optional:

455

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

456 user@host> show chassis fpc detail

Slot 0 information:

State Online

Temperature 24 degrees C / 75 degrees F

Total CPU DRAM 1024 MB

Total RLDRAM 128 MB

Total DDR DRAM 2048 MB

Start time: 2008-12-11 16:53:24 PST

Uptime: 15 hours, 2 minutes, 47 seconds

Slot 2 information:

State Online

Temperature 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F

Total CPU DRAM 1024 MB

Total RLDRAM 256 MB

Total DDR DRAM 4096 MB

Start time: 2008-12-11 16:53:18 PST

Uptime: 15 hours, 2 minutes, 53 seconds

Slot 3 information:

State Online

Temperature 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F

Total CPU DRAM 1024 MB

Total RLDRAM 256 MB

Total DDR DRAM 4096 MB

Start time: 2008-12-11 16:53:18 PST

Uptime: 15 hours, 2 minutes, 53 seconds

Slot 4 information:

State Online

Temperature 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F

Total CPU DRAM 1024 MB

Total RLDRAM 256 MB

Total DDR DRAM 4096 MB

Start time: 2008-12-11 16:53:18 PST

Uptime: 15 hours, 2 minutes, 53 seconds

Slot 5 information:

State Online

Temperature 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F

Total CPU DRAM 1024 MB

Total RLDRAM 256 MB

Total DDR DRAM 4096 MB

Start time: 2008-12-11 16:53:22 PST

Uptime: 15 hours, 2 minutes, 49 seconds

Slot 6 information:

State Online

Temperature 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F

Total CPU DRAM 1024 MB

Total RLDRAM 256 MB

Total DDR DRAM 4096 MB

Start time: 2008-12-11 16:53:18 PST

Uptime: 15 hours, 2 minutes, 53 seconds

Slot 10 information:

State Online

Temperature 24 degrees C / 75 degrees F

Total CPU DRAM 1024 MB

Total RLDRAM 128 MB

Total DDR DRAM 2048 MB

Start time: 2008-12-11 16:53:24 PST

Uptime: 15 hours, 2 minutes, 47 seconds

• Issue the CLI show chassis fpc pic-status command. The following example shows an

FPC installed in DPC slots 1 and 2 :

Chapter 29: Maintaining Components user@host> show chassis fpc pic-status

Slot 0 Online DPC 40x 1GE R

PIC 0 Online 10x 1GE(LAN)

PIC 1 Online 10x 1GE(LAN)

PIC 2 Online 10x 1GE(LAN)

PIC 3 Online 10x 1GE(LAN)

Slot 1 Online MX FPC Type 3

PIC 0 Online 1x OC-192 SONET

PIC 1 Online 1x OC-192 SONET

NOTE: An FPC takes up two DPC slots when installed on an MX Series router. The slot number corresponds to the lowest numbered DPC slot.

For further description of the output from the command, see the CLI Explorer .

Documentation

•

•

•

•

•

Figure 176 on page 460 ). If you must rest the FPC temporarily on an edge

Holding an MX960 FPC

CAUTION: Many components on the FPC are fragile. Failure to handle FPCs as specified in this document can cause irreparable damage.

NOTE: An FPC configured with PICs installed can weigh as much as

18 lb (8.2 kg). Be prepared to accept the full weight of the FPC as you lift it.

CAUTION: To prevent damage when handling or carrying FPCs:

• As you carry the FPC, do not bump it against anything. FPC components are fragile.

• Do not grasp the FPC anywhere except places that this document indicates.

In particular, never grasp the connector edge, especially at the power connector in the corner where the connector and bottom edges meet (see

Figure 174 on page 458

457

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Figure 174: Do Not Grasp the Connector Edge

• Do not carry the FPC by the faceplate with only one hand (see

Figure 175 on page 459

Chapter 29: Maintaining Components

Figure 175: Do Not Carry an FPC with Only One Hand

• Do not rest any edge of an FPC directly against a hard surface (see

while changing its orientation between vertical and horizontal, use your hand as a cushion between the edge and the surface.

459

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Figure 176: Do Not Rest the FPC on an Edge

You hold an FPC vertically when installing it into the chassis or an equipment rack. To hold an FPC vertically (see

Figure 177 on page 461

Orient the FPC so that the faceplate faces you.

Place one hand around the FPC faceplate about a quarter of the way down from the top edge. To avoid deforming the electromagnetic interference (EMI) shielding strip, do not press hard on it.

Place your other hand at the bottom edge of the FPC. If the FPC has heat sinks about midway between the faceplate and connector edge, place your other hand against the heat sinks.

Figure 177: Holding an FPC Vertically

Chapter 29: Maintaining Components

Documentation

•

MX960 Flexible PIC Concentrator Description on page 62

• MX960 FPC Terminology

•

MX960 Flexible PIC Concentrator Description on page 62

Storing an MX960 FPC

When not installed in the routing platforms, FPCs must be either stored in the container in which a spare FPC is shipped or stored horizontally with the component-side up on a flat, stable surface. When you store an FPC on a horizontal surface or in the shipping container, always place it inside an antistatic bag. Because the FPC is heavy and because antistatic bags are fragile, inserting the FPC into the bag is easier with two people. The storage guidelines are as follows:

• When storing an FPC with two people, one person holds the FPC in the horizontal position with the faceplate facing their body, the other person slides the opening of the bag over the FPC connector edge.

• When storing an FPC with one person, you must insert the FPC into a bag by yourself.

First lay the FPC horizontally on a flat, stable surface, component-side up. Orient the

FPC with the faceplate facing you. Carefully insert the FPC connector edge into the opening of the bag, and pull the bag toward you to cover the FPC.

461

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

CAUTION: To prevent damage when storing FPCs:

• Never lay an FPC component-side down.

Figure 178: Do Not Stack FPCs

• Never stack an FPC under or on top of any other component (see

Figure 178 on page 462

Documentation

•

• MX960 FPC Terminology

•

MX960 Modular Interface Card Description on page 82

Maintaining MX960 MICs

Purpose For optimum router performance, verify the condition of the Modular Interface Cards

(MICs).

Action On a regular basis:

• Check the LEDs on MIC faceplates. The meaning of the LED states differs for various

MICs. For more information, see the MX Series Interface Module Reference . If the MPC that houses the MIC detects a MIC failure, the MPC generates an alarm message to be sent to the Routing Engine.

• Issue the CLI show chassis fpc pic-status command. The MIC slots in an MPC are numbered PIC 0/1 and PIC 2/3 , top to bottom: user@host> show chassis fpc pic-status

Slot 0 Online DPCE 4x 10GE R EQ

PIC 0 Online 1x 10GE(LAN/WAN) EQ

PIC 1 Online 1x 10GE(LAN/WAN) EQ

PIC 2 Online 1x 10GE(LAN/WAN) EQ

PIC 3 Online 1x 10GE(LAN/WAN) EQ

Slot 1 Online DPCE 40x 1GE R EQ

PIC 0 Online 10x 1GE(LAN) EQ

PIC 1 Online 10x 1GE(LAN) EQ

Chapter 29: Maintaining Components

PIC 2 Online 10x 1GE(LAN) EQ

PIC 3 Online 10x 1GE(LAN) EQ

Slot 2 Online MS-DPC

PIC 0 Online MS-DPC PIC

PIC 1 Online MS-DPC PIC

Slot 3 Online MPC Type 2 3D EQ

PIC 0 Online 1x 10GE XFP

PIC 1 Online 1x 10GE XFP

Slot 4 Online MPC 3D 16x 10GE

PIC 0 Online 4x 10GE(LAN) SFP+

PIC 1 Online 4x 10GE(LAN) SFP+

PIC 2 Online 4x 10GE(LAN) SFP+

PIC 3 Online 4x 10GE(LAN) SFP+

Slot 6 Online MX960 40GE DPC

PIC 0 Online 10x 1GE

PIC 1 Online 10x 1GE

PIC 2 Online 10x 1GE

PIC 3 Online 10x 1GE

Slot 10 Online MPC 3D 16x 10GE

PIC 0 Online 4x 10GE(LAN) SFP+

PIC 1 Online 4x 10GE(LAN) SFP+

PIC 2 Online 4x 10GE(LAN) SFP+

PIC 3 Online 4x 10GE(LAN) SFP+

For further description of the output from the command, see the CLI Explorer .

Documentation

•

•

MX960 Modular Interface Card (MIC) LEDs on page 82

•

•

MX960 Modular Port Concentrator Description on page 89

Maintaining MX960 MPCs

Purpose The router can have up to 12 Modular Port Concentrators (MPCs) mounted vertically in the card cage at the front of the chassis. For optimum router performance, verify the condition of the MPCs.

Action On a regular basis:

• Check the LEDs on the craft interface directly above each MPC slot. The green LED labeled OK lights steadily when an MPC is functioning normally.

• Check the OK/FAIL LED on the MPC. If the MPC detects a failure, the MPC sends an alarm message to the Routing Engine.

• Issue the CLI show chassis fpc command to check the status of installed MPCs. As shown in the sample output, the value Online in the column labeled State indicates that the MPC is functioning normally: user@host> show chassis fpc

Temp CPU Utilization (%) Memory Utilization (%)

Slot State (C) Total Interrupt DRAM (MB) Heap Buffer

463

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

464

0 Online 36 3 0 2048 14 13

1 Online 40 5 0 2048 26 13

2 Online 41 6 0 1024 7 43

3 Online 43 5 0 1024 16 57

4 Online 24 3 0 1024 13 21

5 Empty

6 Online 43 5 0 1024 16 57

7 Empty

8 Empty

9 Empty

10 Online 24 3 0 1024 13 21

11 Empty

For more detailed output, add the detail option. The following example does not specify a slot number, which is optional: user@host> show chassis fpc detail

Slot 0 information:

State Online

Temperature 33 degrees C / 91 degrees F

Total CPU DRAM 1024 MB

Total RLDRAM 256 MB

Total DDR DRAM 4096 MB

Start time: 2009-12-22 12:26:54 PST

Uptime: 6 days, 3 hours, 8 minutes, 51 seconds

Max Power Consumption 330 Watts

Slot 1 information:

State Online

Temperature 32 degrees C / 89 degrees F

Total CPU DRAM 1024 MB

Total RLDRAM 256 MB

Total DDR DRAM 4096 MB

Start time: 2009-12-22 12:26:54 PST

Uptime: 6 days, 3 hours, 8 minutes, 51 seconds

Max Power Consumption 365 Watts

Slot 2 information:

State Online

Temperature 41 degrees C / 105 degrees F

Total CPU DRAM 1024 MB

Total RLDRAM 128 MB

Total DDR DRAM 2048 MB

Start time: 2009-12-22 12:26:46 PST

Uptime: 6 days, 3 hours, 8 minutes, 59 seconds

Max Power Consumption 265 Watts

Slot 3 information:

State Online

Temperature 36 degrees C / 96 degrees F

Total CPU DRAM 2048 MB

Total RLDRAM 806 MB

Total DDR DRAM 2632 MB

Start time: 2009-12-22 12:27:04 PST

Uptime: 6 days, 3 hours, 8 minutes, 41 seconds

Max Power Consumption 450 Watts

Slot 4 information:

State Online

Temperature 40 degrees C / 104 degrees F

Chapter 29: Maintaining Components

Total CPU DRAM 2048 MB

Total RLDRAM 1324 MB

Total DDR DRAM 5120 MB

Start time: 2009-12-22 12:27:02 PST

Uptime: 6 days, 3 hours, 8 minutes, 43 seconds

Max Power Consumption 440 Watts

Slot 6 information:

State Online

Temperature 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F

Total CPU DRAM 1024 MB

Total RLDRAM 256 MB

Total DDR DRAM 4096 MB

Start time: 2008-12-11 16:53:18 PST

Uptime: 15 hours, 2 minutes, 53 seconds

Max Power Consumption 365 Watts

Slot 10 information:

State Online

Temperature 24 degrees C / 75 degrees F

Total CPU DRAM 1024 MB

Total RLDRAM 128 MB

Total DDR DRAM 2048 MB

Start time: 2008-12-11 16:53:24 PST

Uptime: 15 hours, 2 minutes, 47 seconds

Max Power Consumption 440 Watts

• Issue the CLI show chassis fpc pic-status command. The MPC slots are numbered 0 through 5 , bottom to top: user@host> show chassis fpc pic-status

Slot 0 Online DPCE 4x 10GE R EQ

PIC 0 Online 1x 10GE(LAN/WAN) EQ

PIC 1 Online 1x 10GE(LAN/WAN) EQ

PIC 2 Online 1x 10GE(LAN/WAN) EQ

PIC 3 Online 1x 10GE(LAN/WAN) EQ

Slot 1 Online DPCE 40x 1GE R EQ

PIC 0 Online 10x 1GE(LAN) EQ

PIC 1 Online 10x 1GE(LAN) EQ

PIC 2 Online 10x 1GE(LAN) EQ

PIC 3 Online 10x 1GE(LAN) EQ

Slot 2 Online MS-DPC

PIC 0 Online MS-DPC PIC

PIC 1 Online MS-DPC PIC

Slot 3 Online MPC Type 2 3D EQ

PIC 0 Online 1x 10GE XFP

PIC 1 Online 1x 10GE XFP

Slot 4 Online MPC 3D 16x 10GE

PIC 0 Online 4x 10GE(LAN) SFP+

PIC 1 Online 4x 10GE(LAN) SFP+

PIC 2 Online 4x 10GE(LAN) SFP+

PIC 3 Online 4x 10GE(LAN) SFP+

Slot 6 Online MX960 40GE DPC

PIC 0 Online 10x 1GE

PIC 1 Online 10x 1GE

PIC 2 Online 10x 1GE

PIC 3 Online 10x 1GE

Slot 10 Online MPC 3D 16x 10GE

PIC 0 Online 4x 10GE(LAN) SFP+

PIC 1 Online 4x 10GE(LAN) SFP+

465

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

PIC 2 Online 4x 10GE(LAN) SFP+

PIC 3 Online 4x 10GE(LAN) SFP+

For further description of the output from the command, see the CLI Explorer .

Documentation

•

•

MX960 Modular Port Concentrator LEDs on page 92

•

•

Maintaining MX960 PICs

Purpose For optimum router performance, verify the condition of the PICs.

Action On a regular basis:

• Check the LEDs on PIC faceplates. The meaning of the LED states differs for various

PICs. For more information, see the MX Series Interface Module Reference . If the FPC that houses the PIC detects a PIC failure, the FPC generates an alarm message to be sent to the Routing Engine.

• Issue the CLI show chassis fpc pic-status command. The PIC slots in an FPC are numbered from 0 through 1 , top to bottom: user@host> show chassis fpc pic-status

Slot 0 Online DPC 40x 1GE R

PIC 0 Online 10x 1GE(LAN)

PIC 1 Online 10x 1GE(LAN)

PIC 2 Online 10x 1GE(LAN)

PIC 3 Online 10x 1GE(LAN)

Slot 1 Online MX FPC Type 3

PIC 0 Online 1x OC-192 SONET

PIC 1 Online 1x OC-192 SONET

For further description of the output from the command, see the CLI Explorer .

Documentation

•

•

•

•

Maintaining Cables That Connect to MX960 DPCs, MPCs, MICs, or PICs

Purpose For optimum router performance, verify the condition of the cables that connect to the

DPCs, MPCs, MICs, or PICs.

Chapter 29: Maintaining Components

Action On a regular basis:

• Use a standard cable manager or extended cable manager (shown in

Figure 179 on page 467

and

Figure 180 on page 467

) to support cables and prevent cables from dislodging or developing stress points.

Figure 179: Standard Cable Manager

Maintenance linkage

Release handles

Figure 180: Extended Cable Manager

• Place excess cable out of the way in the standard or extended cable manager. Do not allow fastened loops of cable to dangle from the connector or cable manager because this stresses the cable at the fastening point. Putting fasteners on the loops helps to maintain their shape.

• Keep the cable connections clean and free of dust and other particles, which can cause drops in the received power level. Always inspect cables and clean them if necessary before connecting an interface.

• Label both ends of the cables to identify them.

467

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

The following guidelines apply specifically to fiber-optic cables:

• When you unplug a fiber-optic cable, always place a rubber safety plug over the transceiver on the faceplate and on the end of the cable.

• Anchor fiber-optic cables to avoid stress on the connectors. Be sure to secure fiber-optic cables so that they do not support their own weight as they hang to the floor. Never let fiber-optic cable hang free from the connector.

• Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its bend radius. An arc smaller than a few inches can damage the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.

• Frequent plugging and unplugging of fiber-optic cable into and out of optical instruments can cause damage to the instruments that is expensive to repair. Instead, attach a short fiber extension to the optical equipment. Any wear and tear due to frequent plugging and unplugging is then absorbed by the short fiber extension, which is easy and inexpensive to replace.

• Keep fiber-optic cable connections clean. Small microdeposits of oil and dust in the canal of the transceiver or cable connector could cause loss of light, reducing signal power and possibly causing intermittent problems with the optical connection.

To clean the transceivers, use an appropriate fiber-cleaning device, such as RIFOCS

Fiber Optic Adaptor Cleaning Wands (part number 946). Follow the directions for the cleaning kit you use.

After you clean an optical transceiver, make sure that the connector tip of the fiber-optic cable is clean. Use only an approved alcohol-free fiber-optic cable cleaning kit, such as the Opptex Cletop-S Fiber Cleaner. Follow the directions for the cleaning kit you use.

Documentation

•

•

•

•

MX960 Power Supply LEDs on the Craft Interface on page 17

Maintaining the MX960 Power Supplies

Purpose For optimum router performance, verify the condition of the power supplies.

Action On a regular basis:

• Check the status of the power supplies by issuing the show chassis environment pem command. The output is similar to the following: user@host> show chassis environment pem

PEM 0 status:

State Online

Temperature OK

DC output OK

Chapter 29: Maintaining Components

PEM 1 status:

State Online

Temperature OK

DC output OK

• Make sure that the power and grounding cables are arranged so that they do not obstruct access to other router components.

• Routinely check the status LEDs on the power supply faceplates and the craft interface to determine if the power supplies are functioning normally.

• Check the red and yellow alarm LEDs on the craft interface. Power supply failure or removal triggers an alarm that causes one or both of the LEDs to light. You can display the associated error messages by issuing the following command: user@host> show chassis alarms

• Periodically inspect the site to ensure that the grounding and power cables connected to the router are securely in place and that there is no moisture accumulating near the router.

Documentation

•

•

•

Troubleshooting Resources for MX960 Routers on page 487

•

•

MX960 Cable Manager Description on page 19

Verifying the Version of the MX960 Cable Manager

Purpose To verify the version of the cable manager—standard or extended.

Action Issue the show chassis hardware command. In the following output, Extended Cable

Manager in the Description field indicates that the MX960 router has an extended cable manager installed.

user@host> show chassis hardware

Hardware inventory:

Item Version Part number Serial number Description

Chassis JN10BA496AFA MX960

Midplane REV 03 710-013698 TR0193 MX960 Backplane

Fan Extender REV 02 710-018051 JY5226 Extended Cable

Manager

FPM Board REV 03 710-014974 JZ6867 MX960 Front

Panel Display

PDM Rev 03 740-013110 QCS11035022 Power

Distribution Module

PEM 0 Rev 03 740-013683 QCS1104706T DC Power Entry

Module

PEM 1 Rev 03 740-013683 QCS11047071 DC Power Entry

Module

469

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

470

PEM 2 Rev 03 740-013683 QCS1110700A DC Power Entry

Module

PEM 3 Rev 03 740-013683 QCS11107006 DC Power Entry

Module

Routing Engine 0 REV 06 740-013063 1000690747 RE-S-2000

Routing Engine 1 REV 06 740-013063 1000690717 RE-S-2000

CB 0 REV 07 710-013385 KA3976 MX SCB

CB 1 REV 07 710-013385 KA2127 MX SCB

CB 2 REV 07 710-013385 KA2122 MX SCB

FPC 0 REV 06 710-013699 JZ8103 DPCE 40x 1GE X

CPU REV 06 710-013713 JZ7349 DPC PMB

PIC 0 BUILTIN BUILTIN 10x 1GE(LAN)

Xcvr 0 REV 01 740-011783 PB93302 SFP-LX

Xcvr 1 REV 01 740-011613 AM0703S02F5 SFP-SX

Xcvr 2 REV 01 740-011613 AM0703S02EV SFP-SX

Xcvr 3 REV 01 740-011613 AM0703S02EN SFP-SX

Xcvr 4 REV 01 740-011613 AM0703S02FD SFP-SX

Xcvr 5 REV 01 740-011783 PB93RLK SFP-LX

Xcvr 6 REV 01 740-011783 PB9292T SFP-LX

Xcvr 7 REV 01 740-011613 AM0703S02EC SFP-SX

Xcvr 8 REV 01 740-011783 PB9296B SFP-LX

Xcvr 9 REV 01 740-011783 PB9294X SFP-LX

PIC 1 BUILTIN BUILTIN 10x 1GE(LAN)

Xcvr 0 REV 01 740-011783 PB9330R SFP-LX

Xcvr 1 REV 01 740-011613 PB349PQ SFP-SX

Xcvr 2 REV 01 740-011613 AM0703S02F1 SFP-SX

Xcvr 3 REV 01 740-011613 PB3494J SFP-SX

Xcvr 4 REV 01 740-011613 AM0703S02EY SFP-SX

Xcvr 5 REV 01 740-011613 AM0703S02F3 SFP-SX

Xcvr 6 REV 01 740-011613 AM0703S02EX SFP-SX

Xcvr 7 REV 01 740-011613 AM0703S02EZ SFP-SX

Xcvr 8 REV 01 740-011613 AM0703S02ET SFP-SX

Xcvr 9 REV 01 740-011613 AM0703S02G8 SFP-SX

PIC 2 BUILTIN BUILTIN 10x 1GE(LAN)

Xcvr 0 REV 01 740-011783 PB92938 SFP-LX

Xcvr 1 REV 01 740-011613 AM0703S02E0 SFP-SX

Xcvr 2 REV 01 740-011613 AM0703S02F6 SFP-SX

Xcvr 3 REV 01 740-011613 AM0703S02FB SFP-SX

Xcvr 4 REV 01 740-011613 AM0703S02FA SFP-SX

Xcvr 5 REV 01 740-011613 AM0703S02ED SFP-SX

Xcvr 6 REV 01 740-011783 PB9338R SFP-LX

Xcvr 7 REV 01 740-011613 AM0703S02E1 SFP-SX

Xcvr 8 REV 01 740-011783 PB929AU SFP-LX

Xcvr 9 REV 01 740-011783 PB929AV SFP-LX

PIC 3 BUILTIN BUILTIN 10x 1GE(LAN)

Xcvr 0 REV 01 740-011783 PB9330Q SFP-LX

Xcvr 1 REV 01 740-011613 AM0703S02E8 SFP-SX

Xcvr 2 REV 01 740-011613 PB34FPU SFP-SX

Xcvr 3 REV 01 740-011613 PB34FZ4 SFP-SX

Xcvr 4 REV 01 740-011613 PB34N3Q SFP-SX

Xcvr 5 REV 01 740-011613 AM0703S02EL SFP-SX

Xcvr 6 REV 01 740-011613 AM0703S02EG SFP-SX

Xcvr 7 REV 01 740-011613 AM0703S02EJ SFP-SX

Xcvr 8 REV 01 740-011783 PB9292Y SFP-LX

Xcvr 9 REV 01 740-011783 PB9296A SFP-LX

FPC 3 REV 08 710-014219 KA1048 DPCE 4x 10GE X

CPU REV 06 710-013713 JZ7177 DPC PMB

PIC 0 BUILTIN BUILTIN 1x

10GE(LAN/WAN)

Xcvr 0 REV 01 740-014279 6Z3019A00247 XFP-10G-LR

PIC 1 BUILTIN BUILTIN 1x

Chapter 29: Maintaining Components

10GE(LAN/WAN)

Xcvr 0 REV 01 740-014279 723019A00434 XFP-10G-LR

PIC 2 BUILTIN BUILTIN 1x

10GE(LAN/WAN)

Xcvr 0 REV 01 740-014289 C712XU00S XFP-10G-SR

PIC 3 BUILTIN BUILTIN 1x

10GE(LAN/WAN)

Xcvr 0 REV 01 740-014279 6Z3019A00216 XFP-10G-LR

Fan Tray 0 REV 03 740-014971 TP0730 Fan Tray

Fan Tray 1 REV 03 740-014971 TP0451 Fan Tray

Documentation

•

•

Replacing the MX960 Cable Manager on page 310

471

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

CHAPTER 30

Converting to a Different Type of Power

Supply

•

Converting from AC to DC Power Supplies on an MX960 Router on page 473

•

Converting from DC to AC Power Supplies on an MX960 Router on page 478

Converting from AC to DC Power Supplies on an MX960 Router

The conversion of an MX960 router from AC to DC or DC to AC should be performed with the system completely powered off. A system cannot operate with a mix of AC and DC power supplies. This procedure assumes conversion from normal-capacity power supplies to high-capacity power supplies.

Remove MX960 normal-capacity AC power supplies for power supplies in slots 0, 1, 2,

3 where present. All power supplies should be removed proceeding with the installation of the DC power supplies. To convert from AC to DC, use the following procedures.

Use the following procedures to install the MX960 high capacity DC power supplies for power supply in slots 0, 1, 2, 3 where present.

To remove a normal-capacity AC power supply (see

Figure 161 on page 393

Move the AC input switch in the chassis above the power supply in slot 0 to the off

( O ) position.

Remove the power cord from the AC power source. Follow the ESD and disconnection instructions for your site.

Remove the power cord from the power supply.

Let go of the locking pin in the release lever. Ensure that the pin is seated inside the corresponding hole in the chassis.

473

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Pull the power supply straight out of the chassis as shown in

Figure 161 on page 393 .

WARNING: Do not touch the power connector on the top of the power supply. It can contain dangerous voltages.

Repeat steps 1-6 for power supplies in slot 1, 2, 3 where present.

Figure 181: Removing an MX960 AC Power Supply

474

Remove the blank panel over the power distribution modules. Store for later reuse. Use the following procedures to install the MX960 high-capacity DC power supplies for power supply in slots 0, 1, 2, and 3, where present.

Chapter 30: Converting to a Different Type of Power Supply

To install an MX960 DC high-capacity DC power supply:

Verify that the power switch on the power supply is in the off ( O ) position.

On the power supply, rotate the metal cover away from the input mode switch to expose the switch.

Move the input mode switch to position 0 for one feed or position 1 for two feeds (see

Figure 74 on page 237 ).

NOTE: For a fully redundant configuration in two-feed mode, eight feeds are required. For a nonredundant configuration, four feeds are required.

Figure 182: MX960 with High-Capacity DC Power Supplies Installed

CAUTION: Do not use a pencil, because fragments can break off and cause damage to the power supply.

475

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

476

Ensure that the voltage across the DC power source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cable leads might become active during installation.

Ensure that the release lever below the empty power supply slot is locked in the counterclockwise position.

Using both hands, slide the power supply straight into the chassis until the power supply is fully seated in the chassis slot.

Let go of the locking pin in the release lever. Ensure that the pin is seated inside the corresponding hole in the chassis.

Remove the cover protecting the terminal studs on the faceplate.

10.

Remove the nut and washer from each of the terminal studs.

11.

Secure each power cable lug to the terminal studs, first with the split washer, then with the nut. Apply between 23 lb-in. (2.6 Nm) and 25 lb-in. (2.8 Nm) of torque to each nut. Do not overtighten the nut. (Use a 7/16-in. [11-mm] torque-controlled driver or socket wrench.) a. On INPUT 0 , attach the positive (+) DC source power cable lug to the RTN (return) terminal as shown in

Figure 74 on page 237 . Repeat this step for

INPUT 1 if using two feeds.

b. On INPUT 0 attach the negative (–) DC source power cable lug to the -48V (input) terminal. Repeat this step for INPUT 1 if using two feeds.if using two feeds.

Applying installation torque to the nut when improperly threaded may result in damage to the terminal stud.

Chapter 30: Converting to a Different Type of Power Supply

CAUTION: The maximum torque rating of the terminal studs on the DC power supply is 36 lb-in. (4.0 Nm). The terminal studs may be damaged if excessive torque is applied. Use only a torque-controlled driver or socket wrench to tighten nuts on the DC power supply terminal studs.

“Electrical Specifications for the MX960 DC Power Supply” on page 169 .

12.

Verify that the power cabling is correct, that the cables are not touching, and that they do not block access to router components or drape where people could trip on them.

13.

Replace the clear plastic cover over the terminal studs on the faceplate.

14.

Switch on the dedicated customer site circuit breaker.

15.

Figure 75 on page 240

and

Table 99 on page 239 .

16.

Move the switch to the on ( | ) position.

17.

Verify that the DC OK LED is lit green steadily. See

Table 99 on page 239

for information on MX960 high-capacity DC LEDs.

Table 101: MX960 High-Capacity DC Power Supply LEDs

LEDs

Connected Inputs

DIP

Switch

Position INP-0 OK INP-1 OK DC OK PS FAIL

INP0 connected, INP1 disconnected

INP0 disconnected, INP1 connected

INP0 connected, INP1 connected

0 (1 input)

Green

Off

Green

Off

Green

Off

477

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Table 101: MX960 High-Capacity DC Power Supply LEDs

(continued)

LEDs

Connected Inputs

DIP

Switch

Position INP-0 OK INP-1 OK DC OK

INP0 connected, INP1 disconnected

INP0 disconnected, INP1 connected

INP0 connected, INP1 connected

1 (2 inputs)

Green

Off

Green

Off

Green

Off

Green

PS FAIL

Red

Off

18.

Repeat steps 1-17 for installing power supplies in slots 1, 2, and 3, where present.

Figure 183: MX960 DC High-Capacity Power Supply Front View

19.

Install a blank panel over the power distribution modules, if available.

Documentation

•

•

Figure 164 on page 398 ).

Converting from DC to AC Power Supplies on an MX960 Router

Chapter 30: Converting to a Different Type of Power Supply

Remove MX960 normal-capacity AC power supplies for power supply in slots 0, 1, 2, 3 where present. All power supplies should be removed proceeding with the installation of the AC power supplies. To convert from DC to AC, use the following procedures.

To remove a normal-capacity DC power supply (see

Figure 164 on page 398

Switch off the dedicated customer site circuit breaker for the power supply being removed. Follow your site's procedures for electrostatic discharge (ESD).

Move the DC circuit breaker on the power supply faceplate to the off ( O ) position.

Verify that the INPUT OK LEDs on the power supply to be removed are not lit. Also verify that the BREAKER ON LED is not lit.

Make sure that the voltage across the DC power source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cables might become active during the removal process.

Remove the clear plastic cover protecting the terminal studs on the faceplate from the power supply in slot 0.

Remove the nut and washer from each of the terminal studs. (Use a 7/16-in.

[11-mm] nut driver or socket wrench.)

Loosen the captive screw on the cable restraint on the lower edge of the power supply faceplate.

Remove the cable lugs from the terminal studs.

Carefully move the power cables out of the way.

10.

11.

Let go of the locking pin in the release lever. Ensure that the pin is seated inside the corresponding hole in the chassis.

12.

Pull the power supply straight out of the chassis (see

WARNING: Do not touch the power connector on the top of the power supply. It can contain dangerous voltages.

13.

Repeat steps 1-12 for power supplies in slot 1, 2, and 3, where present.

479

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Figure 184: Removing a DC Power Supply from the MX960 Router

480

Remove the blank panel over the power distribution module, and store for later reuse.

Use the following procedures to install the MX960 high-capacity AC power supplies for power supply in slots 0, 1, 2, and 3, where present.

NOTE: During the upgrade process, you can simultaneously run normal-capacity and high-capacity power supplies. However, it is recommended to upgrade all power supplies to high-capacity power supplies.

To install an MX960 high-capacity AC power supply, use the following procedure (see

Verify that the power switch on the power supply is in the off ( O ) position.

Ensure that the release lever below the empty power supply slot is locked in the counterclockwise position (see

Figure 72 on page 230 ). This tab is used to pull the power supply down in the chassis

Chapter 30: Converting to a Different Type of Power Supply

Figure 185: MX960 with High-Capacity AC Power Supplies Installed

Air exhaust

AC-1 OK

AC-2 OK

DC OK

PS FAIL

AC-1 OK

AC-2 OK

DC OK

PS FAIL

AC-1 OK

AC-2 OK

DC OK

PS FAIL

AC-1 OK

AC-2 OK

DC OK

PS FAIL

Input mode switch

AC Power supplies

Power supply ejectors

Protective earthing ESD point

On the power supply, rotate the metal cover away from the input mode switch to expose the switch.

Move the input mode switch to position 0 for one feed or position 1 for two feeds (see

Figure 72 on page 230 ).

481

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Figure 186: MX960 AC Power Input Mode Switch

482

CAUTION: Do not use a pencil, because fragments can break off and cause damage to the power supply.

Using both hands, slide the power supply straight into the chassis until the power supply is fully seated in the chassis slot. The power supply faceplate will protrude beyond the chassis.

The small tab on the metal housing that is controlled by the release lever must be inside of the corresponding slot at the bottom of the power supply (see

slot, prior to removing the power supply.

Let go of the locking pin in the release lever. Ensure that the pin is seated inside the corresponding hole in the chassis.

Locate a power cord with the type of plug appropriate for your geographical location

(see

“AC Power Cord Specifications for the MX960 Router” on page 165

Plug the power cord into the corresponding appliance inlet located in the chassis directly above the power supply. This is the recommend receptacle when using the power supply in one feed mode. If using the power supply in two-feed mode, plug the second power cord into the receptacle on the power supply.

Chapter 30: Converting to a Different Type of Power Supply

NOTE: Each power supply must be connected to a dedicated AC power feed and a dedicated customer site circuit breaker.

10.

Dress the power cord appropriately. Verify that the power cord does not block the air exhaust and access to router components, and that they do not drape where people could trip on them.

11.

12.

If the power supply is correctly installed and functioning normally, the AC1 OK , AC2 OK

(two-feed mode only), and DC OK LEDs light steadily, and the PS FAIL LED is not lit.

See

Table 98 on page 231 .

13.

Repeat steps 1-12 for installing power supplies in slots 1, 2, and 3, where present

Table 102: MX960 High-Capacity AC Power Supply LEDs

LEDs

Connected

Inputs

DIP Switch

Position AC-1 OK AC-2 OK DC OK PS FAIL

0 (1 input) Green Off Green Off PDM connected, power supply disconnected

PDM disconnected, power supply connected

0 (1 input) Off Green Green Off

PDM connected,

PS connected

PDM connected,

PS disconnected

0 (1 input)

1 (2 inputs)

PDM disconnected, PS connected

1 (2 inputs)

Green

Off

Green

Off

Green

PDM connected,

PS connected

1 (2 inputs) Green Green

NOTE: PDM in the above table stands for Power Distribution Module.

Green

Off

Green

Off

Red

Off

483

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Documentation

•

•

Troubleshooting Components on page 487

PART 6

Troubleshooting Hardware

•

485

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

CHAPTER 31

Troubleshooting Components

•

Troubleshooting Resources for MX960 Routers on page 487

•

Troubleshooting the MX960 Cooling System on page 490

•

•

•

•

•

•

Command-Line Interface on page 487

Troubleshooting Resources for MX960 Routers

•

•

Chassis and Interface Alarm Messages on page 488

•

Alarm Relay Contacts on page 488

•

Craft Interface LEDs on page 488

•

Component LEDs on page 489

•

Juniper Networks Technical Assistance Center on page 489

Command-Line Interface

The Junos OS command-line interface (CLI) is the primary tool for controlling and troubleshooting router hardware, the Junos OS, routing protocols, and network connectivity. CLI commands display information from routing tables, information specific to routing protocols, and information about network connectivity derived from the ping and traceroute utilities.

You enter CLI commands on one or more external management devices connected to ports on the Routing Engine.

For information about using the CLI to troubleshoot the Junos OS, see the appropriate

Junos OS configuration guide.

487

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Chassis and Interface Alarm Messages

When the Routing Engine detects an alarm condition, it lights the red or yellow alarm

LED on the craft interface as appropriate. To view a more detailed description of the alarm cause, issue the show chassis alarms command: user@host> show chassis alarms

There are two classes of alarm messages:

• Chassis alarms—Indicate a problem with a chassis component such as the cooling system or power supplies.

• Interface alarms—Indicate a problem with a specific network interface.

Alarm Relay Contacts

The craft interface has two alarm relay contacts for connecting the router to external alarm devices. Whenever a system condition triggers either the red or yellow alarm on the craft interface, the alarm relay contacts are also activated. The alarm relay contacts are located on the upper right of the craft interface.

Craft Interface LEDs

The craft interface is the panel on the front of the router located above the DPC cards that contains LEDs and buttons that allow you to troubleshoot the router.

LEDs on the craft interface include the following:

• Alarm LEDs—One large red circular LED and one large yellow triangular LED, located on the upper right of the craft interface, indicate two levels of alarm conditions. The circular red LED lights to indicate a critical condition that can result in a system shutdown. The triangular yellow LED lights to indicate a less severe condition that requires monitoring or maintenance. Both LEDs can be lit simultaneously. A condition that causes an alarm LED to light also activates the corresponding alarm relay contact on the craft interface.

• Host subsystem LEDs—Three LEDs, MASTER , ONLINE , and OFFLINE , indicate the status of the host subsystem. A green MASTER LED indicates that the host is functioning as the master. The ONLINE LED indicates that the host is online. The OFFLINE LED indicates that the host is installed but the routing engine is offline. The host subsystem LEDs are located on the left of the craft interface and are labeled RE0 and RE1 .

• Power supply LEDs—Two LEDs ( PEM ) indicate the status of each power supply. Green indicates that the power supply is functioning normally. Red indicates that the power supply is not functioning normally. The power supply LEDs are located in the center craft interface, and are labeled 0 through 3 .

• Line card LEDs—Two LEDs, OK and FAIL , indicate the status of each DPC, FPC, or MPC.

Green indicates OK and red indicates a failure. The line card LEDs are located along the bottom of the craft interface.

Chapter 31: Troubleshooting Components

• SCB LEDs—Two LEDs, OK and FAIL , indicate the status of each SCB. Green indicates

OK and red indicates a failure. The SCB LEDs are located on the left of the craft interface along the bottom.

• Fan LEDs—Two LEDs indicate the status of the fans. Green indicates the fans are functioning normally and red indicates a fan has failed. The fan LEDs are located on the upper left of the craft interface.

Component LEDs

The following LEDs are located on various router components and display the status of those components:

• DPC LED—One LED labeled OK/FAIL on each DPC faceplate indicates the DPC's status.

For more information, see the MX Series Interface Module Reference .

• FPC LED—One LED labeled OK/FAIL on each FPC faceplate indicates the FPC's status.

• MPC LED—One LED labeled OK/FAIL on each FPC faceplate indicates the FPC's status.

• MIC LED—One LED labeled OK/FAIL on each MIC faceplate indicates the MIC's status.

For more information, see the MX Series Interface Module Reference .

• PIC LED—One LED labeled OK/FAIL on each PIC faceplate indicates the PIC's status.

For more information, see the MX Series Interface Module Reference .

• SCB LEDs—Three LEDs, labeled FABRIC ACTIVE , FABRIC ONLY , and OK/FAIL , on each

SCB faceplate indicate the status of the SCB. If no LEDs are lit, the master RE might still be booting or the SCB is not receiving power.

• Routing Engine LEDs—Four LEDs, labeled MASTER , HDD , ONLINE , and FAIL on each

Routing Engine faceplate indicate the status of the Routing Engine and hard disk drive.

• Power supply LEDs—Two LEDs on each power supply faceplate indicate the status of that power supply.

Juniper Networks Technical Assistance Center

If you need assistance during troubleshooting, you can contact the Juniper Networks

Technical Assistance Center (JTAC) by using the Web or by telephone.

Documentation

•

Troubleshooting the MX960 Cooling System on page 490

•

•

•

•

•

•

MX960 Alarm LEDs and Alarm Cutoff/Lamp Test Button on page 16

489

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Troubleshooting the MX960 Cooling System

Problem Description: The fans in a fan tray are not functioning normally.

Solution Follow these guidelines to troubleshoot the fans:

• Check the fan LEDs and alarm LEDs on the craft interface.

• If the red alarm LED on the craft interface lights, use the CLI to get information about the source of an alarm condition: user@host> show chassis alarms .

If the CLI output lists only one fan failure, and the other fans are functioning normally, the fan is most likely faulty and you must replace the fan tray.

• Place your hand near the exhaust vents at the side of the chassis to determine whether the fans are pushing air out of the chassis.

• If a fan tray is removed, a yellow alarm and a red alarm occur.

• The following conditions automatically cause the fans to run at full speed and also trigger the indicated alarm:

• A fan fails (red alarm).

• The router temperature exceeds the “temperature warm” threshold (yellow alarm).

• The temperature of the router exceeds the maximum (“temperature hot”) threshold

(red alarm and automatic shutdown of the power supplies).

Documentation

•

•

•

•

MX960 Dense Port Concentrator Description on page 53

Troubleshooting the MX960 DPCs

Problem Description: The DPCs are not functioning normally.

Chapter 31: Troubleshooting Components

Solution • Monitor the green LED labeled OK above the DPC on the craft interface as soon as a

DPC is seated in an operating router.

The Routing Engine downloads the DPC software to it under two conditions: the DPC is present when the Routing Engine boots Junos OS, and the DPC is installed and requested online through the CLI or push button on the front panel. The DPC then runs diagnostics, during which the OK LED blinks. When the DPC is online and functioning normally, the OK LED lights green steadily.

• Make sure the DPC is properly seated in the midplane. Check that each ejector handle has been turned clockwise and is tight.

• Check the OK/FAIL LED on the DPC and OK and FAIL DPC LEDs on the craft interface.

When the DPC is online and functioning normally, the OK LED lights green steadily.

• Issue the show chassis fpc command to check the status of installed DPCs. As shown in the sample output, the value Online in the column labeled State indicates that the

DPC is functioning normally: user@host> show chassis fpc

Temp CPU Utilization (%) Memory Utilization (%)

Slot State (C) Total Interrupt DRAM (MB) Heap Buffer

0 Online 41 9 0 1024 15 57

1 Online 43 5 0 1024 16 57

2 Online 43 11 0 1024 16 57

3 Empty

4 Empty

5 Online 42 6 0 1024 16 57

NOTE: The show chassis fpc command displays the status of the DPCs.

For more detailed output, add the detail option. The following example does not specify a slot number, which is optional: user@host> show chassis fpc detail

Slot 2 information:

State Online

Temperature 22 degrees C / 71 degrees F

Total CPU DRAM 1024 MB

Total SRAM 256 MB

Total SDRAM 0 MB

Start time 2006-11-03 07:35:40 PST

Uptime 2 hours, 27 minutes, 1 second

Slot 4 information:

State Online

Temperature 22 degrees C / 71 degrees F

Total CPU DRAM 1024 MB

Total SRAM 256 MB

Total SDRAM 0 MB

Start time 2006-11-03 07:35:48 PST

Uptime 2 hours, 26 minutes, 53 seconds

Slot 7 information:

State Online

Temperature 24 degrees C / 75 degrees F

491

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Total CPU DRAM 1024 MB

Total SRAM 256 MB

Total SDRAM 0 MB

Start time 2006-11-03 07:35:53 PST

Uptime 2 hours, 26 minutes, 48 seconds

For further description of the output from the commands, see the Junos OS

Administration Library .

Documentation

•

•

Installing an MX960 DPC on page 271

•

Troubleshooting the MX960 FPCs

Problem Description: The FPCs are not functioning normally.

Solution • Monitor the green LED labeled OK above the FPC on the craft interface as soon as an

FPC is seated in an operating router.

The Routing Engine downloads the FPC software to it under two conditions: the FPC is present when the Routing Engine boots Junos OS, and the FPC is installed and requested online through the CLI or push button on the front panel. The FPC then runs diagnostics, during which the OK LED blinks. When the FPC is online and functioning normally, the OK LED lights green steadily.

• Make sure the FPC is properly seated in the midplane. Check that each ejector handle has been turned clockwise and is tight.

• Check the OK/FAIL LED on the FPC and OK and FAIL FPC LEDs on the craft interface.

When the FPC is online and functioning normally, the OK LED lights green steadily.

• Issue the show chassis fpc command to check the status of installed FPCs. As shown in the sample output, the value Online in the column labeled State indicates that the

FPC is functioning normally: user@host> show chassis fpc

Temp CPU Utilization (%) Memory Utilization (%)

Slot State (C) Total Interrupt DRAM (MB) Heap Buffer

0 Online 24 3 0 1024 13 21

1 Empty

2 Online 41 9 0 1024 15 57

3 Online 43 5 0 1024 16 57

4 Online 43 11 0 1024 16 57

5 Online 41 9 0 1024 15 57

6 Online 43 5 0 1024 16 57

7 Empty

8 Empty

9 Empty

10 Online 24 3 0 1024 13 21

11 Empty

Chapter 31: Troubleshooting Components

NOTE: The show chassis fpc command displays the status of the FPCs.

For more detailed output, add the detail option. The following example does not specify a slot number, which is optional: user@host> show chassis fpc detail

Slot 0 information:

State Online

Temperature 24 degrees C / 75 degrees F

Total CPU DRAM 1024 MB

Total RLDRAM 128 MB

Total DDR DRAM 2048 MB

Start time: 2008-12-11 16:53:24 PST

Uptime: 15 hours, 2 minutes, 47 seconds

Slot 2 information:

State Online

Temperature 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F

Total CPU DRAM 1024 MB

Total RLDRAM 256 MB

Total DDR DRAM 4096 MB

Start time: 2008-12-11 16:53:18 PST

Uptime: 15 hours, 2 minutes, 53 seconds

Slot 3 information:

State Online

Temperature 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F

Total CPU DRAM 1024 MB

Total RLDRAM 256 MB

Total DDR DRAM 4096 MB

Start time: 2008-12-11 16:53:18 PST

Uptime: 15 hours, 2 minutes, 53 seconds

Slot 4 information:

State Online

Temperature 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F

Total CPU DRAM 1024 MB

Total RLDRAM 256 MB

Total DDR DRAM 4096 MB

Start time: 2008-12-11 16:53:18 PST

Uptime: 15 hours, 2 minutes, 53 seconds

Slot 5 information:

State Online

Temperature 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F

Total CPU DRAM 1024 MB

Total RLDRAM 256 MB

Total DDR DRAM 4096 MB

Start time: 2008-12-11 16:53:22 PST

Uptime: 15 hours, 2 minutes, 49 seconds

Slot 6 information:

State Online

Temperature 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F

Total CPU DRAM 1024 MB

Total RLDRAM 256 MB

Total DDR DRAM 4096 MB

Start time: 2008-12-11 16:53:18 PST

Uptime: 15 hours, 2 minutes, 53 seconds

Slot 10 information:

State Online

Temperature 24 degrees C / 75 degrees F

493

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Total CPU DRAM 1024 MB

Total RLDRAM 128 MB

Total DDR DRAM 2048 MB

Start time: 2008-12-11 16:53:24 PST

Uptime: 15 hours, 2 minutes, 47 seconds

For further description of the output from the commands, see the Junos OS

Administration Library .

Documentation

•

•

MX960 Flexible PIC Concentrator (FPC) LEDs on page 65

•

•

•

Troubleshooting the MX960 PICs

Problem Description: The PICs are not functioning normally.

Solution • Check the status of each port on a PIC by looking at the LED located on the PIC faceplate. For information about the meaning of LED states on different PICs, see the

MX Series Interface Module Reference .

• Check the status of a PIC by issuing the show chassis fpc pic-status CLI command. The

PIC slots in the FPC are numbered from 0 through 1 , top to bottom: user@host> show chassis fpc pic-status

Slot 0 Online DPC 40x 1GE R

PIC 0 Online 10x 1GE(LAN)

PIC 1 Online 10x 1GE(LAN)

PIC 2 Online 10x 1GE(LAN)

PIC 3 Online 10x 1GE(LAN)

Slot 1 Online MX FPC Type 3

PIC 0 Online 1x OC-192 SONET

PIC 1 Online 1x OC-192 SONET

For further description of the output from the command, see the CLI Explorer .

Documentation

•

•

•

•

MX960 Modular Interface Card Description on page 82

Chapter 31: Troubleshooting Components

Troubleshooting the MX960 MICs

Problem Description: The MICs are not functioning normally.

Solution • Check the status of each port on a MIC by looking at the LED located on the MIC faceplate. For information about the meaning of LED states on different MICs, see the

MX Series Ethernet Services Routers Line Card Guide .

• Check the status of a MIC by issuing the show chassis fpc pic-status CLI command. The

MIC slots in the MPC are labeled PIC 0/1 and PIC 2/3 , top to bottom: user@host> show chassis fpc pic-status

Slot 0 Online DPCE 4x 10GE R EQ

PIC 0 Online 1x 10GE(LAN/WAN) EQ

PIC 1 Online 1x 10GE(LAN/WAN) EQ

PIC 2 Online 1x 10GE(LAN/WAN) EQ

PIC 3 Online 1x 10GE(LAN/WAN) EQ

Slot 1 Online DPCE 40x 1GE R EQ

PIC 0 Online 10x 1GE(LAN) EQ

PIC 1 Online 10x 1GE(LAN) EQ

PIC 2 Online 10x 1GE(LAN) EQ

PIC 3 Online 10x 1GE(LAN) EQ

Slot 2 Online MS-DPC

PIC 0 Online MS-DPC PIC

PIC 1 Online MS-DPC PIC

Slot 3 Online MPC Type 2 3D EQ

PIC 0 Online 1x 10GE XFP

PIC 1 Online 1x 10GE XFP

Slot 4 Online MPC 3D 16x 10GE

PIC 0 Online 4x 10GE(LAN) SFP+

PIC 1 Online 4x 10GE(LAN) SFP+

PIC 2 Online 4x 10GE(LAN) SFP+

PIC 3 Online 4x 10GE(LAN) SFP+

Slot 6 Online MX960 40GE DPC

PIC 0 Online 10x 1GE

PIC 1 Online 10x 1GE

PIC 2 Online 10x 1GE

PIC 3 Online 10x 1GE

Slot 10 Online MPC 3D 16x 10GE

PIC 0 Online 4x 10GE(LAN) SFP+

PIC 1 Online 4x 10GE(LAN) SFP+

PIC 2 Online 4x 10GE(LAN) SFP+

PIC 3 Online 4x 10GE(LAN) SFP+

For further description of the output from the command, see the CLI Explorer .

Documentation

•

•

•

MX960 Modular Port Concentrator Description on page 89

495

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Troubleshooting the MX960 MPCs

Problem Description: The MPCs are not functioning normally.

Solution • Monitor the green LED labeled OK above the MPC on the craft interface as soon as an

MPC is seated in an operating router.

The Routing Engine downloads the MPC software to it under two conditions: The MPC is present when the Routing Engine boots Junos OS, and the MPC is installed and requested online through the CLI or push button on the front panel. The MPC then runs diagnostics, during which the OK LED blinks. When the MPC is online and functioning normally, the OK LED lights green steadily.

• Make sure the MPC is properly seated in the midplane. Check that each ejector handle has been turned clockwise and is tight.

• Check the OK/FAIL LED on the MPC and OK and FAIL line card LEDs on the craft interface. When the MPC is online and functioning normally, the OK LED lights green steadily.

• Issue the show chassis fpc command to check the status of installed MPCs. As shown in the sample output, the value Online in the column labeled State indicates that the

MPC is functioning normally: user@host> show chassis fpc

Temp CPU Utilization (%) Memory Utilization (%)

Slot State (C) Total Interrupt DRAM (MB) Heap Buffer

0 Online 36 3 0 2048 14 13

1 Online 40 5 0 2048 26 13

2 Online 41 6 0 1024 7 43

3 Online 43 5 0 1024 16 57

4 Online 24 3 0 1024 13 21

5 Empty

6 Online 43 5 0 1024 16 57

7 Empty

8 Empty

9 Empty

10 Online 24 3 0 1024 13 21

11 Empty

NOTE: The show chassis fpc command displays the status of the MPCs.

For more detailed output, add the detail option. The following example does not specify a slot number, which is optional: user@host> show chassis fpc detail

Slot 0 information:

State Online

Temperature 33 degrees C / 91 degrees F

Total CPU DRAM 1024 MB

Total RLDRAM 256 MB

Chapter 31: Troubleshooting Components

Total DDR DRAM 4096 MB

Start time: 2009-12-22 12:26:54 PST

Uptime: 6 days, 3 hours, 8 minutes, 51 seconds

Max Power Consumption 330 Watts

Slot 1 information:

State Online

Temperature 32 degrees C / 89 degrees F

Total CPU DRAM 1024 MB

Total RLDRAM 256 MB

Total DDR DRAM 4096 MB

Start time: 2009-12-22 12:26:54 PST

Uptime: 6 days, 3 hours, 8 minutes, 51 seconds

Max Power Consumption 365 Watts

Slot 2 information:

State Online

Temperature 41 degrees C / 105 degrees F

Total CPU DRAM 1024 MB

Total RLDRAM 128 MB

Total DDR DRAM 2048 MB

Start time: 2009-12-22 12:26:46 PST

Uptime: 6 days, 3 hours, 8 minutes, 59 seconds

Max Power Consumption 265 Watts

Slot 3 information:

State Online

Temperature 36 degrees C / 96 degrees F

Total CPU DRAM 2048 MB

Total RLDRAM 806 MB

Total DDR DRAM 2632 MB

Start time: 2009-12-22 12:27:04 PST

Uptime: 6 days, 3 hours, 8 minutes, 41 seconds

Max Power Consumption 450 Watts

Slot 4 information:

State Online

Temperature 40 degrees C / 104 degrees F

Total CPU DRAM 2048 MB

Total RLDRAM 1324 MB

Total DDR DRAM 5120 MB

Start time: 2009-12-22 12:27:02 PST

Uptime: 6 days, 3 hours, 8 minutes, 43 seconds

Max Power Consumption 440 Watts

Slot 6 information:

State Online

Temperature 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F

Total CPU DRAM 1024 MB

Total RLDRAM 256 MB

Total DDR DRAM 4096 MB

Start time: 2008-12-11 16:53:18 PST

Uptime: 15 hours, 2 minutes, 53 seconds

Max Power Consumption 365 Watts

Slot 10 information:

State Online

Temperature 24 degrees C / 75 degrees F

Total CPU DRAM 1024 MB

Total RLDRAM 128 MB

Total DDR DRAM 2048 MB

Start time: 2008-12-11 16:53:24 PST

497

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Uptime: 15 hours, 2 minutes, 47 seconds

Max Power Consumption 440 Watts

For further description of the output from the commands, see the Junos OS

Administration Library .

Documentation

•

•

•

Troubleshooting the MX960 Power System

Problem Description: The power system is not functioning normally.

Solution • Check the LEDs on each power supply faceplate.

• If an AC power supply is correctly installed and functioning normally, the AC OK and

DC OK LED’s light steadily, and the PS FAIL LED is not lit.

• If a DC power supply is correctly installed and functioning normally, the PWR_OK ,

INPUT OK , and BREAKER ON LED’s light steadily.

• Issue the CLI show chassis environment pem command to check the status of installed power supply modules. As shown in the sample output, the value Online in the rows labeled State indicates that each power supply is functioning normally: user@host> show chassis environment pem

PEM 0 status:

State Online

Temperature OK

DC output OK

PEM 1 status:

State Online

Temperature OK

DC output OK

If a power supply is not functioning normally, perform the following steps to diagnose and correct the problem:

• If a red alarm condition occurs, issue the show chassis alarms command to determine the source of the problem.

• Check that the AC input switch ( — ) or DC circuit breaker ( | ) is in the on position and that the power supply is receiving power.

• Verify that the source circuit breaker has the proper current rating. Each power supply must be connected to a separate source circuit breaker.

• Verify that the AC power cord or DC power cables from the power source to the router are not damaged. If the insulation is cracked or broken, immediately replace the cord or cable.

Chapter 31: Troubleshooting Components

• Connect the power supply to a different power source with a new power cord or power cables. If the power supply status LEDs indicate that the power supply is not operating normally, the power supply is the source of the problem. Replace the power supply with a spare.

• If all power supplies have failed, the system temperature might have exceeded the threshold, causing the system to shut down.

NOTE: If the system temperature exceeds the threshold, the Junos OS shuts down all power supplies so that no status is displayed.

The Junos OS also can shut down one of the power supplies for other reasons. In this case, the remaining power supplies provide power to the router, and you can still view the system status through the CLI or display.

To restart a high-capacity AC power supply after a shut down due to an over-temperature situation:

Move the power switch on the power supply to the off (o) position.

Turn off power to where the AC line goes into the power distribution module (PDM) area.

Wait for the power supply LEDs to fade out and for the fans inside the power supply to shutdown. This can take up to 10 seconds.

CAUTION: Do not attempt to power-on the power supply if the LED is still lit and the fan is still running. If you do, the router will not reboot.

Turn on power to where the AC line goes into the power distribution module (PDM) area.

Move the power switch on the power supply to the on (|) position.

Verify that the LEDs on the power supply faceplate are properly lit.

Issue the CLI show chassis environment pem command and verify the State is ONLINE and the Temperature is OK .

499

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

To restart a high-capacity DC power supply after a shut down due to an over-temperature situation:

Switch off the circuit breaker(s) on the DC distribution panel to remove power to the chassis and power supplies.

Switch on the circuit breaker(s) on the distribution panel to power up the chassis and power supplies.

NOTE: The power switch on the power supplies is not part of the outer or inner DC circuits and therefore does not need to be switched off when restarting the chassis.

NOTE: If output power is not load-balancing correctly in the same zone on an MX960 with a high-capacity AC or DC power supply module, connect two feeds and change the DIP switch to 1 to boost the voltage on the power supply module.

Chapter 31: Troubleshooting Components

Each High Capacity AC or DC power supply accepts two AC or DC feeds in two unique

AC or DC receptacles. It is possible to operate with one feed, but there is a reduction in the power supply output. The DIP switch must be set according to the number of AC or

DC feeds that are present for the power supply.

Figure 187: MX960 AC Power Input Mode Switch

• Position – 0 indicates that only one AC or DC feed is provided.

• Position – 1 indicates that two AC or DC feeds are provided.

To check the DIP switch position:

Issue the show chassis power command and check to see how many feeds are connected. The following example shows there are two AC input feeds connected for PEM 0 and one AC input feed connected for PEM 1. This indicates that the DIP switch for PEM 0 is in position 1 and the DIP switch for PEM 1 is in position 0. These are the proper settings.

# run show chassis power

PEM 0:

State: Online

AC input: OK (2 feed expected, 2 feed connected)

Capacity: 4100 W (maximum 4100 W)

DC output: 855 W (zone 0, 15 A at 57 V, 20% of capacity)

PEM 1:

State: Online

AC input: OK (1 feed expected, 1 feed connected)

Capacity: 1700 W (maximum 4100 W)

DC output: 969 W (zone 1, 17 A at 57 V, 57% of capacity)

Issue the show chassis alarms command to see if there are any active alarms on the

DIP switch:

> show chassis alarms

501

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

4 alarms currently active

Alarm time Class Description 2013-01-11 14:48:26 UTC Minor PEM 0 Dipswitch 0

Feed Connection 2

If the show chassis alarms output shows an alarm on Dipswitch , issue the show chassis power command to check the DIP switch position.

# run show chassis power

PEM 0:

State: Online

AC input: OK (1 feed expected, 2 feed connected)

Capacity: 4100 W (maximum 4100 W)

DC output: 855 W (zone 0, 15 A at 57 V, 20% of capacity)

In this example, the DIP switch is in the wrong position since there is one AC feed expected but two AC feeds are connected. Change the DIP switch to position 1. This should clear the alarm.

NOTE: Changing the DIP switch position does not impact traffic. However, it is always recommended to do so in a maintenance window.

Documentation

•

•

•

•

Troubleshooting Resources for MX960 Routers on page 487

•

PART 7

Contacting Customer Support and

Returning the Chassis or Components

•

Locating Component Serial Numbers on page 507

•

•

Packing and Returning Components on page 523

•

Safety and Compliance Information on page 529

503

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

CHAPTER 32

Contacting Customer Support

•

Returning a Hardware Component to Juniper Networks, Inc. on page 527

Contacting Customer Support

You can contact Juniper Networks Technical Assistance Center (JTAC) 24 hours a day,

7 days a week in one of the following ways:

• On the Web, using the Case Manager link at: http://www.juniper.net/support/

• By telephone:

From the US and Canada: 1-888-314-JTAC

From all other locations: 1-408-745-9500

If contacting JTAC by phone, enter your 11-digit case number followed by the # key if this is an existing case, or press the * key to be routed to the next available support engineer.

When requesting support from JTAC by telephone, be prepared to provide the following information:

• Your existing case number, if you have one

• Details of the failure or problem

• Type of activity being performed on the platform when the problem occurred

• Configuration data using one or more of the show commands

Documentation

•

505

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

CHAPTER 33

Locating Component Serial Numbers

•

Displaying MX960 Router Components and Serial Numbers on page 507

•

MX960 Routing Engine Serial Number Label on page 509

•

MX960 Chassis Serial Number Label on page 510

•

MX960 Craft Interface Serial Number Label on page 511

•

MX960 Fan Tray Serial Number Label on page 512

•

MX960 Power Supply Serial Number Labels on page 512

•

MX960 MIC Serial Number Label on page 514

•

MX960 MPC Serial Number Label on page 515

•

MX960 FPC Serial Number Label on page 517

•

•

MX960 DPC Serial Number Label on page 518

•

MX960 SCB Serial Number Label on page 519

•

Contacting Customer Support on page 520

Displaying MX960 Router Components and Serial Numbers

Before contacting Juniper Networks, Inc. to request a Return Materials Authorization

(RMA), you must find the serial number on the router or component. To display all of the router components and their serial numbers, enter the following command-line interface

(CLI) command: user@host> show chassis hardware

Hardware inventory:

Item Version Part number Serial number Description

Chassis JN107FC5DAFA MX960

Midplane REV 02 710-013698 CC6220 MX960 Midplane

FPM Board REV 01 710-014974 JS4208 MX960 Front Panel Displ ay

PIM Rev 02 740-013110 QCS10375009 Power Inlet Module

PEM 0 Rev 01 740-013682 QCS10374009 PS 1.7kW; 200-240VAC in

PEM 1 Rev 01 740-013682 QCS10374029 PS 1.7kW; 200-240VAC in

Routing Engine 0 REV 02 740-013063 1000639065 RE-S-2000

Routing Engine 1 REV 04 740-013063 1000664335 RE-S-2000

CB 0 REV 02.6 710-013385 JM7908 MX960 SCB

CB 1 REV 03 710-013385 JS9412 MX960 SCB

FPC 2 REV 03 710-013699 JS4284 MX960 40GE DPC

507

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

508

CPU REV 04 710-013713 JS9401 MX960 DPC PMB

PIC 0 BUILTIN BUILTIN 10x 1GE

Xcvr 0 REV 01 740-011613 P9F1ANQ SFP-SX

Xcvr 1 REV 01 740-011613 P9F1ANB SFP-SX

Xcvr 2 REV 01 740-011613 P9F18GT SFP-SX

Xcvr 3 REV 01 740-011613 P9F1AP1 SFP-SX

Xcvr 4 REV 01 740-011613 P9F1ANF SFP-SX

Xcvr 5 REV 01 740-011613 P9F1ANK SFP-SX

Xcvr 6 REV 01 740-011613 P9F1AP2 SFP-SX

Xcvr 7 REV 01 740-011613 P9F1ALL SFP-SX

Xcvr 8 REV 01 740-011613 P9F1ANM SFP-SX

Xcvr 9 REV 01 740-011613 P9F1ANU SFP-SX

PIC 1 BUILTIN BUILTIN 10x 1GE

Xcvr 0 REV 01 740-011613 P9F18HA SFP-SX

Xcvr 1 REV 01 740-011613 P9F18GY SFP-SX

Xcvr 2 REV 01 740-011613 P9F18GL SFP-SX

Xcvr 3 REV 01 740-011613 P9F18H3 SFP-SX

Xcvr 4 REV 01 740-011613 P9F18GQ SFP-SX

Xcvr 5 REV 01 740-011613 P9F18GX SFP-SX

Xcvr 6 REV 01 740-011613 P9F18GK SFP-SX

Xcvr 7 REV 01 740-011613 P9F18H7 SFP-SX

Xcvr 8 REV 01 740-011613 P9F13JV SFP-SX

Xcvr 9 REV 01 740-011613 P9F18GF SFP-SX

PIC 2 BUILTIN BUILTIN 10x 1GE

Xcvr 0 NON-JNPR P5A08SR SFP-T

Xcvr 1 REV 01 740-007327 435040B00332 SFP-LX

Xcvr 2 REV 01 740-011782 P8J1SZ4 SFP-SX

Xcvr 3 REV 01 740-011782 P8J1SYH SFP-SX

Xcvr 4 REV 01 740-011613 P9F18HB SFP-SX

Xcvr 5 REV 01 740-011613 P9F1AN9 SFP-SX

PIC 3 BUILTIN BUILTIN 10x 1GE

Xcvr 0 REV 01 740-011613 P9F18GE SFP-SX

Xcvr 1 REV 01 740-011613 P9F18GW SFP-SX

Xcvr 2 REV 01 740-011613 P9F18H0 SFP-SX

Xcvr 3 REV 01 740-011613 P9F18GG SFP-SX

Xcvr 4 REV 01 740-011613 P9F18GD SFP-SX

Xcvr 5 REV 01 740-013111 60882058 SFP-T

Xcvr 6 REV 01 740-011613 P9F18GN SFP-SX

Xcvr 8 REV 01 740-011613 P9F18GV SFP-SX

Xcvr 9 REV 01 740-011613 P9F18H5 SFP-SX

FPC 4 REV 04 710-014219 JS4980 MX960 4 XGE DPC

CPU REV 03 710-013713 JS4164 MX960 DPC PMB

PIC 0 BUILTIN BUILTIN 1x 10GE(LAN/WAN)

Xcvr 0 NON-JNPR K9J02RS XFP-10G-LR

PIC 1 BUILTIN BUILTIN 1x 10GE(LAN/WAN)

Xcvr 0 NON-JNPR K9J03CY XFP-10G-LR

PIC 2 BUILTIN BUILTIN 1x 10GE(LAN/WAN)

Xcvr 0 REV 01 740-014279 62E204N00004 XFP-10G-LR

PIC 3 BUILTIN BUILTIN 1x 10GE(LAN/WAN)

FPC 7 REV 04 710-014219 JW7120 MX960 4 XGE DPC

CPU REV 04 710-013713 JS4236 MX960 DPC PMB

PIC 0 BUILTIN BUILTIN 1x 10GE(LAN/WAN)

Xcvr 0 NON-JNPR K9J02T3 XFP-10G-LR

PIC 1 BUILTIN BUILTIN 1x 10GE(LAN/WAN)

Xcvr 0 NON-JNPR K9J03BQ XFP-10G-LR

PIC 2 BUILTIN BUILTIN 1x 10GE(LAN/WAN)

Xcvr 0 NON-JNPR K9J03DA XFP-10G-LR

PIC 3 BUILTIN BUILTIN 1x 10GE(LAN/WAN)

Xcvr 0 NON-JNPR K9J02Q0 XFP-10G-LR

Fan Tray 0 REV 01 740-014971 FT0655 MX960 Fan Tray

Fan Tray 1 REV 01 740-014971 FT0653 MX960 Fan Tray

Chapter 33: Locating Component Serial Numbers

Most components also have a small rectangular serial number ID label (see

Figure 188 on page 509

) attached to the component body.

Figure 188: Serial Number ID Label

Documentation

•

MX960 Chassis Serial Number Label on page 510

•

MX960 Craft Interface Serial Number Label on page 511

•

MX960 DPC Serial Number Label on page 518

•

MX960 FPC Serial Number Label on page 517

•

MX960 MPC Serial Number Label on page 515

•

•

MX960 MIC Serial Number Label on page 514

•

MX960 Power Supply Serial Number Labels on page 512

•

MX960 Routing Engine Serial Number Label on page 509

•

MX960 SCB Serial Number Label on page 519

MX960 Routing Engine Serial Number Label

The serial number label is located on the left side of the top of the Routing Engine (see

Figure 189 on page 509

and

Figure 190 on page 510 ).

Figure 189: Routing Engine Serial Number Label

Serial number ID label

AAAA0000

509

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Figure 190: RE-S-X6-64G Routing Engine Serial Number Label

Documentation

•

Displaying MX960 Router Components and Serial Numbers on page 507

•

•

Returning a Hardware Component to Juniper Networks, Inc. on page 527

•

•

Guidelines for Packing Hardware Components for Shipment on page 524

MX960 Chassis Serial Number Label

The chassis serial number is located on the side of the chassis (see

Figure 191 on page 511 ).

Chapter 33: Locating Component Serial Numbers

Figure 191: MX960 Chassis Serial Number Label

OK FAIL

ONLINE

FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

PEM 0 1 2 3

OK FAIL

ONLINE

FAN

OK FAIL

ONLINE

MASTER

ONLINE

RE0

OK FAIL

OFFLINE

RE1

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

2 6

ONLINE

YELL M

ACO/LT

OK FAIL

ONLINE

FAIL

NC C NO

OK FAIL

C NO

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

Documentation

•

Displaying MX960 Router Components and Serial Numbers on page 507

•

MX960 Craft Interface Serial Number Label on page 511

•

MX960 DPC Serial Number Label on page 518

•

MX960 FPC Serial Number Label on page 517

•

MX960 MPC Serial Number Label on page 515

•

•

MX960 MIC Serial Number Label on page 514

•

MX960 Power Supply Serial Number Labels on page 512

•

MX960 Routing Engine Serial Number Label on page 509

•

MX960 SCB Serial Number Label on page 519

MX960 Craft Interface Serial Number Label

The serial number is located on the back of the craft interface panel (see

Figure 192 on page 512 ).

511

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Figure 192: Craft Interface Serial Number Label

Serial number ID label

AA1234

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

PEM 0 1 2 3

OK FAIL

ONLINE

FAN

OK FAIL

ONLINE

MASTER

RE0

OK FAIL

ONLINE

OFFLINE

RE1

FAIL

ONLINE

FAIL

2 6

ONLINE

FAIL

ONLINE

ACO/LT

YELLOW ALARM

RED ALARM

OK FAIL

NC C

NO NC

OK FAIL

C NO

ONLINE

OK FAIL

ONLINE

FAIL

ONLINE

Documentation

•

Displaying MX960 Router Components and Serial Numbers on page 507

•

•

Returning a Hardware Component to Juniper Networks, Inc. on page 527

•

•

Guidelines for Packing Hardware Components for Shipment on page 524

MX960 Fan Tray Serial Number Label

The serial number is located on the top left-hand corner of the fan tray, near the captive thumbscrew (see

Figure 193 on page 512 ).

Figure 193: MX960 Fan Tray Serial Number Label

Serial number ID label

AA1234

Documentation

•

Displaying MX960 Router Components and Serial Numbers on page 507

•

•

Returning a Hardware Component to Juniper Networks, Inc. on page 527

•

•

Guidelines for Packing Hardware Components for Shipment on page 524

MX960 Power Supply Serial Number Labels

The serial number label is located on the AC power supply faceplate under the on/off switch (see

Figure 194 on page 513 ).

Chapter 33: Locating Component Serial Numbers

The serial number label is located on the DC power supply faceplate under the circuit breaker switch (see

Figure 195 on page 513 ).

Figure 194: AC Power Supply Serial Number Label

Figure 195: DC Power Supply Serial Number Label

Documentation

•

•

Displaying MX960 Router Components and Serial Numbers on page 507

•

•

Returning a Hardware Component to Juniper Networks, Inc. on page 527

•

•

Guidelines for Packing Hardware Components for Shipment on page 524

513

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

MX960 MIC Serial Number Label

The serial number label location varies per MIC (see

Figure 197 on page 514

and

Figure 198 on page 515

). The exact location may be slightly different on different MICs, depending on the placement of components on the MIC board (see

Figure 196 on page 514 ,

Figure 197 on page 514

Figure 198 on page 515

, and

Figure 199 on page 515

Figure 196: 2-Port MIC Serial Number Label Figure 197: 4-Port MIC Serial Number Label

Serial number

ID label

Serial number

ID label

Chapter 33: Locating Component Serial Numbers

Figure 198: 20-Port MIC Serial Number Label Figure 199: 40-Port MIC Serial Number Label

Serial number

ID label

Serial number

ID label

Documentation

•

Displaying MX960 Router Components and Serial Numbers on page 507

•

•

Returning a Hardware Component to Juniper Networks, Inc. on page 527

•

•

Guidelines for Packing Hardware Components for Shipment on page 524

MX960 MPC Serial Number Label

The serial number label is near the connectors located on the left side of the MPC when it is oriented vertically (see

Figure 200 on page 516 ).

515

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Figure 200: MPC Serial Number Label

Serial number ID label (yellow, on opposite side)

Documentation

•

Displaying MX960 Router Components and Serial Numbers on page 507

•

•

Returning a Hardware Component to Juniper Networks, Inc. on page 527

•

•

Guidelines for Packing Hardware Components for Shipment on page 524

MX960 PIC Serial Number Label

The serial number label is located on the right side of the PIC (see

Figure 201 on page 517 ),

when the PIC is vertically oriented (as it would be installed in the router). The exact location may be slightly different on different PICs, depending on the placement of components on the PIC board.

Figure 201: PIC Serial Number Label

Chapter 33: Locating Component Serial Numbers

Documentation

•

Displaying MX960 Router Components and Serial Numbers on page 507

•

•

Returning a Hardware Component to Juniper Networks, Inc. on page 527

•

•

Guidelines for Packing Hardware Components for Shipment on page 524

MX960 FPC Serial Number Label

The serial number label is located on the center of the right side of the FPC (see

Figure 202 on page 518 ).

517

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Figure 202: FPC Serial Number Label

Serial number ID label

AA1234

Documentation

•

Displaying MX960 Router Components and Serial Numbers on page 507

•

•

Returning a Hardware Component to Juniper Networks, Inc. on page 527

•

•

Guidelines for Packing Hardware Components for Shipment on page 524

MX960 DPC Serial Number Label

The serial number label is located on the center of the right side of the DPC (see

Figure 203 on page 519 ).

Chapter 33: Locating Component Serial Numbers

Figure 203: DPC Serial Number Label

1/0

TUNNEL

LINK

2/0

TUNNEL

LINK

3/0

TUNNEL

LINK

OK/FAIL

0/0

TUNNEL

LINK

Serial number

ID label

AA567 8

Documentation

•

Displaying MX960 Router Components and Serial Numbers on page 507

•

•

Returning a Hardware Component to Juniper Networks, Inc. on page 527

•

•

Guidelines for Packing Hardware Components for Shipment on page 524

MX960 SCB Serial Number Label

The serial number is located on the right side of the top of the SCB (see

Figure 204 on page 520 ).

519

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Figure 204: SCB Serial Number Label

Serial number

ID label

Documentation

•

Displaying MX960 Router Components and Serial Numbers on page 507

•

•

Returning a Hardware Component to Juniper Networks, Inc. on page 527

•

•

Guidelines for Packing Hardware Components for Shipment on page 524

Contacting Customer Support

You can contact Juniper Networks Technical Assistance Center (JTAC) 24 hours a day,

7 days a week in one of the following ways:

• On the Web, using the Case Manager link at: http://www.juniper.net/support/

• By telephone:

From the US and Canada: 1-888-314-JTAC

From all other locations: 1-408-745-9500

If contacting JTAC by phone, enter your 11-digit case number followed by the # key if this is an existing case, or press the * key to be routed to the next available support engineer.

Chapter 33: Locating Component Serial Numbers

When requesting support from JTAC by telephone, be prepared to provide the following information:

• Your existing case number, if you have one

• Details of the failure or problem

• Type of activity being performed on the platform when the problem occurred

• Configuration data using one or more of the show commands

Documentation

•

Returning a Hardware Component to Juniper Networks, Inc. on page 527

521

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

CHAPTER 34

Packing and Returning Components

•

Contacting Customer Support to Obtain Return Material Authorization on page 523

•

Guidelines for Packing Hardware Components for Shipment on page 524

•

Packing the MX2020 Router for Shipment on page 524

•

Returning a Hardware Component to Juniper Networks, Inc. on page 527

Contacting Customer Support to Obtain Return Material Authorization

If you are returning a device or hardware component to Juniper Networks for repair or replacement, obtain a Return Material Authorization (RMA) number from Juniper Networks

Technical Assistance Center (JTAC).

After locating the serial number of the device or hardware component you want to return, open a Case with Juniper Networks Technical Assistance Center (JTAC) on the Web or by telephone.

Before you request an RMA number from JTAC, be prepared to provide the following information:

• Your existing case number, if you have one

• Serial number of the component

• Your name, organization name, telephone number, fax number, and shipping address

• Details of the failure or problem

• Type of activity being performed on the device when the problem occurred

• Configuration data displayed by one or more show commands

You can contact JTAC 24 hours a day, seven days a week on the Web or by telephone:

• Case Manager at CSC: http://www.juniper.net/cm/

• Telephone: +1-888-314-JTAC1-888-314-5822, toll free in U.S., Canada, and Mexico

NOTE: For international or direct-dial options in countries without toll free numbers, see http://www.juniper.net/support/requesting-support.html

523

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

If you are contacting JTAC by telephone, enter your 11-digit case number followed by the pound (#) key for an existing case, or press the star (*) key to be routed to the next available support engineer.

The support representative validates your request and issues an RMA number for return of the component.

Documentation

•

Prevention of Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 551

Guidelines for Packing Hardware Components for Shipment

To pack and ship individual components:

• When you return components, make sure they are adequately protected with packing materials and packed so that the pieces are prevented from moving around inside the carton.

• Use the original shipping materials if they are available.

• Place individual components in antistatic bags.

• Write the RMA number on the exterior of the box to ensure proper tracking.

CAUTION: Do not stack any of the hardware components.

Documentation

•

Returning a Hardware Component to Juniper Networks, Inc. on page 527

•

Packing the MX2020 Router for Shipment

To pack the router for shipment:

Retrieve the shipping crate and packing materials in which the router was originally shipped. If you do not have these materials, contact your Juniper Networks representative about approved packaging materials.

On the console or other management device connected to the master CB-RE, enter

CLI operational mode and issue the following command to shut down the router software. (If two CB-REs are installed, also issue the command on the backup CB-RE.) user@host> request system halt

Wait until a message appears on the console confirming that the operating system has halted.

For more information about the command, see the Junos OS System Basics and Services

Command Reference .

Chapter 34: Packing and Returning Components

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

Shut down power to the router by switching the AC or DC circuit breaker for all PDMs to the off ( O ) position.

Disconnect power from the router.

Remove the cables that connect to all external devices.

Remove all field replaceable units (FRUs) from the router.

Attach the front and rear shipping covers.

CAUTION: Apply force to any other parts of chassis other than the shipping covers can damage the chassis.

Remove the router from the rack.

• Using a pallet jack with attachment:

• Install the pallet jack attachment to a pallet jack. Position the pallet jack in front of the rack, and unscrew and remove the mounting screws from the front mounting flange on the rack.

NOTE: The pallet jack attachment fits only on a standard pallet jack.

The standard pallet jack is approximately 48 in. (121.92 cm) deep x

27 in. (68.58 cm) wide.

• A minimum of four people can then slide the router onto the pallet jack by using the handles on the shipping covers. Attach the four shipping brackets and hardware to the pallet jack attachment. Secure the brackets to the router chassis.

• Position the router in front of the shipping crate and raise the pallet jack.

525

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

• Remove the shipping brackets and hardware, and set them aside.

• Guide the router in the shipping crate.

Using a router transport kit:

• Position the router transport platform in front of the rack, and adjust the four leveling mounts using an 8 mm Allen wrench to align the platform with the bottom of the mounting shelf and the chassis.

• Unscrew and remove the mounting screws from the front mounting flange on the rack.

• A minimum of four people can then slide the router onto the router transport platform by using the handles on the shipping covers.

• Secure the four toggle latches to the router transport platform.

• Using a two person team, adjust the height on the router transport platform to install the router transport mounting plates and wheel assembly.

WARNING: Do not raise the router more than 1 in. (2.54 cm). Doing so can make the router unstable.

• Attach the router transport mounting plates and wheel assembly to both sides of the chassis using the captive screws, tighten to secure.

NOTE: You may have to adjust the wheel assembly to installed the router transport mounting plates.

• Using a two person team, crank the handles 4-5 times until the router is lifted approximately 1 in. (2.54 cm).

WARNING: Do not raise the router transport over the required limit.

Doing so can make the router unstable during transport.

• Unlatch the four toggle latches that secure the router transport platform to the router mounting plate and wheel assembly.

• Remove the router transport platform away from the bottom of the router, and set aside

• Position the crate door in front of the shipping crate and secure the two latches.

• Guide the router up the ramp and into the shipping crate.

• Lower the router until the chassis is resting firmly onto the shipping crate platform.

• Remove the router transport mounting plates and wheel assembly from the chassis.

Chapter 34: Packing and Returning Components

WARNING: We recommend using a pallet jack with attachment or a router transport kit. Not using one of these recommended installation mechanisms can result in personal injury or damage to the equipment.

10.

Reattach the shipping brackets to the router chassis and the shipping crate pallet.

11.

Cover the router with an ESD bag and place the packing foam on top of and around the router.

12.

Replace the accessory box on top of the packing foam.

13.

Securely place the crate cover over the router.

14.

Close all latches to secure the shipping crate to the pallet.

15.

Write the RMA number on the exterior of the box to ensure proper tracking.

Documentation

• Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX2020 Router

• Powering Off the DC-Powered MX2020 Router

• Powering Off the AC-Powered MX2020 Router

• Replacing an MX2020 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Cord

• Replacing an MX2020 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Cord

• Disconnecting an MX2020 DC Power Distribution Module Cable

• Installing the Router Transport Kit on the MX2020 Router

Returning a Hardware Component to Juniper Networks, Inc.

If a problem cannot be resolved by the JTAC technician, a Return Materials Authorization

(RMA) is issued. This number is used to track the returned material at the factory and to return repaired or new components to the customer as needed.

NOTE: Do not return any component to Juniper Networks, Inc. unless you have first obtained an RMA number. Juniper Networks, Inc. reserves the right to refuse shipments that do not have an RMA. Refused shipments are returned to the customer by collect freight.

For more information about return and repair policies, see the customer support Web page at http://www.juniper.net/support/guidelines.html

527

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

For product problems or technical support issues, contact the Juniper Networks Technical

Assistance Center (JTAC) by using the Case Manager link at http://www.juniper.net/support/ or at 1-888-314-JTAC (within the United States) or

1-408-745-9500 (from outside the United States).

To return a hardware component:

Determine the part number and serial number of the component.

Obtain an RMA number from the Juniper Networks Technical Assistance Center (JTAC).

You can send e-mail or telephone as described above.

Provide the following information in your e-mail message or during the telephone call:

• Part number and serial number of component

• Your name, organization name, telephone number, and fax number

• Description of the failure

The support representative validates your request and issues an RMA number for return of the component.

Pack the component for shipment.

Documentation

•

Guidelines for Packing Hardware Components for Shipment on page 524

•

CHAPTER 35

Safety and Compliance Information

•

Installation and Maintenance Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 534

•

•

Radiation and Laser Warnings on page 541

•

Maintenance and Operational Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 544

•

Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 549

•

Agency Approvals and Compliance Statements on page 561

General Safety Guidelines and Warnings

•

Definitions of Safety Warning Levels on page 530

•

•

Qualified Personnel Warning on page 532

•

Fire Safety Requirements on page 533

•

Warning Statement for Norway and Sweden on page 534

General Safety Guidelines and Warnings

The following guidelines help ensure your safety and protect the device from damage.

The list of guidelines might not address all potentially hazardous situations in your working environment, so be alert and exercise good judgment at all times.

• Perform only the procedures explicitly described in the hardware documentation for this device. Make sure that only authorized service personnel perform other system services.

• Keep the area around the device clear and free from dust before, during, and after installation.

• Keep tools away from areas where people could trip over them while walking.

• Do not wear loose clothing or jewelry, such as rings, bracelets, or chains, which could become caught in the device.

• Wear safety glasses if you are working under any conditions that could be hazardous to your eyes.

529

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

• Do not perform any actions that create a potential hazard to people or make the equipment unsafe.

• Never attempt to lift an object that is too heavy for one person to handle.

• Never install or manipulate wiring during electrical storms.

• Never install electrical jacks in wet locations unless the jacks are specifically designed for wet environments.

• Operate the device only when it is properly grounded.

• Ensure that the separate protective earthing terminal provided on this device is permanently connected to earth.

• Replace fuses only with fuses of the same type and rating.

• Do not open or remove chassis covers or sheet-metal parts unless instructions are provided in the hardware documentation for this device. Such an action could cause severe electrical shock.

• Do not push or force any objects through any opening in the chassis frame. Such an action could result in electrical shock or fire.

• Avoid spilling liquid onto the chassis or onto any device component. Such an action could cause electrical shock or damage the device.

• Avoid touching uninsulated electrical wires or terminals that have not been disconnected from their power source. Such an action could cause electrical shock.

• Always ensure that all modules, power supplies, and cover panels are fully inserted and that the installation screws are fully tightened.

Documentation

•

General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 550

•

•

Maintenance and Operational Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 544

•

•

Definitions of Safety Warning Levels

The documentation uses the following levels of safety warnings (there are two Warning formats):

NOTE: You might find this information helpful in a particular situation, or you might overlook this important information if it was not highlighted in a Note.

CAUTION: You need to observe the specified guidelines to prevent minor injury or discomfort to you or severe damage to the device.

Chapter 35: Safety and Compliance Information

WARNING: This symbol alerts you to the risk of personal injury from a laser.

WARNING: This symbol means danger. You are in a situation that could cause bodily injury. Before you work on any equipment, be aware of the hazards involved with electrical circuitry and be familiar with standard practices for preventing accidents.

Waarschuwing Dit waarschuwingssymbool betekent gevaar. U verkeert in een situatie die lichamelijk letsel kan veroorzaken. Voordat u aan enige apparatuur gaat werken, dient u zich bewust te zijn van de bij elektrische schakelingen betrokken risico's en dient u op de hoogte te zijn van standaard maatregelen om ongelukken te voorkomen.

Varoitus Tämä varoitusmerkki merkitsee vaaraa. Olet tilanteessa, joka voi johtaa ruumiinvammaan. Ennen kuin työskentelet minkään laitteiston parissa, ota selvää sähkökytkentöihin liittyvistä vaaroista ja tavanomaisista onnettomuuksien ehkäisykeinoista.

Attention Ce symbole d'avertissement indique un danger. Vous vous trouvez dans une situation pouvant causer des blessures ou des dommages corporels.

Avant de travailler sur un équipement, soyez conscient des dangers posés par les circuits électriques et familiarisez-vous avec les procédures couramment utilisées pour éviter les accidents.

Warnung Dieses Warnsymbol bedeutet Gefahr. Sie befinden sich in einer

Situation, die zu einer Körperverletzung führen könnte. Bevor Sie mit der

Arbeit an irgendeinem Gerät beginnen, seien Sie sich der mit elektrischen

Stromkreisen verbundenen Gefahren und der Standardpraktiken zur

Vermeidung von Unfällen bewußt.

Avvertenza Questo simbolo di avvertenza indica un pericolo. La situazione potrebbe causare infortuni alle persone. Prima di lavorare su qualsiasi apparecchiatura, occorre conoscere i pericoli relativi ai circuiti elettrici ed essere al corrente delle pratiche standard per la prevenzione di incidenti.

Advarsel Dette varselsymbolet betyr fare. Du befinner deg i en situasjon som kan føre til personskade. Før du utfører arbeid på utstyr, må du vare oppmerksom på de faremomentene som elektriske kretser innebærer, samt gjøre deg kjent med vanlig praksis når det gjelder å unngå ulykker.

Aviso Este símbolo de aviso indica perigo. Encontra-se numa situação que lhe poderá causar danos físicos. Antes de começar a trabalhar com qualquer equipamento, familiarize-se com os perigos relacionados com circuitos eléctricos, e com quaisquer práticas comuns que possam prevenir possíveis acidentes.

¡Atención!

Este símbolo de aviso significa peligro. Existe riesgo para su integridad física. Antes de manipular cualquier equipo, considerar los riesgos

531

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide que entraña la corriente eléctrica y familiarizarse con los procedimientos estándar de prevención de accidentes.

Varning!

Denna varningssymbol signalerar fara. Du befinner dig i en situation som kan leda till personskada. Innan du utför arbete på någon utrustning måste du vara medveten om farorna med elkretsar och känna till vanligt förfarande för att förebygga skador.

Documentation

•

•

Maintenance and Operational Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 544

•

•

Laser and LED Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 541

•

• Laser and LED Safety Guidelines and Warnings for the QFX Series

• Laser and LED Safety Guidelines and Warnings for the PTX Series

•

Warning Statement for Norway and Sweden on page 534

Qualified Personnel Warning

WARNING: Only trained and qualified personnel should install or replace the device.

Waarschuwing Installatie en reparaties mogen uitsluitend door getraind en bevoegd personeel uitgevoerd worden.

Varoitus Ainoastaan koulutettu ja pätevä henkilökunta saa asentaa tai vaihtaa tämän laitteen.

Attention Tout installation ou remplacement de l'appareil doit être réalisé par du personnel qualifié et compétent.

Warnung Gerät nur von geschultem, qualifiziertem Personal installieren oder auswechseln lassen.

Avvertenza Solo personale addestrato e qualificato deve essere autorizzato ad installare o sostituire questo apparecchio.

Advarsel Kun kvalifisert personell med riktig opplæring bør montere eller bytte ut dette utstyret.

Aviso Este equipamento deverá ser instalado ou substituído apenas por pessoal devidamente treinado e qualificado.

Chapter 35: Safety and Compliance Information

¡Atención!

Estos equipos deben ser instalados y reemplazados exclusivamente por personal técnico adecuadamente preparado y capacitado.

Varning!

Denna utrustning ska endast installeras och bytas ut av utbildad och kvalificerad personal.

Documentation

•

General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 550

•

•

• DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines for Switches

Fire Safety Requirements

In the event of a fire emergency, the safety of people is the primary concern. You should establish procedures for protecting people in the event of a fire emergency, provide safety training, and properly provision fire-control equipment and fire extinguishers.

In addition, you should establish procedures to protect your equipment in the event of a fire emergency. Juniper Networks products should be installed in an environment suitable for electronic equipment. We recommend that fire suppression equipment be available in the event of a fire in the vicinity of the equipment and that all local fire, safety, and electrical codes and ordinances be observed when you install and operate your equipment.

Fire Suppression

In the event of an electrical hazard or an electrical fire, you should first turn power off to the equipment at the source. Then use a Type C fire extinguisher, which uses noncorrosive fire retardants, to extinguish the fire.

Fire Suppression Equipment

Type C fire extinguishers, which use noncorrosive fire retardants such as carbon dioxide and Halotron™, are most effective for suppressing electrical fires. Type C fire extinguishers displace oxygen from the point of combustion to eliminate the fire. For extinguishing fire on or around equipment that draws air from the environment for cooling, you should use this type of inert oxygen displacement extinguisher instead of an extinguisher that leaves residues on equipment.

Do not use multipurpose Type ABC chemical fire extinguishers (dry chemical fire extinguishers). The primary ingredient in these fire extinguishers is monoammonium phosphate, which is very sticky and difficult to clean. In addition, in the presence of minute amounts of moisture, monoammonium phosphate can become highly corrosive and corrodes most metals.

Any equipment in a room in which a chemical fire extinguisher has been discharged is subject to premature failure and unreliable operation. The equipment is considered to be irreparably damaged.

533

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

NOTE: To keep warranties effective, do not use a dry chemical fire extinguisher to control a fire at or near a Juniper Networks device. If a dry chemical fire extinguisher is used, the unit is no longer eligible for coverage under a service agreement.

We recommend that you dispose of any irreparably damaged equipment in an environmentally responsible manner.

Documentation

•

General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 550

•

•

Action to Take After an Electrical Accident on page 561

Warning Statement for Norway and Sweden

WARNING: The equipment must be connected to an earthed mains socket-outlet.

Advarsel Apparatet skal kobles til en jordet stikkontakt.

Varning!

Apparaten skall anslutas till jordat nätuttag.

Documentation

•

Installation and Maintenance Safety Guidelines and Warnings

•

Chassis Lifting Guidelines on page 535

•

•

Ramp Warning on page 536

•

Rack-Mounting and Cabinet-Mounting Warnings on page 536

•

Installation Instructions Warning

WARNING: Read the installation instructions before you connect the device to a power source.

Waarschuwing Raadpleeg de installatie-aanwijzingen voordat u het systeem met de voeding verbindt.

Varoitus Lue asennusohjeet ennen järjestelmän yhdistämistä virtalähteeseen.

Chapter 35: Safety and Compliance Information

Attention Avant de brancher le système sur la source d'alimentation, consulter les directives d'installation.

Warnung Lesen Sie die Installationsanweisungen, bevor Sie das System an die Stromquelle anschließen.

Avvertenza Consultare le istruzioni di installazione prima di collegare il sistema all'alimentatore.

Advarsel Les installasjonsinstruksjonene før systemet kobles til strømkilden.

Aviso Leia as instruções de instalação antes de ligar o sistema à sua fonte de energia.

¡Atención!

Ver las instrucciones de instalación antes de conectar el sistema a la red de alimentación.

Varning!

Läs installationsanvisningarna innan du kopplar systemet till dess strömförsörjningsenhet.

Documentation

•

Laser and LED Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 541

•

•

Chassis Lifting Guidelines

• Before moving the device to a site, ensure that the site meets the power, environmental, and clearance requirements.

• Before lifting or moving the device, disconnect all external cables and wires.

• As when lifting any heavy object, ensure that most of the weight is borne by your legs rather than your back. Keep your knees bent and your back relatively straight. Do not twist your body as you lift. Balance the load evenly and be sure that your footing is firm.

• Use the following lifting guidelines to lift routing devices and components:

• Up to 39.7 lb (18 kg): One person.

• 39.7 lb (18 kg) to 70.5 lb (32 kg): Two or more people.

• 70.5 lb (32 kg) to 121.2 lb (55 kg): Three or more people.

• Above 121.2 lbs (55 kg): Material handling systems (such as levers, slings, lifts and so on) must be used. When this is not practical, specially trained persons or systems must be used (riggers or movers).

Documentation

•

•

535

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Ramp Warning

WARNING: When installing the device, do not use a ramp inclined at more than 10 degrees.

Waarschuwing Gebruik een oprijplaat niet onder een hoek van meer dan 10 graden.

Varoitus Älä käytä sellaista kaltevaa pintaa, jonka kaltevuus ylittää 10 astetta.

Attention Ne pas utiliser une rampe dont l'inclinaison est supérieure à 10 degrés.

Warnung Keine Rampen mit einer Neigung von mehr als 10 Grad verwenden.

Avvertenza Non usare una rampa con pendenza superiore a 10 gradi.

Advarsel Bruk aldri en rampe som heller mer enn 10 grader.

Aviso Não utilize uma rampa com uma inclinação superior a 10 graus.

¡Atención!

No usar una rampa inclinada más de 10 grados

Varning!

Använd inte ramp med en lutning på mer än 10 grader.

Documentation

•

•

•

Rack-Mounting and Cabinet-Mounting Warnings

Ensure that the rack or cabinet in which the device is installed is evenly and securely supported. Uneven mechanical loading could lead to a hazardous condition.

WARNING: To prevent bodily injury when mounting or servicing the device in a rack, take the following precautions to ensure that the system remains stable. The following directives help maintain your safety:

• The device must be installed in a rack that is secured to the building structure.

• The device should be mounted at the bottom of the rack if it is the only unit in the rack.

Chapter 35: Safety and Compliance Information

• When mounting the device on a partially filled rack, load the rack from the bottom to the top with the heaviest component at the bottom of the rack.

• If the rack is provided with stabilizing equipment, install the stabilizers before mounting or servicing the device in the rack.

Waarschuwing Om lichamelijk letsel te voorkomen wanneer u dit toestel in een rek monteert of het daar een servicebeurt geeft, moet u speciale voorzorgsmaatregelen nemen om ervoor te zorgen dat het toestel stabiel blijft. De onderstaande richtlijnen worden verstrekt om uw veiligheid te verzekeren:

• De Juniper Networks switch moet in een stellage worden geïnstalleerd die aan een bouwsel is verankerd.

• Dit toestel dient onderaan in het rek gemonteerd te worden als het toestel het enige in het rek is.

• Wanneer u dit toestel in een gedeeltelijk gevuld rek monteert, dient u het rek van onderen naar boven te laden met het zwaarste onderdeel onderaan in het rek.

• Als het rek voorzien is van stabiliseringshulpmiddelen, dient u de stabilisatoren te monteren voordat u het toestel in het rek monteert of het daar een servicebeurt geeft.

Varoitus Kun laite asetetaan telineeseen tai huolletaan sen ollessa telineessä, on noudatettava erityisiä varotoimia järjestelmän vakavuuden säilyttämiseksi, jotta vältytään loukkaantumiselta. Noudata seuraavia turvallisuusohjeita:

• Juniper Networks switch on asennettava telineeseen, joka on kiinnitetty rakennukseen.

• Jos telineessä ei ole muita laitteita, aseta laite telineen alaosaan.

• Jos laite asetetaan osaksi täytettyyn telineeseen, aloita kuormittaminen sen alaosasta kaikkein raskaimmalla esineellä ja siirry sitten sen yläosaan.

• Jos telinettä varten on vakaimet, asenna ne ennen laitteen asettamista telineeseen tai sen huoltamista siinä.

Attention Pour éviter toute blessure corporelle pendant les opérations de montage ou de réparation de cette unité en casier, il convient de prendre des précautions spéciales afin de maintenir la stabilité du système. Les directives ci-dessous sont destinées à assurer la protection du personnel:

• Le rack sur lequel est monté le Juniper Networks switch doit être fixé à la structure du bâtiment.

• Si cette unité constitue la seule unité montée en casier, elle doit être placée dans le bas.

537

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

538

• Si cette unité est montée dans un casier partiellement rempli, charger le casier de bas en haut en plaçant l'élément le plus lourd dans le bas.

• Si le casier est équipé de dispositifs stabilisateurs, installer les stabilisateurs avant de monter ou de réparer l'unité en casier.

Warnung Zur Vermeidung von Körperverletzung beim Anbringen oder Warten dieser Einheit in einem Gestell müssen Sie besondere Vorkehrungen treffen, um sicherzustellen, daß das System stabil bleibt. Die folgenden Richtlinien sollen zur Gewährleistung Ihrer Sicherheit dienen:

• Der Juniper Networks switch muß in einem Gestell installiert werden, das in der Gebäudestruktur verankert ist.

• Wenn diese Einheit die einzige im Gestell ist, sollte sie unten im Gestell angebracht werden.

• Bei Anbringung dieser Einheit in einem zum Teil gefüllten Gestell ist das

Gestell von unten nach oben zu laden, wobei das schwerste Bauteil unten im Gestell anzubringen ist.

• Wird das Gestell mit Stabilisierungszubehör geliefert, sind zuerst die

Stabilisatoren zu installieren, bevor Sie die Einheit im Gestell anbringen oder sie warten.

Avvertenza Per evitare infortuni fisici durante il montaggio o la manutenzione di questa unità in un supporto, occorre osservare speciali precauzioni per garantire che il sistema rimanga stabile. Le seguenti direttive vengono fornite per garantire la sicurezza personale:

• Il Juniper Networks switch deve essere installato in un telaio, il quale deve essere fissato alla struttura dell'edificio.

• Questa unità deve venire montata sul fondo del supporto, se si tratta dell'unica unità da montare nel supporto.

• Quando questa unità viene montata in un supporto parzialmente pieno, caricare il supporto dal basso all'alto, con il componente più pesante sistemato sul fondo del supporto.

• Se il supporto è dotato di dispositivi stabilizzanti, installare tali dispositivi prima di montare o di procedere alla manutenzione dell'unità nel supporto.

Advarsel Unngå fysiske skader under montering eller reparasjonsarbeid på denne enheten når den befinner seg i et kabinett. Vær nøye med at systemet er stabilt. Følgende retningslinjer er gitt for å verne om sikkerheten:

• Juniper Networks switch må installeres i et stativ som er forankret til bygningsstrukturen.

• Denne enheten bør monteres nederst i kabinettet hvis dette er den eneste enheten i kabinettet.

Chapter 35: Safety and Compliance Information

• Ved montering av denne enheten i et kabinett som er delvis fylt, skal kabinettet lastes fra bunnen og opp med den tyngste komponenten nederst i kabinettet.

• Hvis kabinettet er utstyrt med stabiliseringsutstyr, skal stabilisatorene installeres før montering eller utføring av reparasjonsarbeid på enheten i kabinettet.

Aviso Para se prevenir contra danos corporais ao montar ou reparar esta unidade numa estante, deverá tomar precauções especiais para se certificar de que o sistema possui um suporte estável. As seguintes directrizes ajudá-lo-ão a efectuar o seu trabalho com segurança:

• O Juniper Networks switch deverá ser instalado numa prateleira fixa à estrutura do edificio.

• Esta unidade deverá ser montada na parte inferior da estante, caso seja esta a única unidade a ser montada.

• Ao montar esta unidade numa estante parcialmente ocupada, coloque os itens mais pesados na parte inferior da estante, arrumando-os de baixo para cima.

• Se a estante possuir um dispositivo de estabilização, instale-o antes de montar ou reparar a unidade.

¡Atención!

Para evitar lesiones durante el montaje de este equipo sobre un bastidor, o posteriormente durante su mantenimiento, se debe poner mucho cuidado en que el sistema quede bien estable. Para garantizar su seguridad, proceda según las siguientes instrucciones:

• El Juniper Networks switch debe instalarse en un bastidor fijado a la estructura del edificio.

• Colocar el equipo en la parte inferior del bastidor, cuando sea la única unidad en el mismo.

• Cuando este equipo se vaya a instalar en un bastidor parcialmente ocupado, comenzar la instalación desde la parte inferior hacia la superior colocando el equipo más pesado en la parte inferior.

• Si el bastidor dispone de dispositivos estabilizadores, instalar éstos antes de montar o proceder al mantenimiento del equipo instalado en el bastidor.

Varning!

För att undvika kroppsskada när du installerar eller utför underhållsarbete på denna enhet på en ställning måste du vidta särskilda försiktighetsåtgärder för att försäkra dig om att systemet står stadigt. Följande riktlinjer ges för att trygga din säkerhet:

539

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

• Juniper Networks switch måste installeras i en ställning som är förankrad i byggnadens struktur.

• Om denna enhet är den enda enheten på ställningen skall den installeras längst ned på ställningen.

• Om denna enhet installeras på en delvis fylld ställning skall ställningen fyllas nedifrån och upp, med de tyngsta enheterna längst ned på ställningen.

• Om ställningen är försedd med stabiliseringsdon skall dessa monteras fast innan enheten installeras eller underhålls på ställningen.

Documentation

•

•

•

Grounded Equipment Warning

WARNING: The device is intended to be grounded. During normal use, ensure that you have connected earth ground to the chassis.

Waarschuwing Deze apparatuur hoort geaard te worden Zorg dat de host-computer tijdens normaal gebruik met aarde is verbonden.

Varoitus Tämä laitteisto on tarkoitettu maadoitettavaksi. Varmista, että isäntälaite on yhdistetty maahan normaalikäytön aikana.

Attention Cet équipement doit être relié à la terre. S'assurer que l'appareil hôte est relié à la terre lors de l'utilisation normale.

Warnung Dieses Gerät muß geerdet werden. Stellen Sie sicher, daß das

Host-Gerät während des normalen Betriebs an Erde gelegt ist.

Avvertenza Questa apparecchiatura deve essere collegata a massa. Accertarsi che il dispositivo host sia collegato alla massa di terra durante il normale utilizzo.

Advarsel Dette utstyret skal jordes. Forviss deg om vertsterminalen er jordet ved normalt bruk.

Aviso Este equipamento deverá estar ligado à terra. Certifique-se que o host se encontra ligado à terra durante a sua utilização normal.

¡Atención!

Este equipo debe conectarse a tierra. Asegurarse de que el equipo principal esté conectado a tierra durante el uso normal.

Varning!

Denna utrustning är avsedd att jordas. Se till att värdenheten är jordad vid normal användning.

Chapter 35: Safety and Compliance Information

Documentation

•

•

Laser and LED Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 541

• DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines for Switches

Radiation and Laser Warnings

•

•

Radiation from Open Port Apertures Warning on page 543

Laser and LED Safety Guidelines and Warnings

Juniper Networks devices are equipped with laser transmitters, which are considered a

Class 1 Laser Product by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration and are evaluated as a

Class 1 Laser Product per EN 60825-1 requirements.

Observe the following guidelines and warnings:

•

General Laser Safety Guidelines on page 541

•

Class 1 Laser Product Warning on page 541

•

Class 1 LED Product Warning on page 542

•

Laser Beam Warning on page 542

General Laser Safety Guidelines

When working around ports that support optical transceivers, observe the following safety guidelines to prevent eye injury:

• Do not look into unterminated ports or at fibers that connect to unknown sources.

• Do not examine unterminated optical ports with optical instruments.

• Avoid direct exposure to the beam.

WARNING: Unterminated optical connectors can emit invisible laser radiation. The lens in the human eye focuses all the laser power on the retina, so focusing the eye directly on a laser source—even a low-power laser—could permanently damage the eye.

Class 1 Laser Product Warning

WARNING: Class 1 laser product.

Waarschuwing Klasse-1 laser produkt.

Varoitus Luokan 1 lasertuote.

Attention Produit laser de classe I.

541

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

542

Warnung Laserprodukt der Klasse 1.

Avvertenza Prodotto laser di Classe 1.

Advarsel Laserprodukt av klasse 1.

Aviso Produto laser de classe 1.

¡Atención!

Producto láser Clase I.

Varning!

Laserprodukt av klass 1.

Class 1 LED Product Warning

WARNING: Class 1 LED product.

Waarschuwing Klasse 1 LED-product.

Varoitus Luokan 1 valodiodituote.

Attention Alarme de produit LED Class I.

Warnung Class 1 LED-Produktwarnung.

Avvertenza Avvertenza prodotto LED di Classe 1.

Advarsel LED-produkt i klasse 1.

Aviso Produto de classe 1 com LED.

¡Atención!

Aviso sobre producto LED de Clase 1.

Varning!

Lysdiodprodukt av klass 1.

Laser Beam Warning

WARNING: Do not stare into the laser beam or view it directly with optical instruments.

Waarschuwing Niet in de straal staren of hem rechtstreeks bekijken met optische instrumenten.

Varoitus Älä katso säteeseen äläkä tarkastele sitä suoraan optisen laitteen avulla.

Attention Ne pas fixer le faisceau des yeux, ni l'observer directement à l'aide d'instruments optiques.

Warnung Nicht direkt in den Strahl blicken und ihn nicht direkt mit optischen

Geräten prüfen.

Chapter 35: Safety and Compliance Information

Avvertenza Non fissare il raggio con gli occhi né usare strumenti ottici per osservarlo direttamente.

Advarsel Stirr eller se ikke direkte p strlen med optiske instrumenter.

Aviso Não olhe fixamente para o raio, nem olhe para ele directamente com instrumentos ópticos.

¡Atención!

No mirar fijamente el haz ni observarlo directamente con instrumentos ópticos.

Varning!

Rikta inte blicken in mot strålen och titta inte direkt på den genom optiska instrument.

Documentation

•

Radiation from Open Port Apertures Warning on page 543

•

•

•

Radiation from Open Port Apertures Warning

WARNING: Because invisible radiation might be emitted from the aperture of the port when no fiber cable is connected, avoid exposure to radiation and do not stare into open apertures.

Waarschuwing Aangezien onzichtbare straling vanuit de opening van de poort kan komen als er geen fiberkabel aangesloten is, dient blootstelling aan straling en het kijken in open openingen vermeden te worden.

Varoitus Koska portin aukosta voi emittoitua näkymätöntä säteilyä, kun kuitukaapelia ei ole kytkettynä, vältä säteilylle altistumista äläkä katso avoimiin aukkoihin.

Attention Des radiations invisibles à l'il nu pouvant traverser l'ouverture du port lorsqu'aucun câble en fibre optique n'y est connecté, il est recommandé de ne pas regarder fixement l'intérieur de ces ouvertures.

Warnung Aus der Port-Öffnung können unsichtbare Strahlen emittieren, wenn kein Glasfaserkabel angeschlossen ist. Vermeiden Sie es, sich den

Strahlungen auszusetzen, und starren Sie nicht in die Öffnungen!

Avvertenza Quando i cavi in fibra non sono inseriti, radiazioni invisibili possono essere emesse attraverso l'apertura della porta. Evitate di esporvi alle radiazioni e non guardate direttamente nelle aperture.

543

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Advarsel Unngå utsettelse for stråling, og stirr ikke inn i åpninger som er åpne, fordi usynlig stråling kan emiteres fra portens åpning når det ikke er tilkoblet en fiberkabel.

Aviso Dada a possibilidade de emissão de radiação invisível através do orifício da via de acesso, quando esta não tiver nenhum cabo de fibra conectado, deverá evitar a exposição à radiação e não deverá olhar fixamente para orifícios que se encontrarem a descoberto.

¡Atención!

Debido a que la apertura del puerto puede emitir radiación invisible cuando no existe un cable de fibra conectado, evite mirar directamente a las aperturas para no exponerse a la radiación.

Varning!

Osynlig strålning kan avges från en portöppning utan ansluten fiberkabel och du bör därför undvika att bli utsatt för strålning genom att inte stirra in i oskyddade öppningar.

Documentation

•

Laser and LED Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 541

•

•

•

Maintenance and Operational Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 544

Maintenance and Operational Safety Guidelines and Warnings

•

Maintenance and Operational Safety Guidelines and Warnings

While performing the maintenance activities for devices, observe the following guidelines and warnings:

•

Battery Handling Warning on page 544

•

Jewelry Removal Warning on page 545

•

Lightning Activity Warning on page 547

•

Operating Temperature Warning on page 547

•

Product Disposal Warning on page 548

Battery Handling Warning

WARNING: Replacing a battery incorrectly might result in an explosion.

Replace a battery only with the same or equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer. Dispose of used batteries according to the manufacturer's instructions.

Chapter 35: Safety and Compliance Information

Waarschuwing Er is ontploffingsgevaar als de batterij verkeerd vervangen wordt. Vervang de batterij slechts met hetzelfde of een equivalent type dat door de fabrikant aanbevolen is. Gebruikte batterijen dienen overeenkomstig fabrieksvoorschriften weggeworpen te worden.

Varoitus Räjähdyksen vaara, jos akku on vaihdettu väärään akkuun. Käytä vaihtamiseen ainoastaan saman- tai vastaavantyyppistä akkua, joka on valmistajan suosittelema. Hävitä käytetyt akut valmistajan ohjeiden mukaan.

Attention Danger d'explosion si la pile n'est pas remplacée correctement.

Ne la remplacer que par une pile de type semblable ou équivalent, recommandée par le fabricant. Jeter les piles usagées conformément aux instructions du fabricant.

Warnung Bei Einsetzen einer falschen Batterie besteht Explosionsgefahr.

Ersetzen Sie die Batterie nur durch den gleichen oder vom Hersteller empfohlenen Batterietyp. Entsorgen Sie die benutzten Batterien nach den

Anweisungen des Herstellers.

Advarsel Det kan være fare for eksplosjon hvis batteriet skiftes på feil måte.

Skift kun med samme eller tilsvarende type som er anbefalt av produsenten.

Kasser brukte batterier i henhold til produsentens instruksjoner.

Avvertenza Pericolo di esplosione se la batteria non è installata correttamente. Sostituire solo con una di tipo uguale o equivalente, consigliata dal produttore. Eliminare le batterie usate secondo le istruzioni del produttore.

Aviso Existe perigo de explosão se a bateria for substituída incorrectamente.

Substitua a bateria por uma bateria igual ou de um tipo equivalente recomendado pelo fabricante. Destrua as baterias usadas conforme as instruções do fabricante.

¡Atención!

Existe peligro de explosión si la batería se reemplaza de manera incorrecta. Reemplazar la batería exclusivamente con el mismo tipo o el equivalente recomendado por el fabricante. Desechar las baterías gastadas según las instrucciones del fabricante.

Varning!

Explosionsfara vid felaktigt batteribyte. Ersätt endast batteriet med samma batterityp som rekommenderas av tillverkaren eller motsvarande.

Följ tillverkarens anvisningar vid kassering av använda batterier.

Jewelry Removal Warning

WARNING: Before working on equipment that is connected to power lines, remove jewelry, including rings, necklaces, and watches. Metal objects heat up when connected to power and ground and can cause serious burns or can be welded to the terminals.

545

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

546

Waarschuwing Alvorens aan apparatuur te werken die met elektrische leidingen is verbonden, sieraden (inclusief ringen, kettingen en horloges) verwijderen. Metalen voorwerpen worden warm wanneer ze met stroom en aarde zijn verbonden, en kunnen ernstige brandwonden veroorzaken of het metalen voorwerp aan de aansluitklemmen lassen.

Varoitus Ennen kuin työskentelet voimavirtajohtoihin kytkettyjen laitteiden parissa, ota pois kaikki korut (sormukset, kaulakorut ja kellot mukaan lukien).

Metalliesineet kuumenevat, kun ne ovat yhteydessä sähkövirran ja maan kanssa, ja ne voivat aiheuttaa vakavia palovammoja tai hitsata metalliesineet kiinni liitäntänapoihin.

Attention Avant d'accéder à cet équipement connecté aux lignes électriques,

ôter tout bijou (anneaux, colliers et montres compris). Lorsqu'ils sont branchés

à l'alimentation et reliés à la terre, les objets métalliques chauffent, ce qui peut provoquer des blessures graves ou souder l'objet métallique aux bornes.

Warnung Vor der Arbeit an Geräten, die an das Netz angeschlossen sind, jeglichen Schmuck (einschließlich Ringe, Ketten und Uhren) abnehmen.

Metallgegenstände erhitzen sich, wenn sie an das Netz und die Erde angeschlossen werden, und können schwere Verbrennungen verursachen oder an die Anschlußklemmen angeschweißt werden.

Avvertenza Prima di intervenire su apparecchiature collegate alle linee di alimentazione, togliersi qualsiasi monile (inclusi anelli, collane, braccialetti ed orologi). Gli oggetti metallici si riscaldano quando sono collegati tra punti di alimentazione e massa: possono causare ustioni gravi oppure il metallo può saldarsi ai terminali.

Advarsel Fjern alle smykker (inkludert ringer, halskjeder og klokker) før du skal arbeide på utstyr som er koblet til kraftledninger. Metallgjenstander som er koblet til kraftledninger og jord blir svært varme og kan forårsake alvorlige brannskader eller smelte fast til polene.

Aviso Antes de trabalhar em equipamento que esteja ligado a linhas de corrente, retire todas as jóias que estiver a usar (incluindo anéis, fios e relógios). Os objectos metálicos aquecerão em contacto com a corrente e em contacto com a ligação à terra, podendo causar queimaduras graves ou ficarem soldados aos terminais.

¡Atención!

Antes de operar sobre equipos conectados a líneas de alimentación, quitarse las joyas (incluidos anillos, collares y relojes). Los objetos de metal se calientan cuando se conectan a la alimentación y a tierra, lo que puede ocasionar quemaduras graves o que los objetos metálicos queden soldados a los bornes.

Varning!

Tag av alla smycken (inklusive ringar, halsband och armbandsur) innan du arbetar på utrustning som är kopplad till kraftledningar. Metallobjekt hettas upp när de kopplas ihop med ström och jord och kan förorsaka

Chapter 35: Safety and Compliance Information allvarliga brännskador; metallobjekt kan också sammansvetsas med kontakterna.

Lightning Activity Warning

WARNING: Do not work on the system or connect or disconnect cables during periods of lightning activity.

Waarschuwing Tijdens onweer dat gepaard gaat met bliksem, dient u niet aan het systeem te werken of kabels aan te sluiten of te ontkoppelen.

Varoitus Älä työskentele järjestelmän parissa äläkä yhdistä tai irrota kaapeleita ukkosilmalla.

Attention Ne pas travailler sur le système ni brancher ou débrancher les câbles pendant un orage.

Warnung Arbeiten Sie nicht am System und schließen Sie keine Kabel an bzw. trennen Sie keine ab, wenn es gewittert.

Avvertenza Non lavorare sul sistema o collegare oppure scollegare i cavi durante un temporale con fulmini.

Advarsel Utfør aldri arbeid på systemet, eller koble kabler til eller fra systemet når det tordner eller lyner.

Aviso Não trabalhe no sistema ou ligue e desligue cabos durante períodos de mau tempo (trovoada).

¡Atención!

No operar el sistema ni conectar o desconectar cables durante el transcurso de descargas eléctricas en la atmósfera.

Varning!

Vid åska skall du aldrig utföra arbete på systemet eller ansluta eller koppla loss kablar.

Operating Temperature Warning

WARNING: To prevent the device from overheating, do not operate it in an area that exceeds the maximum recommended ambient temperature. To prevent airflow restriction, allow at least 6 in. (15.2 cm) of clearance around the ventilation openings.

Waarschuwing Om te voorkomen dat welke switch van de Juniper Networks router dan ook oververhit raakt, dient u deze niet te bedienen op een plaats waar de maximale aanbevolen omgevingstemperatuur van 40° C wordt overschreden. Om te voorkomen dat de luchtstroom wordt beperkt, dient er minstens 15,2 cm speling rond de ventilatie-openingen te zijn.

547

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

548

Varoitus Ettei Juniper Networks switch-sarjan reititin ylikuumentuisi, sitä ei saa käyttää tilassa, jonka lämpötila ylittää korkeimman suositellun ympäristölämpötilan 40° C. Ettei ilmanvaihto estyisi, tuuletusaukkojen ympärille on jätettävä ainakin 15,2 cm tilaa.

Attention Pour éviter toute surchauffe des routeurs de la gamme Juniper

Networks switch, ne l'utilisez pas dans une zone où la température ambiante est supérieure à 40° C. Pour permettre un flot d'air constant, dégagez un espace d'au moins 15,2 cm autour des ouvertures de ventilations.

Warnung Um einen Router der switch vor Überhitzung zu schützen, darf dieser nicht in einer Gegend betrieben werden, in der die Umgebungstemperatur das empfohlene Maximum von 40° C überschreitet. Um Lüftungsverschluß zu verhindern, achten Sie darauf, daß mindestens 15,2 cm lichter Raum um die Lüftungsöffnungen herum frei bleibt.

Avvertenza Per evitare il surriscaldamento dei switch, non adoperateli in un locale che ecceda la temperatura ambientale massima di 40° C. Per evitare che la circolazione dell'aria sia impedita, lasciate uno spazio di almeno 15.2 cm di fronte alle aperture delle ventole.

Advarsel Unngå overoppheting av eventuelle rutere i Juniper Networks switch

Disse skal ikke brukes på steder der den anbefalte maksimale omgivelsestemperaturen overstiger 40° C (104° F). Sørg for at klaringen rundt lufteåpningene er minst 15,2 cm (6 tommer) for å forhindre nedsatt luftsirkulasjon.

Aviso Para evitar o sobreaquecimento do encaminhador Juniper Networks switch, não utilize este equipamento numa área que exceda a temperatura máxima recomendada de 40° C. Para evitar a restrição à circulação de ar, deixe pelo menos um espaço de 15,2 cm à volta das aberturas de ventilação.

¡Atención!

Para impedir que un encaminador de la serie Juniper Networks switch se recaliente, no lo haga funcionar en un área en la que se supere la temperatura ambiente máxima recomendada de 40° C. Para impedir la restricción de la entrada de aire, deje un espacio mínimo de 15,2 cm alrededor de las aperturas para ventilación.

Varning!

Förhindra att en Juniper Networks switch överhettas genom att inte använda den i ett område där den maximalt rekommenderade omgivningstemperaturen på 40° C överskrids. Förhindra att luftcirkulationen inskränks genom att se till att det finns fritt utrymme på minst 15,2 cm omkring ventilationsöppningarna.

Product Disposal Warning

WARNING: Disposal of this device must be handled according to all national laws and regulations.

Chapter 35: Safety and Compliance Information

Waarschuwing Dit produkt dient volgens alle landelijke wetten en voorschriften te worden afgedankt.

Varoitus Tämän tuotteen lopullisesta hävittämisestä tulee huolehtia kaikkia valtakunnallisia lakeja ja säännöksiä noudattaen.

Attention La mise au rebut définitive de ce produit doit être effectuée conformément à toutes les lois et réglementations en vigueur.

Warnung Dieses Produkt muß den geltenden Gesetzen und Vorschriften entsprechend entsorgt werden.

Avvertenza L'eliminazione finale di questo prodotto deve essere eseguita osservando le normative italiane vigenti in materia

Advarsel Endelig disponering av dette produktet må skje i henhold til nasjonale lover og forskrifter.

Aviso A descartagem final deste produto deverá ser efectuada de acordo com os regulamentos e a legislação nacional.

¡Atención!

El desecho final de este producto debe realizarse según todas las leyes y regulaciones nacionales

Varning!

Slutlig kassering av denna produkt bör skötas i enlighet med landets alla lagar och föreskrifter.

Documentation

•

General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 550

•

•

Laser and LED Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 541

• DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines for Switches

•

•

•

General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 550

Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings

•

•

Prevention of Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 551

•

AC Power Disconnection Warning on page 553

•

•

DC Power Copper Conductors Warning on page 554

•

DC Power Grounding Requirements and Warning on page 556

549

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

•

•

•

Midplane Energy Hazard Warning on page 560

•

•

Multiple Power Supplies Disconnection Warning on page 560

•

Action to Take After an Electrical Accident on page 561

General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings

WARNING: Certain ports on the device are designed for use as intrabuilding

(within-the-building) interfaces only (Type 2 or Type 4 ports as described in

GR-1089-CORE) and require isolation from the exposed outside plant (OSP) cabling. To comply with NEBS requirements and protect against lightning surges and commercial power disturbances, the intrabuilding ports must not be metallically connected to interfaces that connect to the OSP or its wiring.

The intrabuilding ports on the device are suitable for connection to intrabuilding or unexposed wiring or cabling only. The addition of primary protectors is not sufficient protection for connecting these interfaces metallically to OSP wiring.

CAUTION: Before removing or installing components of a device, attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to an ESD point and place the other end of the strap around your bare wrist. Failure to use an ESD grounding strap could result in damage to the device.

• Install the device in compliance with the following local, national, and international electrical codes:

• United States—National Fire Protection Association (NFPA 70), United States

National Electrical Code.

• Other countries—International Electromechanical Commission (IEC) 60364, Part 1 through Part 7.

• Evaluated to the TN power system.

• Canada—Canadian Electrical Code, Part 1, CSA C22.1.

• Locate the emergency power-off switch for the room in which you are working so that if an electrical accident occurs, you can quickly turn off the power.

• Make sure that grounding surfaces are cleaned and brought to a bright finish before grounding connections are made.

• Do not work alone if potentially hazardous conditions exist anywhere in your workspace.

• Never assume that power is disconnected from a circuit. Always check the circuit before starting to work.

Chapter 35: Safety and Compliance Information

• Carefully look for possible hazards in your work area, such as moist floors, ungrounded power extension cords, and missing safety grounds.

• Operate the device within marked electrical ratings and product usage instructions.

• To ensure that the device and peripheral equipment function safely and correctly, use the cables and connectors specified for the attached peripheral equipment, and make certain they are in good condition.

You can remove and replace many device components without powering off or disconnecting power to the device, as detailed elsewhere in the hardware documentation for this device. Never install equipment that appears to be damaged.

Documentation

•

•

• DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines for Switches

Prevention of Electrostatic Discharge Damage

Device components that are shipped in antistatic bags are sensitive to damage from static electricity. Some components can be impaired by voltages as low as 30 V. You can easily generate potentially damaging static voltages whenever you handle plastic or foam packing material or if you move components across plastic or carpets. Observe the following guidelines to minimize the potential for electrostatic discharge (ESD) damage, which can cause intermittent or complete component failures:

• Always use an ESD grounding strap when you are handling components that are subject to ESD damage, and make sure that it is in direct contact with your skin.

If a grounding strap is not available, hold the component in its antistatic bag (see

Figure 205 on page 552

) in one hand and touch the exposed, bare metal of the device with the other hand immediately before inserting the component into the device.

WARNING: For safety, periodically check the resistance value of the ESD grounding strap. The measurement must be in the range 1 through

10 Mohms.

• When handling any component that is subject to ESD damage and that is removed from the device, make sure the equipment end of your ESD grounding strap is attached to the ESD point on the chassis.

If no grounding strap is available, touch the exposed, bare metal of the device to ground yourself before handling the component.

• Avoid contact between the component that is subject to ESD damage and your clothing.

ESD voltages emitted from clothing can damage components.

• When removing or installing a component that is subject to ESD damage, always place it component-side up on an antistatic surface, in an antistatic card rack, or in an

551

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide antistatic bag (see

Figure 205 on page 552

). If you are returning a component, place it in an antistatic bag before packing it.

Figure 205: Placing a Component into an Antistatic Bag

CAUTION

ELECTROSTATIC

SENSITIVE

DEVICES

DO NOT OPEN OR HANDLE

EXCEPT AT A

STATIC-FREE WORKSTATION

6xGE

SFP

CAUTION: ANSI/TIA/EIA-568 cables such as Category 5e and Category 6 can get electrostatically charged. To dissipate this charge, always ground the cables to a suitable and safe earth ground before connecting them to the system.

Documentation

•

AC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines

CAUTION: For devices with AC power supplies, an external surge protective device (SPD) must be used at the AC power source.

The following electrical safety guidelines apply to AC-powered devices:

• Note the following warnings printed on the device:

“ CAUTION: THIS UNIT HAS MORE THAN ONE POWER SUPPLY CORD. DISCONNECT

ALL POWER SUPPLY CORDS BEFORE SERVICING TO AVOID ELECTRIC SHOCK.”

“ ATTENTION: CET APPAREIL COMPORTE PLUS D'UN CORDON D'ALIMENTATION.

AFIN DE PRÉVENIR LES CHOCS ÉLECTRIQUES, DÉBRANCHER TOUT CORDON

D'ALIMENTATION AVANT DE FAIRE LE DÉPANNAGE.”

• AC-powered devices are shipped with a three-wire electrical cord with a grounding-type plug that fits only a grounding-type power outlet. Do not circumvent this safety feature.

Equipment grounding must comply with local and national electrical codes.

• You must provide an external certified circuit breaker rated minimum 20 A in the building installation.

Chapter 35: Safety and Compliance Information

• The power cord serves as the main disconnecting device for the AC-powered device.

The socket outlet must be near the AC-powered device and be easily accessible.

• For devices that have more than one power supply connection, you must ensure that all power connections are fully disconnected so that power to the device is completely removed to prevent electric shock. To disconnect power, unplug all power cords (one for each power supply).

Power Cable Warning (Japanese)

WARNING: The attached power cable is only for this product. Do not use the cable for another product.

Documentation

•

General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 550

•

•

Multiple Power Supplies Disconnection Warning on page 560

AC Power Disconnection Warning

WARNING: Before working on the device or near power supplies, unplug all the power cords from an AC-powered device.

Waarschuwing Voordat u aan een frame of in de nabijheid van voedingen werkt, dient u bij wisselstroom toestellen de stekker van het netsnoer uit het stopcontact te halen.

Varoitus Kytke irti vaihtovirtalaitteiden virtajohto, ennen kuin teet mitään asennuspohjalle tai työskentelet virtalähteiden läheisyydessä.

Attention Avant de travailler sur un châssis ou à proximité d'une alimentation

électrique, débrancher le cordon d'alimentation des unités en courant alternatif.

Warnung Bevor Sie an einem Chassis oder in der Nähe von Netzgeräten arbeiten, ziehen Sie bei Wechselstromeinheiten das Netzkabel ab bzw.

Avvertenza Prima di lavorare su un telaio o intorno ad alimentatori, scollegare il cavo di alimentazione sulle unità CA.

553

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide

Advarsel Før det utføres arbeid på kabinettet eller det arbeides i nærheten av strømforsyningsenheter, skal strømledningen trekkes ut på vekselstrømsenheter.

Aviso Antes de trabalhar num chassis, ou antes de trabalhar perto de unidades de fornecimento de energia, desligue o cabo de alimentação nas unidades de corrente alternada.

¡Atención!

Antes de manipular el chasis de un equipo o trabajar cerca de una fuente de alimentación, desenchufar el cable de alimentación en los equipos de corriente alterna (CA).

Varning!

Innan du arbetar med ett chassi eller nära strömförsörjningsenheter skall du för växelströmsenheter dra ur nätsladden.

Documentation

•

General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 550

•

•

DC Power Copper Conductors Warning

WARNING: Use copper conductors only.

Waarschuwing Gebruik alleen koperen geleiders.

Varoitus Käytä vain kuparijohtimia.

Attention Utilisez uniquement des conducteurs en cuivre.

Warnung Verwenden Sie ausschließlich Kupferleiter.

Avvertenza Usate unicamente dei conduttori di rame.

Advarsel Bruk bare kobberledninger.

Aviso Utilize apenas fios condutores de cobre.

¡Atención!

Emplee sólo conductores de cobre.

Varning!

Använd endast ledare av koppar.

DC Power Disconnection Warning

WARNING: Before performing any of the DC power procedures, ensure that power is removed from the DC circuit. To ensure that all power is off, locate the circuit breaker on the panel board that services the DC circuit, switch the

Chapter 35: Safety and Compliance Information

circuit breaker to the OFF position, and tape the device handle of the circuit breaker in the OFF position.

Waarschuwing Voordat u een van de onderstaande procedures uitvoert, dient u te controleren of de stroom naar het gelijkstroom circuit uitgeschakeld is. Om u ervan te verzekeren dat alle stroom UIT is geschakeld, kiest u op het schakelbord de stroomverbreker die het gelijkstroom circuit bedient, draait de stroomverbreker naar de UIT positie en plakt de schakelaarhendel van de stroomverbreker met plakband in de UIT positie vast.

Varoitus Varmista, että tasavirtapiirissä ei ole virtaa ennen seuraavien toimenpiteiden suorittamista. Varmistaaksesi, että virta on KATKAISTU täysin, paikanna tasavirrasta huolehtivassa kojetaulussa sijaitseva suojakytkin, käännä suojakytkin KATKAISTU-asentoon ja teippaa suojakytkimen varsi niin, että se pysyy KATKAISTU-asennossa.

Attention Avant de pratiquer l'une quelconque des procédures ci-dessous, vérifier que le circuit en courant continu n'est plus sous tension. Pour en être sûr, localiser le disjoncteur situé sur le panneau de service du circuit en courant continu, placer le disjoncteur en position fermée (OFF) et, à l'aide d'un ruban adhésif, bloquer la poignée du disjoncteur en position OFF.

Warnung Vor Ausführung der folgenden Vorgänge ist sicherzustellen, daß die Gleichstromschaltung keinen Strom erhält. Um sicherzustellen, daß sämtlicher Strom abgestellt ist, machen Sie auf der Schalttafel den

Unterbrecher für die Gleichstromschaltung ausfindig, stellen Sie den

Unterbrecher auf AUS, und kleben Sie den Schaltergriff des Unterbrechers mit Klebeband in der AUS-Stellung fest.

Avvertenza Prima di svolgere una qualsiasi delle procedure seguenti, verificare che il circuito CC non sia alimentato. Per verificare che tutta l'alimentazione sia scollegata (OFF), individuare l'interruttore automatico sul quadro strumenti che alimenta il circuito CC, mettere l'interruttore in posizione OFF e fissarlo con nastro adesivo in tale posizione.

Advarsel Før noen av disse prosedyrene utføres, kontroller at strømmen er frakoblet likestrømkretsen. Sørg for at all strøm er slått AV. Dette gjøres ved

å lokalisere strømbryteren på brytertavlen som betjener likestrømkretsen, slå strømbryteren AV og teipe bryterhåndtaket på strømbryteren i AV-stilling.

Aviso Antes de executar um dos seguintes procedimentos, certifique-se que desligou a fonte de alimentação de energia do circuito de corrente contínua.

Para se assegurar que toda a corrente foi DESLIGADA, localize o disjuntor no painel que serve o circuito de corrente contínua e coloque-o na posição OFF

(Desligado), segurando nessa posição a manivela do interruptor do disjuntor com fita isoladora.

¡Atención!

Antes de proceder con los siguientes pasos, comprobar que la alimentación del circuito de corriente continua (CC) esté cortada (OFF). Para asegurarse de que toda la alimentación esté cortada (OFF), localizar el

555

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide interruptor automático en el panel que alimenta al circuito de corriente continua, cambiar el interruptor automático a la posición de Apagado (OFF), y sujetar con cinta la palanca del interruptor automático en posición de

Apagado (OFF).

Varning!

Innan du utför någon av följande procedurer måste du kontrollera att strömförsörjningen till likströmskretsen är bruten. Kontrollera att all strömförsörjning är BRUTEN genom att slå AV det överspänningsskydd som skyddar likströmskretsen och tejpa fast överspänningsskyddets omkopplare i FRÅN-läget.

Documentation

•

General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 550

•

• DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines for Switches

•

DC Power Grounding Requirements and Warning on page 556

•

•

DC Power Grounding Requirements and Warning

An insulated grounding conductor that is identical in size to the grounded and ungrounded branch circuit supply conductors but is identifiable by green and yellow stripes is installed as part of the branch circuit that supplies the device. The grounding conductor is a separately derived system at the supply transformer or motor generator set.

WARNING: When you install the device, the ground connection must always be made first and disconnected last.

Waarschuwing Bij de installatie van het toestel moet de aardverbinding altijd het eerste worden gemaakt en het laatste worden losgemaakt.

Varoitus Laitetta asennettaessa on maahan yhdistäminen aina tehtävä ensiksi ja maadoituksen irti kytkeminen viimeiseksi.

Attention Lors de l'installation de l'appareil, la mise à la terre doit toujours

être connectée en premier et déconnectée en dernier.

Warnung Der Erdanschluß muß bei der Installation der Einheit immer zuerst hergestellt und zuletzt abgetrennt werden.

Avvertenza In fase di installazione dell'unità, eseguire sempre per primo il collegamento a massa e disconnetterlo per ultimo.

Advarsel Når enheten installeres, må jordledningen alltid tilkobles først og frakobles sist.

Chapter 35: Safety and Compliance Information

Aviso Ao instalar a unidade, a ligação à terra deverá ser sempre a primeira a ser ligada, e a última a ser desligada.

¡Atención!

Al instalar el equipo, conectar la tierra la primera y desconectarla la última.

Varning!

Vid installation av enheten måste jordledningen alltid anslutas först och kopplas bort sist.

Documentation

•

General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 550

•

• DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines for Switches

•

•

•

DC Power Wiring Sequence Warning

WARNING: Wire the DC power supply using the appropriate lugs. When connecting power, the proper wiring sequence is ground to ground, +RTN to

+RTN, then –48 V to –48 V. When disconnecting power, the proper wiring sequence is –48 V to –48 V, +RTN to +RTN, then ground to ground. Note that the ground wire must always be connected first and disconnected last.

Waarschuwing De juiste bedradingsvolgorde verbonden is aarde naar aarde,

+RTN naar +RTN, en –48 V naar – 48 V. De juiste bedradingsvolgorde losgemaakt is en –48 naar –48 V, +RTN naar +RTN, aarde naar aarde.

Varoitus Oikea yhdistettava kytkentajarjestys on maajohto maajohtoon,

+RTN varten +RTN, –48 V varten – 48 V. Oikea irrotettava kytkentajarjestys on –48 V varten – 48 V, +RTN varten +RTN, maajohto maajohtoon.

Attention Câblez l'approvisionnement d'alimentation CC En utilisant les crochets appropriés à l'extrémité de câblage. En reliant la puissance, l'ordre approprié de câblage est rectifié pour rectifier, +RTN à +RTN, puis –48 V à

–48 V. En débranchant la puissance, l'ordre approprié de câblage est –48 V

à –48 V, +RTN à +RTN, a alors rectifié pour rectifier. Notez que le fil de masse devrait toujours être relié d'abord et débranché pour la dernière fois. Notez que le fil de masse devrait toujours être relié d'abord et débranché pour la dernière fois.

Warnung Die Stromzufuhr ist nur mit geeigneten Ringösen an das DC Netzteil anzuschliessen. Die richtige Anschlusssequenz ist: Erdanschluss zu

Erdanschluss, +RTN zu +RTN und dann -48V zu -48V. Die richtige Sequenz

557

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide zum Abtrennen der Stromversorgung ist -48V zu -48V, +RTN zu +RTN und dann Erdanschluss zu Erdanschluss. Es ist zu beachten dass der Erdanschluss immer zuerst angeschlossen und als letztes abgetrennt wird.

Avvertenza Mostra la morsettiera dell alimentatore CC. Cablare l'alimentatore

CC usando i connettori adatti all'estremità del cablaggio, come illustrato. La corretta sequenza di cablaggio è da massa a massa, da positivo a positivo

(da linea ad L) e da negativo a negativo (da neutro a N). Tenere presente che il filo di massa deve sempre venire collegato per primo e scollegato per ultimo.

Advarsel Riktig tilkoples tilkoplingssekvens er jord til jord, +RTN til +RTN,

–48 V til – 48 V. Riktig frakoples tilkoplingssekvens er –48 V til – 48 V, +RTN til +RTN, jord til jord.

Aviso Ate con alambre la fuente de potencia cc Usando los terminales apropiados en el extremo del cableado. Al conectar potencia, la secuencia apropiada del cableado se muele para moler, +RTN a +RTN, entonces –48 V a –48 V. Al desconectar potencia, la secuencia apropiada del cableado es

–48 V a –48 V, +RTN a +RTN, entonces molió para moler. Observe que el alambre de tierra se debe conectar siempre primero y desconectar por último.

Observe que el alambre de tierra se debe conectar siempre primero y desconectar por último.

¡Atención!

Wire a fonte de alimentação de DC Usando os talões apropriados na extremidade da fiação. Ao conectar a potência, a seqüência apropriada da fiação é moída para moer, +RTN a +RTN, então –48 V a –48 V. Ao desconectar a potência, a seqüência apropriada da fiação é –48 V a –48 V,

+RTN a +RTN, moeu então para moer. Anote que o fio à terra deve sempre ser conectado primeiramente e desconectado por último. Anote que o fio à terra deve sempre ser conectado primeiramente e desconectado por último.

Varning!

Korrekt kopplingssekvens ar jord till jord, +RTN till +RTN, –48 V till

–48 V. Korrekt kopplas kopplingssekvens ar –48 V till –48 V, +RTN till +RTN, jord till jord.

Documentation

•

General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 550

•

• DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines for Switches

•

DC Power Grounding Requirements and Warning on page 556

•

•

Chapter 35: Safety and Compliance Information

DC Power Wiring Terminations Warning

WARNING: When stranded wiring is required, use approved wiring terminations, such as closed-loop or spade-type with upturned lugs. These terminations must be the appropriate size for the wires and must clamp both the insulation and conductor.

Waarschuwing Wanneer geslagen bedrading vereist is, dient u bedrading te gebruiken die voorzien is van goedgekeurde aansluitingspunten, zoals het gesloten-lus type of het grijperschop type waarbij de aansluitpunten omhoog wijzen. Deze aansluitpunten dienen de juiste maat voor de draden te hebben en dienen zowel de isolatie als de geleider vast te klemmen.

Varoitus Jos säikeellinen johdin on tarpeen, käytä hyväksyttyä johdinliitäntää, esimerkiksi suljettua silmukkaa tai kourumaista liitäntää, jossa on ylöspäin käännetyt kiinnityskorvat. Tällaisten liitäntöjen tulee olla kooltaan johtimiin sopivia ja niiden tulee puristaa yhteen sekä eristeen että johdinosan.

Attention Quand des fils torsadés sont nécessaires, utiliser des douilles terminales homologuées telles que celles à circuit fermé ou du type à plage ouverte avec cosses rebroussées. Ces douilles terminales doivent être de la taille qui convient aux fils et doivent être refermées sur la gaine isolante et sur le conducteur.

Warnung Wenn Litzenverdrahtung erforderlich ist, sind zugelassene

Verdrahtungsabschlüsse, z.B. für einen geschlossenen Regelkreis oder gabelförmig, mit nach oben gerichteten Kabelschuhen zu verwenden. Diese

Abschlüsse sollten die angemessene Größe für die Drähte haben und sowohl die Isolierung als auch den Leiter festklemmen.

Avvertenza Quando occorre usare trecce, usare connettori omologati, come quelli a occhiello o a forcella con linguette rivolte verso l'alto. I connettori devono avere la misura adatta per il cablaggio e devono serrare sia l'isolante che il conduttore.

Advarsel Hvis det er nødvendig med flertrådede ledninger, brukes godkjente ledningsavslutninger, som for eksempel lukket sløyfe eller spadetype med oppoverbøyde kabelsko. Disse avslutningene skal ha riktig størrelse i forhold til ledningene, og skal klemme sammen både isolasjonen og lederen.

Aviso Quando forem requeridas montagens de instalação eléctrica de cabo torcido, use terminações de cabo aprovadas, tais como, terminações de cabo em circuito fechado e planas com terminais de orelha voltados para cima.

Estas terminações de cabo deverão ser do tamanho apropriado para os respectivos cabos, e deverão prender simultaneamente o isolamento e o fio condutor.

¡Atención!

Cuando se necesite hilo trenzado, utilizar terminales para cables homologados, tales como las de tipo "bucle cerrado" o "espada", con las

559

MX960 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide lengüetas de conexión vueltas hacia arriba. Estos terminales deberán ser del tamaño apropiado para los cables que se utilicen, y tendrán que sujetar tanto el aislante como el conductor.

Varning!

När flertrådiga ledningar krävs måste godkända ledningskontakter användas, t.ex. kabelsko av sluten eller öppen typ med uppåtvänd tapp.

Storleken på dessa kontakter måste vara avpassad till ledningarna och måste kunna hålla både isoleringen och ledaren fastklämda.

Documentation

•

General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 550

•

• DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines for Switches

•

DC Power Grounding Requirements and Warning on page 556

•

•

Midplane Energy Hazard Warning

WARNING: High levels of electrical energy are distributed across the midplane.

Be careful not to contact the midplane connectors, or any component connected to the midplane, with any metallic object while servicing components.

Multiple Power Supplies Disconnection Warning

WARNING: For a device that has more than one power supply connection, you must ensure that all power connections are fully disconnected so that power to the device is completely removed.

Documentation

•

General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 550

•

•

• DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines for Switches

Chapter 35: Safety and Compliance Information

Action to Take After an Electrical Accident

If an electrical accident results in an injury, take the following actions in this order:

Use caution. Be aware of potentially hazardous conditions that could cause further injury.

Disconnect power from the device.

If possible, send another person to get medical aid. Otherwise, assess the condition of the victim, then call for help.

Documentation

•

General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 550

•

•